Tag: prerna
The Upgraded “This-is-for-You” Section of Sales Pages & Emails
The Upgraded "This-is-for-You" Section of Sales Pages & Emails
Transcript
So today’s mini training fifteen minute training is essentially on upgrading the this is for you section. The reason I decided to to work on this with all of you is because when we were talking about Money Make, I realized that this is a section that over, I would say, the last, at least, last twelve months has been one of the most clicked on sections, and, also, it’s has been really, really good, from a conversion, a click to enroll, point of view as well for our clients so much that we are now including it on baitless pages as well. So it just made sense to include it, as part of the screen because it’s a really, really simple and easy to add to a sales page, and the impact has been, quite eye opening.
So you should have your workbooks with you.
And then I’ve so I would recommend let’s open those up. And but I’ll share my screen as well so we can kind of go through it altogether.
And then I have, like, a short short kind of for you, which is more you know, let’s look at how this is being done in the real world.
So why this is via sections work?
Caveat. In the past, I have done a self identifying bullet section, training, for CSP, and I would recommend this revisiting that as well. This is just like I even call it a treat this is a two point o. This is just like a next layer to that.
So these sections work mainly because of a lot of reasons. Self identification or self relevance, it reduces decision fatigue. It makes it really easy. In fact, I’m gonna share a really cool story about how someone’s business for you section today helped me decide that it’s not the perfect offer for for me to kind of just play around with anyways.
So reduces decision fatigue.
I didn’t need confirmation to if you’re going to guess. This is me. This is me. This is me. Those creates those micro conversions.
Obviously, seeing what transformation is possible, which is a key part of the business for you two point o section, makes it really easy also to kind of, you know, drive that conversion.
And then, of course, this is not for you, but it’s helped you filter out, people, but also creates a sense of boundaries and exclusivity too. So the regular self identify section focuses essentially on relevance and recognition, and we’ll see an example of that. The upgraded or the three f, this is view section, which I’ve been testing out for a while now, clarifies both fit and redness, calls and filters out. This is really key and focuses on both psych on psychographic alignment, values, emotional state.
Most business video sections focus on personality or pain, which is great, but we wanna go deeper and also look at identity, commitment, mindset, values, all of that good stuff.
Most of business view sections are one-sided. This is for you, but there is no this is not for you. Or if it is there, then it’s very superficial, very vague, which really isn’t helpful.
And then finally, most regular self identified sections lack visual, transformation cues. Like, what can they expect? What’s the future here?
So the three f one focuses on fit, filter, and future. And whether you use AI or you wanna kinda just answer the questions when you’re writing it, these are the questions you wanna ask to write these sections.
Who is this best suited for? What values or mindset? So when you’re talking about who is this best suited for, you’re not just looking at demographics, unless, of course, those demographics are really important to you. You’re offering you’re looking more at values. We’re looking more at mindset. We’re looking more at readiness. We’re looking more at past experiences.
We’re looking at, you know, what’s going on in their life, all of those things.
Filter, who is this not for? And, again, we wanna be super specific here. This is not a place for us. There is never a place to be vague or, you know, or, gloss over things on a sales page, but this is definitely not one of those places where you wanna kinda just, you know, play it safe.
You really, really wanna get clear on who is it not for.
So if an offer is not for someone who does not have the financial capacity to pay for it, you should not hesitate from putting it on the page. If it is not for someone who’s who needs more, you know, specific professional help, you have to put it on that. You have to say this is not for you if you need a, b, and c or if you do not have the financial capacity to pay for the program. We or, you know, especially if, for a client of ours, we were very clear that we urge you not to go into debt for this.
So be very, very clear. And then future, what can they expect? Who will they become in the process? Again, be very specific.
Be very clear. And, obviously, be in integrity and be honest about it. Goes without saying. But you wanna talk about what change can they expect.
So the worksheet basically lays it all out here. We’re gonna look at I’m going to going to present.
And sorry. We’re gonna go back a little.
So what we’re gonna talk about is this section is what I’ve learned is do not you always, always, always wanna include it on a sales page. Why?
Because like I said, at the beginning, it’s been eye opening to see how the heat map lights up when people reach the section, like, they’re clicking and the it just goes from so you know how a heat map goes?
It makes it, like, really red at the top because that’s, like, your first section, and then it kinda tapers down till it gets really, really cold and blue towards the end.
So most heat maps that I’ve seen that have this section go from hot to lukewarm to cool, and then it by the time it reaches the section again, it just blows up and goes all hot again.
Plus the CTA buttons below this section had the highest number of clicks, more than even the hero section, which is mind boggling to me. Anyways, that is why it’s critical for conversions as far as I’m concerned.
Feel free to test it with your clients, with your audience.
Because not only is it inviting perfect with prospects, it’s also reducing churn because we’re filtering people out. That’s why it’s got fit, filter, and future. That is key. So we need all three apps for this section to really, really work.
The key mistakes I see with most self identified end of our section that I’ve talked about this earlier as well is that either they’re too vague or they, you know, they just kind of gloss over, stuff. They speak to only one audience.
And this is tricky.
We’ve always learned we we we have the rule of one. Right?
But full transparency, most of our clients, at least most of our clients, I’m speaking for myself here, have more than one audience segment. We have people who have different stages of life. We have people at the different past experiences.
Okay.
Okay. Sorry. I thought I was missing something in the chat. Alright.
Yeah. Exactly. This is not gonna work for you if you don’t do yeah. Exactly. So we don’t wanna be like Abby Singh in the chat.
We don’t want to overlook or gloss over the filter. We wanna be really, really specific there. So and when I say about one audience, take a call, make a decision, like, based on what you know about your, you know, about your client’s audience. What we’ve realized is overlooking certain segments in favor of just one segment isn’t really working out well for us.
So we are speaking, and you will see examples of that in a shade I’ll show it to you. So you may have one big audience. Like, people who are interested in personal development or someone who knows. That’s, like, your one person.
But within that, what have they gone through? What do they value? What are they committed to? All of that.
So you wanna kinda keep that in mind with these sections.
Like I said, I’ve done a self identified training in CSP earlier, and that is good. If you include that, that is great. I would say that is, in fact, probably, you know, like, a lot more than what most sales pages do, but it’s not great. If you really wanna take those conversions up and kind of, you know, go from good to great, which you do because you’re here in CSV, you want to use the three year section.
You wanna focus on the fifth, you wanna focus on the filter, and you also wanna focus on the future. Most this is for you sections only focus on the fifth. That is not something that you want to do. You wanna focus on the filter and the future as well.
What is going on with Canva today? So, one of the key things that you want to test on sales pages is that, your this is for you section should be a conversion driver. That is like, every element on the sales page has a job. Right? We know that. Your this is for you section needs to drive conversions. Putting a CTA below it will help you test it out very, very effectively.
So you may have that this is for you. This is not for you section. You may have some social proof, and then you may have the CTA button, or you may have this section. And then you may just have the CTA enroll now button below it.
Either which ways works, but that’s how you would be able to test out and how I’ve been able to test out the click to, you know, enroll rate as well. So the job this section is gonna do is essentially, again, attract perfect good clients and they’re probably not ideal clients. It reduces refund requests. You’re not getting people in who are gonna be an energy drain and all of that.
So it it does that job really, really well when it’s written well.
Goes without saying this is not a placeholder. I have seen so many sales pages where they have this section, but it is such a placeholder where it’s like, I don’t even know what it’s doing on the page. This is for you if you you’re an entrepreneur, if you’ve got I mean, like, really?
That could be anyone. So just get really, really specific with it and do not treat it like a placeholder.
So like I said, we’re going to go through this is few sections in the wild. I’m gonna show you one section from our time sales page, and then we’re gonna look at two other sections that I’m that I have not written.
But they did have the this is three sections set up. I, you know, put in my swipe file, for various reasons. And, those are going you’re gonna look at those, and then you are going to tell me what are they doing well because this is like a really quick hands on kind of a training.
So this is for a client that I wrote for last year.
This is a program that’s basically a personal development, personal growth program that keeps it’s called journey of the nine moons. It keeps go it it’s a nine month program. It works on this, you know, the moon’s cycles.
It’s a little woo, but the work they do is extremely tangible.
And we have a lot of people in there who are, you know, come from various walks of life, to work through a lot of personal stuff, things like not people pleasing, you know, holding on to grudges, being unable to forgive, all those kind of things. And they work through all of this for a nine month program.
So program is not the right fit. This entire section is the filter section. That goes without saying. You’re in acute crisis.
You need immediate post professional help. This is not for you. You expect someone else to fix you without doing the inner work. You have not ready to take responsibility for your growth and healing.
We’ve had a lot of cases that is that you’re not open to exploring your emotions. You’re comfortable with staying slow. There’s a whole section here. You prefer work change entirely on your own, which is great.
Sometimes that that’s how you are wired, but then this is not clear because it’s a good program, and this section continues below that. And it’s for you if you’re going through a major life transition or you’re at a crossroads in life ready for deep transformation.
You’ve done hair over yourself, but crave a more holistic approach.
Fit.
You wanna find your voice and speak your truth more confidently.
Transformation. Or what do you want happening in the future? You feel disconnected from yourself and yearn to reclaim your authenticity.
Fit.
You’re ready to heal all wounds and release patterns that no longer serve you. What’s happening in the future?
So fairly straightforward.
It was a fairly long section. I’ve included just a part of it, and it had a, CTA button below it.
This was one of the pages that we tested this on, and, yeah, it’s doing really well. They there’s there’s a similar section on another program for the same client that also did really well, which is why now we have these sections on the wait list page along with a few other details. We’ve shortened the wait list page, but this is a section we did decided to keep.
Moved it really up mainly because it’s doing so well.
Okay.
This is a program that Caitlin has launched recently, but it’s on. I think it’s on till today, maybe.
It’s called buyer breakthrough.
This is her she had a Google Doc sales page. I don’t know if some of you have seen it.
I did.
I was I love Caitlin. I’ve got, you know, a bunch of her products about them in the past. They’re all yeah. Yeah.
She’s she’s really good at what she does, and this is something I was considering. I mean, like, it goes with Ally because, like, okay. Yeah. She’s launched something I’m gonna buy.
This is the business for you section that when I read, I realized I’m not the right fit for it.
I want you to go through it and tell me what are your thoughts.
Yep.
Katie?
Well, I wonder if I don’t know about the offer, but I would wonder if she’s only writing to one audience segment because this seems like if I saw this, I would also say it’s not for you, Perna, because it it seems like, you know, somebody who doesn’t yet have a handle on their business, really, or doesn’t already have a group program.
And it seems very pain pointy.
Like, it’s almost the kind of section you’d see higher up on a sales page versus a conversion focus section because there’s not really any transformation.
Sorry. It’s really small on my screen. So yeah.
So not not much future and very, like, mean fit, fit criteria.
To be fair, she does she’s talked about the outcomes on another section that I included here just so you feel this is what happens after you’ve gone through the program. You feel confident in your direction. You carve out time on your business, you stop launching to silence.
This is the the, you know, the transformation, the future, so to speak. Abby?
You’re on mute.
Abby, you’re on mute.
Can you hear me now? Yes. Yes. No. I was gonna say, I first thing, I found out the other day, if you double click when someone’s showing their screen, it goes in full size.
Oh, is it not full size? No.
No. I just speak with Katie. Like, when you’re on Zoom, if you double click it, it gets bigger.
I just found that out and my mind was playing.
No. I was gonna say I I really like this section.
I mean, but maybe it probably because it speaks to me, but I think it’s a smart way to integrate voice of customer, like, quite naturally.
Mhmm. Mhmm.
Like, it does quite clearly from the very top. It just shows, like, that she gets her audience.
Like, this stuff, it doesn’t feel like it’s pulled out of thin air. It feels like this is exactly what her audience is going through.
So, yeah, I I quite I think it’s quite it’s quite good.
Yeah. It is a good section. It focuses essentially on fit. And, Katie, you’re absolutely right.
Like, when I read it, I was like, okay. This is not for me, which is the job of this section as well. Right? I mean, either attract perfect fit clients, and I’m not the perfect fit for this, or, you know, repel them, which is what repel is a strong word, but, basically, tell them it’s not for you, which is what it did.
But, yes, it is pinpointy, which isn’t surprising. Caitlin has another product called Painkiller, which focuses on highlighting your audience’s pace, so that is where this is coming from.
Anyone else wanna win. But this is essentially very fit focused.
But because it is so fit focused, it’s going to filter out a lot of people who go like, when I read this, I was like, yep. This is not me.
Because it’s yeah. None of it was I couldn’t go yes to any of them.
And that is the job you want your this is for your section to do.
I don’t else you wanna add?
That’s a good question. Like, I mean, when you’re going with something like that that’s so like, it’s so divisive, like, it kind of encourages people to make a decision whether they’re gonna continue reading emails, which is a good thing.
Like, would you consider at that point, like, putting under, like, the option to opt out, of the launch so that they stay on the newsletter, but then like, would that be One hundred percent.
Integrate that? Yeah. Wonderful.
Yes.
I always say no if I still put them in there, but I feel like that would be a really good place.
Absolutely. Because you are you are encouraging that polarity with this particular section. You are encouraging people to choose a side and say, yes. This is for me and or this is not for me. If they continue to stay, that actually means that, you know, they just need a little more decision making nudges, but and if they choose to opt out, you know, yeah, they were not going to be the right fit in any case.
So she had the outcome split up in a totally different section.
But, yeah, she did have, you know, a okay. This is what is going to happen. And, again, when I read this as well for the future, I was like, yeah. This is like, I already have all of this, so this is obviously not an offer for me. I will just be buying it because it’s her. So, yeah, put that wallet away.
Okay.
This is from Nervous System Mastery. It’s a sales beta that was in my swiped files since last year probably. It’s been Johnny launched it first.
Johnny’s done a I was gonna say close to a million dollars with this program. He does a cohort based, launch.
It’s so he’s it’s basically a program that helps you regulate your nervous system.
He’s got both these sections side by side, very similar to how we have it on our client’s page.
And I feel like that’s, like, a really good way of visually having it because you’re, like, you know, reading left to right and you can go, okay. What’s it? I want you to take a look at this and give me your thoughts on fit, filter, and future.
I think I need this program. I’ve just Googled it.
I’m like, I’m like, my nervous system is so out of whack.
Yeah. I haven’t even sorry. I haven’t even read it. I just wanted to share.
That is, like, a great program.
Jessica.
Okay. I just I don’t know. I guess I’ve been recently feeling like maybe I under and overestimate people, and I guess I’m just wondering who on the who this is for. Would you ever admit that would you say you’re not one of those things?
Like, would you say, oh, yeah. I’m not a curious person. I don’t you know, whatever. And then on, who it’s not for, would you admit to being like, yeah.
I’m just the kind of person who wants a silver bullet. I don’t know. It just feels like if you’re being honest with your I don’t know. It just doesn’t make you look good, so it doesn’t I feel like they cancel each other out, and the whole thing is not very helpful because I wouldn’t sit there admitting that I’m looking for an overnight transformation.
Fix me in twenty four hours or less. You know? I don’t know. It just seems ridiculous.
So I I don’t know. I guess I’m feeling unhelpful. But Abby was sold in, like, three seconds.
So No.
That was just the name. But can I respond to it? Can I respond to Jessica? Is that okay?
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Sure.
I feel I feel like part of it though with this the way that this person’s done it is it’s more about, like, creating that align with us mentality. So it’s it’s kinda more about sharing, like, Johnny Miller’s values and giving you so you can it’s not just like, oh, this is for you or this isn’t for you. It’s more like, yeah. I I agree with I I can see your values. I can see what you believe.
And, yeah, giving them something to, yeah, to align with, I think. That’s how I’m reading it.
Maybe. You know what? It could also be that I’ve seen so many of these sales pages by now that this feels so typical that I’m like, yeah. There’s nothing interesting really here for me. I don’t think it’s that unique.
Does that make sense?
And I know look. You look at more than I do, but I’m just sitting here going, yes. I’ve seen this section plenty of times. It says the same kinda thing.
Like, Perna, didn’t you say earlier, like, don’t be lazy. You can’t be a lazy person or whoever mentioned that. That feels kind of in line for me with this. Like Yeah. I think we could’ve done better, but you know?
Yep. Anything else?
But I think what this one is doing well is setting expectations for people within the program.
And so, like, I know we are maybe jaded from having seen so many sales pages, but somebody who, like, has just discovered online courses.
I think that this, you know, like, they mentioned cons consistent repetition, being vulnerable, like, exploring uncomfortable sensations, and run experiments, receive feedback. So, like, it gives me a good sense of what is going to be expected of me inside the program, and I have to weigh whether I’m willing to put in I totally agree that, like, yes. Obviously, people want to identify with the who it’s for, and they don’t wanna identify with who it’s not for. But I think that’s kind of the point.
Yeah. It’s like it well, also, it sets out the expectations of the program without it’s, like, directly saying. Because it’s like it’s basically what it’s saying is this isn’t an overnight fix. This isn’t gonna transform you overnight. So if you’re if you’re disappointed because it doesn’t, then that’s on you.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
So when you say it’s to drive conversion and reduce refund requests, I think this one is doing a good job on both of those fronts.
This one’s doing a good job on the value alignment thing as, I think Ali pointed out as well.
And also what we need to remember is we need to look at it, like Katie said, from the point of view of the audience here. So this is an audience that listens to a lot of Ali Abdaal. This is an audience that listens to you know, they would read Justin Welch newsletters. This is an audience that may even be new to entrepreneurship and this or not even entrepreneurs.
You know? In fact, his sales page would say, you know, they’ve got firefighters. They’ve got CEOs. They’ve got you know, it’s it’s like a they may not they may be actually new to online courses as well.
So, Jessica, that those are the people we’re speaking of. Jessica, question in the chat was, who are these people who you speak okay, Katie. But the there are people, shockingly, who for whom online courses are fairly new. So it does a good job of value alignment.
It it’s not very strong on the future. But then he’s, you know, he’s got a longish sales page there. I feel it could do a much stronger job of talking about what can they expect to see happen.
What does outsized growth like, what does it even mean, basically? So, and yeah. But this is more a this is for you section that’s what we talked about in self hire. This is more like it okay. Aligning you with the values that a course creator has, aligning you with setting expectations and all that, but we are not really doing a strong enough job here of helping them see what transformation is possible for them. I guess it’s probably because, again, in the context, since you don’t have the wholesale space, he does have a lot of social proof there. So maybe that’s why he you know, they felt they could go ahead and do this.
Set it up this way.
That said.
Again, something that when you and most of you would be doing this. When you start to look at look at a sales page and see how people are engaging, it’s interesting to see that a lot of people will scroll faster through social proof sections and stay longer on what are they gonna learn and whether this is for them or this is not for them sections.
So it’s interesting to kind of see whether, you know, that’s a pattern you’re you’re observing in the sales pages that you were analyzing as well, but this is what at least we’ve been seeing is that people are scrolling pastures through social proof sections, which is fascinating to me.
But, yeah, it’s a good sales page, that, it’s a decent intersection. There’s there’s a reason why both these sales pages are in my swipe files, because they do a lot of things well, and there’s always something a bit that you learn.
Alright. Cool. So things to keep in mind.
Please be specific with your bullet points.
The more specific, the better it is. You saw Caitlin’s was really, really specific, so, you know, that kind of makes you go, okay. This is definitely for me. This is definitely not for me.
Place a CTA close to the section that is key.
Both these sales pages that I have as examples did not have a CDA close to the section, which is a pity. But, anyway, Scalise was a Google Doc, so I don’t really know how. I don’t think that she’s really measuring that. She’s only looking at the sales.
You can you can and you should repackage this section as an email and or a social post as well. Works really, really well. Highly recommended. And, yeah, include the section on the wait list. That’s something that we’ve been doing now for clients, so would highly recommend doing that too.
This was a short and sweet training questions about this or anything else for that matter. Jessica?
Okay. So I was hoping maybe and this can be for you, Perna, or the group. Mhmm.
One of the things that I’ve been realizing is that in this section, I think in this section, I would like to make it clear that we are partners, not assistants.
Or I guess it’s I think the issue is is that, there’s kind of this role shift that seems to happen, or maybe I’m not communicating clear enough via my calls or sales pages or anything, the roles, because it feels like there are times with clients for years that it shifts from being, I’m the expert. Let me advise you on this to either I think it kinda goes maybe under two broad categories.
I’m your accountability coach like thing, just making sure you get stuff done, or let I’m your assistant who you feel like you can text, email, whatever with the last second task, and that’s not how we work. And so I guess I’m but it never starts off that way. And Mhmm.
I but I’m wondering if this is a section where I try to make that a bit clearer that if their expectation is is that when you partner with us for your book launch Mhmm.
This is not one of those situations where, I don’t know, you forget that I’m the expert and we created a strategy, and now you’re just gonna start handing me tasks that you think we need to do or, you know, that kind of stuff. Does that make sense?
Mhmm.
So absolutely. I’d love for the group to weigh in as well, on how you would handle something like this, especially since all of us are service providers.
Abby has a a very cool answer in the chat, so there’s that.
That’s it. Okay. I see a couple of things here, Jessica. One, yes, you may wanna put it on your sales page. Will it act as a strong enough filter?
Maybe, maybe not. But and this is something that people do with programs as well and once you do with services as well.
You need to keep reminding the client or the student of your role, and you need to keep reminding them about the boundaries you set. So it’s it’s with some clients, you know, it may not need to do a lot of it, but with some, it’s pretty frequent where you would let them know, okay. Here’s the scope. Here’s what we’re gonna be doing. Here’s when things are expected.
This is out of scope and, you know, that kind of a thing, on not just for onboarding, but also during kickoff at, you know, various milestones.
So there’s that’s one aspect is, yes, you can put it on the page. It would be a good idea to set those expectations.
I would also go ahead and put it in your onboarding kit or if you have series of onboarding emails, and then remind them about it.
You know how we remind clients about the scope, during the kickoff call, and then we again remind them that we have it through the project or that we’re close you know, closing in on, like, the and we’re on the last leg and things like that.
Similarly, you may just want to let people know that this is outside of scope. Or or even things like, as your strategist, I don’t think, you know, that’s a good move. Or as your book launch expert, that’s not something I would recommend, but it’s your book.
So you take the call, that kind of a thing.
Yeah. That’s all good. Now I’m after criticizing that guy’s section, which I still think I’m not completely wrong, but I will swipe his idea, especially on the this is not for you because I’ve that probably is some of the callouts I need to make a bit.
Mhmm. Mhmm. Yeah. And you could get really, really specific there as well because you’ve got, like, actual things you could pull from.
Yeah. Yep. I definitely do. Okay. Yeah. Yep. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Katie?
Okay. Sorry. I had so many questions. I forgot what I wanted to ask now.
Related to the training, I was wondering how you, like I see this I I understand this is probably coming after the offer description, like, the walk through, and then you’d have, I guess, this before frequently asked questions or, like, around that?
Yes. Before. And it’s the same even on hang on. I, in fact, have nervous system mastery open the page. I can just share our screen and show you what the page this is, like, this is Johnny’s page, and you’ll see can you see my screen? Yeah.
Okay. Cool. So who this course is for is you know? So who it’s for? And then for some reason, he’s got deep dive assist pre reading materials, which was interesting for me to see because we’re taking people away from the page. But, anyways and then he’s got the FAQ section. What he did not have here, which, ideally, I would have put would have been a CTA CTA button here.
So yeah.
And it’s below wondering, like, how is this different, or how would you decide if you were gonna have a callout section at the top of your page to let people know, like, who should keep reading, like, more in the if you’re doing, like, a PBS sales page and you’re gonna have a problem based call out section up there, what’s the difference, and how would you choose?
One, the section at the top of the page is generally broader in scope. So you’re speaking to especially if you’re using, like, say, a hero section where it is, you know, for for entrepreneurs, creatives, course creators who are burned out or something like that. You know?
And even the even the pain section is again, we’re talking to a lot of different pains there. We are not the this is for you section, especially from a fit perspective, what we found is getting into the specifics of what have they tried in the past, where are they currently in terms of stage of life, or things like that, or, you know, value alignment.
So that is where you would wanna kind of get really clear. Also, the this is free section is extremely scannable.
So it that is one reason why it’s working well on wait list pages is because wait list pages aren’t too long, but it kind of is easy to scan through. So that’s the other thing.
Okay. And then you mentioned you showed us, like, the page that you wrote. You showed us kind of three, four.
How many like, John Miller had three. How many are you doing usually?
Okay. Hang on. Let me pull that up as well because this was a really long page.
I’ll share this as well.
Okay. Hang on. I’ll share my screen again.
So this is the nine months page. It’s a really long, really long page, but we had quite a few. So this is the financial thing I was talking about. You know? So we had, oh, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight.
Okay. Because this this also answers my follow-up question, which was gonna be, do you balance the positive and the negative ones?
So here, it looks, obviously, you did.
Yes.
It kinda worked out that ways.
Even if I were to just have a few fewer options here, that would have been fine, but it just kinda worked out where we had an equal equal number.
Well, thank you.
Awesome.
Any other questions?
Britney, is this oh, Katie, you have another question? Go ahead.
I have an unrelated question, but I’m totally I can be different.
I have a question about post sale emails, Purna. So I was really happy Mhmm. To have your time today.
I’m I’m wondering if you have general guidelines for the the writing and editing of, you know, the post sale emails in terms of how market y they feel.
You know, like, the writing writing the emails that were like, hey. Can we get your feedback? Felt really natural. Writing the reengagement emails felt really natural. But now writing sales emails, I’m I feel reluctant to go full sales y because of the recognition that this is, you know, like they didn’t opt into the sales sequence. The sales sequence is going out based on their behavior, but it wasn’t, you know, something they put their hand up to receive.
So I feel like it shouldn’t necessarily be as full on as, you know, a launch sequence or another form of evergreen sales sequence. So I was wondering just if you have any kind of filters for yourself when you’re writing or or your own take on that.
Yeah. And, again, I would love for Abby, Jessica, Britney to win as well because this is, again, this is what I do.
So there are a couple of different post sales emails that I write for clients.
One is, of course, the newsletters.
So the nature of the sales newsletters, that those are very, very straightforward. Those do offer value, but and content. It could either be something new. It could be something repurposed. It could be a social, like, a story or whatever. But point is they’re getting they’re walking away with something tangible that they can use or be inspired by or just enjoy.
And then we have the the call to action, which is either join the program or book a call or whatever it may be. So there, it’s, like, really, really straightforward, to do.
Then there are clients who have, like, where we have, like, this cyclical, you know, sales sequence, which kind of goes through different in that case, again, my goal is essentially to make sure it could be a pure sales email, Katie. But my goal is always make sure that they walk away with something in terms of not necessarily a tip, but it could be, like I said, it could be something inspiring. Inspiring. It could be something that makes them go, oh, okay. I never thought of it. Like, a mindset shift. It could be but those are, like usually, those are core sales emails where we are selling the offer.
But before we kind of get to the CTA, there’s either, like, late shifting happening or there may be, you know, like, have you tried it this way? That kind of a thing.
So would you so and, forgive me if I’ve told you this before. But, right, guys, I have, like, the three phases. So, they have in the middle phase, they’ve completed, like, certain triggers that have triggered the middle phase. And then in the third phase, they’ve already seen that middle phase emails.
So then in the third phase, I’m going a bit harder. But I’m Mhmm. One like, I I really appreciate the tip about the value when I’m thinking of the four e’s, like, doing the empowering, entertaining, etcetera. Mhmm.
Mhmm. Would you ever do, though, just like a straight perfect for you if email in that context, or does that feel like it’s missing the value that you would wanna be adding?
So in your middle phase, have you done the belief shifting, the objection removal, the trust building? Like, what what’s happening in the middle phase without having that context?
It’s a little hard for me to kind of in the middle phase, essentially, they put their hand up to say, are they curious about it?
And then sorry. Let me I just flick to my table of contents of what I do.
Yes. Definitely objection handling, but I feel, though, like, this is kind of I was mapping it, and then this is where I was getting muddled about what it should be.
So I’ve been moving things around.
Katie, while you’re looking for that, just I would I just wanted to speak to your instinct when you were saying, like, is it too salesy?
And I would say if you’re feeling like you’ve entered that territory, it does trigger sales resistance. And I would go back to conversation. Like like, is the agenda coming forward too hard, and is that why it feels salesy, or are you leading with value? Are we a good fit?
It’s more like diagnostic alignment versus I have this need that I’m pushing on you. So I would say that if you’re feeling like it is too salesy, it it maybe is. And just like as a little side note, I was doing some work with Instantly AI and just kind of going through just sort of their email templates that they have, and they’re just getting so so short and to the point and conversational. And I don’t know.
It’s just people are overwhelmed, and so less and better and more valuable is helpful, I think.
Mhmm. The short email thing is something that we’ve seen working. And I think I’ve spoken about this in the past as well, working way, way better. Yeah. But, again, kinda depends on your audience as well. So there’s there’s that too.
Yeah. So totally agree because that’s one of the things I also wondering when I said full sales y.
It’s like I’m looking at the, you know, the copy school theme plates going this seems like a lot for somebody who already, you know, went through the funnel, bought, has been engaging Oh, gosh.
Yeah.
Around, like One hundred percent.
Much persuasion.
One hundred percent. No.
For and I’m guessing these are, like, remarketing emails to an extent because these are people who’ve already been, you know, invited to the webinar. They or the challenge or whatever it is, and they’ve chosen not to buy.
So No.
This is this is the next level offer. This is like an ascension sequence.
So they’re in the course of the week, bring them up.
And this is the up is this the, like, a Yeah. Okay. It’s an upsell or a cross sell? Upsell.
Okay.
Yeah. Alright.
That kinda changes things. I thought this is for people who are, like, non buyers for core offer.
No. Yeah. Buyers and then bring them into the next level.
Oh, okay. Cool. Alright. That changes things, Katie. So, yeah, that is definitely something I, like, can, I can speak to and, yeah, you all feel free to weigh in as well?
I don’t need context for that then for your middle phase.
So for our clients, when I’m doing either upsells or downsells and, for upsells, what I found works best, they already trust the person. They need to trust themselves. So lots of beliefs set up. And, tying it in with case studies, relevant case studies, not from people who’ve probably taken the same path as them. Is it hard to do that? Sometimes.
But if you can, like, spend time to kind of get gather those stories, it works really, really, really well. So they need to trust themselves. They need to trust the offer. So previews have been working really well for both upsells and downsells.
If it’s a membership, we give them a trial.
If it’s, if it’s a program, we do an exclusive open house where they can attend, like, how get speak to people in, like, a regular open house.
Those have been working really well and also gives them, like, value. So and the third thing that we wanna do with the upsell sequence is help them see how it’s the logical next step.
So speaking to the transformation. So they have trust in themselves, trust in the offer, and then the overall transfer transformation. Like, what’s even possible? Why do they need it? Shouldn’t they be done by now? That kind of a thing, like, addressing that objection.
Also, with business coaching clients, one of the objections that would come up with the upsell is, like, after this, then what? Is this gonna be just, like, one endless cycle? Do you wanna address that to at least for our for, like, my business coaching clients, I found this coming up, a few times, which is why I kind of remember. But, not so much for things like skin like, this natural skin care or even this personal growth thing. They’ve there are people who’ve done the nine months program. They’ve come back as alumni, then they’ve done the other program. And yeah.
So just to make sure addressing their skepticism about is there gonna be another upsell after this?
Yes. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. If especially if it’s business coaching. I found, like, that kind of comes up a lot.
You know? Like Yeah.
Will I ever if this is gonna be unending, that kind of a thing.
Perfect. So just to recap what you said, for the upsell people, coaching self trust, case studies, previews and open houses, why this is the logistical next step, trust in self, offer and the transformation, and then addressing after this, then what?
Yeah. That’s That’s what we’ve yeah. Yeah. That’s what’s been working really well for us. Abby? Thanks.
Yeah. I was just gonna add, I think, one of the challenges is difficult because the last thing you want is to buy a program, be really excited about, like, the results. And then it’s like but if you want really good results, like and then you’re instantly kind of like yeah.
Like, I think, the other thing I would add to, like, Prius List, would be support. Because I think often with the clients, it’s like you buy the course and then the upsell is like, like a mastermind or just something where it’s like the next level of support. So it’s like I think acknowledging, like, you know, if you if you know that it’s what you really want is accountability. Just kind of can hitting on that can be maybe. I mean, I don’t know. It’s just and I just had thought I’m thinking of my own purposes and when an upsells felt good versus, like, what you mean, like, I actually really, you know, I needed this to succeed when I thought that was gonna be enough. Yeah.
Mhmm. Yeah. Yeah.
That does come up quite a bit.
Anyone else got anything to add in for upsells?
No?
Okay.
Cool. Any other questions? Can I help you with anything else?
Yes, Abby?
I have a bad question.
And but because it’s such a small group, I might just go for it because I don’t wanna sound like a douche.
But, what I found and I really don’t wanna articulate this wrong.
But as now that I’m really busy, what I’m and I’ve kind of, I don’t know, built more of a following.
I’m finding, like, more people just coming to me and, like, because we’ve had it, like, a nice conversation once, they kind of think that we’re friends and think that I don’t think they’re gonna have, like, coffee with me or kind of expect, like, things from me.
And I’m kinda like, you know, like, I hope you’re at once. Like, I’m not you know, I don’t know. And I said, I don’t know how to set those boundaries without being a dick, but it’s like it’s happening more and more, and it’s just like I don’t know. I get a bit overwhelmed because when I I I kind of feel like I have to reply to, like, to reply to them, but I don’t wanna I don’t wanna I’m not obviously, I’m not gonna be like, we’re not friends. Like, go away.
But you yeah. Like, how do you set those boundaries in a way that feels, like, nice?
Oh, welcome to my channel. Practice what I’m saying.
No. I I won’t be able to do that. Like, maybe you should, like, script out a few and practice saying them so they’re in your muscle memory. Like, get comfortable playing Yeah. You know?
People pleaser.
That Same.
Like, Jessica said, but I think there’s a trend happening. I actually posted about this thing, Adi, a while ago.
There are people who would send me long messages, long voice messages.
Like, I Voice messages.
It’s like six minute voice messages, and I’m like, oh my god.
Oh, no. Yeah.
Okay. So back in the day, I, like you, would, you know, and would wanna help. And I would be like, okay.
I would respond and things like that. And then I realized that this is not it goes completely against everything that I stand for. It’s something that I personally would never do. I mean, can you I have never ever voice messaged someone I would consider either, you know, someone I would wanna be mentored by or someone even who’s, like, a few steps ahead of me.
You know, I would save up and pay for an hour of their time. I might have done that multiple times. I did that, you know, way back in the day with Laura Belgrade. I did it with you I’ve done it, like, a lot of time.
Then I realized, what am I like, I’m not setting these people up for success.
So I just anytime someone would send me, like, long voice messages, I just started saying, hey. I would love to answer this. Here’s where you can go ahead and book some time with me.
Yeah. But what if they come to you and it’s just because freelancers are suffering right now.
Like, it is a a bad time for a lot.
And they’re going to and they’re like really emotional, and that’s what gets me. Because it’s like, I don’t want it’s it’s hard to then say, yeah. Here’s enough of my time when they’re saying, like Yeah. When they’re getting emotional.
You you need to get really, really good at setting boundaries. Britney brought up and, you know, yeah, you can be compassionate also. Understand it’s not your response. You are not their therapist.
You are not their parent. You are not their best friend.
They need to win. They can they need to find someone else. You are you are not even their coach. I mean, like, unless, of course, you’re their coach, which is a different because they’re they’re paying you, and you can see exactly.
So if you you did not sign up for this role, you need to set that boundary and you need and will it be uncomfortable? Yes. Will it do you need to do it? One hundred percent.
There is there is no way that you can, you know, like yeah. And all let me also tell you something.
You can go ahead and be thoughtful and kind and considerate and respond to them and give them all the attention and time and everything that they need, and they will still be where they are right now, which is yeah. So I am speaking from personal experience. Something I it’s I feel very, very strongly about this.
So I have a little tip too that has helped me identify where a boundary needs to go, and it’s, do I feel resentment?
And if I feel resentment, that’s my trigger that my boundaries in the wrong place and I’m back.
Yep. One hundred percent. And this is, again, like Britney said, I am a recovering people pleaser. I have, like yeah. I have a lot of issues that I work to in therapy, but point is it it’s hard, but you gotta do it, Abby.
There are a number for I’m not sure.
Before Jessica chimes in, I just wanna acknowledge Jessica has given me lots of good advice on this before. I just thought I’d ask you prior now because well, because it’s just a small room, and I feel like you’re all completely laid.
Yeah. Yeah. I did. You. No. I’m glad you did. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I’m glad you did.
Totally get it. I feel very strongly about this. It’s something I dealt with so much, and I’m just yeah. And I’m totally over it.
No. No. You’re not setting them up for success. You’re not setting yourself up for success.
Yeah.
Jessica, lay in.
No. She’s kidding.
I was like, I feel like I’m about to jump out of my skin.
She knew this was coming, though.
Now you’re making me reconsider the book topic, Abby. Like, I now think maybe I should freaking write a book called power moves. The mistakes that women make to take away from their own power. Like, I’ve just I don’t know. I gotta figure the the subtitle, but I was thinking because as you’re talking and all those things that everybody else said, I totally agree with you now. But, again, it’s like, do you wanna be a million dollar business?
Are you going to sell that in a few years? Is that still the goal? Great.
No per perception is such a it’s the thing. And if you’re available for these chats, you are not building up the perception. You’re not sending the message of a million dollar, multimillion dollar business owner that someone should come in and invest and buy because they can just hop on a quick chat with you. And I don’t know. It’s just it’s a power move.
You would not expect I don’t expect it with Perna.
I don’t expect it with Joe. I don’t expect it with anyone who I look at as, quote, unquote, successful, whatever that word means. I would never expect to be able to get their time the way you give away your time. It’s a power move.
Yeah. Yeah. Completely completely completely agree. Also, what I’ve realized is that and, and that’s true for pretty much, I think, everyone in the room.
With a lot of these people, I will also find that they will not take the time to be on our email list, read our social post. I support that. Yeah. Or forget engaging, even reading.
Or, like, in our case, the blog. Like, the blog has so much in it. Like, if they were just to go there and read that, like, things like, where do you find clients? How do you do this?
How do you you know, how do how much do you charge? Like, I’m not even going to there was a time when I would go to the trouble of, like, literally looking up the post and send sending them that, and I realized, what have I been doing about them? Because it came from a sense of, oh, you know, like, I wanna pay it forward and I wanna be but then I realized, I actually paid for the time I got.
What am I actually paying forward? I’m already paying it forward by putting out spending hours writing blog posts and emails.
That is pang it cool.
You give you’re so generous with your advice. Like, so generous.
Well, thank you so much. But, yeah, apparently, people do not Google. So or even, like, go use the search feature on the books. Anyways, point is, Abby, stop doing it.
You are not being you are not being anything. You’re just being a smart business owner, so just stop doing it.
Yeah. Yeah. Done. Done.
Awesome.
Thank you. Well, okay. All of you love hearing from me on this. Yes. I it’s I can get very, very, very spicy about this, but this is let’s wrap it up, but I have so many stories.
Oh my god. I’ll just read you the comments. Everyone loves you.
Awesome. Thank you so much, everybody. This was fun.
Any other questions?
Nope. All good? Okay. Cool. I will see you in Slack.
Chat soon. Bye.
Worksheet
Transcript
So today’s mini training fifteen minute training is essentially on upgrading the this is for you section. The reason I decided to to work on this with all of you is because when we were talking about Money Make, I realized that this is a section that over, I would say, the last, at least, last twelve months has been one of the most clicked on sections, and, also, it’s has been really, really good, from a conversion, a click to enroll, point of view as well for our clients so much that we are now including it on baitless pages as well. So it just made sense to include it, as part of the screen because it’s a really, really simple and easy to add to a sales page, and the impact has been, quite eye opening.
So you should have your workbooks with you.
And then I’ve so I would recommend let’s open those up. And but I’ll share my screen as well so we can kind of go through it altogether.
And then I have, like, a short short kind of for you, which is more you know, let’s look at how this is being done in the real world.
So why this is via sections work?
Caveat. In the past, I have done a self identifying bullet section, training, for CSP, and I would recommend this revisiting that as well. This is just like I even call it a treat this is a two point o. This is just like a next layer to that.
So these sections work mainly because of a lot of reasons. Self identification or self relevance, it reduces decision fatigue. It makes it really easy. In fact, I’m gonna share a really cool story about how someone’s business for you section today helped me decide that it’s not the perfect offer for for me to kind of just play around with anyways.
So reduces decision fatigue.
I didn’t need confirmation to if you’re going to guess. This is me. This is me. This is me. Those creates those micro conversions.
Obviously, seeing what transformation is possible, which is a key part of the business for you two point o section, makes it really easy also to kind of, you know, drive that conversion.
And then, of course, this is not for you, but it’s helped you filter out, people, but also creates a sense of boundaries and exclusivity too. So the regular self identify section focuses essentially on relevance and recognition, and we’ll see an example of that. The upgraded or the three f, this is view section, which I’ve been testing out for a while now, clarifies both fit and redness, calls and filters out. This is really key and focuses on both psych on psychographic alignment, values, emotional state.
Most business video sections focus on personality or pain, which is great, but we wanna go deeper and also look at identity, commitment, mindset, values, all of that good stuff.
Most of business view sections are one-sided. This is for you, but there is no this is not for you. Or if it is there, then it’s very superficial, very vague, which really isn’t helpful.
And then finally, most regular self identified sections lack visual, transformation cues. Like, what can they expect? What’s the future here?
So the three f one focuses on fit, filter, and future. And whether you use AI or you wanna kinda just answer the questions when you’re writing it, these are the questions you wanna ask to write these sections.
Who is this best suited for? What values or mindset? So when you’re talking about who is this best suited for, you’re not just looking at demographics, unless, of course, those demographics are really important to you. You’re offering you’re looking more at values. We’re looking more at mindset. We’re looking more at readiness. We’re looking more at past experiences.
We’re looking at, you know, what’s going on in their life, all of those things.
Filter, who is this not for? And, again, we wanna be super specific here. This is not a place for us. There is never a place to be vague or, you know, or, gloss over things on a sales page, but this is definitely not one of those places where you wanna kinda just, you know, play it safe.
You really, really wanna get clear on who is it not for.
So if an offer is not for someone who does not have the financial capacity to pay for it, you should not hesitate from putting it on the page. If it is not for someone who’s who needs more, you know, specific professional help, you have to put it on that. You have to say this is not for you if you need a, b, and c or if you do not have the financial capacity to pay for the program. We or, you know, especially if, for a client of ours, we were very clear that we urge you not to go into debt for this.
So be very, very clear. And then future, what can they expect? Who will they become in the process? Again, be very specific.
Be very clear. And, obviously, be in integrity and be honest about it. Goes without saying. But you wanna talk about what change can they expect.
So the worksheet basically lays it all out here. We’re gonna look at I’m going to going to present.
And sorry. We’re gonna go back a little.
So what we’re gonna talk about is this section is what I’ve learned is do not you always, always, always wanna include it on a sales page. Why?
Because like I said, at the beginning, it’s been eye opening to see how the heat map lights up when people reach the section, like, they’re clicking and the it just goes from so you know how a heat map goes?
It makes it, like, really red at the top because that’s, like, your first section, and then it kinda tapers down till it gets really, really cold and blue towards the end.
So most heat maps that I’ve seen that have this section go from hot to lukewarm to cool, and then it by the time it reaches the section again, it just blows up and goes all hot again.
Plus the CTA buttons below this section had the highest number of clicks, more than even the hero section, which is mind boggling to me. Anyways, that is why it’s critical for conversions as far as I’m concerned.
Feel free to test it with your clients, with your audience.
Because not only is it inviting perfect with prospects, it’s also reducing churn because we’re filtering people out. That’s why it’s got fit, filter, and future. That is key. So we need all three apps for this section to really, really work.
The key mistakes I see with most self identified end of our section that I’ve talked about this earlier as well is that either they’re too vague or they, you know, they just kind of gloss over, stuff. They speak to only one audience.
And this is tricky.
We’ve always learned we we we have the rule of one. Right?
But full transparency, most of our clients, at least most of our clients, I’m speaking for myself here, have more than one audience segment. We have people who have different stages of life. We have people at the different past experiences.
Okay.
Okay. Sorry. I thought I was missing something in the chat. Alright.
Yeah. Exactly. This is not gonna work for you if you don’t do yeah. Exactly. So we don’t wanna be like Abby Singh in the chat.
We don’t want to overlook or gloss over the filter. We wanna be really, really specific there. So and when I say about one audience, take a call, make a decision, like, based on what you know about your, you know, about your client’s audience. What we’ve realized is overlooking certain segments in favor of just one segment isn’t really working out well for us.
So we are speaking, and you will see examples of that in a shade I’ll show it to you. So you may have one big audience. Like, people who are interested in personal development or someone who knows. That’s, like, your one person.
But within that, what have they gone through? What do they value? What are they committed to? All of that.
So you wanna kinda keep that in mind with these sections.
Like I said, I’ve done a self identified training in CSP earlier, and that is good. If you include that, that is great. I would say that is, in fact, probably, you know, like, a lot more than what most sales pages do, but it’s not great. If you really wanna take those conversions up and kind of, you know, go from good to great, which you do because you’re here in CSV, you want to use the three year section.
You wanna focus on the fifth, you wanna focus on the filter, and you also wanna focus on the future. Most this is for you sections only focus on the fifth. That is not something that you want to do. You wanna focus on the filter and the future as well.
What is going on with Canva today? So, one of the key things that you want to test on sales pages is that, your this is for you section should be a conversion driver. That is like, every element on the sales page has a job. Right? We know that. Your this is for you section needs to drive conversions. Putting a CTA below it will help you test it out very, very effectively.
So you may have that this is for you. This is not for you section. You may have some social proof, and then you may have the CTA button, or you may have this section. And then you may just have the CTA enroll now button below it.
Either which ways works, but that’s how you would be able to test out and how I’ve been able to test out the click to, you know, enroll rate as well. So the job this section is gonna do is essentially, again, attract perfect good clients and they’re probably not ideal clients. It reduces refund requests. You’re not getting people in who are gonna be an energy drain and all of that.
So it it does that job really, really well when it’s written well.
Goes without saying this is not a placeholder. I have seen so many sales pages where they have this section, but it is such a placeholder where it’s like, I don’t even know what it’s doing on the page. This is for you if you you’re an entrepreneur, if you’ve got I mean, like, really?
That could be anyone. So just get really, really specific with it and do not treat it like a placeholder.
So like I said, we’re going to go through this is few sections in the wild. I’m gonna show you one section from our time sales page, and then we’re gonna look at two other sections that I’m that I have not written.
But they did have the this is three sections set up. I, you know, put in my swipe file, for various reasons. And, those are going you’re gonna look at those, and then you are going to tell me what are they doing well because this is like a really quick hands on kind of a training.
So this is for a client that I wrote for last year.
This is a program that’s basically a personal development, personal growth program that keeps it’s called journey of the nine moons. It keeps go it it’s a nine month program. It works on this, you know, the moon’s cycles.
It’s a little woo, but the work they do is extremely tangible.
And we have a lot of people in there who are, you know, come from various walks of life, to work through a lot of personal stuff, things like not people pleasing, you know, holding on to grudges, being unable to forgive, all those kind of things. And they work through all of this for a nine month program.
So program is not the right fit. This entire section is the filter section. That goes without saying. You’re in acute crisis.
You need immediate post professional help. This is not for you. You expect someone else to fix you without doing the inner work. You have not ready to take responsibility for your growth and healing.
We’ve had a lot of cases that is that you’re not open to exploring your emotions. You’re comfortable with staying slow. There’s a whole section here. You prefer work change entirely on your own, which is great.
Sometimes that that’s how you are wired, but then this is not clear because it’s a good program, and this section continues below that. And it’s for you if you’re going through a major life transition or you’re at a crossroads in life ready for deep transformation.
You’ve done hair over yourself, but crave a more holistic approach.
Fit.
You wanna find your voice and speak your truth more confidently.
Transformation. Or what do you want happening in the future? You feel disconnected from yourself and yearn to reclaim your authenticity.
Fit.
You’re ready to heal all wounds and release patterns that no longer serve you. What’s happening in the future?
So fairly straightforward.
It was a fairly long section. I’ve included just a part of it, and it had a, CTA button below it.
This was one of the pages that we tested this on, and, yeah, it’s doing really well. They there’s there’s a similar section on another program for the same client that also did really well, which is why now we have these sections on the wait list page along with a few other details. We’ve shortened the wait list page, but this is a section we did decided to keep.
Moved it really up mainly because it’s doing so well.
Okay.
This is a program that Caitlin has launched recently, but it’s on. I think it’s on till today, maybe.
It’s called buyer breakthrough.
This is her she had a Google Doc sales page. I don’t know if some of you have seen it.
I did.
I was I love Caitlin. I’ve got, you know, a bunch of her products about them in the past. They’re all yeah. Yeah.
She’s she’s really good at what she does, and this is something I was considering. I mean, like, it goes with Ally because, like, okay. Yeah. She’s launched something I’m gonna buy.
This is the business for you section that when I read, I realized I’m not the right fit for it.
I want you to go through it and tell me what are your thoughts.
Yep.
Katie?
Well, I wonder if I don’t know about the offer, but I would wonder if she’s only writing to one audience segment because this seems like if I saw this, I would also say it’s not for you, Perna, because it it seems like, you know, somebody who doesn’t yet have a handle on their business, really, or doesn’t already have a group program.
And it seems very pain pointy.
Like, it’s almost the kind of section you’d see higher up on a sales page versus a conversion focus section because there’s not really any transformation.
Sorry. It’s really small on my screen. So yeah.
So not not much future and very, like, mean fit, fit criteria.
To be fair, she does she’s talked about the outcomes on another section that I included here just so you feel this is what happens after you’ve gone through the program. You feel confident in your direction. You carve out time on your business, you stop launching to silence.
This is the the, you know, the transformation, the future, so to speak. Abby?
You’re on mute.
Abby, you’re on mute.
Can you hear me now? Yes. Yes. No. I was gonna say, I first thing, I found out the other day, if you double click when someone’s showing their screen, it goes in full size.
Oh, is it not full size? No.
No. I just speak with Katie. Like, when you’re on Zoom, if you double click it, it gets bigger.
I just found that out and my mind was playing.
No. I was gonna say I I really like this section.
I mean, but maybe it probably because it speaks to me, but I think it’s a smart way to integrate voice of customer, like, quite naturally.
Mhmm. Mhmm.
Like, it does quite clearly from the very top. It just shows, like, that she gets her audience.
Like, this stuff, it doesn’t feel like it’s pulled out of thin air. It feels like this is exactly what her audience is going through.
So, yeah, I I quite I think it’s quite it’s quite good.
Yeah. It is a good section. It focuses essentially on fit. And, Katie, you’re absolutely right.
Like, when I read it, I was like, okay. This is not for me, which is the job of this section as well. Right? I mean, either attract perfect fit clients, and I’m not the perfect fit for this, or, you know, repel them, which is what repel is a strong word, but, basically, tell them it’s not for you, which is what it did.
But, yes, it is pinpointy, which isn’t surprising. Caitlin has another product called Painkiller, which focuses on highlighting your audience’s pace, so that is where this is coming from.
Anyone else wanna win. But this is essentially very fit focused.
But because it is so fit focused, it’s going to filter out a lot of people who go like, when I read this, I was like, yep. This is not me.
Because it’s yeah. None of it was I couldn’t go yes to any of them.
And that is the job you want your this is for your section to do.
I don’t else you wanna add?
That’s a good question. Like, I mean, when you’re going with something like that that’s so like, it’s so divisive, like, it kind of encourages people to make a decision whether they’re gonna continue reading emails, which is a good thing.
Like, would you consider at that point, like, putting under, like, the option to opt out, of the launch so that they stay on the newsletter, but then like, would that be One hundred percent.
Integrate that? Yeah. Wonderful.
Yes.
I always say no if I still put them in there, but I feel like that would be a really good place.
Absolutely. Because you are you are encouraging that polarity with this particular section. You are encouraging people to choose a side and say, yes. This is for me and or this is not for me. If they continue to stay, that actually means that, you know, they just need a little more decision making nudges, but and if they choose to opt out, you know, yeah, they were not going to be the right fit in any case.
So she had the outcome split up in a totally different section.
But, yeah, she did have, you know, a okay. This is what is going to happen. And, again, when I read this as well for the future, I was like, yeah. This is like, I already have all of this, so this is obviously not an offer for me. I will just be buying it because it’s her. So, yeah, put that wallet away.
Okay.
This is from Nervous System Mastery. It’s a sales beta that was in my swiped files since last year probably. It’s been Johnny launched it first.
Johnny’s done a I was gonna say close to a million dollars with this program. He does a cohort based, launch.
It’s so he’s it’s basically a program that helps you regulate your nervous system.
He’s got both these sections side by side, very similar to how we have it on our client’s page.
And I feel like that’s, like, a really good way of visually having it because you’re, like, you know, reading left to right and you can go, okay. What’s it? I want you to take a look at this and give me your thoughts on fit, filter, and future.
I think I need this program. I’ve just Googled it.
I’m like, I’m like, my nervous system is so out of whack.
Yeah. I haven’t even sorry. I haven’t even read it. I just wanted to share.
That is, like, a great program.
Jessica.
Okay. I just I don’t know. I guess I’ve been recently feeling like maybe I under and overestimate people, and I guess I’m just wondering who on the who this is for. Would you ever admit that would you say you’re not one of those things?
Like, would you say, oh, yeah. I’m not a curious person. I don’t you know, whatever. And then on, who it’s not for, would you admit to being like, yeah.
I’m just the kind of person who wants a silver bullet. I don’t know. It just feels like if you’re being honest with your I don’t know. It just doesn’t make you look good, so it doesn’t I feel like they cancel each other out, and the whole thing is not very helpful because I wouldn’t sit there admitting that I’m looking for an overnight transformation.
Fix me in twenty four hours or less. You know? I don’t know. It just seems ridiculous.
So I I don’t know. I guess I’m feeling unhelpful. But Abby was sold in, like, three seconds.
So No.
That was just the name. But can I respond to it? Can I respond to Jessica? Is that okay?
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Sure.
I feel I feel like part of it though with this the way that this person’s done it is it’s more about, like, creating that align with us mentality. So it’s it’s kinda more about sharing, like, Johnny Miller’s values and giving you so you can it’s not just like, oh, this is for you or this isn’t for you. It’s more like, yeah. I I agree with I I can see your values. I can see what you believe.
And, yeah, giving them something to, yeah, to align with, I think. That’s how I’m reading it.
Maybe. You know what? It could also be that I’ve seen so many of these sales pages by now that this feels so typical that I’m like, yeah. There’s nothing interesting really here for me. I don’t think it’s that unique.
Does that make sense?
And I know look. You look at more than I do, but I’m just sitting here going, yes. I’ve seen this section plenty of times. It says the same kinda thing.
Like, Perna, didn’t you say earlier, like, don’t be lazy. You can’t be a lazy person or whoever mentioned that. That feels kind of in line for me with this. Like Yeah. I think we could’ve done better, but you know?
Yep. Anything else?
But I think what this one is doing well is setting expectations for people within the program.
And so, like, I know we are maybe jaded from having seen so many sales pages, but somebody who, like, has just discovered online courses.
I think that this, you know, like, they mentioned cons consistent repetition, being vulnerable, like, exploring uncomfortable sensations, and run experiments, receive feedback. So, like, it gives me a good sense of what is going to be expected of me inside the program, and I have to weigh whether I’m willing to put in I totally agree that, like, yes. Obviously, people want to identify with the who it’s for, and they don’t wanna identify with who it’s not for. But I think that’s kind of the point.
Yeah. It’s like it well, also, it sets out the expectations of the program without it’s, like, directly saying. Because it’s like it’s basically what it’s saying is this isn’t an overnight fix. This isn’t gonna transform you overnight. So if you’re if you’re disappointed because it doesn’t, then that’s on you.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
So when you say it’s to drive conversion and reduce refund requests, I think this one is doing a good job on both of those fronts.
This one’s doing a good job on the value alignment thing as, I think Ali pointed out as well.
And also what we need to remember is we need to look at it, like Katie said, from the point of view of the audience here. So this is an audience that listens to a lot of Ali Abdaal. This is an audience that listens to you know, they would read Justin Welch newsletters. This is an audience that may even be new to entrepreneurship and this or not even entrepreneurs.
You know? In fact, his sales page would say, you know, they’ve got firefighters. They’ve got CEOs. They’ve got you know, it’s it’s like a they may not they may be actually new to online courses as well.
So, Jessica, that those are the people we’re speaking of. Jessica, question in the chat was, who are these people who you speak okay, Katie. But the there are people, shockingly, who for whom online courses are fairly new. So it does a good job of value alignment.
It it’s not very strong on the future. But then he’s, you know, he’s got a longish sales page there. I feel it could do a much stronger job of talking about what can they expect to see happen.
What does outsized growth like, what does it even mean, basically? So, and yeah. But this is more a this is for you section that’s what we talked about in self hire. This is more like it okay. Aligning you with the values that a course creator has, aligning you with setting expectations and all that, but we are not really doing a strong enough job here of helping them see what transformation is possible for them. I guess it’s probably because, again, in the context, since you don’t have the wholesale space, he does have a lot of social proof there. So maybe that’s why he you know, they felt they could go ahead and do this.
Set it up this way.
That said.
Again, something that when you and most of you would be doing this. When you start to look at look at a sales page and see how people are engaging, it’s interesting to see that a lot of people will scroll faster through social proof sections and stay longer on what are they gonna learn and whether this is for them or this is not for them sections.
So it’s interesting to kind of see whether, you know, that’s a pattern you’re you’re observing in the sales pages that you were analyzing as well, but this is what at least we’ve been seeing is that people are scrolling pastures through social proof sections, which is fascinating to me.
But, yeah, it’s a good sales page, that, it’s a decent intersection. There’s there’s a reason why both these sales pages are in my swipe files, because they do a lot of things well, and there’s always something a bit that you learn.
Alright. Cool. So things to keep in mind.
Please be specific with your bullet points.
The more specific, the better it is. You saw Caitlin’s was really, really specific, so, you know, that kind of makes you go, okay. This is definitely for me. This is definitely not for me.
Place a CTA close to the section that is key.
Both these sales pages that I have as examples did not have a CDA close to the section, which is a pity. But, anyway, Scalise was a Google Doc, so I don’t really know how. I don’t think that she’s really measuring that. She’s only looking at the sales.
You can you can and you should repackage this section as an email and or a social post as well. Works really, really well. Highly recommended. And, yeah, include the section on the wait list. That’s something that we’ve been doing now for clients, so would highly recommend doing that too.
This was a short and sweet training questions about this or anything else for that matter. Jessica?
Okay. So I was hoping maybe and this can be for you, Perna, or the group. Mhmm.
One of the things that I’ve been realizing is that in this section, I think in this section, I would like to make it clear that we are partners, not assistants.
Or I guess it’s I think the issue is is that, there’s kind of this role shift that seems to happen, or maybe I’m not communicating clear enough via my calls or sales pages or anything, the roles, because it feels like there are times with clients for years that it shifts from being, I’m the expert. Let me advise you on this to either I think it kinda goes maybe under two broad categories.
I’m your accountability coach like thing, just making sure you get stuff done, or let I’m your assistant who you feel like you can text, email, whatever with the last second task, and that’s not how we work. And so I guess I’m but it never starts off that way. And Mhmm.
I but I’m wondering if this is a section where I try to make that a bit clearer that if their expectation is is that when you partner with us for your book launch Mhmm.
This is not one of those situations where, I don’t know, you forget that I’m the expert and we created a strategy, and now you’re just gonna start handing me tasks that you think we need to do or, you know, that kind of stuff. Does that make sense?
Mhmm.
So absolutely. I’d love for the group to weigh in as well, on how you would handle something like this, especially since all of us are service providers.
Abby has a a very cool answer in the chat, so there’s that.
That’s it. Okay. I see a couple of things here, Jessica. One, yes, you may wanna put it on your sales page. Will it act as a strong enough filter?
Maybe, maybe not. But and this is something that people do with programs as well and once you do with services as well.
You need to keep reminding the client or the student of your role, and you need to keep reminding them about the boundaries you set. So it’s it’s with some clients, you know, it may not need to do a lot of it, but with some, it’s pretty frequent where you would let them know, okay. Here’s the scope. Here’s what we’re gonna be doing. Here’s when things are expected.
This is out of scope and, you know, that kind of a thing, on not just for onboarding, but also during kickoff at, you know, various milestones.
So there’s that’s one aspect is, yes, you can put it on the page. It would be a good idea to set those expectations.
I would also go ahead and put it in your onboarding kit or if you have series of onboarding emails, and then remind them about it.
You know how we remind clients about the scope, during the kickoff call, and then we again remind them that we have it through the project or that we’re close you know, closing in on, like, the and we’re on the last leg and things like that.
Similarly, you may just want to let people know that this is outside of scope. Or or even things like, as your strategist, I don’t think, you know, that’s a good move. Or as your book launch expert, that’s not something I would recommend, but it’s your book.
So you take the call, that kind of a thing.
Yeah. That’s all good. Now I’m after criticizing that guy’s section, which I still think I’m not completely wrong, but I will swipe his idea, especially on the this is not for you because I’ve that probably is some of the callouts I need to make a bit.
Mhmm. Mhmm. Yeah. And you could get really, really specific there as well because you’ve got, like, actual things you could pull from.
Yeah. Yep. I definitely do. Okay. Yeah. Yep. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Katie?
Okay. Sorry. I had so many questions. I forgot what I wanted to ask now.
Related to the training, I was wondering how you, like I see this I I understand this is probably coming after the offer description, like, the walk through, and then you’d have, I guess, this before frequently asked questions or, like, around that?
Yes. Before. And it’s the same even on hang on. I, in fact, have nervous system mastery open the page. I can just share our screen and show you what the page this is, like, this is Johnny’s page, and you’ll see can you see my screen? Yeah.
Okay. Cool. So who this course is for is you know? So who it’s for? And then for some reason, he’s got deep dive assist pre reading materials, which was interesting for me to see because we’re taking people away from the page. But, anyways and then he’s got the FAQ section. What he did not have here, which, ideally, I would have put would have been a CTA CTA button here.
So yeah.
And it’s below wondering, like, how is this different, or how would you decide if you were gonna have a callout section at the top of your page to let people know, like, who should keep reading, like, more in the if you’re doing, like, a PBS sales page and you’re gonna have a problem based call out section up there, what’s the difference, and how would you choose?
One, the section at the top of the page is generally broader in scope. So you’re speaking to especially if you’re using, like, say, a hero section where it is, you know, for for entrepreneurs, creatives, course creators who are burned out or something like that. You know?
And even the even the pain section is again, we’re talking to a lot of different pains there. We are not the this is for you section, especially from a fit perspective, what we found is getting into the specifics of what have they tried in the past, where are they currently in terms of stage of life, or things like that, or, you know, value alignment.
So that is where you would wanna kind of get really clear. Also, the this is free section is extremely scannable.
So it that is one reason why it’s working well on wait list pages is because wait list pages aren’t too long, but it kind of is easy to scan through. So that’s the other thing.
Okay. And then you mentioned you showed us, like, the page that you wrote. You showed us kind of three, four.
How many like, John Miller had three. How many are you doing usually?
Okay. Hang on. Let me pull that up as well because this was a really long page.
I’ll share this as well.
Okay. Hang on. I’ll share my screen again.
So this is the nine months page. It’s a really long, really long page, but we had quite a few. So this is the financial thing I was talking about. You know? So we had, oh, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight.
Okay. Because this this also answers my follow-up question, which was gonna be, do you balance the positive and the negative ones?
So here, it looks, obviously, you did.
Yes.
It kinda worked out that ways.
Even if I were to just have a few fewer options here, that would have been fine, but it just kinda worked out where we had an equal equal number.
Well, thank you.
Awesome.
Any other questions?
Britney, is this oh, Katie, you have another question? Go ahead.
I have an unrelated question, but I’m totally I can be different.
I have a question about post sale emails, Purna. So I was really happy Mhmm. To have your time today.
I’m I’m wondering if you have general guidelines for the the writing and editing of, you know, the post sale emails in terms of how market y they feel.
You know, like, the writing writing the emails that were like, hey. Can we get your feedback? Felt really natural. Writing the reengagement emails felt really natural. But now writing sales emails, I’m I feel reluctant to go full sales y because of the recognition that this is, you know, like they didn’t opt into the sales sequence. The sales sequence is going out based on their behavior, but it wasn’t, you know, something they put their hand up to receive.
So I feel like it shouldn’t necessarily be as full on as, you know, a launch sequence or another form of evergreen sales sequence. So I was wondering just if you have any kind of filters for yourself when you’re writing or or your own take on that.
Yeah. And, again, I would love for Abby, Jessica, Britney to win as well because this is, again, this is what I do.
So there are a couple of different post sales emails that I write for clients.
One is, of course, the newsletters.
So the nature of the sales newsletters, that those are very, very straightforward. Those do offer value, but and content. It could either be something new. It could be something repurposed. It could be a social, like, a story or whatever. But point is they’re getting they’re walking away with something tangible that they can use or be inspired by or just enjoy.
And then we have the the call to action, which is either join the program or book a call or whatever it may be. So there, it’s, like, really, really straightforward, to do.
Then there are clients who have, like, where we have, like, this cyclical, you know, sales sequence, which kind of goes through different in that case, again, my goal is essentially to make sure it could be a pure sales email, Katie. But my goal is always make sure that they walk away with something in terms of not necessarily a tip, but it could be, like I said, it could be something inspiring. Inspiring. It could be something that makes them go, oh, okay. I never thought of it. Like, a mindset shift. It could be but those are, like usually, those are core sales emails where we are selling the offer.
But before we kind of get to the CTA, there’s either, like, late shifting happening or there may be, you know, like, have you tried it this way? That kind of a thing.
So would you so and, forgive me if I’ve told you this before. But, right, guys, I have, like, the three phases. So, they have in the middle phase, they’ve completed, like, certain triggers that have triggered the middle phase. And then in the third phase, they’ve already seen that middle phase emails.
So then in the third phase, I’m going a bit harder. But I’m Mhmm. One like, I I really appreciate the tip about the value when I’m thinking of the four e’s, like, doing the empowering, entertaining, etcetera. Mhmm.
Mhmm. Would you ever do, though, just like a straight perfect for you if email in that context, or does that feel like it’s missing the value that you would wanna be adding?
So in your middle phase, have you done the belief shifting, the objection removal, the trust building? Like, what what’s happening in the middle phase without having that context?
It’s a little hard for me to kind of in the middle phase, essentially, they put their hand up to say, are they curious about it?
And then sorry. Let me I just flick to my table of contents of what I do.
Yes. Definitely objection handling, but I feel, though, like, this is kind of I was mapping it, and then this is where I was getting muddled about what it should be.
So I’ve been moving things around.
Katie, while you’re looking for that, just I would I just wanted to speak to your instinct when you were saying, like, is it too salesy?
And I would say if you’re feeling like you’ve entered that territory, it does trigger sales resistance. And I would go back to conversation. Like like, is the agenda coming forward too hard, and is that why it feels salesy, or are you leading with value? Are we a good fit?
It’s more like diagnostic alignment versus I have this need that I’m pushing on you. So I would say that if you’re feeling like it is too salesy, it it maybe is. And just like as a little side note, I was doing some work with Instantly AI and just kind of going through just sort of their email templates that they have, and they’re just getting so so short and to the point and conversational. And I don’t know.
It’s just people are overwhelmed, and so less and better and more valuable is helpful, I think.
Mhmm. The short email thing is something that we’ve seen working. And I think I’ve spoken about this in the past as well, working way, way better. Yeah. But, again, kinda depends on your audience as well. So there’s there’s that too.
Yeah. So totally agree because that’s one of the things I also wondering when I said full sales y.
It’s like I’m looking at the, you know, the copy school theme plates going this seems like a lot for somebody who already, you know, went through the funnel, bought, has been engaging Oh, gosh.
Yeah.
Around, like One hundred percent.
Much persuasion.
One hundred percent. No.
For and I’m guessing these are, like, remarketing emails to an extent because these are people who’ve already been, you know, invited to the webinar. They or the challenge or whatever it is, and they’ve chosen not to buy.
So No.
This is this is the next level offer. This is like an ascension sequence.
So they’re in the course of the week, bring them up.
And this is the up is this the, like, a Yeah. Okay. It’s an upsell or a cross sell? Upsell.
Okay.
Yeah. Alright.
That kinda changes things. I thought this is for people who are, like, non buyers for core offer.
No. Yeah. Buyers and then bring them into the next level.
Oh, okay. Cool. Alright. That changes things, Katie. So, yeah, that is definitely something I, like, can, I can speak to and, yeah, you all feel free to weigh in as well?
I don’t need context for that then for your middle phase.
So for our clients, when I’m doing either upsells or downsells and, for upsells, what I found works best, they already trust the person. They need to trust themselves. So lots of beliefs set up. And, tying it in with case studies, relevant case studies, not from people who’ve probably taken the same path as them. Is it hard to do that? Sometimes.
But if you can, like, spend time to kind of get gather those stories, it works really, really, really well. So they need to trust themselves. They need to trust the offer. So previews have been working really well for both upsells and downsells.
If it’s a membership, we give them a trial.
If it’s, if it’s a program, we do an exclusive open house where they can attend, like, how get speak to people in, like, a regular open house.
Those have been working really well and also gives them, like, value. So and the third thing that we wanna do with the upsell sequence is help them see how it’s the logical next step.
So speaking to the transformation. So they have trust in themselves, trust in the offer, and then the overall transfer transformation. Like, what’s even possible? Why do they need it? Shouldn’t they be done by now? That kind of a thing, like, addressing that objection.
Also, with business coaching clients, one of the objections that would come up with the upsell is, like, after this, then what? Is this gonna be just, like, one endless cycle? Do you wanna address that to at least for our for, like, my business coaching clients, I found this coming up, a few times, which is why I kind of remember. But, not so much for things like skin like, this natural skin care or even this personal growth thing. They’ve there are people who’ve done the nine months program. They’ve come back as alumni, then they’ve done the other program. And yeah.
So just to make sure addressing their skepticism about is there gonna be another upsell after this?
Yes. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. If especially if it’s business coaching. I found, like, that kind of comes up a lot.
You know? Like Yeah.
Will I ever if this is gonna be unending, that kind of a thing.
Perfect. So just to recap what you said, for the upsell people, coaching self trust, case studies, previews and open houses, why this is the logistical next step, trust in self, offer and the transformation, and then addressing after this, then what?
Yeah. That’s That’s what we’ve yeah. Yeah. That’s what’s been working really well for us. Abby? Thanks.
Yeah. I was just gonna add, I think, one of the challenges is difficult because the last thing you want is to buy a program, be really excited about, like, the results. And then it’s like but if you want really good results, like and then you’re instantly kind of like yeah.
Like, I think, the other thing I would add to, like, Prius List, would be support. Because I think often with the clients, it’s like you buy the course and then the upsell is like, like a mastermind or just something where it’s like the next level of support. So it’s like I think acknowledging, like, you know, if you if you know that it’s what you really want is accountability. Just kind of can hitting on that can be maybe. I mean, I don’t know. It’s just and I just had thought I’m thinking of my own purposes and when an upsells felt good versus, like, what you mean, like, I actually really, you know, I needed this to succeed when I thought that was gonna be enough. Yeah.
Mhmm. Yeah. Yeah.
That does come up quite a bit.
Anyone else got anything to add in for upsells?
No?
Okay.
Cool. Any other questions? Can I help you with anything else?
Yes, Abby?
I have a bad question.
And but because it’s such a small group, I might just go for it because I don’t wanna sound like a douche.
But, what I found and I really don’t wanna articulate this wrong.
But as now that I’m really busy, what I’m and I’ve kind of, I don’t know, built more of a following.
I’m finding, like, more people just coming to me and, like, because we’ve had it, like, a nice conversation once, they kind of think that we’re friends and think that I don’t think they’re gonna have, like, coffee with me or kind of expect, like, things from me.
And I’m kinda like, you know, like, I hope you’re at once. Like, I’m not you know, I don’t know. And I said, I don’t know how to set those boundaries without being a dick, but it’s like it’s happening more and more, and it’s just like I don’t know. I get a bit overwhelmed because when I I I kind of feel like I have to reply to, like, to reply to them, but I don’t wanna I don’t wanna I’m not obviously, I’m not gonna be like, we’re not friends. Like, go away.
But you yeah. Like, how do you set those boundaries in a way that feels, like, nice?
Oh, welcome to my channel. Practice what I’m saying.
No. I I won’t be able to do that. Like, maybe you should, like, script out a few and practice saying them so they’re in your muscle memory. Like, get comfortable playing Yeah. You know?
People pleaser.
That Same.
Like, Jessica said, but I think there’s a trend happening. I actually posted about this thing, Adi, a while ago.
There are people who would send me long messages, long voice messages.
Like, I Voice messages.
It’s like six minute voice messages, and I’m like, oh my god.
Oh, no. Yeah.
Okay. So back in the day, I, like you, would, you know, and would wanna help. And I would be like, okay.
I would respond and things like that. And then I realized that this is not it goes completely against everything that I stand for. It’s something that I personally would never do. I mean, can you I have never ever voice messaged someone I would consider either, you know, someone I would wanna be mentored by or someone even who’s, like, a few steps ahead of me.
You know, I would save up and pay for an hour of their time. I might have done that multiple times. I did that, you know, way back in the day with Laura Belgrade. I did it with you I’ve done it, like, a lot of time.
Then I realized, what am I like, I’m not setting these people up for success.
So I just anytime someone would send me, like, long voice messages, I just started saying, hey. I would love to answer this. Here’s where you can go ahead and book some time with me.
Yeah. But what if they come to you and it’s just because freelancers are suffering right now.
Like, it is a a bad time for a lot.
And they’re going to and they’re like really emotional, and that’s what gets me. Because it’s like, I don’t want it’s it’s hard to then say, yeah. Here’s enough of my time when they’re saying, like Yeah. When they’re getting emotional.
You you need to get really, really good at setting boundaries. Britney brought up and, you know, yeah, you can be compassionate also. Understand it’s not your response. You are not their therapist.
You are not their parent. You are not their best friend.
They need to win. They can they need to find someone else. You are you are not even their coach. I mean, like, unless, of course, you’re their coach, which is a different because they’re they’re paying you, and you can see exactly.
So if you you did not sign up for this role, you need to set that boundary and you need and will it be uncomfortable? Yes. Will it do you need to do it? One hundred percent.
There is there is no way that you can, you know, like yeah. And all let me also tell you something.
You can go ahead and be thoughtful and kind and considerate and respond to them and give them all the attention and time and everything that they need, and they will still be where they are right now, which is yeah. So I am speaking from personal experience. Something I it’s I feel very, very strongly about this.
So I have a little tip too that has helped me identify where a boundary needs to go, and it’s, do I feel resentment?
And if I feel resentment, that’s my trigger that my boundaries in the wrong place and I’m back.
Yep. One hundred percent. And this is, again, like Britney said, I am a recovering people pleaser. I have, like yeah. I have a lot of issues that I work to in therapy, but point is it it’s hard, but you gotta do it, Abby.
There are a number for I’m not sure.
Before Jessica chimes in, I just wanna acknowledge Jessica has given me lots of good advice on this before. I just thought I’d ask you prior now because well, because it’s just a small room, and I feel like you’re all completely laid.
Yeah. Yeah. I did. You. No. I’m glad you did. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I’m glad you did.
Totally get it. I feel very strongly about this. It’s something I dealt with so much, and I’m just yeah. And I’m totally over it.
No. No. You’re not setting them up for success. You’re not setting yourself up for success.
Yeah.
Jessica, lay in.
No. She’s kidding.
I was like, I feel like I’m about to jump out of my skin.
She knew this was coming, though.
Now you’re making me reconsider the book topic, Abby. Like, I now think maybe I should freaking write a book called power moves. The mistakes that women make to take away from their own power. Like, I’ve just I don’t know. I gotta figure the the subtitle, but I was thinking because as you’re talking and all those things that everybody else said, I totally agree with you now. But, again, it’s like, do you wanna be a million dollar business?
Are you going to sell that in a few years? Is that still the goal? Great.
No per perception is such a it’s the thing. And if you’re available for these chats, you are not building up the perception. You’re not sending the message of a million dollar, multimillion dollar business owner that someone should come in and invest and buy because they can just hop on a quick chat with you. And I don’t know. It’s just it’s a power move.
You would not expect I don’t expect it with Perna.
I don’t expect it with Joe. I don’t expect it with anyone who I look at as, quote, unquote, successful, whatever that word means. I would never expect to be able to get their time the way you give away your time. It’s a power move.
Yeah. Yeah. Completely completely completely agree. Also, what I’ve realized is that and, and that’s true for pretty much, I think, everyone in the room.
With a lot of these people, I will also find that they will not take the time to be on our email list, read our social post. I support that. Yeah. Or forget engaging, even reading.
Or, like, in our case, the blog. Like, the blog has so much in it. Like, if they were just to go there and read that, like, things like, where do you find clients? How do you do this?
How do you you know, how do how much do you charge? Like, I’m not even going to there was a time when I would go to the trouble of, like, literally looking up the post and send sending them that, and I realized, what have I been doing about them? Because it came from a sense of, oh, you know, like, I wanna pay it forward and I wanna be but then I realized, I actually paid for the time I got.
What am I actually paying forward? I’m already paying it forward by putting out spending hours writing blog posts and emails.
That is pang it cool.
You give you’re so generous with your advice. Like, so generous.
Well, thank you so much. But, yeah, apparently, people do not Google. So or even, like, go use the search feature on the books. Anyways, point is, Abby, stop doing it.
You are not being you are not being anything. You’re just being a smart business owner, so just stop doing it.
Yeah. Yeah. Done. Done.
Awesome.
Thank you. Well, okay. All of you love hearing from me on this. Yes. I it’s I can get very, very, very spicy about this, but this is let’s wrap it up, but I have so many stories.
Oh my god. I’ll just read you the comments. Everyone loves you.
Awesome. Thank you so much, everybody. This was fun.
Any other questions?
Nope. All good? Okay. Cool. I will see you in Slack.
Chat soon. Bye.
Struggling Moments For My Leads
Struggling Moments For My Leads
Transcript
So what I have done, is something really fun. I took our prospect call transcripts, prospects to turn into clients, and I’ve worked out the the struggling moment. But then and also, you know, like, the different elements of the struggling moment. But then I want you to look at those struggling moments and pick out the functional struggle, the emotional struggle, and, you know, the social struggle.
So you will if you haven’t opened up your workbooks, I would love for you to first do that so you can kind of go through the examples because those are, you know, those are examples.
But but I want you to look at the example so you can get an idea of what we are even talking about. So when I share my Google Doc with you, I want you to be able to kind of look at it and go, okay. And this would be the functional struggle, and this would be the emotion struggle.
So open up your workbooks. I’m gonna share screen.
And what we’re going to do is we’re going to look at the workbook first, and then I’m gonna share a Google Doc with y’all where you would go ahead and do this exercise real time.
Alright. Cool.
Let’s get started.
And first up okay. Alright. Choose.
Okay. Cool. So this is what the section I want you to look at. The struggling moment is the seat for innovation.
Just scroll past this page. I want you to look at the examples here. So client comes in. You’ll get on a call.
Client says, okay. I wanna launch copy.
But then, of course, being the professionals you are, you will probe. You will ask.
And what they usually come up with would be some would be a story like this. And I’ll share our clients’ stories on probing.
And then from this, what you wanna look at is the functional struggle. So, okay, measurable decline in performance, social struggle, you know, people kind you’re like people are looking at you and all of that. And what’s the push force or what’s the you know, if there’s an emotional struggle to it, what what does that look like?
The more important thing that you need to ask yourself is why do you wanna kind of look at all of these struggles? Like, what does this help you do?
And use that to then direct the sales conversation. At least that’s what I do. It works out really, really well. And when you look at when you start to kinda pull the thread of either one of these struggles or if possible, all three and just kind of bring it together, it becomes so much easier to close clients at twenty k, thirty k, fifty k, hundred k. Right?
I have used this repeatedly just to kind of take time to really understand what the troubling moment really is. Because when a client comes and says, oh, I need website copy, it’s there’s something else going on.
You know? Why do they need website copy? And it’s fascinating because and I’m actually you know, because I can see this play out in in myself as a a buyer or as a client too. So right now, for instance, we are in the midst of speaking with, you know, designers and branding experts and all of that because we’re looking at a rebrand for our business.
So why I said it’s fascinating is because on calls with with branding strategist or with designers and things like that, the moment someone asks me oh, because we go in saying, oh, we wanna rebrand. Right?
Very straightforward.
But the caliber of a professional, like, it instantly kind of goes up in my mind when someone, like, takes the time to, like, clean forward and ask, okay. But why now? What’s happening right now that you’re looking to rebrand?
It just kind of opens up a whole thing for both Mike and me on that call. And I can only imagine that, and I hope that those strategists who are asking these questions are actually gonna use it when they kind of put our proposal together, when they send our quote together because I know it makes a difference. I always use struggling moments when I present my proposal to clients, especially for custom codes, and something like if they’ve, like, not just bought a package of the site, but they’ve taken time to fill out a form, and they met me for a call, and we have to give them a custom code.
I will use all of this in the proposal to basically present why we’re offering them what we’re offering them and what you know? And then what you’re charging them really kind of it’s not I’m not gonna say it becomes irrelevant, especially when they’re when you’re looking at fifty k, seventy five k packages.
It’s by no means irrelevant, but they can see exactly why they need it. What is the job that your service would actually be doing for their business.
So unlike my usual sessions where I have, like, a really nice slide deck and I have, like, tactical things and all, this one is very hands on. I just want you to understand what a struggling moment really is and learn to identify that in your own calls. Because if you’re not doing that right now, that is something you wanna fix right away.
So with that, do you have any questions before I yeah?
I do.
You say you use this during the sales call. Do you find this out in that triage call?
And then when you present, you know, back to your proposal, that’s when you pull this in?
Yes. Okay. So it’s in the triage call.
Okay.
And yeah.
I will basically use this definitely in the proposal, but I also kinda bring it up when we kick off. So when we kick off and I recap what’s in the project and, you know, who’s gonna be involved in the the the day c and all of that, I do mention why we’re doing what we’re doing because what I found and this is also true side note, this is also true for things like social proof. What I found, you need to like, once you’ve sold a client, you’d they you kinda need to have these, like, little mini selling points all through the process.
That works really, really well. Again, that’s just something I do. You don’t have to do it, but it just works really well. I’ve noticed.
Okay. Cool. So I’m gonna stop sharing. You should have it. Like, if you oh, wait. That’s the appointment you’re looking for. Anyways, let’s And what I’m going to do is drop a Google doc that I have created.
Fail.
So these are all clients from prospect calls that I’ve transcribed, and then let me go on the blank. Commenter.
Copy link. Okay. Cool.
Dropping the link in chat.
Oh, Lisa, good question. So you get this in the first fifteen minute call and then begin to it in the length here. One did that did Michelle’s question answer your question as well?
Oh, sorry.
So I do this a little differently, but I don’t want y’all to kind of digress from the process that, you know, y’all are going through.
In your case, I would look at the kind of try and get this get this struggle, in the fifteen minute call and then, yes, dig into it in the length of your call. That said, how I exactly do it and what Michelle calls the triage call is, again, this is my way to get, is I just do one call, and then I do proposal.
Right?
And I’ve done this for pretty much every project, but y’all also need to remember.
It’s I’ve been doing this for a while now, so there’s probably that at play. But, Katie, yes. Sometimes.
Depends.
For instance, it depends on a couple of different factors. If there are multiple people involved in the project, for instance, we just especially the corporate clients. So there’s this huge group of schools that I’ve been working with since last year.
There are multiple people involved in it. I’ve done one project with them. I’m working on a second project with them.
So in that case, always present it on a call because there are everyone wants to be involved in it.
But if it’s someone who we’ve worked with in the past, if it’s someone who has come through a referral, if it’s someone who is already sold on us, a podcast host, I mean, for that happens a lot.
I will not present it on a call.
Breaking rules? Yes. Maybe. But it just that it’s been working.
Yes, Leasel. With corporate clients, yes. Definitely. You will have to do two calls. You may even have to do more depending on the scope of the project.
For projects upwards of seventy five thousand dollars, I have done as many as in fact, with this particular client. Okay. We’ve done okay.
Three three calls, with different stakeholders.
So because there have been changes to, oh, we wanna include this. Now we wanna you know? So yeah.
Corporate times are a whole different thing. I I really love the size of the project.
It just takes me too much time.
Okay. Cool.
You should have the Google Doc in the chat. Open it up. And what I want you to kind of look at and put down is go through the struggling moment and leave your comments or just make your own comments as like, unmute yourself and tell me what you think is the functional struggle, what do you think is the emotional struggle, what do you think is the social struggle. So this is gonna be a very different call here.
Usually, yes. Three calls seems hard.
But this is for the second project. So they’ve already worked with me once. And, yeah, perfect times are whole different days.
Y’all should have commenting access, so feel free to leave comments if you want to.
Alright. Anyone wants to volunteer for the first one?
Well, I guess since nobody else go ahead.
Go ahead.
And it’s early in the morning, so I don’t know.
So functional struggle will probably be Clients who were interested were weren’t, signing up?
Yeah. Okay. Because?
Oh, because timing was too short.
Perfect. Yeah. K. Absolutely. Absolutely. Okay. Cool. K. Emotional struggle? I guess it was about from the yeah.
Go ahead.
Headspace and timing to they weren’t in the right headspace, and there was too short of time for them to spend that nine ninety seven.
Yeah. Yeah. And when you’re reading this, you also wanna think about this from the client point of view. Right?
Like, how is the client feeling emotionally about this this struggle that they’re coming up against? Because that’s what you wanna kind of lean into and talk about it. Oh, so you’re feeling this because our students or our, you know, our prospects aren’t getting enough time to convert. Is that right?
You know? So Okay. Yeah. But you’re really, really, you know, dialed in into this. This is really good, Michelle.
Yeah. Okay.
The social struggle, that’s where I’m kinda lost.
Yeah. And that is where for social struggle, you will see that you will need to start reading between the lines.
Okay.
You will need to start kinda looking at, okay.
What are they worried about? Like, what’s the perception here that they’re worried about? Is it is it that they don’t want to they they feel like, oh, we are being we are being pushy versus being intentional? Is it more that, oh, you know, people are going to maybe see me differently or won’t respect me if I do this or if I don’t do this.
So you gotta kinda read between the lines. That is where that is where your skills as someone who is, like, tuned into how people think, come into play Okay. And where doing a little bit of probing will help. So that’s not very the the, the social struggle is not usually straightforward.
Forward.
But, for instance, in the second second, client’s case, I worked on their website probably earlier this year, and her her social struggle was a little more straightforward. So take a look at that and see if you can kind of pick the social struggle there. Okay.
Anyone else wants to kinda weigh in with the first one?
I had for the social struggle and sorry sorry I was late, so I will catch the replay to catch myself up if I missed something. But I put, whose job is it to notice this?
Like, because potential on the part of the speaker, there was confusion around, like, it was brought up by a team member.
They didn’t even know about it. So then if I’m on that call as a copywriter, I would be noticing, like, oh, they don’t.
Like, there was a role missing in the strategy behind the trial and, like, who’s gonna fix this problem.
Absolutely. Which is exactly what happened in this case as well, Katie, is one, there was no one looking at the fact that customer support is getting all these requests about, hey. Can I get more time?
Right? Like, it just came up during their they have, like, a stand up meeting or a catch up meeting, what they call it, and and really random. Not even like, oh, you know, here’s something. So which is what then led us to work on what we did for them were, like, behavior based sequences that, a, not only we give them, like, an extended trial, but then we had, like, oh, if they went ahead and logged in, then we have, like, a different sequence kicking in versus people who weren’t logging in, versus people who, you know, were logging in and watching an x number of lessons.
So it the social struggle was no one was really watching what was going on with this trial that they were thinking for all purposes as kind of doing well, because and and what was happening was they were leaving a lot of people, in terms of, like, oh, who could who could just just needed a few more days to be able to convert. So, like I said, you need to kind of read between the lines there and do a little more probing.
But what they came in saying was, oh, we wanna increase conversions. But the point is and what they initially thought was they had a lead flow problem. Like, oh, we need more people coming into the funnel so we can increase conversions. But what they actually had was a current conversion problem. Like, people were coming in but were not converting because of the lack of time. And, like, you know, Michelle said the feeling of being they were interested, but they didn’t have the headspace and the timing.
Thing was really felt too short for them.
Alright. Who wants to take number two?
These are yes. We weren’t giving them time or room to build, breathe, or build belief. That’s like so they didn’t really need a seven day trial. They needed what we went with was actually a fourteen day trial, and more emails.
So because if I just sold them a seven day trial, it would have worked.
The result of the of increasing the, trial period or the result of presenting them with a fourteen day file package? Conversion to paid upgrades. Oh, yeah. Okay. So it’s been ninety so then these are all fairly recent projects that have wrapped up. So this it’s gonna it we completed ninety days of the funnel, say, thirty first of March. So, they in ninety days, they’ve been able to almost, I would say, two point five x their conversions, but, again which is great.
However, what we are now testing out is if we shorten it to about nine days instead of fourteen days, would that create more of an urgency and increase conversion? So that’s what we gotta do in the optimization phase of it. My reasoning for this is I noticed that a lot of people wait till the very last day to convert. So I’m just kinda curious to see if you, like, go from seven from we went from seven to fourteen. So if you go from fourteen to nine or even ten, does that, you know, shorten the cycle while basically either increasing or keeping the conversions the same.
They are they’re they’re pretty happy, so they’re open to testing, which is a good thing.
Because we can always go back to fourteen if, say, the nine, ten day experiment does not work out.
Alright.
Functional struggle can’t explain too easily and in a way that shows value. Bit of imposter syndrome in the self as a creator. Yes. Then yes.
In fact, you’re it’s so cool that you brought up the imposter syndrome thing because the thing is she’s not a SaaS marketer. So this client, is really cool. She’s a really, really big affiliate marketer. She’s got, like, millions and millions of followers, on Instagram and TikTok. And, she created this tool, like I’m sorry. Her husband basically created this tool because she was really frustrated with the link in bio options available to her. So so that imposter syndrome in her is pretty real because she doesn’t think of herself as a SaaS founder.
She still thinks of herself as, an affiliate marketer who’s playing, a SaaS founder. So it’s so cool that you, kind of picked on that.
Potential loss of authority from lack of credit. Exactly. You know?
She felt like, oh, she because she’s concerned, you know, like an expert and she like, loads of an affiliate marketers look up to her. She felt like, oh, I would be they would be seeing me as less than or as per you know? So that was really, really yeah. It is. But it’s very hard, I think, when you are a creator or founder, and I guess most of you would kind of relate to it is because, like, people were approaching her about it, and she had a successful beta run and all of that, but it just kind of, you know, feel like, I don’t really know. And she came in saying, okay. I need copy for this website.
It’s interesting. I’ll tell you what we kind of sold her once we’ve kind of gone through this. But okay. Cool.
Anyone else wants to weigh in? Johnson, potential loss of authority. Yeah. Perfect. That is exactly like, that is the social, struggle here for sure.
Cool. Anyone have anything else to add?
Nope? Okay. So this is a classic case. The client comes in saying, you know, oh, I need better copy for my affiliate link in bio website so people understand what this tool does.
But the thing is she did not have any messaging created for this. Like, she just created the tool, got, like, a very, very basic one page kind of a sign up, and she felt like, okay. Let’s just change words on the website to, you know, make it clearer. But what we had to start with was and all of you know this, we had to start with going back and looking at, okay, what is it that you were saying?
How are people talking? So we had to start with all the research. We had to put together her complete message brand messaging guide, and then the website copy. But then we because of the imposter syndrome emotional struggle and, you know, wanting to explain the tool easily and that potential.
All of these struggles kinda came together because we did not want that experience to end when people signed up for the tool.
So I was able to show her that she also needed the staff onboarding emails. She needed, you know, nurture emails so that people would go ahead and use the tool and then, of course, win back emails for people who churn because it’s a subscription.
So it went from being, oh, I need copy from my home page to describe what people you know, describe what this tool does to being a huge project, because we kinda took the time to really understand what was going on, which is the whole purpose of this call is for you to start doing a little more digging to understand what is the struggle, what is the job that a prospect is actually hiring your service to do for them.
Where did they receive that? Nope.
So she was putting in all her money. Like, she’d made she’s yeah. So not VC backed, but her husband and she were both, and, Abby, it’s so funny because, you had a post in, in the Slack community that I saw later, so I didn’t get a chance to comment on it. But where you mentioned about having a call with a founder, and then the husband was on the second call and, you know, having to kind of do the I mean, it’s it’s exactly the same here.
So, she came to us through a referral, someone I’ve worked with in the past, and then she was like, yeah. Completely sold. I want all of it and then some. And then, you know, her husband, because he’s the one who created it and is also partly funding it, wanted to get on another call, and it was, you know, like, again, do the whole same thing, walking them through it again.
So, yeah, was it hard to expand the scope by that degree with the client? No. Simply because I knew the problem that she was wanting to solve was not just I needed to be clearer.
The problem was I need to look like the expert I really am. I wanna keep my standing as this really, really top affiliate marketer.
I want my app to present me the way the like, the affiliate marketing world sees me as.
So nope.
It wasn’t.
Yeah. Image is huge. Exactly. Exactly. Yeah.
Absolutely, Johnson. So because I spent the and this is the whole purpose of this call is, essentially, I want you to take the time to really dig into what is the struggle that your audience is looking to solve, your prospect is looking to solve, so it becomes easier for you to to sell them your standardized offers.
In my case, it’s more custom. So, I don’t have, like, a standardized offer other than fully loaded launch, which in any case is now going to get overhauled and retired. But, I’ve started catching this stuff on the fly, little because I’ve been doing this for a while now.
The more you’ll do it oh, one thing that I will recommend is we all use AI note takers.
I still make notes by hand. I do use an AI notetaker to kind of go over things that I may have forgotten, especially if I wanna, you know, in big package cases and things like that where we need to kind of sit down and hash out what, quote unquote, the deliverables are gonna look like. But I’ve started, like, kind of, like I make notes and then I draw lines to kind of talk about, okay, this is what the struggle really is or this is what they’re trying to solve. So, highly recommend doing that too. It just kind of trains your brain to to start picking these things.
Yes, Ali. Fully loaded launch is getting replaced with something even better.
But, yeah, I will share that soon.
It is iconic. I know.
But, yeah, it’s been a while now. So, it’s run its course, and we’ve been customizing it way, way more often, which means that we need to kind of, yep, expand the the package and change it up and all of that. So that was what happened. It is a federal party.
Yeah. Yeah. That’s a really good idea. Probably should do that.
Give it a going the way it probably served us well.
Awesome. Cool. Alright. Let’s look at number three. This is someone that we recently recently closed, like, as recent as, like, the contract’s just gone out to them. So yeah.
Oh, by the fun fact, because I did this session last month I I think I did the session last month.
This is someone whose podcast I appeared on.
And after the part like, she’s the she’s the podcast host, so that will come out later. So after the podcast, she ended up, like, wanting to know more, and then she filled out a form. And this is what we kind of know, basically.
We’ll be working together. So, again, for those of you who’ve not seen that session and who are wanting to turn podcasts into client opportunities, would highly recommend listen to that one. But for now, look at this and tell me mhmm. Functional struggle. Okay. And our data value of the offer.
Cannot sustain effort across every business area. Yep. Yep.
Yeah.
Okay.
Feel free to unmute yourself if you got things to add if you don’t wanna kind of okay. Jenny, are there specific questions you ask clients so they go beyond sharing the surface level problem?
This isn’t converting, for example, to help them share with you what the shrugging moment really is.
I generally start by asking, well, so okay. What’s on your mind? You know?
You filled out I recap what they filled out the form for. So you mentioned you’ve got a launch that’s not being well. But, really, tell me what’s on your mind.
Opens up a whole lot of conversation. It’s not my question, though. I would highly recommend if you’ve not read the coaching habit by Michael Banda Stanier. I have been using this what’s in your mind question, thanks to him, for years.
It’s worked really, really well. So, I think it was Pat Flynn who sent me that book, but anyways, years ago. But it’s a really good book. It’s called The Coach and Habit. If you don’t have it, get it, read it, use it.
Yes, Abby. Love that book. Yeah. Same thing. Yeah.
That’s okay. Liesl, you are participating.
Alright.
Couldn’t articulate value of the offer.
Hired people in the past that didn’t work out. Nailed it. Cannot sustain effort across every business area. This is a really big one. Yeah.
She just felt like, oh, I’m struggling to kind of, you know, delegate these critical marketing tasks and all that fearful of letting someone else do it. That is definitely the emotional struggle.
She felt really trapped in the founder operator stage where she knew she should be giving it up, but when she would, it won’t work out. And here’s the interesting thing. In the past, when someone would say, I’ve worked with copywriters before, and it’s never worked out. So it’d be like a huge red flag for me.
Right? Like, I know people say like, oh, red flag. And I would because I’d heard that, I would be like, oh, yeah. I’m not gonna be working with them.
Never gonna work out.
But sometimes I’ve found not sometimes right now. Most of the times. In fact, I have quite a few client, stories and testimonials talking about how in the past they’ve hired and it’s not worked out, mainly because people don’t follow process. So I I’m just sharing this from the point of view that if a client comes to you and says that, don’t let that scare you off.
Do your digging to find out, okay, what happened?
What did they do? Like, what was their process like and all of that? In this landscape, they had lots of data that, as copywriters, had not even touched. So this is like someone who runs a systems business, who teaches other fractional CMOs how to, set up systems and processes and also they’ve got loads of data. Right? They’ve not done anything with it.
And the people that you’d hired in the past didn’t touch it.
So they might as well just been guessing at the copy they were writing, which is why it wasn’t converting, which is why I knew that we could do so much with it. Point being, like, that’s, like, a side story to tell you. Sometimes when you sometimes something becomes like an industry thing. Oh, if someone says they’ve worked with someone and not like the experience, you should not work with them.
Do your own due diligence.
Yeah. Okay. Rizal, yeah, you were about to ask that. So I hope that answers your question about project boundaries.
Social struggle. If they’re a podcast host, they’re in front of a lot of people. Yes. And they’ve got she’s got, like, I think, close to thirteen million subscribers on YouTube or something like that.
So, yes, that is definitely a social struggle. It’s like, okay.
What kind of life it would be exactly that, you know, this is what I’m gonna be doing, which is something that she did, you know, say it’s not in this in the summary here is, like, I cannot see myself doing this all the time because they’re you know, she’s got other programs. She’s obviously doing the delivery as well along with the rest of her team, but she couldn’t be stuck in the cycle of writing that copy.
The other interesting thing in all of these cases I would like you and why I picked recent ones is because AI. Right? Like, all these smart in tune with the market founders all know about AI, all know about Checkatrade, all know about cloud.
None of them want to take the time to sit down and be the, you know, the prompter or the feeder of, like, hand holder for for LLMs. They do not have the time or the patience.
That is the audience you wanna look at.
Because, one thing I’m always queue again, this is something that I hear a lot in the industry, so that’s why, again, I’m bringing this up is, like, oh, no one’s hiring copywriters.
I don’t know.
So but kind of looking at what is it that people really need solved, and she could, for all purposes, use AI to write her emails for her.
But, yeah, she knows that she does not have the time or the patience. It just feels faster for her to do it herself or repurpose some of her past launch emails even though she knows they probably won’t do as well. But, yeah, that’s the alternative.
Okay. Cool. Anyone wants to weigh in on functional struggle, emotional struggle, social struggle?
Yeah. What kind of life this will be? That’s so true, Donaldson. Like, that is exactly, like and I think you probably even said this on the call. It’s like, I cannot imagine doing this, all of this year and next year. This is not sustainable.
Bernadette, would you say that loss of face is, like, the overarching theme of the social struggle, like, that that most of the time, it’s some kind of worry about loss of perceived status or authority?
Yeah. I would say that. Yeah. You know, fear of losing reputation as an expert, fear of feeling, that people won’t see you in that light that you you want them to see. That is definitely an overarching theme.
Other things that have come up in social struggle has been, you know, their their position as the founder.
They feel like again, it’s because it’s social, it’s kind of like, oh, you know, I’m not it’s been I’ve been doing this for, like, a few years. It just feels like I’m bringing it, and I want that to change.
So but, yeah, mainly, it’s a lot to do with their internal, you know, thoughts and feelings about how others would perceive it, which is the whole social element. Yeah.
Anything else? Any other questions?
Any other insights on any of these?
Okay. Cool.
Alright.
So those of you who are new, something that I tend to do in my calls is give you homework.
So I want you to pull a transcript of one of your prospect calls and put it together into a similar Google Doc like this and share what you think would be the functional, emotional, social struggle or the you know, what would what are you in your in your opinion there? And then share it with me, of course, the rest of the, you know, CSP crew. In fact, please tag me. I tend sometimes tend to miss notifications otherwise.
But, yeah, I would love for you all to do that.
Just kind of start building those muscles trying to pick what clients are really struggling with so you don’t again, this is a step closer to what’s going from being an order taker to someone who starts looking at, okay, what is it that they really need and, yeah, how can I help them? Okay. In this particular client’s case, because I realized I didn’t talk about this, So in her case, for instance, she came in saying that I need help writing evergreen emails. Right?
So easy for me to say, okay. Yeah. Excitingly evergreen would be perfect for you. But because I know she has a lot of data, because I knew that she also wants, you know, to get consistent sales, Instead of just selling her a package, what we’ve done is, of course, you’ll be doing all of her evergreen sequence, but then I’m also doing a quarterly retainer with her where I’m doing her flash sales and I’m doing her, I’m doing newsletters for, people who are not, you know, who went through the webinar but did not buy and flash sales for the larger audience.
So that’s a quarterly retailer. So instead of just being a one off package now, I have a ongoing thing with her for her to help her sell consistently beyond the Evergreen funnel as well.
So in every case in all these three cases, and this yeah. This is pretty much what we’ve seen over the last few years is understanding what an aspect is really, really struggling with helps you sell, be it, and close bigger packages.
Makes it easier for your in in your case, in all your cases because you are creating your standardized offers, and I want you to kinda focus on that.
You wanna start looking at, okay, how does our standardized how does my standardized offer help this client so that and once you start pulling at the struggle, you’ll find that it becomes that much easier for you to close that time because you’re not just saying, oh, I’m gonna be giving you a webinar funnel, or I’m gonna I’m gonna be giving you a website copy, or I’m gonna be giving you an evergreen funnel. No. You’re solving a much bigger problem than that.
Cool.
Alright. Yeah.
Katie, go ahead.
Okay. So I had I had this question before, but what you just said dovetail nicely into it. On on expanding the scope, So I did a preliminary like, of my standardized offer of the three back end funnels, I, sold the initial strategy as a stand like, basically, as a downsell on the sales call.
They said we’re not the whole thing.
I said, okay. Let’s just do the strategy.
While doing that road map, I identified that when it came to the back end offer, like, there was a lot of potential like, they didn’t have the core messaging dialed in for that back end offer enough to want to do the back end for that as well. So in the initial sales call, I had pitched the post sale profit system for both offers.
Mhmm. On the road map presentation call, I pitched post step profit system for the signature offer and then message optimization for the Mhmm. Back end offer.
Mhmm. But that felt like it because that hadn’t come up in the conversation before, it opened a can of worms that they weren’t expecting.
And so it was a muddier conversation because where I probably could have had a very clean clothes on, you know, just doing the back end sales, then we were also talking about an offer that they hadn’t considered that they needed. So it was something that I had spotted as a deeper need, but they weren’t thinking about that yet.
So I guess similar to the affiliate marketer Mhmm. Like, when you’re introducing when you see the deeper need, do you what is your sequencing, I guess, around, like, when you would bring something up like that? Or do you have any tips on how to bring that into the conversation without kind of throwing people, from what they expected?
I tied into the overall goal. Right? So what is again, going back to what was she trying to accomplish? She wanted that it people who bought her LinkedIn bio tool would feel confident and also, you know, continue to see her as the expert that she is when it comes to affiliate marketing.
And not having a proper onboarding nurture term sequence or win back sequence would mean that once they buy, there’s post purchase experience isn’t going to be great because they’re gonna be only getting either ordinary templated emails or maybe no email. Worse, you know, no emails at all. So in my proposal, essentially and I because I did not have another call with her. This was just a single call, close.
So in my proposal, I presented the custom package, and I explained my reasoning for including all of these emails as a you know, along with the exact kind of the same explanation that I just gave you is that since our goal is to a, b, and c, I recommend we have these emails in place.
And, oh, no. This is the affiliate marketer. And that is when her husband wanted to kind of get on a call and say ask, okay.
What would we be doing? What would be the purpose and all that?
So yeah. So I did do two calls with them.
One with her and then one with her and her husband.
So I would present it in the proposal. In your case, I feel I again, I don’t know, Mike, but, did you explain your reasoning?
Or Yes.
Yeah. And then and then because my presentation had, like, a very clear segue into and, like and then then this is where you sign, and then the call was, like, forty five minutes longer than I expected while we discussed my reasoning. So, that’s that’s kind of where I was like, oh, this could have gone better. Or maybe I should’ve, like, maybe I should’ve held off until the proposal, and then Mhmm. They’ll only introduce that offer once they had said yes to the initial offer. I could have introduced it Yeah.
As well add on or Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Again, I mean, there’s so much here, like, that we don’t really know about, like, the the time there. You know, what was said that they’re trying to solve and things like that. But, yeah, we’re kind of testing out to see whether you present your findings, but then based on your findings, you present your offer to them when you present your proposal.
Mhmm.
So if someone comes for you for something and you identify through your initial research that the deeper need is that they need something else, and that something else will allow you to deliver better what they said they needed, would that be a would that be a deal breaker for you?
If they were to say no Mhmm. Would that be a deal deal breaker for me?
There was a time when it would probably have been like, oh, hey. I know.
But the the level of business owners that I’m kinda working with right now, honestly, I let them know that, okay. Hey. This is what I can see happening if we are to do this, this, and this. At the same time, I understand that a business has other goals, marketing asset allocations, etcetera, etcetera. So if you want, we can push this for later. If you wanna do it on your own later, that’s also cool. But yeah.
Right now, it’s not.
In most cases, they’re willing to kind of park it as a project as a second project.
And if not I mean, again, I did my job of letting them know that this is what would make more of a difference to you. At the end of the day, it’s their business.
So I’m not yeah.
I’m not gonna kind of let myself get walk away from, say, a five figure project because of something that my goal is is, like, don’t let your ego play the game. Just keep focus on and focus on the data. Focus on what you’re investing to do. So yeah.
Because there’s a time where I play it. Yeah. No. I’m the expert here. I know what I’m saying.
I know this would make more of a difference. It would be a whole thing and, like, reach that level of maturity where I’m like, cool. I’ve set my peace, your business, your decision.
I thank you. I aspire to that level of maturity. Working on it.
Yeah. I had the same approach with hiding for my copy as well, but there was a time when I would say, nope.
Nope. Nope. No. No making any changes to my copy. It’s like every single line was based on research and stuff and stuff. Now, again, I explained my reasoning.
I let them know. But if they like, for instance, this affiliate marketer, she would have, like she had very specific things around certain words. Right? So I explained why, but she would be like, no.
Okay. But I feel like my ideal client would put it in. Like, okay. It’s again.
It’s your business.
Alright. Cool. Any other questions? That was those were really good questions, Katie.
Nope?
Okay. Cool.
Alright.
I I know there are ask you a quick question if there’s time.
Sure.
Sure. Yeah. I mean, I’m trying to think how to phrase it as a question. So because, basically, I’m just I’m having hiring pains at the moment.
Okay.
And it’s just making me feel really bad because, like, I didn’t like, the people I’m hiring, they’re just making me look bad to to the client because they keep making mistakes. And then when I’m trying to, like and then I’m having to quality control, and then it’s just taking longer. And I’ve just I feel like I’ve made quite a few bad hires. And I was just wondering if you’ve, like, experienced that or if it you know? Because I’m like, is it me, or is this just part of the learning curve?
It’s part of the learning curve, Abby. I’m sorry to hear that it’s happening. We’ve had our fair share of bad hires.
You know, we worked with, a lot. We we work with a lot of different contractors, which is right now, once we find a really good contractor, I, yeah, I hold on to them for dear life.
But, but it is part of the learning curve.
You may wanna take a look at things like, okay, your onboarding, your processes, and everything. But once you’ve done your own thing, there is which is exactly what I was talking about. You know, like, when people say, oh, we worked with a copywriter, and it wasn’t a great experience. Sometimes it really isn’t the client.
It is the copywriter. I’m sorry, but it’s it’s true. Right? So similarly, in your case, sometimes it’s not you.
It is the contractor. Right? So you need to kind of take a dispassionate look or have someone take a dispassionate look at your processes, your onboarding, your, you know, communication, and if there are no gaps, then it’s probably that person and you need to cut them loose.
So Yeah.
This is very popular, and I am obviously not the one who’s come up with it. But I believe in this for me. It’s like hire slow and fire fast. Fast. I would not Mhmm.
Hold on to someone who’s making us look bad in front of a client that is so, not them. Yeah.
Yeah.
I’ve just had I’ve had a bit of a streak of bad luck, and I don’t know if it’s first.
I think it’s just, like, the lack of care. Like, it really, like, baffles me how little some people care. Like, as I’d like the mistakes I make, and it’s like, how, you know, how what makes you think that’s okay? Like and I I just hate it because I’m, like, selling a, like, a a premium service. And then when the mistake it just makes me feel awful. Like, there’s so much stress, but and I’m struggling to see, like, the light at the end of the tunnel because it has been, like, four people in a row now.
But yeah, I for the same role?
Different roles, like the designer, web developer, and automation, email automation expert. It’s just every time, it’s just been the lack of care and attention to detail.
Yeah. Yeah. I totally relate.
And, again, like I said, really sorry. It is part of the learning curve.
It is hard. Are you hiring based on referrals?
I’m hiring from within the Copiacus community, and then people I’ve worked with before. So kind yeah. Like, I haven’t I haven’t received, like, a really good referral yet.
Someone that, like like, if if if it was someone that, like, someone I trusted vouch for, I think I’d have a better experience. But, yeah, that person just hasn’t kind of come up yet.
So Yeah.
That’s really unfortunate.
It is, things that I’ve worked in the past for us have been basically I’ve always hired on referral. I’ve always as much as possible.
Always hired and run with a couple of test projects and with very little margin for error, basically.
Mhmm.
And so test projects are really important. If you’re not doing test projects, that is something you may wanna add in.
We pay them for the project, but, yeah, kind of gives you an idea of how they, communicate and things like that.
And like like I said, the other thing is it’s kind of evaluating and seeing whether, whether our own processes have a gap somewhere and need need fine tuning.
But but also making it very clear when we hire them, like, things like, okay. Time lines are key, and we just don’t have any wiggle room around that. Like, things like okay. Anything that’s gonna be directly impacting the client.
Because at the end of the day, the buck stops with you. Right? Yeah. I mean, it’s your name.
It’s your brand. Your client does not care whether you’re working with someone else for research. If your editor is sick, that is not your client’s problem.
So those are things that like, making sure that everyone that we hire has the same value system as that when it comes to so having those conversations early on has really, really helped. Like, in the initial conversations, whether it’s been with our editor, whether it’s been with a person who worked for research.
Full disclosure, we’ve had a designer in the past we preferred who’s dropped the ball for our clients. Like, never again would I ever send another person their way. Like, I don’t care what happened.
But yeah. So point being, these are certain things that have worked well for us, but it is unfortunate there are like, it’s it’s hard to find good talent.
Yeah. Yeah. It’s just the the emotional problems I think of, like, when you’re letting go of that control for the first time, which is really scary anyway.
And then Yeah.
Yeah.
And then And then people drop the ball.
Yeah. What?
And then what you fear happens happens, and it’s just Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. I know. I know. Which is why when, like, the first few times we worked with people who went above and beyond, I was like, oh, yeah. This is amazing.
Mhmm.
Never gonna work with anyone else again.
But, yeah, Punez, I would say ask people for referrals, like, instead of, like, hiring like, when you say when you’re hiring from within the community, is it, like, do you say, okay.
I have an opening for this, or do you say, okay. I’m looking for this person. Do you have any referrals? And when people refer, do you ask, have they worked with them? What was their experience like?
Like, what’s that process look like?
Yeah. I mean, it was more just people, like because I was a coach in freelance school for a while, so I had a, like, contact with people on, like, Friday socials and stuff. So I’d spent quite a lot of time with this person, who I’m thinking of. So I felt good hiring them.
And then yeah. I don’t know. I think it’s just like, what I find with freelancers, I think, is they’re watching their profitability so much that it means they, like, don’t spend as long as they should on quality control.
Is Pardon Frozen? Is it just me? Yeah. Okay.
Well, it doesn’t look like she’s gonna unfreeze.
Yeah. I mean, I think we’re at time anyway.
Yeah. I gotta go.
I might wait. I’ll wait for her to come back. Bye, Michelle.
Bye.
Anyways, let’s just kind of wrap this up.
Abby, feel free to, like, if some like, let let us know if there’s, like, a specific role you’re looking to hire for or whatever. If, you know, anyone comes to mind, I will definitely share referrals.
But all of this to say, yeah, this is par for the course, unfortunate, but, yeah, you Everyone’s gone through this. It’s a rite of passage.
It’s all No. I think I needed to hear that. Thank you, Prana.
Yeah.
You’re welcome. Alright. Thank you so much, everybody. I hope you all had fun. I want to see some struggling moments, from your transcripts in Slack next week.
So please tag me, and I will set up scheduled reminders to check-in with you all otherwise. Alright. Thank you, everyone. Bye.
Worksheet
Take Action: Funnels & Goals (pp. 24 – 27)
Transcript
So what I have done, is something really fun. I took our prospect call transcripts, prospects to turn into clients, and I’ve worked out the the struggling moment. But then and also, you know, like, the different elements of the struggling moment. But then I want you to look at those struggling moments and pick out the functional struggle, the emotional struggle, and, you know, the social struggle.
So you will if you haven’t opened up your workbooks, I would love for you to first do that so you can kind of go through the examples because those are, you know, those are examples.
But but I want you to look at the example so you can get an idea of what we are even talking about. So when I share my Google Doc with you, I want you to be able to kind of look at it and go, okay. And this would be the functional struggle, and this would be the emotion struggle.
So open up your workbooks. I’m gonna share screen.
And what we’re going to do is we’re going to look at the workbook first, and then I’m gonna share a Google Doc with y’all where you would go ahead and do this exercise real time.
Alright. Cool.
Let’s get started.
And first up okay. Alright. Choose.
Okay. Cool. So this is what the section I want you to look at. The struggling moment is the seat for innovation.
Just scroll past this page. I want you to look at the examples here. So client comes in. You’ll get on a call.
Client says, okay. I wanna launch copy.
But then, of course, being the professionals you are, you will probe. You will ask.
And what they usually come up with would be some would be a story like this. And I’ll share our clients’ stories on probing.
And then from this, what you wanna look at is the functional struggle. So, okay, measurable decline in performance, social struggle, you know, people kind you’re like people are looking at you and all of that. And what’s the push force or what’s the you know, if there’s an emotional struggle to it, what what does that look like?
The more important thing that you need to ask yourself is why do you wanna kind of look at all of these struggles? Like, what does this help you do?
And use that to then direct the sales conversation. At least that’s what I do. It works out really, really well. And when you look at when you start to kinda pull the thread of either one of these struggles or if possible, all three and just kind of bring it together, it becomes so much easier to close clients at twenty k, thirty k, fifty k, hundred k. Right?
I have used this repeatedly just to kind of take time to really understand what the troubling moment really is. Because when a client comes and says, oh, I need website copy, it’s there’s something else going on.
You know? Why do they need website copy? And it’s fascinating because and I’m actually you know, because I can see this play out in in myself as a a buyer or as a client too. So right now, for instance, we are in the midst of speaking with, you know, designers and branding experts and all of that because we’re looking at a rebrand for our business.
So why I said it’s fascinating is because on calls with with branding strategist or with designers and things like that, the moment someone asks me oh, because we go in saying, oh, we wanna rebrand. Right?
Very straightforward.
But the caliber of a professional, like, it instantly kind of goes up in my mind when someone, like, takes the time to, like, clean forward and ask, okay. But why now? What’s happening right now that you’re looking to rebrand?
It just kind of opens up a whole thing for both Mike and me on that call. And I can only imagine that, and I hope that those strategists who are asking these questions are actually gonna use it when they kind of put our proposal together, when they send our quote together because I know it makes a difference. I always use struggling moments when I present my proposal to clients, especially for custom codes, and something like if they’ve, like, not just bought a package of the site, but they’ve taken time to fill out a form, and they met me for a call, and we have to give them a custom code.
I will use all of this in the proposal to basically present why we’re offering them what we’re offering them and what you know? And then what you’re charging them really kind of it’s not I’m not gonna say it becomes irrelevant, especially when they’re when you’re looking at fifty k, seventy five k packages.
It’s by no means irrelevant, but they can see exactly why they need it. What is the job that your service would actually be doing for their business.
So unlike my usual sessions where I have, like, a really nice slide deck and I have, like, tactical things and all, this one is very hands on. I just want you to understand what a struggling moment really is and learn to identify that in your own calls. Because if you’re not doing that right now, that is something you wanna fix right away.
So with that, do you have any questions before I yeah?
I do.
You say you use this during the sales call. Do you find this out in that triage call?
And then when you present, you know, back to your proposal, that’s when you pull this in?
Yes. Okay. So it’s in the triage call.
Okay.
And yeah.
I will basically use this definitely in the proposal, but I also kinda bring it up when we kick off. So when we kick off and I recap what’s in the project and, you know, who’s gonna be involved in the the the day c and all of that, I do mention why we’re doing what we’re doing because what I found and this is also true side note, this is also true for things like social proof. What I found, you need to like, once you’ve sold a client, you’d they you kinda need to have these, like, little mini selling points all through the process.
That works really, really well. Again, that’s just something I do. You don’t have to do it, but it just works really well. I’ve noticed.
Okay. Cool. So I’m gonna stop sharing. You should have it. Like, if you oh, wait. That’s the appointment you’re looking for. Anyways, let’s And what I’m going to do is drop a Google doc that I have created.
Fail.
So these are all clients from prospect calls that I’ve transcribed, and then let me go on the blank. Commenter.
Copy link. Okay. Cool.
Dropping the link in chat.
Oh, Lisa, good question. So you get this in the first fifteen minute call and then begin to it in the length here. One did that did Michelle’s question answer your question as well?
Oh, sorry.
So I do this a little differently, but I don’t want y’all to kind of digress from the process that, you know, y’all are going through.
In your case, I would look at the kind of try and get this get this struggle, in the fifteen minute call and then, yes, dig into it in the length of your call. That said, how I exactly do it and what Michelle calls the triage call is, again, this is my way to get, is I just do one call, and then I do proposal.
Right?
And I’ve done this for pretty much every project, but y’all also need to remember.
It’s I’ve been doing this for a while now, so there’s probably that at play. But, Katie, yes. Sometimes.
Depends.
For instance, it depends on a couple of different factors. If there are multiple people involved in the project, for instance, we just especially the corporate clients. So there’s this huge group of schools that I’ve been working with since last year.
There are multiple people involved in it. I’ve done one project with them. I’m working on a second project with them.
So in that case, always present it on a call because there are everyone wants to be involved in it.
But if it’s someone who we’ve worked with in the past, if it’s someone who has come through a referral, if it’s someone who is already sold on us, a podcast host, I mean, for that happens a lot.
I will not present it on a call.
Breaking rules? Yes. Maybe. But it just that it’s been working.
Yes, Leasel. With corporate clients, yes. Definitely. You will have to do two calls. You may even have to do more depending on the scope of the project.
For projects upwards of seventy five thousand dollars, I have done as many as in fact, with this particular client. Okay. We’ve done okay.
Three three calls, with different stakeholders.
So because there have been changes to, oh, we wanna include this. Now we wanna you know? So yeah.
Corporate times are a whole different thing. I I really love the size of the project.
It just takes me too much time.
Okay. Cool.
You should have the Google Doc in the chat. Open it up. And what I want you to kind of look at and put down is go through the struggling moment and leave your comments or just make your own comments as like, unmute yourself and tell me what you think is the functional struggle, what do you think is the emotional struggle, what do you think is the social struggle. So this is gonna be a very different call here.
Usually, yes. Three calls seems hard.
But this is for the second project. So they’ve already worked with me once. And, yeah, perfect times are whole different days.
Y’all should have commenting access, so feel free to leave comments if you want to.
Alright. Anyone wants to volunteer for the first one?
Well, I guess since nobody else go ahead.
Go ahead.
And it’s early in the morning, so I don’t know.
So functional struggle will probably be Clients who were interested were weren’t, signing up?
Yeah. Okay. Because?
Oh, because timing was too short.
Perfect. Yeah. K. Absolutely. Absolutely. Okay. Cool. K. Emotional struggle? I guess it was about from the yeah.
Go ahead.
Headspace and timing to they weren’t in the right headspace, and there was too short of time for them to spend that nine ninety seven.
Yeah. Yeah. And when you’re reading this, you also wanna think about this from the client point of view. Right?
Like, how is the client feeling emotionally about this this struggle that they’re coming up against? Because that’s what you wanna kind of lean into and talk about it. Oh, so you’re feeling this because our students or our, you know, our prospects aren’t getting enough time to convert. Is that right?
You know? So Okay. Yeah. But you’re really, really, you know, dialed in into this. This is really good, Michelle.
Yeah. Okay.
The social struggle, that’s where I’m kinda lost.
Yeah. And that is where for social struggle, you will see that you will need to start reading between the lines.
Okay.
You will need to start kinda looking at, okay.
What are they worried about? Like, what’s the perception here that they’re worried about? Is it is it that they don’t want to they they feel like, oh, we are being we are being pushy versus being intentional? Is it more that, oh, you know, people are going to maybe see me differently or won’t respect me if I do this or if I don’t do this.
So you gotta kinda read between the lines. That is where that is where your skills as someone who is, like, tuned into how people think, come into play Okay. And where doing a little bit of probing will help. So that’s not very the the, the social struggle is not usually straightforward.
Forward.
But, for instance, in the second second, client’s case, I worked on their website probably earlier this year, and her her social struggle was a little more straightforward. So take a look at that and see if you can kind of pick the social struggle there. Okay.
Anyone else wants to kinda weigh in with the first one?
I had for the social struggle and sorry sorry I was late, so I will catch the replay to catch myself up if I missed something. But I put, whose job is it to notice this?
Like, because potential on the part of the speaker, there was confusion around, like, it was brought up by a team member.
They didn’t even know about it. So then if I’m on that call as a copywriter, I would be noticing, like, oh, they don’t.
Like, there was a role missing in the strategy behind the trial and, like, who’s gonna fix this problem.
Absolutely. Which is exactly what happened in this case as well, Katie, is one, there was no one looking at the fact that customer support is getting all these requests about, hey. Can I get more time?
Right? Like, it just came up during their they have, like, a stand up meeting or a catch up meeting, what they call it, and and really random. Not even like, oh, you know, here’s something. So which is what then led us to work on what we did for them were, like, behavior based sequences that, a, not only we give them, like, an extended trial, but then we had, like, oh, if they went ahead and logged in, then we have, like, a different sequence kicking in versus people who weren’t logging in, versus people who, you know, were logging in and watching an x number of lessons.
So it the social struggle was no one was really watching what was going on with this trial that they were thinking for all purposes as kind of doing well, because and and what was happening was they were leaving a lot of people, in terms of, like, oh, who could who could just just needed a few more days to be able to convert. So, like I said, you need to kind of read between the lines there and do a little more probing.
But what they came in saying was, oh, we wanna increase conversions. But the point is and what they initially thought was they had a lead flow problem. Like, oh, we need more people coming into the funnel so we can increase conversions. But what they actually had was a current conversion problem. Like, people were coming in but were not converting because of the lack of time. And, like, you know, Michelle said the feeling of being they were interested, but they didn’t have the headspace and the timing.
Thing was really felt too short for them.
Alright. Who wants to take number two?
These are yes. We weren’t giving them time or room to build, breathe, or build belief. That’s like so they didn’t really need a seven day trial. They needed what we went with was actually a fourteen day trial, and more emails.
So because if I just sold them a seven day trial, it would have worked.
The result of the of increasing the, trial period or the result of presenting them with a fourteen day file package? Conversion to paid upgrades. Oh, yeah. Okay. So it’s been ninety so then these are all fairly recent projects that have wrapped up. So this it’s gonna it we completed ninety days of the funnel, say, thirty first of March. So, they in ninety days, they’ve been able to almost, I would say, two point five x their conversions, but, again which is great.
However, what we are now testing out is if we shorten it to about nine days instead of fourteen days, would that create more of an urgency and increase conversion? So that’s what we gotta do in the optimization phase of it. My reasoning for this is I noticed that a lot of people wait till the very last day to convert. So I’m just kinda curious to see if you, like, go from seven from we went from seven to fourteen. So if you go from fourteen to nine or even ten, does that, you know, shorten the cycle while basically either increasing or keeping the conversions the same.
They are they’re they’re pretty happy, so they’re open to testing, which is a good thing.
Because we can always go back to fourteen if, say, the nine, ten day experiment does not work out.
Alright.
Functional struggle can’t explain too easily and in a way that shows value. Bit of imposter syndrome in the self as a creator. Yes. Then yes.
In fact, you’re it’s so cool that you brought up the imposter syndrome thing because the thing is she’s not a SaaS marketer. So this client, is really cool. She’s a really, really big affiliate marketer. She’s got, like, millions and millions of followers, on Instagram and TikTok. And, she created this tool, like I’m sorry. Her husband basically created this tool because she was really frustrated with the link in bio options available to her. So so that imposter syndrome in her is pretty real because she doesn’t think of herself as a SaaS founder.
She still thinks of herself as, an affiliate marketer who’s playing, a SaaS founder. So it’s so cool that you, kind of picked on that.
Potential loss of authority from lack of credit. Exactly. You know?
She felt like, oh, she because she’s concerned, you know, like an expert and she like, loads of an affiliate marketers look up to her. She felt like, oh, I would be they would be seeing me as less than or as per you know? So that was really, really yeah. It is. But it’s very hard, I think, when you are a creator or founder, and I guess most of you would kind of relate to it is because, like, people were approaching her about it, and she had a successful beta run and all of that, but it just kind of, you know, feel like, I don’t really know. And she came in saying, okay. I need copy for this website.
It’s interesting. I’ll tell you what we kind of sold her once we’ve kind of gone through this. But okay. Cool.
Anyone else wants to weigh in? Johnson, potential loss of authority. Yeah. Perfect. That is exactly like, that is the social, struggle here for sure.
Cool. Anyone have anything else to add?
Nope? Okay. So this is a classic case. The client comes in saying, you know, oh, I need better copy for my affiliate link in bio website so people understand what this tool does.
But the thing is she did not have any messaging created for this. Like, she just created the tool, got, like, a very, very basic one page kind of a sign up, and she felt like, okay. Let’s just change words on the website to, you know, make it clearer. But what we had to start with was and all of you know this, we had to start with going back and looking at, okay, what is it that you were saying?
How are people talking? So we had to start with all the research. We had to put together her complete message brand messaging guide, and then the website copy. But then we because of the imposter syndrome emotional struggle and, you know, wanting to explain the tool easily and that potential.
All of these struggles kinda came together because we did not want that experience to end when people signed up for the tool.
So I was able to show her that she also needed the staff onboarding emails. She needed, you know, nurture emails so that people would go ahead and use the tool and then, of course, win back emails for people who churn because it’s a subscription.
So it went from being, oh, I need copy from my home page to describe what people you know, describe what this tool does to being a huge project, because we kinda took the time to really understand what was going on, which is the whole purpose of this call is for you to start doing a little more digging to understand what is the struggle, what is the job that a prospect is actually hiring your service to do for them.
Where did they receive that? Nope.
So she was putting in all her money. Like, she’d made she’s yeah. So not VC backed, but her husband and she were both, and, Abby, it’s so funny because, you had a post in, in the Slack community that I saw later, so I didn’t get a chance to comment on it. But where you mentioned about having a call with a founder, and then the husband was on the second call and, you know, having to kind of do the I mean, it’s it’s exactly the same here.
So, she came to us through a referral, someone I’ve worked with in the past, and then she was like, yeah. Completely sold. I want all of it and then some. And then, you know, her husband, because he’s the one who created it and is also partly funding it, wanted to get on another call, and it was, you know, like, again, do the whole same thing, walking them through it again.
So, yeah, was it hard to expand the scope by that degree with the client? No. Simply because I knew the problem that she was wanting to solve was not just I needed to be clearer.
The problem was I need to look like the expert I really am. I wanna keep my standing as this really, really top affiliate marketer.
I want my app to present me the way the like, the affiliate marketing world sees me as.
So nope.
It wasn’t.
Yeah. Image is huge. Exactly. Exactly. Yeah.
Absolutely, Johnson. So because I spent the and this is the whole purpose of this call is, essentially, I want you to take the time to really dig into what is the struggle that your audience is looking to solve, your prospect is looking to solve, so it becomes easier for you to to sell them your standardized offers.
In my case, it’s more custom. So, I don’t have, like, a standardized offer other than fully loaded launch, which in any case is now going to get overhauled and retired. But, I’ve started catching this stuff on the fly, little because I’ve been doing this for a while now.
The more you’ll do it oh, one thing that I will recommend is we all use AI note takers.
I still make notes by hand. I do use an AI notetaker to kind of go over things that I may have forgotten, especially if I wanna, you know, in big package cases and things like that where we need to kind of sit down and hash out what, quote unquote, the deliverables are gonna look like. But I’ve started, like, kind of, like I make notes and then I draw lines to kind of talk about, okay, this is what the struggle really is or this is what they’re trying to solve. So, highly recommend doing that too. It just kind of trains your brain to to start picking these things.
Yes, Ali. Fully loaded launch is getting replaced with something even better.
But, yeah, I will share that soon.
It is iconic. I know.
But, yeah, it’s been a while now. So, it’s run its course, and we’ve been customizing it way, way more often, which means that we need to kind of, yep, expand the the package and change it up and all of that. So that was what happened. It is a federal party.
Yeah. Yeah. That’s a really good idea. Probably should do that.
Give it a going the way it probably served us well.
Awesome. Cool. Alright. Let’s look at number three. This is someone that we recently recently closed, like, as recent as, like, the contract’s just gone out to them. So yeah.
Oh, by the fun fact, because I did this session last month I I think I did the session last month.
This is someone whose podcast I appeared on.
And after the part like, she’s the she’s the podcast host, so that will come out later. So after the podcast, she ended up, like, wanting to know more, and then she filled out a form. And this is what we kind of know, basically.
We’ll be working together. So, again, for those of you who’ve not seen that session and who are wanting to turn podcasts into client opportunities, would highly recommend listen to that one. But for now, look at this and tell me mhmm. Functional struggle. Okay. And our data value of the offer.
Cannot sustain effort across every business area. Yep. Yep.
Yeah.
Okay.
Feel free to unmute yourself if you got things to add if you don’t wanna kind of okay. Jenny, are there specific questions you ask clients so they go beyond sharing the surface level problem?
This isn’t converting, for example, to help them share with you what the shrugging moment really is.
I generally start by asking, well, so okay. What’s on your mind? You know?
You filled out I recap what they filled out the form for. So you mentioned you’ve got a launch that’s not being well. But, really, tell me what’s on your mind.
Opens up a whole lot of conversation. It’s not my question, though. I would highly recommend if you’ve not read the coaching habit by Michael Banda Stanier. I have been using this what’s in your mind question, thanks to him, for years.
It’s worked really, really well. So, I think it was Pat Flynn who sent me that book, but anyways, years ago. But it’s a really good book. It’s called The Coach and Habit. If you don’t have it, get it, read it, use it.
Yes, Abby. Love that book. Yeah. Same thing. Yeah.
That’s okay. Liesl, you are participating.
Alright.
Couldn’t articulate value of the offer.
Hired people in the past that didn’t work out. Nailed it. Cannot sustain effort across every business area. This is a really big one. Yeah.
She just felt like, oh, I’m struggling to kind of, you know, delegate these critical marketing tasks and all that fearful of letting someone else do it. That is definitely the emotional struggle.
She felt really trapped in the founder operator stage where she knew she should be giving it up, but when she would, it won’t work out. And here’s the interesting thing. In the past, when someone would say, I’ve worked with copywriters before, and it’s never worked out. So it’d be like a huge red flag for me.
Right? Like, I know people say like, oh, red flag. And I would because I’d heard that, I would be like, oh, yeah. I’m not gonna be working with them.
Never gonna work out.
But sometimes I’ve found not sometimes right now. Most of the times. In fact, I have quite a few client, stories and testimonials talking about how in the past they’ve hired and it’s not worked out, mainly because people don’t follow process. So I I’m just sharing this from the point of view that if a client comes to you and says that, don’t let that scare you off.
Do your digging to find out, okay, what happened?
What did they do? Like, what was their process like and all of that? In this landscape, they had lots of data that, as copywriters, had not even touched. So this is like someone who runs a systems business, who teaches other fractional CMOs how to, set up systems and processes and also they’ve got loads of data. Right? They’ve not done anything with it.
And the people that you’d hired in the past didn’t touch it.
So they might as well just been guessing at the copy they were writing, which is why it wasn’t converting, which is why I knew that we could do so much with it. Point being, like, that’s, like, a side story to tell you. Sometimes when you sometimes something becomes like an industry thing. Oh, if someone says they’ve worked with someone and not like the experience, you should not work with them.
Do your own due diligence.
Yeah. Okay. Rizal, yeah, you were about to ask that. So I hope that answers your question about project boundaries.
Social struggle. If they’re a podcast host, they’re in front of a lot of people. Yes. And they’ve got she’s got, like, I think, close to thirteen million subscribers on YouTube or something like that.
So, yes, that is definitely a social struggle. It’s like, okay.
What kind of life it would be exactly that, you know, this is what I’m gonna be doing, which is something that she did, you know, say it’s not in this in the summary here is, like, I cannot see myself doing this all the time because they’re you know, she’s got other programs. She’s obviously doing the delivery as well along with the rest of her team, but she couldn’t be stuck in the cycle of writing that copy.
The other interesting thing in all of these cases I would like you and why I picked recent ones is because AI. Right? Like, all these smart in tune with the market founders all know about AI, all know about Checkatrade, all know about cloud.
None of them want to take the time to sit down and be the, you know, the prompter or the feeder of, like, hand holder for for LLMs. They do not have the time or the patience.
That is the audience you wanna look at.
Because, one thing I’m always queue again, this is something that I hear a lot in the industry, so that’s why, again, I’m bringing this up is, like, oh, no one’s hiring copywriters.
I don’t know.
So but kind of looking at what is it that people really need solved, and she could, for all purposes, use AI to write her emails for her.
But, yeah, she knows that she does not have the time or the patience. It just feels faster for her to do it herself or repurpose some of her past launch emails even though she knows they probably won’t do as well. But, yeah, that’s the alternative.
Okay. Cool. Anyone wants to weigh in on functional struggle, emotional struggle, social struggle?
Yeah. What kind of life this will be? That’s so true, Donaldson. Like, that is exactly, like and I think you probably even said this on the call. It’s like, I cannot imagine doing this, all of this year and next year. This is not sustainable.
Bernadette, would you say that loss of face is, like, the overarching theme of the social struggle, like, that that most of the time, it’s some kind of worry about loss of perceived status or authority?
Yeah. I would say that. Yeah. You know, fear of losing reputation as an expert, fear of feeling, that people won’t see you in that light that you you want them to see. That is definitely an overarching theme.
Other things that have come up in social struggle has been, you know, their their position as the founder.
They feel like again, it’s because it’s social, it’s kind of like, oh, you know, I’m not it’s been I’ve been doing this for, like, a few years. It just feels like I’m bringing it, and I want that to change.
So but, yeah, mainly, it’s a lot to do with their internal, you know, thoughts and feelings about how others would perceive it, which is the whole social element. Yeah.
Anything else? Any other questions?
Any other insights on any of these?
Okay. Cool.
Alright.
So those of you who are new, something that I tend to do in my calls is give you homework.
So I want you to pull a transcript of one of your prospect calls and put it together into a similar Google Doc like this and share what you think would be the functional, emotional, social struggle or the you know, what would what are you in your in your opinion there? And then share it with me, of course, the rest of the, you know, CSP crew. In fact, please tag me. I tend sometimes tend to miss notifications otherwise.
But, yeah, I would love for you all to do that.
Just kind of start building those muscles trying to pick what clients are really struggling with so you don’t again, this is a step closer to what’s going from being an order taker to someone who starts looking at, okay, what is it that they really need and, yeah, how can I help them? Okay. In this particular client’s case, because I realized I didn’t talk about this, So in her case, for instance, she came in saying that I need help writing evergreen emails. Right?
So easy for me to say, okay. Yeah. Excitingly evergreen would be perfect for you. But because I know she has a lot of data, because I knew that she also wants, you know, to get consistent sales, Instead of just selling her a package, what we’ve done is, of course, you’ll be doing all of her evergreen sequence, but then I’m also doing a quarterly retainer with her where I’m doing her flash sales and I’m doing her, I’m doing newsletters for, people who are not, you know, who went through the webinar but did not buy and flash sales for the larger audience.
So that’s a quarterly retailer. So instead of just being a one off package now, I have a ongoing thing with her for her to help her sell consistently beyond the Evergreen funnel as well.
So in every case in all these three cases, and this yeah. This is pretty much what we’ve seen over the last few years is understanding what an aspect is really, really struggling with helps you sell, be it, and close bigger packages.
Makes it easier for your in in your case, in all your cases because you are creating your standardized offers, and I want you to kinda focus on that.
You wanna start looking at, okay, how does our standardized how does my standardized offer help this client so that and once you start pulling at the struggle, you’ll find that it becomes that much easier for you to close that time because you’re not just saying, oh, I’m gonna be giving you a webinar funnel, or I’m gonna I’m gonna be giving you a website copy, or I’m gonna be giving you an evergreen funnel. No. You’re solving a much bigger problem than that.
Cool.
Alright. Yeah.
Katie, go ahead.
Okay. So I had I had this question before, but what you just said dovetail nicely into it. On on expanding the scope, So I did a preliminary like, of my standardized offer of the three back end funnels, I, sold the initial strategy as a stand like, basically, as a downsell on the sales call.
They said we’re not the whole thing.
I said, okay. Let’s just do the strategy.
While doing that road map, I identified that when it came to the back end offer, like, there was a lot of potential like, they didn’t have the core messaging dialed in for that back end offer enough to want to do the back end for that as well. So in the initial sales call, I had pitched the post sale profit system for both offers.
Mhmm. On the road map presentation call, I pitched post step profit system for the signature offer and then message optimization for the Mhmm. Back end offer.
Mhmm. But that felt like it because that hadn’t come up in the conversation before, it opened a can of worms that they weren’t expecting.
And so it was a muddier conversation because where I probably could have had a very clean clothes on, you know, just doing the back end sales, then we were also talking about an offer that they hadn’t considered that they needed. So it was something that I had spotted as a deeper need, but they weren’t thinking about that yet.
So I guess similar to the affiliate marketer Mhmm. Like, when you’re introducing when you see the deeper need, do you what is your sequencing, I guess, around, like, when you would bring something up like that? Or do you have any tips on how to bring that into the conversation without kind of throwing people, from what they expected?
I tied into the overall goal. Right? So what is again, going back to what was she trying to accomplish? She wanted that it people who bought her LinkedIn bio tool would feel confident and also, you know, continue to see her as the expert that she is when it comes to affiliate marketing.
And not having a proper onboarding nurture term sequence or win back sequence would mean that once they buy, there’s post purchase experience isn’t going to be great because they’re gonna be only getting either ordinary templated emails or maybe no email. Worse, you know, no emails at all. So in my proposal, essentially and I because I did not have another call with her. This was just a single call, close.
So in my proposal, I presented the custom package, and I explained my reasoning for including all of these emails as a you know, along with the exact kind of the same explanation that I just gave you is that since our goal is to a, b, and c, I recommend we have these emails in place.
And, oh, no. This is the affiliate marketer. And that is when her husband wanted to kind of get on a call and say ask, okay.
What would we be doing? What would be the purpose and all that?
So yeah. So I did do two calls with them.
One with her and then one with her and her husband.
So I would present it in the proposal. In your case, I feel I again, I don’t know, Mike, but, did you explain your reasoning?
Or Yes.
Yeah. And then and then because my presentation had, like, a very clear segue into and, like and then then this is where you sign, and then the call was, like, forty five minutes longer than I expected while we discussed my reasoning. So, that’s that’s kind of where I was like, oh, this could have gone better. Or maybe I should’ve, like, maybe I should’ve held off until the proposal, and then Mhmm. They’ll only introduce that offer once they had said yes to the initial offer. I could have introduced it Yeah.
As well add on or Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Again, I mean, there’s so much here, like, that we don’t really know about, like, the the time there. You know, what was said that they’re trying to solve and things like that. But, yeah, we’re kind of testing out to see whether you present your findings, but then based on your findings, you present your offer to them when you present your proposal.
Mhmm.
So if someone comes for you for something and you identify through your initial research that the deeper need is that they need something else, and that something else will allow you to deliver better what they said they needed, would that be a would that be a deal breaker for you?
If they were to say no Mhmm. Would that be a deal deal breaker for me?
There was a time when it would probably have been like, oh, hey. I know.
But the the level of business owners that I’m kinda working with right now, honestly, I let them know that, okay. Hey. This is what I can see happening if we are to do this, this, and this. At the same time, I understand that a business has other goals, marketing asset allocations, etcetera, etcetera. So if you want, we can push this for later. If you wanna do it on your own later, that’s also cool. But yeah.
Right now, it’s not.
In most cases, they’re willing to kind of park it as a project as a second project.
And if not I mean, again, I did my job of letting them know that this is what would make more of a difference to you. At the end of the day, it’s their business.
So I’m not yeah.
I’m not gonna kind of let myself get walk away from, say, a five figure project because of something that my goal is is, like, don’t let your ego play the game. Just keep focus on and focus on the data. Focus on what you’re investing to do. So yeah.
Because there’s a time where I play it. Yeah. No. I’m the expert here. I know what I’m saying.
I know this would make more of a difference. It would be a whole thing and, like, reach that level of maturity where I’m like, cool. I’ve set my peace, your business, your decision.
I thank you. I aspire to that level of maturity. Working on it.
Yeah. I had the same approach with hiding for my copy as well, but there was a time when I would say, nope.
Nope. Nope. No. No making any changes to my copy. It’s like every single line was based on research and stuff and stuff. Now, again, I explained my reasoning.
I let them know. But if they like, for instance, this affiliate marketer, she would have, like she had very specific things around certain words. Right? So I explained why, but she would be like, no.
Okay. But I feel like my ideal client would put it in. Like, okay. It’s again.
It’s your business.
Alright. Cool. Any other questions? That was those were really good questions, Katie.
Nope?
Okay. Cool.
Alright.
I I know there are ask you a quick question if there’s time.
Sure.
Sure. Yeah. I mean, I’m trying to think how to phrase it as a question. So because, basically, I’m just I’m having hiring pains at the moment.
Okay.
And it’s just making me feel really bad because, like, I didn’t like, the people I’m hiring, they’re just making me look bad to to the client because they keep making mistakes. And then when I’m trying to, like and then I’m having to quality control, and then it’s just taking longer. And I’ve just I feel like I’ve made quite a few bad hires. And I was just wondering if you’ve, like, experienced that or if it you know? Because I’m like, is it me, or is this just part of the learning curve?
It’s part of the learning curve, Abby. I’m sorry to hear that it’s happening. We’ve had our fair share of bad hires.
You know, we worked with, a lot. We we work with a lot of different contractors, which is right now, once we find a really good contractor, I, yeah, I hold on to them for dear life.
But, but it is part of the learning curve.
You may wanna take a look at things like, okay, your onboarding, your processes, and everything. But once you’ve done your own thing, there is which is exactly what I was talking about. You know, like, when people say, oh, we worked with a copywriter, and it wasn’t a great experience. Sometimes it really isn’t the client.
It is the copywriter. I’m sorry, but it’s it’s true. Right? So similarly, in your case, sometimes it’s not you.
It is the contractor. Right? So you need to kind of take a dispassionate look or have someone take a dispassionate look at your processes, your onboarding, your, you know, communication, and if there are no gaps, then it’s probably that person and you need to cut them loose.
So Yeah.
This is very popular, and I am obviously not the one who’s come up with it. But I believe in this for me. It’s like hire slow and fire fast. Fast. I would not Mhmm.
Hold on to someone who’s making us look bad in front of a client that is so, not them. Yeah.
Yeah.
I’ve just had I’ve had a bit of a streak of bad luck, and I don’t know if it’s first.
I think it’s just, like, the lack of care. Like, it really, like, baffles me how little some people care. Like, as I’d like the mistakes I make, and it’s like, how, you know, how what makes you think that’s okay? Like and I I just hate it because I’m, like, selling a, like, a a premium service. And then when the mistake it just makes me feel awful. Like, there’s so much stress, but and I’m struggling to see, like, the light at the end of the tunnel because it has been, like, four people in a row now.
But yeah, I for the same role?
Different roles, like the designer, web developer, and automation, email automation expert. It’s just every time, it’s just been the lack of care and attention to detail.
Yeah. Yeah. I totally relate.
And, again, like I said, really sorry. It is part of the learning curve.
It is hard. Are you hiring based on referrals?
I’m hiring from within the Copiacus community, and then people I’ve worked with before. So kind yeah. Like, I haven’t I haven’t received, like, a really good referral yet.
Someone that, like like, if if if it was someone that, like, someone I trusted vouch for, I think I’d have a better experience. But, yeah, that person just hasn’t kind of come up yet.
So Yeah.
That’s really unfortunate.
It is, things that I’ve worked in the past for us have been basically I’ve always hired on referral. I’ve always as much as possible.
Always hired and run with a couple of test projects and with very little margin for error, basically.
Mhmm.
And so test projects are really important. If you’re not doing test projects, that is something you may wanna add in.
We pay them for the project, but, yeah, kind of gives you an idea of how they, communicate and things like that.
And like like I said, the other thing is it’s kind of evaluating and seeing whether, whether our own processes have a gap somewhere and need need fine tuning.
But but also making it very clear when we hire them, like, things like, okay. Time lines are key, and we just don’t have any wiggle room around that. Like, things like okay. Anything that’s gonna be directly impacting the client.
Because at the end of the day, the buck stops with you. Right? Yeah. I mean, it’s your name.
It’s your brand. Your client does not care whether you’re working with someone else for research. If your editor is sick, that is not your client’s problem.
So those are things that like, making sure that everyone that we hire has the same value system as that when it comes to so having those conversations early on has really, really helped. Like, in the initial conversations, whether it’s been with our editor, whether it’s been with a person who worked for research.
Full disclosure, we’ve had a designer in the past we preferred who’s dropped the ball for our clients. Like, never again would I ever send another person their way. Like, I don’t care what happened.
But yeah. So point being, these are certain things that have worked well for us, but it is unfortunate there are like, it’s it’s hard to find good talent.
Yeah. Yeah. It’s just the the emotional problems I think of, like, when you’re letting go of that control for the first time, which is really scary anyway.
And then Yeah.
Yeah.
And then And then people drop the ball.
Yeah. What?
And then what you fear happens happens, and it’s just Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. I know. I know. Which is why when, like, the first few times we worked with people who went above and beyond, I was like, oh, yeah. This is amazing.
Mhmm.
Never gonna work with anyone else again.
But, yeah, Punez, I would say ask people for referrals, like, instead of, like, hiring like, when you say when you’re hiring from within the community, is it, like, do you say, okay.
I have an opening for this, or do you say, okay. I’m looking for this person. Do you have any referrals? And when people refer, do you ask, have they worked with them? What was their experience like?
Like, what’s that process look like?
Yeah. I mean, it was more just people, like because I was a coach in freelance school for a while, so I had a, like, contact with people on, like, Friday socials and stuff. So I’d spent quite a lot of time with this person, who I’m thinking of. So I felt good hiring them.
And then yeah. I don’t know. I think it’s just like, what I find with freelancers, I think, is they’re watching their profitability so much that it means they, like, don’t spend as long as they should on quality control.
Is Pardon Frozen? Is it just me? Yeah. Okay.
Well, it doesn’t look like she’s gonna unfreeze.
Yeah. I mean, I think we’re at time anyway.
Yeah. I gotta go.
I might wait. I’ll wait for her to come back. Bye, Michelle.
Bye.
Anyways, let’s just kind of wrap this up.
Abby, feel free to, like, if some like, let let us know if there’s, like, a specific role you’re looking to hire for or whatever. If, you know, anyone comes to mind, I will definitely share referrals.
But all of this to say, yeah, this is par for the course, unfortunate, but, yeah, you Everyone’s gone through this. It’s a rite of passage.
It’s all No. I think I needed to hear that. Thank you, Prana.
Yeah.
You’re welcome. Alright. Thank you so much, everybody. I hope you all had fun. I want to see some struggling moments, from your transcripts in Slack next week.
So please tag me, and I will set up scheduled reminders to check-in with you all otherwise. Alright. Thank you, everyone. Bye.
Using Podcasts to Sign High-Ticket Clients
Using Podcasts to Sign High-Ticket Clients
Transcript
Oh, hey. Very excited about today’s training. I’m always excited about the trainings, but, especially excited because all, I wanted this to be really, really practical and actionable this time. And what we’re talking about is how to leverage your podcast appearances, whether, you know, you’ve got some coming up and or you’re planning to, whatever, into high ticket clients.
So do y’all have a copy of the workbook that has the podcast thing in it?
Okay. Great. Because I want you to pull that up. We’ll be looking at it, and I will and we’ll basically kind of use that.
Alright.
Cool.
Let me share screen.
Let’s go.
Okay.
Oh, sorry.
Hang on.
So how to turn podcast appearances into highly good client opportunities and sales. Here’s what we’re gonna talk about, the key elements for a podcast that does the prospecting for you, Mistakes to avoid and setting yourself up, of course, for high ticket sales success from your next podcast appearance. Podcast have been huge for our business, and it’s, like, almost I would say every podcast I have done has led to a new project or a new client.
So, yeah, I could say safely. Even the small ones.
And I’ll tell you how that works, but sometimes it is, you know, oh, you were on, like, a big podcast. So naturally, you know, you would have people wanting to reach out to you and all of that. But even with smaller podcasts, it is totally, totally possible. Hang on.
Caitlin says, I actually know you from a podcast. Hey. There you go. I love that.
Okay. Yeah. See? That’s, like, proof right there. Okay.
So why the big deal? Like I just said, podcasts are huge, and we need to start treating them as a conversion mechanism and not a visibility thing. Like, I’ll talk about this in a bit. But as CEOs of copywriting businesses, as CEOs of conversion agencies, as a CEO. You have to treat your podcast appearance as a conversion mechanism, as a source of sales that makes, like, all the difference in how you show up. Because the moment you start thinking of, oh, I’m doing this for visibility, it’s very different.
But the moment you start thinking about it, like, okay. This is a sales mechanism. I need to treat it as such.
Huge mindset shift makes all the difference.
So if podcasts are so great and, you know, people are seeing a lot of results from it and all of that, then why do most experts lead podcast interviews with zero leads? I cannot tell you how many conversations I’ve had with people who come into working with us inside of intentionally profitable. And one of the things when we tell them, like, okay. Let’s look at your, you know, at your podcast guesting plan.
They’re like, yeah. I’ve tried it. It does not work. I don’t get any leads. No clients.
So the reason is that most of them and this is, like, when we listen to their to their episodes, what we realize and what we have found is that they focus on either impressing the host, which is great, and that has does have its advantages.
But what they’re doing in the process is that they’re not really connecting with the listeners or that specific audience that they’re speaking to. Right?
They a lot of them and this is this is tricky because you, you know, you want to you wanna share tactical advice or you should you share too much, too little. So what happens is they on the side of caution and, as a result, share a lot of great stories. They’ll share a lot of great, you know, anecdotes and all of that. But the strategies or the advice they give is pretty surface level.
So people listening to it and and as an avid podcast listener, I have often, like, been very excited by the title of a podcast, hit play. After through my walk, I’m like, yeah. This is a giant waste of time. Let me just look for something else.
So for a podcast to bring in qualified leads, people ready to work with you, people like, okay. Yeah. I love this. I wanna talk to you about it.
You need to start looking at showing up in a way where you are an expert.
And sometimes that means that you need to present your offer in a way. You need to even your offer, which people again, a lot of, and I noticed this especially with creatives. I’m not just seeing copywriters, but most creatives.
The they’ve evened their offer, whether paid or free, only in the last thirty seconds where people are like, okay. Where can we find out more about you? But there are so many ways of you doing that even in the conversation in a way that is natural.
So these these are, like, three key mistakes that I’ve seen after listening to, like, like, hundreds of podcasts, and, of course, analyzing and critiquing so many of these for, you know, fellow creatives, fellow copywriters.
Okay.
Yeah.
I want you to open up the workbook page two, and I want you to take a few minutes to reflect on your recent podcast appearances. Be radically, brutally honest about the actual results. And then I’m gonna stop share for a minute because I wanna go into the chat. I wanna hear from you. I wanna know which podcast like, if you’re comfortable sharing, that’s great. But, otherwise, I wanna know how many leads, how many clients have you gotten. So opening chat up.
Katie Singh, I any chance someone can pop the workbook in the chat?
I can send you the link. Hang on. I have it. Let me stop sharing.
Oh, I just sent that. Okay. Thanks, Claire. Sorry.
You are faster than I was going back to sharing, which I’m waiting for it to.
Okay.
Cool. So who wants to share first?
Take a few minutes to do this, and then tell me how many leads, how many clients.
Clara, I still haven’t done a proper podcast, but we’re gonna talk about what a what podcast is in just a minute. Okay?
What the listeners? Okay. Yeah.
Looking at lead you mean lead pages. Right, Caitlin?
Because it says lead agents. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Alright. Yeah. So cool. Good. Let look at them now and Alright.
Anyone else? And it’s okay. If you had, like, no leads or no clients, that’s alright. That is exactly why we are here.
So this is easy. It feels like all the the answers are all zero. Okay, Katie. That will be very interesting to kind of dig into in a bit.
Please. All zero. Alright.
Okay. So we have a lot of scope. Let’s keep going. Jessica and Jessica’s here. Alright.
Cool. So we’re all starting in the same place before we move on. What you don’t wanna measure is downloads and shares. Those are really good.
Those are feel good metrics.
What we always wanna measure are actual leads. So Caitlin brought up a really good point about looking at her lead pages. I would highly recommend and we’ll talk. That is one of the strategies I will have for you. It’s like you want a podcast specific funnel in place. But, anyways, you wanna measure at all points actual leads who either reach out or sign up for your freebie and then convert. Right?
So as we go through these patterns that I’m gonna talk about, because this is kind of building on the mistakes we talked about, these these are slightly more specific and advanced. I want you to think about the last maybe two or three, or, Claire, in your case, the last podcast that you did, I want you all to think about those last few appearances and see if you can spot any of the pattern in your interview. I mean, we don’t have time to listen, but if you have those fresh in your mind, it should be fairly easy to go, yeah. Okay. Yeah. I’ve been doing this.
The first is the autobiography approach, where you spend too much time on your origin story. We’ve all listened to these podcasts where, you know, they generally start with, oh, so why don’t you tell me where did it all start or how did it all start?
If you don’t have a thirty to sixty second version of your story.
You need to get that together right now and one that aligns with what you’re doing and what, you know, what what your business is all about, yes, but also, you know, your why, your values because this is where you’re establishing that rapport. No one really wants to hear about, you know, anything that’s not really connected with how you would be able to help them or how you would connect with them on a more personal level. So I’ll give you an example. My, you know, slightly longer version of the origin story because we get this so often is is okay. So podcast guest, host asks, so, Pranun or so Pranun, man, tell me a little about how did it all start. Right?
And here’s my spiel.
So for me to tell you this, let me take you back to two thousand and eight. Our daughter was nine months old, and I was out of my mind, and I really needed something creative. So I started a blog called The Mom Writes. That was my introduction into online writing.
Fast forward a few years, two thousand ten, mine got really, really sick, and he was on bed rest for a year. And it was, you know, a really difficult time because he was the primary breadwinner, but then my blog was bringing in part time income. And it was actually a blog reader who reached out and homie when, you know, I was sharing about him being sick and being on you know, being so unwell and doctors not being able to figure out what was wrong with him. Blog reader told us to check out and get check his inflammation levels and get his pH level tested, and we got that tested.
Lo and behold, he started responding. He was off medication. And two thousand eleven, we had to take the decision of whether he would go back to work or we would start, you know, turn this part time blog thing into a more full time business. So we decided to give ourselves a year and see how things would go. And, well, fourteen years later, here we are.
That’s my story in a nutshell, which may lead to, you know, follow-up questions, etcetera, which is fine. But I don’t get into anything else. It all focuses on the fact that we start I start I’ve been writing online since two thousand eight, so I’m establishing instant expertise and authority there. It focuses on the fact that our family values, you know, the the fact that we we’re dealing with chronic illness.
We value working. We decided to get into business together. We took a chance on ourselves. These are things that EvoHealth actually reached out to me about after listening and, like, saying, you know, my husband and I were in the exact same boat.
Or my you know, I can totally relate to what you were saying about wanting a creative outlet because I’m a new mom, and I I love my baby, but I really, really want something to do. So that’s the whole idea of your bio section of your origin story.
Distill it down so it’s tied in to what it is that you would want your listeners to know about you and connect with. Next up is the generic guest.
This is the one that I’ve seen the most often when I’m critiquing podcasts for our intentionally profitable clients.
Everyone’s like, they like, you listen to one podcast, you listen to the second one, you listen to the third one, they’re saying this exact same things.
And while I am a huge fan of having signature talks and of having signature topics and all of that but if you are going on a podcast to talk about email marketing for, say, wedding planners and you’re going on another podcast talk talking about email marketing for, travel creators, I’m doing I’m giving you those examples because I’ve done both.
You want to tailor your message to that particular audience. You wanna think about specific use cases for those particular listeners. So for instance, when I did wedding pro CEO with Brandy Gaur, I, yes, I had written for wedding professionals, but I also looked at specific use cases for her listeners where when we were talking about the different sequences, I could give, like, specific examples that they could, you know, use and implement, which is why that then led to people reaching out and saying, okay. Yep.
This was great. I’m a wedding photographer. I would love for you to chat with me more about, you know, whatever it was that I discussed. So point is you can talk about email marketing, but you need to know your audience and you need to tailor examples to them.
Value overload.
This is the exact opposite of surface level tips.
This is where you’re giving them so many tips, but they’re not really connected to each other or building on one another.
So if you are going to be going in and talking about, say, conversion optimization for sales pages, you wanna keep it to three or five because that’s pretty much it.
And when you look at three or five, you want that okay.
When I’m talking about tip number one, let’s say I’m talking about, say, optimizing the headline section, then I’m not going to jump from headline to the close unless, of course, the close is a part of it is, like, tip three. So keep it chunk it into three or five. Those are, like, the easiest things to keep in mind. I have sometimes talked about more than five things in a podcast depending on how long it is, but going deep into three or five keeps it more memorable. And, also, remember, people are listening to podcasts when walking like I do or driving like Mike does or at the gym or while doing laundry. So you want it to be really, really memorable, but just, like, chucking a lot of content in them is not the solution.
And then this is the other one. There was this podcast that I listened to, as part of a critique that I was doing, and it was a little awkward. Why? Because the I knew that the copywriter on the other side had so much to share, but they were just waiting for the host to keep asking them those questions.
Like, that would bring out the goal. Like, oh, but they didn’t ask me that. That’s okay. Sometimes that you’ll come across hosts that are not great host.
It’s just part of that equation. Not every host is a great interviewer.
But, yeah, that is, anyways, beyond your control. Point is, as the expert, you can always guide the conversation.
So for instance, let’s say you are invited to a podcast to talk about welcome sequences.
Right? And you want to highlight the mistakes most people make with the sequences before you get into how to write it and all of that. And this the host has gone from introducing you, getting your origin story, talking about the importance of outcome sequence, and they’re like, okay. Yeah. So let’s talk about how do how do how do our listeners get started with writing a welcome sequence.
And what you do is you pause and you take a breath and you say, before I would love to get into that, but before we do that, I’d like to draw attention to the mistakes I want, you know, our audience to avoid because the last thing you wanna do is write a sequence only to realize you’ve gotten, you know, all of these things wrong. So let’s look at and then you then you move into whatever it is.
So have a structure because you are the expert here. You know what your audience and, again, remember, you don’t wanna think of them as just listeners. You wanna think of them as leads. What is it that you would want them to know before they come to you? So give them that and get into the habit of directing those conversations.
Okay. Before we move on, which one of these four patterns can you recall yourself? Or and if you haven’t, that’s great. I mean, it doesn’t have to be, but these are the four that I’ve seen the most.
But if you can relate to any of these and you can go like, yeah. I’ve been doing that. I’d love to hear that. And it’s also this is like an audit for y’all.
Okay.
Claire, probably value overload. Okay. Katie, also probably value overload. Caitlin, I want to conclude this origin story.
Alright. Yeah. We’ve all done that. Mine has come about after years and years of going on podcast and distilling it down.
And the other thing I okay. I highly recommend all of you do is listen to your own podcast. I would avoid it, like, anything. I just don’t like listening to myself, honestly. Like, I don’t listen to any of the trainings I do, but I had to get into the habit of listening to myself so I could spot the gap, and I could see what would make my next interview stronger.
So yeah. Because you wanna say, I wasn’t expecting to be asked about it. I yeah. I know.
Right? I mean, like but this is, like, the one question most host will ask. Yes. Someone some will avoid it.
Some would not avoid it. Some will skip rates right to, you know, whatever it is they brought you in for. But, most of them would ask. It’s always good to have, like, a short or really tight version of your origin story.
Perfect. Okay. Cool. Any tips for being more specific with examples when the show is not specific?
Okay. Katie, that’s a really good question. Do you want me to answer it now? Do you want me to answer it at the end?
Whatever is your question. Okay. Cool.
Let me answer it at the end because then I’ll lose my chain of thought.
The ones that have gone well, we predetermined the questions. Yes. Exactly. I logged in them because I prep my responses out loud when I’m practicing. That’s a really, really good strategy. And, yeah, I love it too. Mine loves it even more because, like you, he likes to, like, prep his responses and, you know, just kinda say say them out loud so you can see how they sound and all of that.
But, sadly, I often find a lot of the copyright a lot of the podcast host will go like, we’ll keep it free flowing.
Just like the worst thing ever, but that is exactly why you need to have, a plan in place. We’ll just get to that. Okay. Cool.
Good.
So like I said, the key to hits that between a podcast that would, you know, get you like, oh, yeah. This was great, and, you know, I love listening to to a podcast that gets you leads and clients is the shift between thinking about it as a visibility thing versus a conversion.
So every story, every example, every framework that you share on a podcast should move listeners towards a specific action.
That is key.
Here are three things I want you to keep in mind for your next podcast appearance. How are you gonna stop your party connection? What what are you gonna do to establish that connection? And what’s that next step that listeners should take after listening to you?
So keep these three things in mind. We’ll obviously get into more in just a bit, but you wanna start thinking about these elements right away. What’s gonna establish For me, it’s very clear my connection points are mom, chronic illness, non native English speaker, and then, of course, authority. I use, you know, things like, okay, clients are written for results, success stories, all of that. And then what’s the next step? So think about your elements before that next appearance.
And this these seven elements is what we’re gonna get the into.
These help you put those three things in place, the authority, the connection, the component, next step. So first step is your framework or your process. Now this kind of answers what Katie asked. Like, how what’s specific?
Like, where’s my chat? I don’t know. My chat is gone. Anyways, you know, the specific tips when the audience is not specific, Katie.
That was the question.
Yeah. So you wanna have, like, a framework or a process in place. So let’s say someone gets you onboard for your you know, the post sales sequence.
You talk about that process, but the examples you use is, you know, for if it’s not like a specific audience, like, say, like I said, travel creators or food bloggers or, you know, bridal professionals or whatever, then you just use general entrepreneurial example because then you use examples that you would be on that podcast for a reason. Right? It’s a it’s a podcast that your audience, your leads would listen to. So you then you speak to those. Then you use just general examples, but you do have a framework or a process. The good thing is all of you in CSP have been working on your your processes and your you know? So you want that in place.
Let’s say it’s a topic that’s on one specific element. You know? Like, let’s say it’s for instance, in my case, sometimes it’s, oh, let’s talk about sales pages. Now my process really is the overarching thing, but then I also have processes and frameworks for sales pages.
So that is where then I use those, which is why I have frameworks and processes both here. So I would say, oh, let me talk. For instance, I’ve got my opinion framework for sales pages in several, several spaces and done really well. But that’s, like, a very specific process for writing a sales page.
On the other hand, I have the big framework, which is basically my evergreen sales framework that I’ve also taught in but that in, you know, like masterminds and all that and on stage, but it’s a more generic framework that shows people how can they generate sales every day and what are the four stages that they need to kind of have in place.
Point being, you want to systematize the knowledge you share so it becomes easy for your audience to, a, hold on to it, and, b, spot the gaps
that they may have in their, you know, sales systems or whatever it is. So you wanna simplify the complexity. You wanna create a memorable structure, and you wanna position yourself as a true expert at the end of the day. That is the job of your framework. I don’t care whether it’s fancy. I don’t care whether it’s got, like, a shiny name or anything, but it needs to be it needs to be systematized enough so your audience can remember it.
Speaking of audience, you want client stories.
And I know this will kinda bring up a question where it’s just like, okay. But I don’t have client stories. And that’s fine. Let me just take a sip of water, and then I’ll come back to it.
Okay.
First, let’s tackle the if you do have client stories, especially if you have client stories for that particular audience, use that. Or if you have client stories for that specific offer or topic you have, like emails or sales pages or product pages or whatever it is that you want to be known for, use those.
Right?
But what if you don’t have any plan stories? Maybe, you know, you’re, like, breaking into a new niche. You haven’t gotten any projects or whatever. You use names that your audience would recognize, and you use that to show how hypothetically you would improve it or apply your framework to it.
So for instance, let’s say if I were, I’m just thinking of something that I’ve not okay. Let’s say I’ve had no experience in ecom. I do, full disclosure, but let’s say if I had no experience in ecom businesses, like oh oh, okay. Subscription boxes.
I had no experience in subscription boxes, and I was, you know, going on a podcast that was all about how to, you know, have, like, a really profitable subscription box business.
I would pick up examples from the subscription box industry box industry. Like, what’s the what’s the BarkBox. I would say, okay. If I were working on a welcome sequence or a new client onboarding experience for BarkBox, here’s what I would do.
So the goal here for client stories is twofold. One, yes, to share a social group, but, secondly, to show that you get the audience, that you understand their their struggle.
So even if you don’t have a client story, look around and look at the and a lot of you are doing that already. Right? You’re like, I can see in the group, like, people are studying different kinds of businesses that you’re, you know, new at and trying to see what’s working with them. I file pages and all of that. So use those examples.
Because then you’re not saying that, oh, this was a client. You’re saying, if I were to work with them on this, this is what I would do. So that’s the goal of client stories here is to help that your listener or your potential lead on the other end go like, oh, yeah. They get what what I would need or they get what I’m going through.
Whale clients, on the other hand, are all about a take. If you have this is, like, this is strictly optional, but if you have big name clients, weave them into the conversation.
If you’ve been featured and when I say real clients, I also mean things like, okay. If you’ve been featured on, like, a big name publication, you know, which is recognizable, weave it in to the conversation.
Again, these are things that will come with practice, which is why I highly encourage you all to listen to your podcast interviews and identify, like, oh, this is where I could have done this.
And then the next time you’re on an interview, you wanna make the same, you know, repeat the same pattern.
So, yeah, strategic name dropping is highly underused. There are way too many people who’ve worked with way too many amazing people who don’t do this enough.
I can I am not one of those people? I have zero qualms about name dropping, and I will do it all the time. So, point is, if you have these big names, it could be it could oh, before you all start to think, oh, I haven’t worked with anyone, or I haven’t been featured on Forbes as well.
The fact that you’re y’all are in CSP is something that you should be talking about because you are investing in your growth.
When I was certified by Joe way back, this was twenty seventeen, maybe. Yeah.
I made it a point to talk about it in every podcast that I was on. So even if and not just that. I would say so I was in a small group mastermind with Joanna Weave, and there were twelve of us, and we used to meet you know, I have to, like, wake up in the middle of the night to do these live writing sessions. And at the end of it, out of the twelve, only three of us were certified, and I was one of them.
That was my story.
And that is what, you know, led to a lot of great opportunities coming my way because, like I said, it this is, like, how you’re, you know, creating that authority transfers.
People knew Jill. People knew she certified me. It just gave me more authority.
So all of you in this room, you already have a name to drop drop it.
Keystone content. Super, super important.
All of you should, by now, have something like a keystone piece of content in place. If you don’t, I would highly recommend you do that. It could be a video. It could be a blog post.
It could be a podcast. If you have a podcast, it could be anything. I really don’t care. Point is you want strategic specific pieces of content on platforms that you own, where you can direct listeners to.
This is different from your funnel, like the opt in. This is different from that. And here’s why. Not everyone’s gonna sign up, but people will be intrigued and interested to read more or listen, you know, about something that speaks directly to them.
For instance, something that I do often now is like, oh, let’s say I’m on a podcast for welcome sequences. But then I’ll casually be there, like, yeah. Your welcome sequence is great. But then the last email of your welcome sequence should prepare prepare people for what comes next, which should be your newsletters.
I have a full blown blog post on my site that walks people through on what to write in those, newsletters, and, I’ll send the link over to you later. You can drop it in the show notes. I actually say that in the interview, and then after the interview, I send it over to the host. So before you hop on, look at the pieces of content you could include and make sure you have, like, a little blurb to use at the right moment.
Call levels. These are my favorites. Why? Because host use it for social media clips and most importantly, which gives, like which obviously helps with the reach part of it. But more importantly, I’ve had listeners come back to me or and leads fill our contact form saying, I loved it when you said this.
So these are the viral moments of your podcast appearance, except that they they do a lot more than just create that virality.
We all know going viral doesn’t always lead to, you know, more paying clients.
But with codables, I found, like it’s, again, one of those that instant connection point that makes it easier for people to remember you.
Using codables has led to you being invited on other podcasts that someone listened to, has obviously led to recent clients.
But more importantly, I really enjoy coming up with these as well, so it’s it’s fun too.
Unexpected truth, public reference is my very, very simple framework for it, which I basically reverse engineered when I looked at the codables that I tend to use. This is not a framework that, actually used and then created the codables. It’s like reverse engineered.
So things like marketing, it’s like brushing your teeth. You do it every day, roughly twice. Connection based conversions. I’ve been seeing this so often in conversations with the contracts.
This is something that recently started doing. I’ve started playing with this a bit. So I said, fluffy is a good look on clouds, not your puppy. In one other podcast, I said it’s a Fluffy’s a good look on clouds, not your bonuses.
I just can’t wear it so he doesn’t always and what I do with these is and what I want you to do is, I want you to think about three or five quote, those like catchy phrases. Now you’ve seen what they look like.
Right? And I want you to post them on social and see what people connect with and engage with. These have come up. I have used, like, this every single one of them has been on my social media, either LinkedIn. This is I put this on LinkedIn. I think I’ve even put it on Instagram or, like, wherever. Like, I would test it all over.
The moment I see it getting sticky is not when I know, like, yeah, I want something. So, also, it’s a really good creative exercise, so highly, highly recommend you do this. And, oh, when you’re delivering it, you wanna pause a little before you say it. Because then when they’re editing it, it just kinda makes it easier.
I don’t sometimes do this, but I’m getting better at it, the pause thing.
So, yeah, that’s one of my things to work on.
Okay. Next up is podcast specific funnels.
Caitlin brought up a really great point about looking at our lead pages.
Ideally, for at least for, like, big name podcasts, you want a podcast specific funnel.
What that does is you can, a, customize the heading to say, welcome, you know, listeners of so and so or welcome blank listeners, whatever podcast name it is. Secondly, you can your emails to them would reference that as well and kind of build on the connection that you already established. And it does not have to be complicated. A three email or a five email sequence is just fine.
But before you kind of bridge them into your regular sequence. But, I’ve always found I stopped doing this last year, and I noticed that it was, a, harder for me to track, and, b, overall conversions kind of dip. So I’m I’m going back to now creating podcast specific funnel, especially for the big thing, like, the podcast that I know get a few more in downloads. So, that is something to keep in mind.
Text it up. Please have good mics.
And oh, I was listening to this, why did I say good night? I was listening to this podcast with I’m totally blanking. Point is it was a really popular author, but his mic was so bad that the host had to before, like, once they edited it and post, he led us into the recording by saying, you know, his mic wasn’t great to start with, but then in the middle, he switched mic, so it’s gotten better. Please don’t be that person.
I mean, this was really great that they still ride with it because I think it was a pretty I’m totally forgetting, but it’s a pretty famous author. But, anyways, point is invest in a good mic for your podcast if you don’t already have one. Lighting is great. Sometimes it’s, you know, not practical because yeah.
But as great as it could possibly be. And the other thing is this is really important. If you’re not familiar with the software that they’re using, well, you know, sometimes it is like, oh, we are using something new. Make sure you, you know, install it if it needs installing.
You know, you’re comfortable with using it. The first time I had to use Riverside, for example, like, a few years ago, it just completely threw me because I was not familiar with Riverside at that point.
Now I am. But yeah. So that is something. Do your research so you know what works, what’s needed, and all of that.
And video podcast means, like, yeah, you need to put in the effort for hair and makeup. I recently recorded an audio only podcast. I’d, like, email them and ask them, like, are you sure it’s audio only? Because everyone see everyone these days is doing videos.
So, yeah, you wanna make sure hair, makeup, background, all of that. Do that check.
Okay.
I want to do this next. Think about your process of framework that you will talk about.
Identify your keystone content. Line up your codables and feature podcast specific funnel. These are, I know, things that will take a lot of time. But if you can even get these three in place, you would be golden. I would start with your process of framework. Like, this is something I feel very, very strongly about because it keeps that that conversation on straight and narrow and prevents the whole information overload, value overload pattern from occurring. So yeah.
Okay. Cool.
I am done.
Alright.
Where are the workers? Okay. Question. I’m getting responses from pitches, but they all know I think it’s because I’m basically a normal person with no following.
I feel I need to do something really cool to be put through. Do you have any suggestion on what I could do? Alright. I will answer Clay’s question.
Does anyone else have questions, or do you wanna share what you would be doing next out of those three to four things for your podcast appearance?
Yes, Katie.
I have a little question.
With what you, like, name drop the most, like your freebie, the the beginning of your funnel or your offer, do you just kinda go into each podcast with, like, the intention of, I’m gonna focus on my freebie so that this builds my funnel. And then over on this one, I’m gonna focus on my offer so there’s visibility to my offer. Or do you do both, or is that too compute? Like so what’s your approach there, and what have you seen works best?
That’s such a great question. I do set I do make notes on what I would be promoting in that particular podcast appearance, whether it’s a video or an off or an offer.
In most situations, I try and do both.
My offer pitch is usually very subtle. It is usually, like, along the lines. So when people work with us on their launches or it’s you know? Or, you know, our fully loaded launch copy package has been our most popular because it solves this exact problem. So it’s very subtle that ways. Right? But my preview is always always tailored, to being a logical next step.
Okay. Okay. Cool. Does that help? Yeah. Welcome.
If I can just pay you back on that question. So is there a particular type of freebie that you found performs well for podcasts?
The Katie, that is such a such a good question. I have tested so many freebies out.
All of last year, I have found the low file opt ins that I talked about working well. Like, this year, I am testing out a PDF opt in. Like, can you believe that? Like, I never probably go back to PDF opt in, but I yeah.
It’s been great. Like, so great this time. Like, I’m not talking about a podcast where I tested this out. I’ve spoke at Atomicon’s big networking week right there.
Incredible response. So I yeah. But point being, with podcast listeners, I have done all kinds of opt ins, but what I found works the best is something that builds on what they’ve heard on the podcast. So, honestly, the format doesn’t really matter as much, I believe.
Like, I have never tried an audio only podcast. That would I like, a private podcast. You know? I think that would be so cool to test out.
I just haven’t gotten around it. But I feel like because these are podcast listeners, if I could put together, like, a private podcast of sorts, so maybe that is something I will do next. But, otherwise, I have found email courses to work really well, PDF cheat sheets, checklists. Like, right now, there’s, like, a PDF guide that we’re getting out.
Yeah. And, oh, also, like, previously recorded master classes. So but it kind of depends on whether or not it’s it always depends on whether or not it’s connected to the, you know, topic itself.
And it sounds like those are all more educational, like, oriented resources versus going towards, like, an intro pack or services guide or even, like, a diagnostic. Like, you’re more you’re continuing to add value in the freebie versus taking them more.
Yeah. Because I sell in emails. So I they would get the freebie. The freebie would have more social proof and things like that, and, yes, it would give them a quick win. But then, the email sequence kicks in, which basically starts selling to them from usually from email two, three onwards. Yeah.
Okay. Great. Yeah.
I do think, testing diagnostic a desk diagnostic out would be a really good idea. Again, that is not something I have done, But, yeah, I’ll it will be interesting to see how that kind of plays out.
Mhmm. Yeah.
I think I’m I’m I’m thinking about how I could pitch my diagnostic kind of as the topic of the podcast, and then I have I’ve created kind of, like, a PDF checklist version of the the, you know, the framework so that even the opt in.
Because I feel like if you’re all if you’re listening to it on a podcast, you’re not you know, like, the idea is you’re sitting there with your paper, giving yourself the Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Then you could download for that as a reference of, like, okay. Now you’ve heard me talk about this. Download it.
That’s a really good idea. That’s what testing out for sure. Have you done this in the past? I did.
When do I I walked her through the phases, but not I kind of more just talked about what you should do. I wasn’t talking about the evaluating. So I think that hence, the value of the load identification. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. It would be nice to see how you would redo that, like, you know, presented more from, like, okay. Here’s, you know, here’s why you need it, and here’s what you’ll understand and all of that, instead of just the phases. I I think it’d be interesting to listen to it, ma’am.
Yeah. Yeah. Thank you. You’re welcome. Cool. Okay. I’m gonna answer Claire’s question around pitching and getting a no.
Honestly, it is it is hard. It but it does happen. Like, you will send a hundred pitches and maybe get ten yeses.
Sometimes especially at the beginning, it is a numbers game.
The goal, though, is and, also, all of us are normal people. Like, we have you know, you don’t really need something cool to be worth the risk. You need to show what you would bring to the listeners and why is that a point of difference. Like, your pitch needs to be super, super specific to their audience, so you do need to do your research. I think I did a session on pitching, podcast.
I think I did. Yeah. Oh, yeah. In fact, I think the last one was, like, no a nonconversion ask. So, you know, that would work for podcast pitches as well. So really, really important for you to be specific to what would their audience walk away with.
Honestly, most podcast hosts don’t really care about social media following. I have, like, pitched way bigger podcast than and even now, like, our social media following is nowhere close to the, you know, podcast that host us. But point is, we all gotta start somewhere.
So start. And right now, I would say, I would love to see, Claire, like, when you listen to the recording, I would love to see your pictures so we can see how we could make them better. I think you did one of those earlier, but I’m happy to review more. And if you did more, make them tighter and more specific.
Because at the end of the day, honestly, like, even the huge podcast really, really value the fact that you, you know, put thought into the pitch. You listen to them. You know them. You know their audience, and you’re willing to show up and, like, really blow them away.
I have gold pitched, like, some pretty big podcast, basically, as I’m nobody, so I would say go for it. But, yeah, I would love to see your pitch if you feel like, okay. Yeah. You’re getting all those.
Also having a previous podcast guest? Yes. That’s another great strategy. Really, really great. Yeah. Especially if you know that you see someone who you know, definitely reach out to them.
I’m also a big fan of asking a podcast host to introduce you to other podcast host because they all kinda know each other. So I do that often. It’s, like, you know, Joe’s book meeting from a meeting minus, like, book a podcast from a podcast. I will always always, after the podcast, email the host, say it was great, and I can’t wait for the recording and can’t wait to share it, send them the links to any pieces of content I may have mentioned, and ask that, okay.
I am obviously looking to do more podcasts. Do you know anyone else with you who would be recording? I’ve I do the same with guest expert sessions as well.
And Katie says starting out with people you know well versus call pitch in to get the ball rolling. Yeah. Exactly. Right now, like, it’s okay if you get, like, on the smaller podcasts and then listen to those podcast episodes to see how you can make them better.
Honestly, like, I sometimes feel if I could get a second go at some of the podcast I did way back, I would be so much better. I’m really happy with how they did that, but I feel like, yeah. Now I know it’s so much better. But, anyways exactly.
Jessica makes another important point. Even if you’re on small, lesser known podcast and bigger podcast search your name, people do Google you. They’ll see you whatever. That makes a that makes a huge difference as well.
Caitlin, would you ever consider making something like a speaker reel that an audio oh, that is such a good idea.
Yeah. That is such a good idea. Yeah. And, you know, I if you’re asking me, I would love to do this.
I had just I hadn’t thought of it. So, yeah, that’s, like, a really cool idea. I do have, like, speaking videos, but I think this podcast version would be so cool, because then people can hear how you sound, you know, and they are confident. Like, in my pitches, I always make it a point to mention that, you know, we have like, our tech setup is all great, so they don’t have to be worried about that. But this would actually include that objection entirely. That’s a really cool idea. I think office should do this.
Cool.
Okay. Yeah.
Any other questions?
Or okay. No questions. I have homework as always.
So I would love for for y’all to listen to the last podcast you were on.
It could just be the one, and I would want you to, in Slack, share with me how would you make it better. Knowing what you know now, how would you make that podcast better so then you can take that reflection review into the next podcast you record? So go back, listen to the last podcast you were on, or, you know, just pick one that you thought was could have had more potential. Like, you could have gotten more leads out of it or something like that.
And then I would love for you to share. Tag me so I don’t miss Slack notifications for some reason. Sometimes I don’t get those notifications. Tag me.
And, again, let me know if you if there’s anything I can do to but I would wanna hear from you all, all four of you in the room, to, yeah, go back, audit your podcast, use the workbook, use the worksheet, use this presentation, whatever it is, but audit it, be honest, and come back and share with us.
Cool. Awesome.
Thank you.
So good. Thank you. You’re so much fun.
Good one. Okay. Thank you. Chat soon. Bye.
Worksheet
Transcript
Oh, hey. Very excited about today’s training. I’m always excited about the trainings, but, especially excited because all, I wanted this to be really, really practical and actionable this time. And what we’re talking about is how to leverage your podcast appearances, whether, you know, you’ve got some coming up and or you’re planning to, whatever, into high ticket clients.
So do y’all have a copy of the workbook that has the podcast thing in it?
Okay. Great. Because I want you to pull that up. We’ll be looking at it, and I will and we’ll basically kind of use that.
Alright.
Cool.
Let me share screen.
Let’s go.
Okay.
Oh, sorry.
Hang on.
So how to turn podcast appearances into highly good client opportunities and sales. Here’s what we’re gonna talk about, the key elements for a podcast that does the prospecting for you, Mistakes to avoid and setting yourself up, of course, for high ticket sales success from your next podcast appearance. Podcast have been huge for our business, and it’s, like, almost I would say every podcast I have done has led to a new project or a new client.
So, yeah, I could say safely. Even the small ones.
And I’ll tell you how that works, but sometimes it is, you know, oh, you were on, like, a big podcast. So naturally, you know, you would have people wanting to reach out to you and all of that. But even with smaller podcasts, it is totally, totally possible. Hang on.
Caitlin says, I actually know you from a podcast. Hey. There you go. I love that.
Okay. Yeah. See? That’s, like, proof right there. Okay.
So why the big deal? Like I just said, podcasts are huge, and we need to start treating them as a conversion mechanism and not a visibility thing. Like, I’ll talk about this in a bit. But as CEOs of copywriting businesses, as CEOs of conversion agencies, as a CEO. You have to treat your podcast appearance as a conversion mechanism, as a source of sales that makes, like, all the difference in how you show up. Because the moment you start thinking of, oh, I’m doing this for visibility, it’s very different.
But the moment you start thinking about it, like, okay. This is a sales mechanism. I need to treat it as such.
Huge mindset shift makes all the difference.
So if podcasts are so great and, you know, people are seeing a lot of results from it and all of that, then why do most experts lead podcast interviews with zero leads? I cannot tell you how many conversations I’ve had with people who come into working with us inside of intentionally profitable. And one of the things when we tell them, like, okay. Let’s look at your, you know, at your podcast guesting plan.
They’re like, yeah. I’ve tried it. It does not work. I don’t get any leads. No clients.
So the reason is that most of them and this is, like, when we listen to their to their episodes, what we realize and what we have found is that they focus on either impressing the host, which is great, and that has does have its advantages.
But what they’re doing in the process is that they’re not really connecting with the listeners or that specific audience that they’re speaking to. Right?
They a lot of them and this is this is tricky because you, you know, you want to you wanna share tactical advice or you should you share too much, too little. So what happens is they on the side of caution and, as a result, share a lot of great stories. They’ll share a lot of great, you know, anecdotes and all of that. But the strategies or the advice they give is pretty surface level.
So people listening to it and and as an avid podcast listener, I have often, like, been very excited by the title of a podcast, hit play. After through my walk, I’m like, yeah. This is a giant waste of time. Let me just look for something else.
So for a podcast to bring in qualified leads, people ready to work with you, people like, okay. Yeah. I love this. I wanna talk to you about it.
You need to start looking at showing up in a way where you are an expert.
And sometimes that means that you need to present your offer in a way. You need to even your offer, which people again, a lot of, and I noticed this especially with creatives. I’m not just seeing copywriters, but most creatives.
The they’ve evened their offer, whether paid or free, only in the last thirty seconds where people are like, okay. Where can we find out more about you? But there are so many ways of you doing that even in the conversation in a way that is natural.
So these these are, like, three key mistakes that I’ve seen after listening to, like, like, hundreds of podcasts, and, of course, analyzing and critiquing so many of these for, you know, fellow creatives, fellow copywriters.
Okay.
Yeah.
I want you to open up the workbook page two, and I want you to take a few minutes to reflect on your recent podcast appearances. Be radically, brutally honest about the actual results. And then I’m gonna stop share for a minute because I wanna go into the chat. I wanna hear from you. I wanna know which podcast like, if you’re comfortable sharing, that’s great. But, otherwise, I wanna know how many leads, how many clients have you gotten. So opening chat up.
Katie Singh, I any chance someone can pop the workbook in the chat?
I can send you the link. Hang on. I have it. Let me stop sharing.
Oh, I just sent that. Okay. Thanks, Claire. Sorry.
You are faster than I was going back to sharing, which I’m waiting for it to.
Okay.
Cool. So who wants to share first?
Take a few minutes to do this, and then tell me how many leads, how many clients.
Clara, I still haven’t done a proper podcast, but we’re gonna talk about what a what podcast is in just a minute. Okay?
What the listeners? Okay. Yeah.
Looking at lead you mean lead pages. Right, Caitlin?
Because it says lead agents. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Alright. Yeah. So cool. Good. Let look at them now and Alright.
Anyone else? And it’s okay. If you had, like, no leads or no clients, that’s alright. That is exactly why we are here.
So this is easy. It feels like all the the answers are all zero. Okay, Katie. That will be very interesting to kind of dig into in a bit.
Please. All zero. Alright.
Okay. So we have a lot of scope. Let’s keep going. Jessica and Jessica’s here. Alright.
Cool. So we’re all starting in the same place before we move on. What you don’t wanna measure is downloads and shares. Those are really good.
Those are feel good metrics.
What we always wanna measure are actual leads. So Caitlin brought up a really good point about looking at her lead pages. I would highly recommend and we’ll talk. That is one of the strategies I will have for you. It’s like you want a podcast specific funnel in place. But, anyways, you wanna measure at all points actual leads who either reach out or sign up for your freebie and then convert. Right?
So as we go through these patterns that I’m gonna talk about, because this is kind of building on the mistakes we talked about, these these are slightly more specific and advanced. I want you to think about the last maybe two or three, or, Claire, in your case, the last podcast that you did, I want you all to think about those last few appearances and see if you can spot any of the pattern in your interview. I mean, we don’t have time to listen, but if you have those fresh in your mind, it should be fairly easy to go, yeah. Okay. Yeah. I’ve been doing this.
The first is the autobiography approach, where you spend too much time on your origin story. We’ve all listened to these podcasts where, you know, they generally start with, oh, so why don’t you tell me where did it all start or how did it all start?
If you don’t have a thirty to sixty second version of your story.
You need to get that together right now and one that aligns with what you’re doing and what, you know, what what your business is all about, yes, but also, you know, your why, your values because this is where you’re establishing that rapport. No one really wants to hear about, you know, anything that’s not really connected with how you would be able to help them or how you would connect with them on a more personal level. So I’ll give you an example. My, you know, slightly longer version of the origin story because we get this so often is is okay. So podcast guest, host asks, so, Pranun or so Pranun, man, tell me a little about how did it all start. Right?
And here’s my spiel.
So for me to tell you this, let me take you back to two thousand and eight. Our daughter was nine months old, and I was out of my mind, and I really needed something creative. So I started a blog called The Mom Writes. That was my introduction into online writing.
Fast forward a few years, two thousand ten, mine got really, really sick, and he was on bed rest for a year. And it was, you know, a really difficult time because he was the primary breadwinner, but then my blog was bringing in part time income. And it was actually a blog reader who reached out and homie when, you know, I was sharing about him being sick and being on you know, being so unwell and doctors not being able to figure out what was wrong with him. Blog reader told us to check out and get check his inflammation levels and get his pH level tested, and we got that tested.
Lo and behold, he started responding. He was off medication. And two thousand eleven, we had to take the decision of whether he would go back to work or we would start, you know, turn this part time blog thing into a more full time business. So we decided to give ourselves a year and see how things would go. And, well, fourteen years later, here we are.
That’s my story in a nutshell, which may lead to, you know, follow-up questions, etcetera, which is fine. But I don’t get into anything else. It all focuses on the fact that we start I start I’ve been writing online since two thousand eight, so I’m establishing instant expertise and authority there. It focuses on the fact that our family values, you know, the the fact that we we’re dealing with chronic illness.
We value working. We decided to get into business together. We took a chance on ourselves. These are things that EvoHealth actually reached out to me about after listening and, like, saying, you know, my husband and I were in the exact same boat.
Or my you know, I can totally relate to what you were saying about wanting a creative outlet because I’m a new mom, and I I love my baby, but I really, really want something to do. So that’s the whole idea of your bio section of your origin story.
Distill it down so it’s tied in to what it is that you would want your listeners to know about you and connect with. Next up is the generic guest.
This is the one that I’ve seen the most often when I’m critiquing podcasts for our intentionally profitable clients.
Everyone’s like, they like, you listen to one podcast, you listen to the second one, you listen to the third one, they’re saying this exact same things.
And while I am a huge fan of having signature talks and of having signature topics and all of that but if you are going on a podcast to talk about email marketing for, say, wedding planners and you’re going on another podcast talk talking about email marketing for, travel creators, I’m doing I’m giving you those examples because I’ve done both.
You want to tailor your message to that particular audience. You wanna think about specific use cases for those particular listeners. So for instance, when I did wedding pro CEO with Brandy Gaur, I, yes, I had written for wedding professionals, but I also looked at specific use cases for her listeners where when we were talking about the different sequences, I could give, like, specific examples that they could, you know, use and implement, which is why that then led to people reaching out and saying, okay. Yep.
This was great. I’m a wedding photographer. I would love for you to chat with me more about, you know, whatever it was that I discussed. So point is you can talk about email marketing, but you need to know your audience and you need to tailor examples to them.
Value overload.
This is the exact opposite of surface level tips.
This is where you’re giving them so many tips, but they’re not really connected to each other or building on one another.
So if you are going to be going in and talking about, say, conversion optimization for sales pages, you wanna keep it to three or five because that’s pretty much it.
And when you look at three or five, you want that okay.
When I’m talking about tip number one, let’s say I’m talking about, say, optimizing the headline section, then I’m not going to jump from headline to the close unless, of course, the close is a part of it is, like, tip three. So keep it chunk it into three or five. Those are, like, the easiest things to keep in mind. I have sometimes talked about more than five things in a podcast depending on how long it is, but going deep into three or five keeps it more memorable. And, also, remember, people are listening to podcasts when walking like I do or driving like Mike does or at the gym or while doing laundry. So you want it to be really, really memorable, but just, like, chucking a lot of content in them is not the solution.
And then this is the other one. There was this podcast that I listened to, as part of a critique that I was doing, and it was a little awkward. Why? Because the I knew that the copywriter on the other side had so much to share, but they were just waiting for the host to keep asking them those questions.
Like, that would bring out the goal. Like, oh, but they didn’t ask me that. That’s okay. Sometimes that you’ll come across hosts that are not great host.
It’s just part of that equation. Not every host is a great interviewer.
But, yeah, that is, anyways, beyond your control. Point is, as the expert, you can always guide the conversation.
So for instance, let’s say you are invited to a podcast to talk about welcome sequences.
Right? And you want to highlight the mistakes most people make with the sequences before you get into how to write it and all of that. And this the host has gone from introducing you, getting your origin story, talking about the importance of outcome sequence, and they’re like, okay. Yeah. So let’s talk about how do how do how do our listeners get started with writing a welcome sequence.
And what you do is you pause and you take a breath and you say, before I would love to get into that, but before we do that, I’d like to draw attention to the mistakes I want, you know, our audience to avoid because the last thing you wanna do is write a sequence only to realize you’ve gotten, you know, all of these things wrong. So let’s look at and then you then you move into whatever it is.
So have a structure because you are the expert here. You know what your audience and, again, remember, you don’t wanna think of them as just listeners. You wanna think of them as leads. What is it that you would want them to know before they come to you? So give them that and get into the habit of directing those conversations.
Okay. Before we move on, which one of these four patterns can you recall yourself? Or and if you haven’t, that’s great. I mean, it doesn’t have to be, but these are the four that I’ve seen the most.
But if you can relate to any of these and you can go like, yeah. I’ve been doing that. I’d love to hear that. And it’s also this is like an audit for y’all.
Okay.
Claire, probably value overload. Okay. Katie, also probably value overload. Caitlin, I want to conclude this origin story.
Alright. Yeah. We’ve all done that. Mine has come about after years and years of going on podcast and distilling it down.
And the other thing I okay. I highly recommend all of you do is listen to your own podcast. I would avoid it, like, anything. I just don’t like listening to myself, honestly. Like, I don’t listen to any of the trainings I do, but I had to get into the habit of listening to myself so I could spot the gap, and I could see what would make my next interview stronger.
So yeah. Because you wanna say, I wasn’t expecting to be asked about it. I yeah. I know.
Right? I mean, like but this is, like, the one question most host will ask. Yes. Someone some will avoid it.
Some would not avoid it. Some will skip rates right to, you know, whatever it is they brought you in for. But, most of them would ask. It’s always good to have, like, a short or really tight version of your origin story.
Perfect. Okay. Cool. Any tips for being more specific with examples when the show is not specific?
Okay. Katie, that’s a really good question. Do you want me to answer it now? Do you want me to answer it at the end?
Whatever is your question. Okay. Cool.
Let me answer it at the end because then I’ll lose my chain of thought.
The ones that have gone well, we predetermined the questions. Yes. Exactly. I logged in them because I prep my responses out loud when I’m practicing. That’s a really, really good strategy. And, yeah, I love it too. Mine loves it even more because, like you, he likes to, like, prep his responses and, you know, just kinda say say them out loud so you can see how they sound and all of that.
But, sadly, I often find a lot of the copyright a lot of the podcast host will go like, we’ll keep it free flowing.
Just like the worst thing ever, but that is exactly why you need to have, a plan in place. We’ll just get to that. Okay. Cool.
Good.
So like I said, the key to hits that between a podcast that would, you know, get you like, oh, yeah. This was great, and, you know, I love listening to to a podcast that gets you leads and clients is the shift between thinking about it as a visibility thing versus a conversion.
So every story, every example, every framework that you share on a podcast should move listeners towards a specific action.
That is key.
Here are three things I want you to keep in mind for your next podcast appearance. How are you gonna stop your party connection? What what are you gonna do to establish that connection? And what’s that next step that listeners should take after listening to you?
So keep these three things in mind. We’ll obviously get into more in just a bit, but you wanna start thinking about these elements right away. What’s gonna establish For me, it’s very clear my connection points are mom, chronic illness, non native English speaker, and then, of course, authority. I use, you know, things like, okay, clients are written for results, success stories, all of that. And then what’s the next step? So think about your elements before that next appearance.
And this these seven elements is what we’re gonna get the into.
These help you put those three things in place, the authority, the connection, the component, next step. So first step is your framework or your process. Now this kind of answers what Katie asked. Like, how what’s specific?
Like, where’s my chat? I don’t know. My chat is gone. Anyways, you know, the specific tips when the audience is not specific, Katie.
That was the question.
Yeah. So you wanna have, like, a framework or a process in place. So let’s say someone gets you onboard for your you know, the post sales sequence.
You talk about that process, but the examples you use is, you know, for if it’s not like a specific audience, like, say, like I said, travel creators or food bloggers or, you know, bridal professionals or whatever, then you just use general entrepreneurial example because then you use examples that you would be on that podcast for a reason. Right? It’s a it’s a podcast that your audience, your leads would listen to. So you then you speak to those. Then you use just general examples, but you do have a framework or a process. The good thing is all of you in CSP have been working on your your processes and your you know? So you want that in place.
Let’s say it’s a topic that’s on one specific element. You know? Like, let’s say it’s for instance, in my case, sometimes it’s, oh, let’s talk about sales pages. Now my process really is the overarching thing, but then I also have processes and frameworks for sales pages.
So that is where then I use those, which is why I have frameworks and processes both here. So I would say, oh, let me talk. For instance, I’ve got my opinion framework for sales pages in several, several spaces and done really well. But that’s, like, a very specific process for writing a sales page.
On the other hand, I have the big framework, which is basically my evergreen sales framework that I’ve also taught in but that in, you know, like masterminds and all that and on stage, but it’s a more generic framework that shows people how can they generate sales every day and what are the four stages that they need to kind of have in place.
Point being, you want to systematize the knowledge you share so it becomes easy for your audience to, a, hold on to it, and, b, spot the gaps
that they may have in their, you know, sales systems or whatever it is. So you wanna simplify the complexity. You wanna create a memorable structure, and you wanna position yourself as a true expert at the end of the day. That is the job of your framework. I don’t care whether it’s fancy. I don’t care whether it’s got, like, a shiny name or anything, but it needs to be it needs to be systematized enough so your audience can remember it.
Speaking of audience, you want client stories.
And I know this will kinda bring up a question where it’s just like, okay. But I don’t have client stories. And that’s fine. Let me just take a sip of water, and then I’ll come back to it.
Okay.
First, let’s tackle the if you do have client stories, especially if you have client stories for that particular audience, use that. Or if you have client stories for that specific offer or topic you have, like emails or sales pages or product pages or whatever it is that you want to be known for, use those.
Right?
But what if you don’t have any plan stories? Maybe, you know, you’re, like, breaking into a new niche. You haven’t gotten any projects or whatever. You use names that your audience would recognize, and you use that to show how hypothetically you would improve it or apply your framework to it.
So for instance, let’s say if I were, I’m just thinking of something that I’ve not okay. Let’s say I’ve had no experience in ecom. I do, full disclosure, but let’s say if I had no experience in ecom businesses, like oh oh, okay. Subscription boxes.
I had no experience in subscription boxes, and I was, you know, going on a podcast that was all about how to, you know, have, like, a really profitable subscription box business.
I would pick up examples from the subscription box industry box industry. Like, what’s the what’s the BarkBox. I would say, okay. If I were working on a welcome sequence or a new client onboarding experience for BarkBox, here’s what I would do.
So the goal here for client stories is twofold. One, yes, to share a social group, but, secondly, to show that you get the audience, that you understand their their struggle.
So even if you don’t have a client story, look around and look at the and a lot of you are doing that already. Right? You’re like, I can see in the group, like, people are studying different kinds of businesses that you’re, you know, new at and trying to see what’s working with them. I file pages and all of that. So use those examples.
Because then you’re not saying that, oh, this was a client. You’re saying, if I were to work with them on this, this is what I would do. So that’s the goal of client stories here is to help that your listener or your potential lead on the other end go like, oh, yeah. They get what what I would need or they get what I’m going through.
Whale clients, on the other hand, are all about a take. If you have this is, like, this is strictly optional, but if you have big name clients, weave them into the conversation.
If you’ve been featured and when I say real clients, I also mean things like, okay. If you’ve been featured on, like, a big name publication, you know, which is recognizable, weave it in to the conversation.
Again, these are things that will come with practice, which is why I highly encourage you all to listen to your podcast interviews and identify, like, oh, this is where I could have done this.
And then the next time you’re on an interview, you wanna make the same, you know, repeat the same pattern.
So, yeah, strategic name dropping is highly underused. There are way too many people who’ve worked with way too many amazing people who don’t do this enough.
I can I am not one of those people? I have zero qualms about name dropping, and I will do it all the time. So, point is, if you have these big names, it could be it could oh, before you all start to think, oh, I haven’t worked with anyone, or I haven’t been featured on Forbes as well.
The fact that you’re y’all are in CSP is something that you should be talking about because you are investing in your growth.
When I was certified by Joe way back, this was twenty seventeen, maybe. Yeah.
I made it a point to talk about it in every podcast that I was on. So even if and not just that. I would say so I was in a small group mastermind with Joanna Weave, and there were twelve of us, and we used to meet you know, I have to, like, wake up in the middle of the night to do these live writing sessions. And at the end of it, out of the twelve, only three of us were certified, and I was one of them.
That was my story.
And that is what, you know, led to a lot of great opportunities coming my way because, like I said, it this is, like, how you’re, you know, creating that authority transfers.
People knew Jill. People knew she certified me. It just gave me more authority.
So all of you in this room, you already have a name to drop drop it.
Keystone content. Super, super important.
All of you should, by now, have something like a keystone piece of content in place. If you don’t, I would highly recommend you do that. It could be a video. It could be a blog post.
It could be a podcast. If you have a podcast, it could be anything. I really don’t care. Point is you want strategic specific pieces of content on platforms that you own, where you can direct listeners to.
This is different from your funnel, like the opt in. This is different from that. And here’s why. Not everyone’s gonna sign up, but people will be intrigued and interested to read more or listen, you know, about something that speaks directly to them.
For instance, something that I do often now is like, oh, let’s say I’m on a podcast for welcome sequences. But then I’ll casually be there, like, yeah. Your welcome sequence is great. But then the last email of your welcome sequence should prepare prepare people for what comes next, which should be your newsletters.
I have a full blown blog post on my site that walks people through on what to write in those, newsletters, and, I’ll send the link over to you later. You can drop it in the show notes. I actually say that in the interview, and then after the interview, I send it over to the host. So before you hop on, look at the pieces of content you could include and make sure you have, like, a little blurb to use at the right moment.
Call levels. These are my favorites. Why? Because host use it for social media clips and most importantly, which gives, like which obviously helps with the reach part of it. But more importantly, I’ve had listeners come back to me or and leads fill our contact form saying, I loved it when you said this.
So these are the viral moments of your podcast appearance, except that they they do a lot more than just create that virality.
We all know going viral doesn’t always lead to, you know, more paying clients.
But with codables, I found, like it’s, again, one of those that instant connection point that makes it easier for people to remember you.
Using codables has led to you being invited on other podcasts that someone listened to, has obviously led to recent clients.
But more importantly, I really enjoy coming up with these as well, so it’s it’s fun too.
Unexpected truth, public reference is my very, very simple framework for it, which I basically reverse engineered when I looked at the codables that I tend to use. This is not a framework that, actually used and then created the codables. It’s like reverse engineered.
So things like marketing, it’s like brushing your teeth. You do it every day, roughly twice. Connection based conversions. I’ve been seeing this so often in conversations with the contracts.
This is something that recently started doing. I’ve started playing with this a bit. So I said, fluffy is a good look on clouds, not your puppy. In one other podcast, I said it’s a Fluffy’s a good look on clouds, not your bonuses.
I just can’t wear it so he doesn’t always and what I do with these is and what I want you to do is, I want you to think about three or five quote, those like catchy phrases. Now you’ve seen what they look like.
Right? And I want you to post them on social and see what people connect with and engage with. These have come up. I have used, like, this every single one of them has been on my social media, either LinkedIn. This is I put this on LinkedIn. I think I’ve even put it on Instagram or, like, wherever. Like, I would test it all over.
The moment I see it getting sticky is not when I know, like, yeah, I want something. So, also, it’s a really good creative exercise, so highly, highly recommend you do this. And, oh, when you’re delivering it, you wanna pause a little before you say it. Because then when they’re editing it, it just kinda makes it easier.
I don’t sometimes do this, but I’m getting better at it, the pause thing.
So, yeah, that’s one of my things to work on.
Okay. Next up is podcast specific funnels.
Caitlin brought up a really great point about looking at our lead pages.
Ideally, for at least for, like, big name podcasts, you want a podcast specific funnel.
What that does is you can, a, customize the heading to say, welcome, you know, listeners of so and so or welcome blank listeners, whatever podcast name it is. Secondly, you can your emails to them would reference that as well and kind of build on the connection that you already established. And it does not have to be complicated. A three email or a five email sequence is just fine.
But before you kind of bridge them into your regular sequence. But, I’ve always found I stopped doing this last year, and I noticed that it was, a, harder for me to track, and, b, overall conversions kind of dip. So I’m I’m going back to now creating podcast specific funnel, especially for the big thing, like, the podcast that I know get a few more in downloads. So, that is something to keep in mind.
Text it up. Please have good mics.
And oh, I was listening to this, why did I say good night? I was listening to this podcast with I’m totally blanking. Point is it was a really popular author, but his mic was so bad that the host had to before, like, once they edited it and post, he led us into the recording by saying, you know, his mic wasn’t great to start with, but then in the middle, he switched mic, so it’s gotten better. Please don’t be that person.
I mean, this was really great that they still ride with it because I think it was a pretty I’m totally forgetting, but it’s a pretty famous author. But, anyways, point is invest in a good mic for your podcast if you don’t already have one. Lighting is great. Sometimes it’s, you know, not practical because yeah.
But as great as it could possibly be. And the other thing is this is really important. If you’re not familiar with the software that they’re using, well, you know, sometimes it is like, oh, we are using something new. Make sure you, you know, install it if it needs installing.
You know, you’re comfortable with using it. The first time I had to use Riverside, for example, like, a few years ago, it just completely threw me because I was not familiar with Riverside at that point.
Now I am. But yeah. So that is something. Do your research so you know what works, what’s needed, and all of that.
And video podcast means, like, yeah, you need to put in the effort for hair and makeup. I recently recorded an audio only podcast. I’d, like, email them and ask them, like, are you sure it’s audio only? Because everyone see everyone these days is doing videos.
So, yeah, you wanna make sure hair, makeup, background, all of that. Do that check.
Okay.
I want to do this next. Think about your process of framework that you will talk about.
Identify your keystone content. Line up your codables and feature podcast specific funnel. These are, I know, things that will take a lot of time. But if you can even get these three in place, you would be golden. I would start with your process of framework. Like, this is something I feel very, very strongly about because it keeps that that conversation on straight and narrow and prevents the whole information overload, value overload pattern from occurring. So yeah.
Okay. Cool.
I am done.
Alright.
Where are the workers? Okay. Question. I’m getting responses from pitches, but they all know I think it’s because I’m basically a normal person with no following.
I feel I need to do something really cool to be put through. Do you have any suggestion on what I could do? Alright. I will answer Clay’s question.
Does anyone else have questions, or do you wanna share what you would be doing next out of those three to four things for your podcast appearance?
Yes, Katie.
I have a little question.
With what you, like, name drop the most, like your freebie, the the beginning of your funnel or your offer, do you just kinda go into each podcast with, like, the intention of, I’m gonna focus on my freebie so that this builds my funnel. And then over on this one, I’m gonna focus on my offer so there’s visibility to my offer. Or do you do both, or is that too compute? Like so what’s your approach there, and what have you seen works best?
That’s such a great question. I do set I do make notes on what I would be promoting in that particular podcast appearance, whether it’s a video or an off or an offer.
In most situations, I try and do both.
My offer pitch is usually very subtle. It is usually, like, along the lines. So when people work with us on their launches or it’s you know? Or, you know, our fully loaded launch copy package has been our most popular because it solves this exact problem. So it’s very subtle that ways. Right? But my preview is always always tailored, to being a logical next step.
Okay. Okay. Cool. Does that help? Yeah. Welcome.
If I can just pay you back on that question. So is there a particular type of freebie that you found performs well for podcasts?
The Katie, that is such a such a good question. I have tested so many freebies out.
All of last year, I have found the low file opt ins that I talked about working well. Like, this year, I am testing out a PDF opt in. Like, can you believe that? Like, I never probably go back to PDF opt in, but I yeah.
It’s been great. Like, so great this time. Like, I’m not talking about a podcast where I tested this out. I’ve spoke at Atomicon’s big networking week right there.
Incredible response. So I yeah. But point being, with podcast listeners, I have done all kinds of opt ins, but what I found works the best is something that builds on what they’ve heard on the podcast. So, honestly, the format doesn’t really matter as much, I believe.
Like, I have never tried an audio only podcast. That would I like, a private podcast. You know? I think that would be so cool to test out.
I just haven’t gotten around it. But I feel like because these are podcast listeners, if I could put together, like, a private podcast of sorts, so maybe that is something I will do next. But, otherwise, I have found email courses to work really well, PDF cheat sheets, checklists. Like, right now, there’s, like, a PDF guide that we’re getting out.
Yeah. And, oh, also, like, previously recorded master classes. So but it kind of depends on whether or not it’s it always depends on whether or not it’s connected to the, you know, topic itself.
And it sounds like those are all more educational, like, oriented resources versus going towards, like, an intro pack or services guide or even, like, a diagnostic. Like, you’re more you’re continuing to add value in the freebie versus taking them more.
Yeah. Because I sell in emails. So I they would get the freebie. The freebie would have more social proof and things like that, and, yes, it would give them a quick win. But then, the email sequence kicks in, which basically starts selling to them from usually from email two, three onwards. Yeah.
Okay. Great. Yeah.
I do think, testing diagnostic a desk diagnostic out would be a really good idea. Again, that is not something I have done, But, yeah, I’ll it will be interesting to see how that kind of plays out.
Mhmm. Yeah.
I think I’m I’m I’m thinking about how I could pitch my diagnostic kind of as the topic of the podcast, and then I have I’ve created kind of, like, a PDF checklist version of the the, you know, the framework so that even the opt in.
Because I feel like if you’re all if you’re listening to it on a podcast, you’re not you know, like, the idea is you’re sitting there with your paper, giving yourself the Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Then you could download for that as a reference of, like, okay. Now you’ve heard me talk about this. Download it.
That’s a really good idea. That’s what testing out for sure. Have you done this in the past? I did.
When do I I walked her through the phases, but not I kind of more just talked about what you should do. I wasn’t talking about the evaluating. So I think that hence, the value of the load identification. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. It would be nice to see how you would redo that, like, you know, presented more from, like, okay. Here’s, you know, here’s why you need it, and here’s what you’ll understand and all of that, instead of just the phases. I I think it’d be interesting to listen to it, ma’am.
Yeah. Yeah. Thank you. You’re welcome. Cool. Okay. I’m gonna answer Claire’s question around pitching and getting a no.
Honestly, it is it is hard. It but it does happen. Like, you will send a hundred pitches and maybe get ten yeses.
Sometimes especially at the beginning, it is a numbers game.
The goal, though, is and, also, all of us are normal people. Like, we have you know, you don’t really need something cool to be worth the risk. You need to show what you would bring to the listeners and why is that a point of difference. Like, your pitch needs to be super, super specific to their audience, so you do need to do your research. I think I did a session on pitching, podcast.
I think I did. Yeah. Oh, yeah. In fact, I think the last one was, like, no a nonconversion ask. So, you know, that would work for podcast pitches as well. So really, really important for you to be specific to what would their audience walk away with.
Honestly, most podcast hosts don’t really care about social media following. I have, like, pitched way bigger podcast than and even now, like, our social media following is nowhere close to the, you know, podcast that host us. But point is, we all gotta start somewhere.
So start. And right now, I would say, I would love to see, Claire, like, when you listen to the recording, I would love to see your pictures so we can see how we could make them better. I think you did one of those earlier, but I’m happy to review more. And if you did more, make them tighter and more specific.
Because at the end of the day, honestly, like, even the huge podcast really, really value the fact that you, you know, put thought into the pitch. You listen to them. You know them. You know their audience, and you’re willing to show up and, like, really blow them away.
I have gold pitched, like, some pretty big podcast, basically, as I’m nobody, so I would say go for it. But, yeah, I would love to see your pitch if you feel like, okay. Yeah. You’re getting all those.
Also having a previous podcast guest? Yes. That’s another great strategy. Really, really great. Yeah. Especially if you know that you see someone who you know, definitely reach out to them.
I’m also a big fan of asking a podcast host to introduce you to other podcast host because they all kinda know each other. So I do that often. It’s, like, you know, Joe’s book meeting from a meeting minus, like, book a podcast from a podcast. I will always always, after the podcast, email the host, say it was great, and I can’t wait for the recording and can’t wait to share it, send them the links to any pieces of content I may have mentioned, and ask that, okay.
I am obviously looking to do more podcasts. Do you know anyone else with you who would be recording? I’ve I do the same with guest expert sessions as well.
And Katie says starting out with people you know well versus call pitch in to get the ball rolling. Yeah. Exactly. Right now, like, it’s okay if you get, like, on the smaller podcasts and then listen to those podcast episodes to see how you can make them better.
Honestly, like, I sometimes feel if I could get a second go at some of the podcast I did way back, I would be so much better. I’m really happy with how they did that, but I feel like, yeah. Now I know it’s so much better. But, anyways exactly.
Jessica makes another important point. Even if you’re on small, lesser known podcast and bigger podcast search your name, people do Google you. They’ll see you whatever. That makes a that makes a huge difference as well.
Caitlin, would you ever consider making something like a speaker reel that an audio oh, that is such a good idea.
Yeah. That is such a good idea. Yeah. And, you know, I if you’re asking me, I would love to do this.
I had just I hadn’t thought of it. So, yeah, that’s, like, a really cool idea. I do have, like, speaking videos, but I think this podcast version would be so cool, because then people can hear how you sound, you know, and they are confident. Like, in my pitches, I always make it a point to mention that, you know, we have like, our tech setup is all great, so they don’t have to be worried about that. But this would actually include that objection entirely. That’s a really cool idea. I think office should do this.
Cool.
Okay. Yeah.
Any other questions?
Or okay. No questions. I have homework as always.
So I would love for for y’all to listen to the last podcast you were on.
It could just be the one, and I would want you to, in Slack, share with me how would you make it better. Knowing what you know now, how would you make that podcast better so then you can take that reflection review into the next podcast you record? So go back, listen to the last podcast you were on, or, you know, just pick one that you thought was could have had more potential. Like, you could have gotten more leads out of it or something like that.
And then I would love for you to share. Tag me so I don’t miss Slack notifications for some reason. Sometimes I don’t get those notifications. Tag me.
And, again, let me know if you if there’s anything I can do to but I would wanna hear from you all, all four of you in the room, to, yeah, go back, audit your podcast, use the workbook, use the worksheet, use this presentation, whatever it is, but audit it, be honest, and come back and share with us.
Cool. Awesome.
Thank you.
So good. Thank you. You’re so much fun.
Good one. Okay. Thank you. Chat soon. Bye.
How to Write Cold Emails for a Non-Buying Call to Action
How to Write Cold Emails for a Non-Buying Call to Action
Transcript
I was just telling Jessica, I was hoping there would be more people today because I’m really excited about the training because I’ve been using this guest pitch framework. I’ve, like, tested it out extensively.
And, like, the email example that I’m gonna share is one that I sent out in December.
Last year, it not only landed me a guest training opportunity, also landed me an in person speaking gig. So yeah. Wow. That’s cool.
Okay. Cool. So non mind emails is what we are talking about today. Let me share a screen.
And we can get going.
Sent.
Okay.
Well and there we go. So focus of a non buying call email is basically how to get prospects to reply to a non buying action or micro commitment.
And here’s what we’ll be covering today. When to use these non buying cold emails, my highly tested b p b p framework, cold emails, and then, of course, mistakes to avoid. So what are non mind call emails? Non mind call emails are basically what it says on the box. These are emails that you are sending out to people who don’t know you, but which is the cold part of it. But instead of asking them to hire you for services, you are asking them to make a decision about you, to bring you in on either a training or, like I said, an event or whatever else. So they may not be pulling out their credit card, but they’re still making a decision, which is why how you write and structure these emails is really, really important.
So you wanna use these when you’re pitching a guest training. Most of you in the room would have a, you know like, Cody has a mini master class or everybody has, like, a webinar or whatever you wanna teach, train people on.
Really great opportunities. A specific framework, a process, a case study. You wanna pitch guest training to teach it or share it. That is when you wanna use this. You wanna speak at an event that you know is being hosted by, say, someone who’s in your, you know, industry, that and that’s, like, the example I’m gonna share with you, in fact.
Why will a business care? Like, why would they even wanna read your cold email? Because most of these businesses, especially where you’re looking to target industry specific clients, etcetera, they have internal skill gaps. They have needs, and they need to bring in external experts to fill those needs. So that is where you come in.
Also, most of them have internal resource. They cannot afford to bring in, you know, like, make full time hires to train, their audiences or their, employees or, you know, their team, basically.
You are actually doing them a favor by sharing your expert support, by sharing your knowledge, by sharing your time with them, and you’re giving them a lot. Like, they’re getting a lot of, like, a validation and expert, you know, kind of so it’s a it’s a win win, when they bring you in. It’s just that we need to position it in a way that they can see it as a win win.
This is super, super important. I cannot stress this enough. There are no shortcuts for this. You need to do your research.
Your call pages will not work if you’ve not done your research. Most call emails fail because they focus on you, the, you know, you the expert. It’s really natural. It’s very easy to do this.
So you wanna focus on what you’ve achieved.
And I’m not saying you need to downplay any of that. We’ll see exactly how you wanna position your achievements. But what you wanna focus on you wanna focus us on on is the business’s needs.
Why would they want to hire you? So your research is really important.
The framework, of course, my BPBP framework will help you flip the script, will help you show how to kind of position yourself as an expert, highlight your achievements, but also show the business or the brand that you’ve done your homework.
Alright.
First up, background. This is where the research part comes into play. So what is the context? Why are we reaching out to them? Why would they wanna bring you in for a master class or for you know, to speak at their event or where whatever else that you may be pitching them for. So your background is really, really important. Do the research there.
What is the problem you will be solving for them? Think like the amazing copywriters that you are. What is the problem that you’ll be solving for them? Leave a background to get their attention right off the bat.
This was the email that I sent to the team at Wonderful. Now you’ll notice I led with, I’m not a travel blogger, but a huge travel lover. I have absolutely loved email list. I was responding to an email they’d sent out. So this was very impromptu, but because I’ve been working with this framework for for a really long time, it’s really easy for me to kind of use it right off the bat. And I wanted to share a really recent example with you, and this is, like, you can see, eleventh December last year.
So it’s fun to see how incredibly supportive you all are of the travel community. So it doesn’t have to be you know, you’re not giving, like, a lot, but it kind of helps you build up to the pitch, which is also where your research comes into play.
Your pitch needs to be really clear. It needs to be very specific. You cannot beat about the bush. You have to kind of get tie your background, the context, why you’re emailing them to the pitch almost right away.
Because most of the people who is, like, sending you’ll be reaching out to whether it’s a CMO, training head, partnerships, you know, whatever, they’re all busy people. We are busy people too. So we wanna be respectful of their time, and you wanna get straight to the point and let them know that, okay. This is what I can help you with.
But be very specific because every business thinks that their challenge is unique, and sometimes they’re maybe, sometimes they’re not. The point is you need to, like, have that you may be getting the same training. Now here’s the caveat. You may be getting the same training that you’ve given to, like, say, five other brands, but the angle that you’ll need to pull will need to time to that particular business’s specific needs and, you know, help them see that, okay.
I need to bring this person in.
So I go straight from why am I emailing them? And then my pitch. Reason I’m having reply to your email today is because I noticed thirty three point so con giving you context here. They shared an email in which they’d surveyed their audience and saying, like, you know, this number of create the creators were looking to use email marketing for diversifying their revenue. Right?
And I was wondering, would you be interested in a guest expert session on email list growth and monetization strategies for twenty twenty five? Now this was what because it ties in really well here. Lead with your strongest offer, which is what I was saying. Like, you may have given the same training. Pull your strongest hook, strongest angle, strongest whatever. Tie it into whatever you feel it would would help solve their lead. Right?
How do you know that? Again, going back to research, like I said, I read an email. I saw a need, a gap. I reached out. Worked out pretty well.
Sorry. We went back. Okay. Next up is the bio section. So this is where you, again, shine a spotlight on yourself, but you wanna keep it brief.
You’ll notice that’s gonna be my common theme through this entire session is to keep it brief, keep it specific, keep it to the point. This is not the time to give them all the possible things, you know, you’ve accomplished. Just pick the ones that would be the most relevant.
So quick introduction. I’m the cofounder of Khan Bistro, growth strategist, creators, creator entrepreneurs. I work with incredible entrepreneur, like, da da da.
With a strategy first approach to copywriting email marketing, I’ve helped clients make millions of us. That’s it. That’s my pitch. Like, literally two lines.
Two and a half. Like yeah. Three lines.
So that’s my bio for them. I’m not getting into, like, oh, I’ve been in business for x number of years, or I’ve been published on Forbes. That this is not the place with this. This this particular pitch, email was not the place for that. If I was probably they wanted to, if they were looking for someone who had, like, a significant media presence or something like that, yes. Maybe I would have pulled out those references. But right now, I wanted to establish myself as an email marketing expert for their audience.
And then the next section after bio is proof.
You wanna use proof to address the objection.
How can I trust this person? How would I know that they’ll help my brand and not, you know, come in and make, like, a sleazy, slimy pitch?
And, again, with your proof, like with your bio, you wanna pick the most specific, most relevant pieces of proof. So choose the credentials that matter most to their situation.
Now, again, here, I’ve talked about I’ve delivered high value guest expert sessions for creators and brands like Brooke Mul Radio, Lisa Dorma, North Folk, or Tiffas, whatever. In addition, I’ve also spoken in stages at at events like all this to seven season speaker. It will be a joy to support your community. We are guest at the reception.
I did not mention any podcasts here, but I’m not pitching them for a podcast. I did not mention any media mentions. I did not mention any articles, etcetera. Nothing here. I have only talked about guest express sessions and speaking at events.
Do let me know. The call to action in most of these emails is gonna be really, really straightforward.
Do let me know if this sounds interesting. Can we set up a fifteen minute call? You could use whichever one suits the situation. You need to be able to adapt it to the audience. My go to is generally do let me know if this sounds interesting. Let’s talk about it further. Look forward to hearing from you.
That’s it. This was the email.
This was the email. She not the founder of Wonderful responded and was like, okay. Yeah. I love this idea.
But would you so they basically booked me for this topic to speak at the event. And I’m doing the guest training later this month in their member community, on a different topic, which is, like I said, lead with your strongest because you can always work out things. So this app this one email led to two incredible opportunities to get in front of thousands of creators who would be perfect fit clients, and very straightforward framework. I have used this multiple times to basically land various other speaking opportunities in various other communities, which is why I said, like, I wanted to share the most recent example with you.
But, yeah, here we are.
Couple of things to keep in mind when you’re constructing these emails.
I found the shorter emails tend to work way better. Like, so two hundred, two fifty words, best.
I’m guessing this one’s probably gonna be the same. I keep it, like I said, short paragraphs from to breathe, like, two, three lines. Subject line should be clear, not clever.
I have found a lot of success with would your community be interested in is, like, tends to work well or, simple pitch.
Pitch, colon, topic.
That works well too. Again, but depends on depends on outlets.
Pitch, colon, topic works best with, with media outlets, and also podcast. Guest request, and then your topic, that works well. Another one that works well is if you use some authority, in in your subject line. For instance, some of them some of the some of the other subject lines that I’ve used have been Email marketing tips from someone who’s written for back plan from a copywriter who’s written for back plan. Alright. So if you feel you’re reaching an audience where name dropping would be good, drop those names. You’ve earned it.
And then, of course, call to action, one clear next step. I prefer saying, would this be something that your audience would be interested in? I am not a big fan of getting on calls unless I absolutely need to. But feel free to say, can you set up a fifteen minute call to chat about this?
Idea is you need them to respond to you, so you’ll have to kind of test different CDAs.
Mistakes you wanna avoid, not doing enough research. I’ve already kind of emphasized that a lot, making the email all about you. Like I said, they don’t really care everywhere that you’ve been published or whatever that you accomplished.
They care about how can you help them look good in front of their people. How can you help them help their people? So that’s the focus. And then not following up.
Follow-up.
These are like I said, these are busy people. So do not hesitate to follow-up. All of you, I’m sure, would be using mail tracking tools.
If you see someone’s opened the email a couple of times, three times maybe, and has not responded to you, definitely follow-up. Even if they’ve just opened it once, still follow-up.
So, yeah, really, really important.
Well, I think that is about it.
Here’s what you need to do next.
Choose your target audience or your preferred brand, preferably three of those because I would love for you to start with three emails this week.
Craft your first email, test and refine your approach, and, yeah, send out those three emails.
That’s it. Oh, yeah. Most importantly, remember, you’re not asking for a favor. So don’t go all, oh, would you be you know? Don’t don’t beg.
You’re doing them a favor. You’re sharing your expertise. Let that confidence shine through, which comes through when you’re, you know, being clear, when you’re being straightforward.
So, yeah, you’re not there. You’re actually doing them a favor, so remember that.
Okay. I wanted to keep time to preferably look at someone’s email if you’d be brave enough to share, and then we can kind of apply the b p b p framework to it. Or if you have questions, we can get started there. Either which ways.
Can I ask a question, Perna? I was actually just working on my site and had looked at your speaking page before this.
And I noticed you there’s a big focus in your topics and in the testimonials you have about how actionable your talks are.
I was wondering how you balance like, not getting into the weeds of email marketing, but making them so tactical or so practical, like I don’t know. Just do you have a framework you use? Or how do you how do you gauge the audience’s existing knowledge, when it comes to what actually goes into the top?
So few things here. One, always always speak to whoever is the event host, whether virtual or in person, to get an idea about the level of their audience at. For instance, I recently gave a talk to Laura Belgrade’s mastermind group, and I thought there would be more copywriters in the group. You know? But, apparently, when when I asked about it, turns out that most of them were actually all business owners, which turned out pretty well for me, in fact. So, anyways, point is, always get information about your audience so you know who you’re speaking to.
The second thing that I found is I I love to teach. I do tend to go into the weeds sometimes, but a good kind of guideline or guardrail, I would say for me, is to make sure that I have one point one takeaway.
So I’m not going into okay. I’ll give you an example. Like, this particular training. Right? I could have shown you four different examples of how I structure my bio section or how I structure my, proof section or whatever. Right?
But I try and stay very intentional on, like, okay. I just need to show one tip, one takeaway. That’s it. Because it gets really overwhelming otherwise.
And it doesn’t serve my purpose as a business owner of getting people curious and wanting to know more.
So, yeah, it doesn’t work out either ways. That is something I found helpful.
Of course, you’ll do the more talks you’ll do and the more feedback you’ll get. And also the more con you know, when you see, oh, I’ve got more conversions from this one, then you know you’re glad I’m on a winner versus, like, oh, I gave this talk and everyone loved it. Like, they love it. The chat blows up and all of that, but then I don’t get any inquiries, which means I either gave it gave too much away or, you know, I hadn’t really dialed it in.
So does that help?
Cool. Alright. Does anyone have a cold email you want me to take a look at?
I have some cold pitches, but, like, they’re not I have one that I’m I was sad didn’t work out, but it’s not a pitch because it’s part of a conversation. It was me repitching. My problem was really more with the topic.
Like, what do you name stuff so that it doesn’t sound cheesy? Is it like, do you go with a how to? Do you go with, like, three steps?
This is really this is a really important, question.
Claire, what I’ve found is if it’s known like, if it’s an event, right, I look at the past event pages, the schedule to see how do they structure their talks. Like, is it more like you said, is it more how to or is it more, you know, like, the aspirational or the fun thing?
So or is it, like, you know, just clear, simple, that kind of a thing?
If it’s a virtual training, I on says, like I said, email list growth and monetization strategy is not the sexiest of topics, but it was tied into a key pin area.
You always have the flexibility. You the idea is your title should convey what your audience is gonna walk away with. You always have the flexibility of tweaking or even changing the topic later, and you can, you know, let them know that we can decide on the topics later. But I feel, would your audience be interested in a guest training on onboarding sequences that reduce churn by forty percent?
K. Got it. Thank you so much. So helpful.
I will continue looking for my pitches and see if there’s one.
Sure.
Cool.
Any other questions?
Till Claire looks for a pitch.
Nope.
Have do y’all have brands or businesses you’re looking to pitch with a no non buying pitch? Do you have a list ready?
No? Okay.
No. I I honestly am at, like, a I think where I feel I’m I feel at this point, and it may or may not be accurate, but I’m I feel behind.
Like, I feel like I’m not at a place where I should go pitch to, you know, fill in the blank, whatever. I feel like I’m still I don’t know. I don’t know what that means, but I just feel like it’s just I’m I don’t feel like other than maybe helping a bit with for example, several CSPers have reached out and asked for help when they’re because they’re writing their books and that kind of situation. But in terms of groups outside of that, I I’m not I don’t know. I just feel like I’m like, is this really the best use of my time right now?
Am I is this the am I at the spot where I should be doing that? I don’t know. I I that’s my current mental state, I guess.
Okay. What what’s the I feel behind feeling. Like, where is it where is where is that coming from?
I I think because I feel like I’m in the middle of two very large projects that, are not completely in alignment with what I where I want to be.
So, I mean, I think everybody here pretty much somewhat knows that I’m I’m helping two authors do big book launches this year, and that’s not necessarily going to be my default standardized offer in the future. That’s could lead into my what I’d like to do, but it’s not the thing. And so I guess I feel like I’m sitting here going, I’m just at the stage where I’m doing something that I’m not you know what I mean? I just feel like if my in in June, July, August, the rest of this year, yes, I’ll be doing more of that stuff. But right now, because I’m just not I’m launching books. I’m not selling books right now.
And that it feels, I don’t know, overwhelming.
Yeah. I’m gonna leave you with something to kind of think about. Please.
Because I I know where you’re at. I know where you’re at. I know all of that.
I also firmly believe that now is the best time for you to be getting in front of the the businesses that you want to help and that you can.
And here’s the other thing that you should know about doing these non buying call pitches.
Nothing materializes almost instantly.
So I’ll give you an example. This one I sent in December.
I my virtual session was scheduled for February, which is, like, later this month, and my in person speaking meeting was scheduled for May for a pitch that I sent in separate. That’s the kind of lag lead time that you generally need. So if you’re wanting to do get, you know, say, these, like, more visibility billing sessions, audience attracting sessions in July, August, start now. Okay.
Even if it’s Yeah. One email. Even if it’s just one pitch, I would say every two weeks. Like, that’s two pitches in a month because you also have to kind of account for the fact that not everyone’s gonna say yes.
But even if it’s just sending two pitches a month, I would start right now instead of waiting till June, July, which means that then you’re looking possibly at twenty twenty six. Why do you wanna wait?
Fair. Okay. Yep. That’s a good point, Perna. Thank you.
You’re welcome.
Claire, do you have a pitch?
Katie, do you have a pitch? You’ve done oh, nope.
I just found one.
Okay.
I found one. Do you want me to copy paste it into chat? Yeah. Sure.
Or send me the link or whatever.
Well, it was a it was a LinkedIn pitch, actually. I I feel overwhelmed, and because LinkedIn is one of my primary strategies, I tried to do some videos, some, stuff there. Okay. Here we go. Oh, it’s embarrassing to look at things.
Okay.
Jessica and Katie, feel free to weigh in. Now that you know what we the framework we’re working with, what do you feel when it comes to background Claire could have done better?
I can see so many things. I feel like the first thing is making the mistake that Ryze spoke about, which is, like, trying to be funny, but you’re not, like it’s it’s, like, not the place, not the time and place kinda thing.
Yeah. So this the first section right here, cold picture here happened on your profile and started listening to the podcast, gives, like, little to no background on like, there’s no context there. Right? She knows you’re a cold picture.
You and let’s not state the obvious here. But I would have led with, hi. I have found your episode two hundred one with Shane from Veflo really fascinating because it got me thinking about, like, you know Right. What and and not it got me thinking about a lot of act but you wanna talk about what did you find fascinating because this is something, like, anyone could pick an episode number and use that, which is why I said spend more team time on research.
When I’m pitching, even if it’s someone like I know really well, I would listen to their podcast. Like, pick one that I would actually be interested in, pull something from there, and then use that in the pitch. Wow.
So I would do that.
K. When you can I just add to that? So I had to do some when I was with copyaggers, I I learned this through just discovery. But when you’re pulling things, think of, like, some of the reasons why people who lie get away with it and you’re always saying they’re going, how did they get away with so much lying is because they’re willing to go extremely specific is the trick.
So people assume that when you’re using really small details, that’s like, how would you even they assume it’s accurate. So I just realized that when I was pitching people or talking to people, when I was pitching a gal on YouTube who I’d been following, I pointed out a very specific conflict she was having with another YouTuber, and she actually got sued over even though I sided with her. And I called that little conflict out subtly, And she’s like, oh, you the only way you would know that is if you followed me enough to know. So it’s like call out something so specific that they’re just sitting there going, only a dedicated listener would know that. You know what I mean? Does that make sense?
Yep. Yep. Completely second that. That’s where I got that’s why I said, like, research is important. You’ll get faster and better with it, with time, but it it’s definitely, like, a process in itself.
What else? So we’ve got the background.
We’ve got the pitch, which is you’ve got lot of this, but not so much on what happens next. Now why should she care?
Yeah. You know?
Yeah. And we’re chatting about how you’re welcome emails, internal trials, and the customers be useful to your audience. Are you asking her? Are you telling her?
Asking. Yeah.
So I would rephrase it as so you’ve got a lot of acquisition focused content, but not so much on what happens next, which is blank or, you know, whatever you wanna say, you know.
And so that brings me to my ask. Would you like to chat about how your welcome emails can turn more trials in into customers so your listeners can walk away with tangible strategies to blank?
Got it.
And then we’ve got I own an agency specializing in so that’s okay. That’s your bio, but I don’t know your agency’s name.
Yeah. I I think this was when I was, like, first sending out stuff. I really struggled with the shift from, like, am I an agency or am I a person? And I didn’t know what to put there.
Like Yeah.
That happens. That’s totally understandable.
But, ideally, you would wanna say either I specialize in email marketing or whatever for b two b SaaS and have worked with startups like this, and then you would you know, whatever. You that that’s your that’s your bio. But then tell me what’s missing.
Perf?
Yes. Yeah. Hey.
They gave me have much perf.
Okay. Have you done a single podcast?
I’m about to go on one now, actually. But it’s, like, it’s like our friend who’s just putting together a podcast for the first time, so I’m his first guest kinda thing. But it’s going to be one.
Yeah. And this person does not know that that that person is your friend. Like, I mean, all they want to know is that you are not going to show up and have, like, no recording equipment or not know how podcast works or just flake out. Like, so you just need to reassure them. Have you done absolutely any kind of guest training even in, like, CSP or, like, even in a small community?
I’ve done one training thing in person. That was a while ago, though.
Again, I was published in Forbes.
I don’t even remember. Twenty seventeen, maybe twenty like, the first time was basically, I think, twenty seventeen, maybe. That hasn’t stopped me from looking at it as much as I can. So Yeah.
You know? So what you wanna say is I’ve presented in person workshops for blank, and here’s a recent podcast that I was on just so that you know that how I sound and that, you know, I would like I said, you wanna say something like, okay. I’m I have the right mic and etcetera etcetera, and you won’t have to worry about, you know, me messing up your podcast recording workflow or something like that. That is where you can probably be a little funny if you wanna be funny.
You know? So Yeah. Okay. Makes total sense. Thank you. Yeah. And is it worth me giving you a more fleshed out pitch?
What would you suggest? Katie, Jessica, what should the CTA be?
I mean, I would probably use like, would you like to get on a call to something about, like, to discuss whether it’s this topic or something else.
Like, give them kind of the either or versus, like, the yes or no.
Okay. That’s that’s a really good one. It’s you know, can we chat about this, or can we chat more about this? Can we book a you know, do you have, like, a pre podcast call we can book to talk more about it?
Jessica, you’ve got any ideas on CTAs?
No. I think yeah. I would probably just I wouldn’t do a yes or no answer. It’d be more like, let’s assume that they wanna talk to you.
Yeah. Yeah.
And because honestly, Claire, as you were talking sorry to cut you off, Perna. I was just I was just thinking, like, for my own podcast that I’m starting, I’m sitting there going, if somewhat like, a lot of these people have regular content or regular things they have to get on the calendar, if you just go in with the mindset of I’m helping them out because at the very least, I might be filling in their calendar, I think that just puts you in a better attitude in your mind. Because if you reach out to me and said, Jessica, look, I know you’re doing books and this is your podcast. Here’s how I think I could be a great guest even though, like, my thing isn’t books or even though I don’t have a book, here’s why it’d be so great.
I’d be like, yes. I have a March guest. Great. Let’s do it. You know what I mean?
So if we go in with that mentality, I think I’m so good at coaching other people, not myself. I think this is a better mentality.
No. That’s that’s absolutely absolutely right. You know? And that’s exactly what I did with wonderful.
Like, I let them know I’m not a travel blogger. I’m not you know? But I just enjoy traveling and which is why I’m on their email list. And, yeah, and I saw something and responded to it.
Like, just there you have literally nothing to lose.
Like I said, you’re doing them a favor here.
Right. Totally.
So you need to kind of keep that in mind, and that really helps you go with okay. Let me just make and ask, shoot my shot.
One of the suggestions that I would have for for a pitch, especially for podcast is giving them letting them know that you’re open to alternatives. I’ve often had hosts come back to me and say, okay. You know? Because okay.
Here’s the other thing that I do when I’m pitching a podcast is sometimes I give them two options. Based on how well I know the audience, I’ll give them two options, and then I’ll let them know that, hey. I’m happy to discuss more alternatives or, you know, customize something further for your audience. Either ways, look forward to hearing from you.
Let me know what the next steps are. So it’s not Okay. Yeah. Kind of give them that.
Makes a lot of sense.
Okay. Awesome.
Just so you know, I have to unfortunately pop off in five minutes.
I just wanna Yeah.
I think we if there are no more questions, we would wrap up early as well. But I was gonna say thank you for volunteering to share a pitch.
That’s right.
Thank you.
Awesome. Right. Just speaking oh, sorry. Can I speak one more? Just when you’re saying about being brief, it’s like when it comes to our proof, and I mean, I know, obviously, you could test it, but just from your experience, would you would you like, I could say I’ve been featured in these three guest like, sorry.
The I’ve been featured in these three communities as a guest expert, or I could have a testimonial from one of those hosts. Yeah. Would you wait one over the other?
Yeah. Yeah. I would. If it’s if it’s a session, if it’s an if it’s a brand that I absolutely wanna sign on, you know, I would include social proof as well.
I have done that in a couple of months.
You would do both. Like, you’d you’d add on the proof. Yes. Okay.
Yes. I would do both. So the line where I say I’ve taught and, you know, I’ve delivered guest trainings for, like, Marie or Elise Darma, etcetera, etcetera. I include us include testimonial.
Usually, I include Elise’s because hers is really good. It and so, yeah, I’ve I’ve done both. It depends on how but with the which thing I was like, okay. Let me just I’m replying to an email.
Let me just see what happens. And because I have the framework down, it’s really easy for me to, like, quickly send out an email. It turned out pretty well.
Fantastic. Thank you. I love your framework. I’m looking forward to using it soon.
Great. Keep me posted with how it goes. Awesome.
Any other questions?
Nope?
Cool. Great. I cannot wait to see your pitches. Please start making lists of of brands you wanna pitch, Jessica, especially you, and start sending those pitches out. Feel free to let me know if you want me to take a look at it, in Slack before you send it out. Happy to do that.
See y’all in Slack then. Bye.
Resources
How to Catch a Whale, Part I (Freelancers & Agencies)
How to Catch a Whale, Part I
(In-house Practitioners)
Worksheet
How to Catch a Whale, Part I (Freelancers & Agencies)
How to Catch a Whale, Part I
(In-house Practitioners)
Transcript
I was just telling Jessica, I was hoping there would be more people today because I’m really excited about the training because I’ve been using this guest pitch framework. I’ve, like, tested it out extensively.
And, like, the email example that I’m gonna share is one that I sent out in December.
Last year, it not only landed me a guest training opportunity, also landed me an in person speaking gig. So yeah. Wow. That’s cool.
Okay. Cool. So non mind emails is what we are talking about today. Let me share a screen.
And we can get going.
Sent.
Okay.
Well and there we go. So focus of a non buying call email is basically how to get prospects to reply to a non buying action or micro commitment.
And here’s what we’ll be covering today. When to use these non buying cold emails, my highly tested b p b p framework, cold emails, and then, of course, mistakes to avoid. So what are non mind call emails? Non mind call emails are basically what it says on the box. These are emails that you are sending out to people who don’t know you, but which is the cold part of it. But instead of asking them to hire you for services, you are asking them to make a decision about you, to bring you in on either a training or, like I said, an event or whatever else. So they may not be pulling out their credit card, but they’re still making a decision, which is why how you write and structure these emails is really, really important.
So you wanna use these when you’re pitching a guest training. Most of you in the room would have a, you know like, Cody has a mini master class or everybody has, like, a webinar or whatever you wanna teach, train people on.
Really great opportunities. A specific framework, a process, a case study. You wanna pitch guest training to teach it or share it. That is when you wanna use this. You wanna speak at an event that you know is being hosted by, say, someone who’s in your, you know, industry, that and that’s, like, the example I’m gonna share with you, in fact.
Why will a business care? Like, why would they even wanna read your cold email? Because most of these businesses, especially where you’re looking to target industry specific clients, etcetera, they have internal skill gaps. They have needs, and they need to bring in external experts to fill those needs. So that is where you come in.
Also, most of them have internal resource. They cannot afford to bring in, you know, like, make full time hires to train, their audiences or their, employees or, you know, their team, basically.
You are actually doing them a favor by sharing your expert support, by sharing your knowledge, by sharing your time with them, and you’re giving them a lot. Like, they’re getting a lot of, like, a validation and expert, you know, kind of so it’s a it’s a win win, when they bring you in. It’s just that we need to position it in a way that they can see it as a win win.
This is super, super important. I cannot stress this enough. There are no shortcuts for this. You need to do your research.
Your call pages will not work if you’ve not done your research. Most call emails fail because they focus on you, the, you know, you the expert. It’s really natural. It’s very easy to do this.
So you wanna focus on what you’ve achieved.
And I’m not saying you need to downplay any of that. We’ll see exactly how you wanna position your achievements. But what you wanna focus on you wanna focus us on on is the business’s needs.
Why would they want to hire you? So your research is really important.
The framework, of course, my BPBP framework will help you flip the script, will help you show how to kind of position yourself as an expert, highlight your achievements, but also show the business or the brand that you’ve done your homework.
Alright.
First up, background. This is where the research part comes into play. So what is the context? Why are we reaching out to them? Why would they wanna bring you in for a master class or for you know, to speak at their event or where whatever else that you may be pitching them for. So your background is really, really important. Do the research there.
What is the problem you will be solving for them? Think like the amazing copywriters that you are. What is the problem that you’ll be solving for them? Leave a background to get their attention right off the bat.
This was the email that I sent to the team at Wonderful. Now you’ll notice I led with, I’m not a travel blogger, but a huge travel lover. I have absolutely loved email list. I was responding to an email they’d sent out. So this was very impromptu, but because I’ve been working with this framework for for a really long time, it’s really easy for me to kind of use it right off the bat. And I wanted to share a really recent example with you, and this is, like, you can see, eleventh December last year.
So it’s fun to see how incredibly supportive you all are of the travel community. So it doesn’t have to be you know, you’re not giving, like, a lot, but it kind of helps you build up to the pitch, which is also where your research comes into play.
Your pitch needs to be really clear. It needs to be very specific. You cannot beat about the bush. You have to kind of get tie your background, the context, why you’re emailing them to the pitch almost right away.
Because most of the people who is, like, sending you’ll be reaching out to whether it’s a CMO, training head, partnerships, you know, whatever, they’re all busy people. We are busy people too. So we wanna be respectful of their time, and you wanna get straight to the point and let them know that, okay. This is what I can help you with.
But be very specific because every business thinks that their challenge is unique, and sometimes they’re maybe, sometimes they’re not. The point is you need to, like, have that you may be getting the same training. Now here’s the caveat. You may be getting the same training that you’ve given to, like, say, five other brands, but the angle that you’ll need to pull will need to time to that particular business’s specific needs and, you know, help them see that, okay.
I need to bring this person in.
So I go straight from why am I emailing them? And then my pitch. Reason I’m having reply to your email today is because I noticed thirty three point so con giving you context here. They shared an email in which they’d surveyed their audience and saying, like, you know, this number of create the creators were looking to use email marketing for diversifying their revenue. Right?
And I was wondering, would you be interested in a guest expert session on email list growth and monetization strategies for twenty twenty five? Now this was what because it ties in really well here. Lead with your strongest offer, which is what I was saying. Like, you may have given the same training. Pull your strongest hook, strongest angle, strongest whatever. Tie it into whatever you feel it would would help solve their lead. Right?
How do you know that? Again, going back to research, like I said, I read an email. I saw a need, a gap. I reached out. Worked out pretty well.
Sorry. We went back. Okay. Next up is the bio section. So this is where you, again, shine a spotlight on yourself, but you wanna keep it brief.
You’ll notice that’s gonna be my common theme through this entire session is to keep it brief, keep it specific, keep it to the point. This is not the time to give them all the possible things, you know, you’ve accomplished. Just pick the ones that would be the most relevant.
So quick introduction. I’m the cofounder of Khan Bistro, growth strategist, creators, creator entrepreneurs. I work with incredible entrepreneur, like, da da da.
With a strategy first approach to copywriting email marketing, I’ve helped clients make millions of us. That’s it. That’s my pitch. Like, literally two lines.
Two and a half. Like yeah. Three lines.
So that’s my bio for them. I’m not getting into, like, oh, I’ve been in business for x number of years, or I’ve been published on Forbes. That this is not the place with this. This this particular pitch, email was not the place for that. If I was probably they wanted to, if they were looking for someone who had, like, a significant media presence or something like that, yes. Maybe I would have pulled out those references. But right now, I wanted to establish myself as an email marketing expert for their audience.
And then the next section after bio is proof.
You wanna use proof to address the objection.
How can I trust this person? How would I know that they’ll help my brand and not, you know, come in and make, like, a sleazy, slimy pitch?
And, again, with your proof, like with your bio, you wanna pick the most specific, most relevant pieces of proof. So choose the credentials that matter most to their situation.
Now, again, here, I’ve talked about I’ve delivered high value guest expert sessions for creators and brands like Brooke Mul Radio, Lisa Dorma, North Folk, or Tiffas, whatever. In addition, I’ve also spoken in stages at at events like all this to seven season speaker. It will be a joy to support your community. We are guest at the reception.
I did not mention any podcasts here, but I’m not pitching them for a podcast. I did not mention any media mentions. I did not mention any articles, etcetera. Nothing here. I have only talked about guest express sessions and speaking at events.
Do let me know. The call to action in most of these emails is gonna be really, really straightforward.
Do let me know if this sounds interesting. Can we set up a fifteen minute call? You could use whichever one suits the situation. You need to be able to adapt it to the audience. My go to is generally do let me know if this sounds interesting. Let’s talk about it further. Look forward to hearing from you.
That’s it. This was the email.
This was the email. She not the founder of Wonderful responded and was like, okay. Yeah. I love this idea.
But would you so they basically booked me for this topic to speak at the event. And I’m doing the guest training later this month in their member community, on a different topic, which is, like I said, lead with your strongest because you can always work out things. So this app this one email led to two incredible opportunities to get in front of thousands of creators who would be perfect fit clients, and very straightforward framework. I have used this multiple times to basically land various other speaking opportunities in various other communities, which is why I said, like, I wanted to share the most recent example with you.
But, yeah, here we are.
Couple of things to keep in mind when you’re constructing these emails.
I found the shorter emails tend to work way better. Like, so two hundred, two fifty words, best.
I’m guessing this one’s probably gonna be the same. I keep it, like I said, short paragraphs from to breathe, like, two, three lines. Subject line should be clear, not clever.
I have found a lot of success with would your community be interested in is, like, tends to work well or, simple pitch.
Pitch, colon, topic.
That works well too. Again, but depends on depends on outlets.
Pitch, colon, topic works best with, with media outlets, and also podcast. Guest request, and then your topic, that works well. Another one that works well is if you use some authority, in in your subject line. For instance, some of them some of the some of the other subject lines that I’ve used have been Email marketing tips from someone who’s written for back plan from a copywriter who’s written for back plan. Alright. So if you feel you’re reaching an audience where name dropping would be good, drop those names. You’ve earned it.
And then, of course, call to action, one clear next step. I prefer saying, would this be something that your audience would be interested in? I am not a big fan of getting on calls unless I absolutely need to. But feel free to say, can you set up a fifteen minute call to chat about this?
Idea is you need them to respond to you, so you’ll have to kind of test different CDAs.
Mistakes you wanna avoid, not doing enough research. I’ve already kind of emphasized that a lot, making the email all about you. Like I said, they don’t really care everywhere that you’ve been published or whatever that you accomplished.
They care about how can you help them look good in front of their people. How can you help them help their people? So that’s the focus. And then not following up.
Follow-up.
These are like I said, these are busy people. So do not hesitate to follow-up. All of you, I’m sure, would be using mail tracking tools.
If you see someone’s opened the email a couple of times, three times maybe, and has not responded to you, definitely follow-up. Even if they’ve just opened it once, still follow-up.
So, yeah, really, really important.
Well, I think that is about it.
Here’s what you need to do next.
Choose your target audience or your preferred brand, preferably three of those because I would love for you to start with three emails this week.
Craft your first email, test and refine your approach, and, yeah, send out those three emails.
That’s it. Oh, yeah. Most importantly, remember, you’re not asking for a favor. So don’t go all, oh, would you be you know? Don’t don’t beg.
You’re doing them a favor. You’re sharing your expertise. Let that confidence shine through, which comes through when you’re, you know, being clear, when you’re being straightforward.
So, yeah, you’re not there. You’re actually doing them a favor, so remember that.
Okay. I wanted to keep time to preferably look at someone’s email if you’d be brave enough to share, and then we can kind of apply the b p b p framework to it. Or if you have questions, we can get started there. Either which ways.
Can I ask a question, Perna? I was actually just working on my site and had looked at your speaking page before this.
And I noticed you there’s a big focus in your topics and in the testimonials you have about how actionable your talks are.
I was wondering how you balance like, not getting into the weeds of email marketing, but making them so tactical or so practical, like I don’t know. Just do you have a framework you use? Or how do you how do you gauge the audience’s existing knowledge, when it comes to what actually goes into the top?
So few things here. One, always always speak to whoever is the event host, whether virtual or in person, to get an idea about the level of their audience at. For instance, I recently gave a talk to Laura Belgrade’s mastermind group, and I thought there would be more copywriters in the group. You know? But, apparently, when when I asked about it, turns out that most of them were actually all business owners, which turned out pretty well for me, in fact. So, anyways, point is, always get information about your audience so you know who you’re speaking to.
The second thing that I found is I I love to teach. I do tend to go into the weeds sometimes, but a good kind of guideline or guardrail, I would say for me, is to make sure that I have one point one takeaway.
So I’m not going into okay. I’ll give you an example. Like, this particular training. Right? I could have shown you four different examples of how I structure my bio section or how I structure my, proof section or whatever. Right?
But I try and stay very intentional on, like, okay. I just need to show one tip, one takeaway. That’s it. Because it gets really overwhelming otherwise.
And it doesn’t serve my purpose as a business owner of getting people curious and wanting to know more.
So, yeah, it doesn’t work out either ways. That is something I found helpful.
Of course, you’ll do the more talks you’ll do and the more feedback you’ll get. And also the more con you know, when you see, oh, I’ve got more conversions from this one, then you know you’re glad I’m on a winner versus, like, oh, I gave this talk and everyone loved it. Like, they love it. The chat blows up and all of that, but then I don’t get any inquiries, which means I either gave it gave too much away or, you know, I hadn’t really dialed it in.
So does that help?
Cool. Alright. Does anyone have a cold email you want me to take a look at?
I have some cold pitches, but, like, they’re not I have one that I’m I was sad didn’t work out, but it’s not a pitch because it’s part of a conversation. It was me repitching. My problem was really more with the topic.
Like, what do you name stuff so that it doesn’t sound cheesy? Is it like, do you go with a how to? Do you go with, like, three steps?
This is really this is a really important, question.
Claire, what I’ve found is if it’s known like, if it’s an event, right, I look at the past event pages, the schedule to see how do they structure their talks. Like, is it more like you said, is it more how to or is it more, you know, like, the aspirational or the fun thing?
So or is it, like, you know, just clear, simple, that kind of a thing?
If it’s a virtual training, I on says, like I said, email list growth and monetization strategy is not the sexiest of topics, but it was tied into a key pin area.
You always have the flexibility. You the idea is your title should convey what your audience is gonna walk away with. You always have the flexibility of tweaking or even changing the topic later, and you can, you know, let them know that we can decide on the topics later. But I feel, would your audience be interested in a guest training on onboarding sequences that reduce churn by forty percent?
K. Got it. Thank you so much. So helpful.
I will continue looking for my pitches and see if there’s one.
Sure.
Cool.
Any other questions?
Till Claire looks for a pitch.
Nope.
Have do y’all have brands or businesses you’re looking to pitch with a no non buying pitch? Do you have a list ready?
No? Okay.
No. I I honestly am at, like, a I think where I feel I’m I feel at this point, and it may or may not be accurate, but I’m I feel behind.
Like, I feel like I’m not at a place where I should go pitch to, you know, fill in the blank, whatever. I feel like I’m still I don’t know. I don’t know what that means, but I just feel like it’s just I’m I don’t feel like other than maybe helping a bit with for example, several CSPers have reached out and asked for help when they’re because they’re writing their books and that kind of situation. But in terms of groups outside of that, I I’m not I don’t know. I just feel like I’m like, is this really the best use of my time right now?
Am I is this the am I at the spot where I should be doing that? I don’t know. I I that’s my current mental state, I guess.
Okay. What what’s the I feel behind feeling. Like, where is it where is where is that coming from?
I I think because I feel like I’m in the middle of two very large projects that, are not completely in alignment with what I where I want to be.
So, I mean, I think everybody here pretty much somewhat knows that I’m I’m helping two authors do big book launches this year, and that’s not necessarily going to be my default standardized offer in the future. That’s could lead into my what I’d like to do, but it’s not the thing. And so I guess I feel like I’m sitting here going, I’m just at the stage where I’m doing something that I’m not you know what I mean? I just feel like if my in in June, July, August, the rest of this year, yes, I’ll be doing more of that stuff. But right now, because I’m just not I’m launching books. I’m not selling books right now.
And that it feels, I don’t know, overwhelming.
Yeah. I’m gonna leave you with something to kind of think about. Please.
Because I I know where you’re at. I know where you’re at. I know all of that.
I also firmly believe that now is the best time for you to be getting in front of the the businesses that you want to help and that you can.
And here’s the other thing that you should know about doing these non buying call pitches.
Nothing materializes almost instantly.
So I’ll give you an example. This one I sent in December.
I my virtual session was scheduled for February, which is, like, later this month, and my in person speaking meeting was scheduled for May for a pitch that I sent in separate. That’s the kind of lag lead time that you generally need. So if you’re wanting to do get, you know, say, these, like, more visibility billing sessions, audience attracting sessions in July, August, start now. Okay.
Even if it’s Yeah. One email. Even if it’s just one pitch, I would say every two weeks. Like, that’s two pitches in a month because you also have to kind of account for the fact that not everyone’s gonna say yes.
But even if it’s just sending two pitches a month, I would start right now instead of waiting till June, July, which means that then you’re looking possibly at twenty twenty six. Why do you wanna wait?
Fair. Okay. Yep. That’s a good point, Perna. Thank you.
You’re welcome.
Claire, do you have a pitch?
Katie, do you have a pitch? You’ve done oh, nope.
I just found one.
Okay.
I found one. Do you want me to copy paste it into chat? Yeah. Sure.
Or send me the link or whatever.
Well, it was a it was a LinkedIn pitch, actually. I I feel overwhelmed, and because LinkedIn is one of my primary strategies, I tried to do some videos, some, stuff there. Okay. Here we go. Oh, it’s embarrassing to look at things.
Okay.
Jessica and Katie, feel free to weigh in. Now that you know what we the framework we’re working with, what do you feel when it comes to background Claire could have done better?
I can see so many things. I feel like the first thing is making the mistake that Ryze spoke about, which is, like, trying to be funny, but you’re not, like it’s it’s, like, not the place, not the time and place kinda thing.
Yeah. So this the first section right here, cold picture here happened on your profile and started listening to the podcast, gives, like, little to no background on like, there’s no context there. Right? She knows you’re a cold picture.
You and let’s not state the obvious here. But I would have led with, hi. I have found your episode two hundred one with Shane from Veflo really fascinating because it got me thinking about, like, you know Right. What and and not it got me thinking about a lot of act but you wanna talk about what did you find fascinating because this is something, like, anyone could pick an episode number and use that, which is why I said spend more team time on research.
When I’m pitching, even if it’s someone like I know really well, I would listen to their podcast. Like, pick one that I would actually be interested in, pull something from there, and then use that in the pitch. Wow.
So I would do that.
K. When you can I just add to that? So I had to do some when I was with copyaggers, I I learned this through just discovery. But when you’re pulling things, think of, like, some of the reasons why people who lie get away with it and you’re always saying they’re going, how did they get away with so much lying is because they’re willing to go extremely specific is the trick.
So people assume that when you’re using really small details, that’s like, how would you even they assume it’s accurate. So I just realized that when I was pitching people or talking to people, when I was pitching a gal on YouTube who I’d been following, I pointed out a very specific conflict she was having with another YouTuber, and she actually got sued over even though I sided with her. And I called that little conflict out subtly, And she’s like, oh, you the only way you would know that is if you followed me enough to know. So it’s like call out something so specific that they’re just sitting there going, only a dedicated listener would know that. You know what I mean? Does that make sense?
Yep. Yep. Completely second that. That’s where I got that’s why I said, like, research is important. You’ll get faster and better with it, with time, but it it’s definitely, like, a process in itself.
What else? So we’ve got the background.
We’ve got the pitch, which is you’ve got lot of this, but not so much on what happens next. Now why should she care?
Yeah. You know?
Yeah. And we’re chatting about how you’re welcome emails, internal trials, and the customers be useful to your audience. Are you asking her? Are you telling her?
Asking. Yeah.
So I would rephrase it as so you’ve got a lot of acquisition focused content, but not so much on what happens next, which is blank or, you know, whatever you wanna say, you know.
And so that brings me to my ask. Would you like to chat about how your welcome emails can turn more trials in into customers so your listeners can walk away with tangible strategies to blank?
Got it.
And then we’ve got I own an agency specializing in so that’s okay. That’s your bio, but I don’t know your agency’s name.
Yeah. I I think this was when I was, like, first sending out stuff. I really struggled with the shift from, like, am I an agency or am I a person? And I didn’t know what to put there.
Like Yeah.
That happens. That’s totally understandable.
But, ideally, you would wanna say either I specialize in email marketing or whatever for b two b SaaS and have worked with startups like this, and then you would you know, whatever. You that that’s your that’s your bio. But then tell me what’s missing.
Perf?
Yes. Yeah. Hey.
They gave me have much perf.
Okay. Have you done a single podcast?
I’m about to go on one now, actually. But it’s, like, it’s like our friend who’s just putting together a podcast for the first time, so I’m his first guest kinda thing. But it’s going to be one.
Yeah. And this person does not know that that that person is your friend. Like, I mean, all they want to know is that you are not going to show up and have, like, no recording equipment or not know how podcast works or just flake out. Like, so you just need to reassure them. Have you done absolutely any kind of guest training even in, like, CSP or, like, even in a small community?
I’ve done one training thing in person. That was a while ago, though.
Again, I was published in Forbes.
I don’t even remember. Twenty seventeen, maybe twenty like, the first time was basically, I think, twenty seventeen, maybe. That hasn’t stopped me from looking at it as much as I can. So Yeah.
You know? So what you wanna say is I’ve presented in person workshops for blank, and here’s a recent podcast that I was on just so that you know that how I sound and that, you know, I would like I said, you wanna say something like, okay. I’m I have the right mic and etcetera etcetera, and you won’t have to worry about, you know, me messing up your podcast recording workflow or something like that. That is where you can probably be a little funny if you wanna be funny.
You know? So Yeah. Okay. Makes total sense. Thank you. Yeah. And is it worth me giving you a more fleshed out pitch?
What would you suggest? Katie, Jessica, what should the CTA be?
I mean, I would probably use like, would you like to get on a call to something about, like, to discuss whether it’s this topic or something else.
Like, give them kind of the either or versus, like, the yes or no.
Okay. That’s that’s a really good one. It’s you know, can we chat about this, or can we chat more about this? Can we book a you know, do you have, like, a pre podcast call we can book to talk more about it?
Jessica, you’ve got any ideas on CTAs?
No. I think yeah. I would probably just I wouldn’t do a yes or no answer. It’d be more like, let’s assume that they wanna talk to you.
Yeah. Yeah.
And because honestly, Claire, as you were talking sorry to cut you off, Perna. I was just I was just thinking, like, for my own podcast that I’m starting, I’m sitting there going, if somewhat like, a lot of these people have regular content or regular things they have to get on the calendar, if you just go in with the mindset of I’m helping them out because at the very least, I might be filling in their calendar, I think that just puts you in a better attitude in your mind. Because if you reach out to me and said, Jessica, look, I know you’re doing books and this is your podcast. Here’s how I think I could be a great guest even though, like, my thing isn’t books or even though I don’t have a book, here’s why it’d be so great.
I’d be like, yes. I have a March guest. Great. Let’s do it. You know what I mean?
So if we go in with that mentality, I think I’m so good at coaching other people, not myself. I think this is a better mentality.
No. That’s that’s absolutely absolutely right. You know? And that’s exactly what I did with wonderful.
Like, I let them know I’m not a travel blogger. I’m not you know? But I just enjoy traveling and which is why I’m on their email list. And, yeah, and I saw something and responded to it.
Like, just there you have literally nothing to lose.
Like I said, you’re doing them a favor here.
Right. Totally.
So you need to kind of keep that in mind, and that really helps you go with okay. Let me just make and ask, shoot my shot.
One of the suggestions that I would have for for a pitch, especially for podcast is giving them letting them know that you’re open to alternatives. I’ve often had hosts come back to me and say, okay. You know? Because okay.
Here’s the other thing that I do when I’m pitching a podcast is sometimes I give them two options. Based on how well I know the audience, I’ll give them two options, and then I’ll let them know that, hey. I’m happy to discuss more alternatives or, you know, customize something further for your audience. Either ways, look forward to hearing from you.
Let me know what the next steps are. So it’s not Okay. Yeah. Kind of give them that.
Makes a lot of sense.
Okay. Awesome.
Just so you know, I have to unfortunately pop off in five minutes.
I just wanna Yeah.
I think we if there are no more questions, we would wrap up early as well. But I was gonna say thank you for volunteering to share a pitch.
That’s right.
Thank you.
Awesome. Right. Just speaking oh, sorry. Can I speak one more? Just when you’re saying about being brief, it’s like when it comes to our proof, and I mean, I know, obviously, you could test it, but just from your experience, would you would you like, I could say I’ve been featured in these three guest like, sorry.
The I’ve been featured in these three communities as a guest expert, or I could have a testimonial from one of those hosts. Yeah. Would you wait one over the other?
Yeah. Yeah. I would. If it’s if it’s a session, if it’s an if it’s a brand that I absolutely wanna sign on, you know, I would include social proof as well.
I have done that in a couple of months.
You would do both. Like, you’d you’d add on the proof. Yes. Okay.
Yes. I would do both. So the line where I say I’ve taught and, you know, I’ve delivered guest trainings for, like, Marie or Elise Darma, etcetera, etcetera. I include us include testimonial.
Usually, I include Elise’s because hers is really good. It and so, yeah, I’ve I’ve done both. It depends on how but with the which thing I was like, okay. Let me just I’m replying to an email.
Let me just see what happens. And because I have the framework down, it’s really easy for me to, like, quickly send out an email. It turned out pretty well.
Fantastic. Thank you. I love your framework. I’m looking forward to using it soon.
Great. Keep me posted with how it goes. Awesome.
Any other questions?
Nope?
Cool. Great. I cannot wait to see your pitches. Please start making lists of of brands you wanna pitch, Jessica, especially you, and start sending those pitches out. Feel free to let me know if you want me to take a look at it, in Slack before you send it out. Happy to do that.
See y’all in Slack then. Bye.
Re-engage Your List (Before a Campaign or Promotion)
Re-engage Your List (Before a Campaign or Promotion)
Transcript
Alright. Happy New Year, everybody. Very excited.
Today’s call is a good one all about reengaging your list, keeping in with line with the team, and you all have your workbooks with you as well. But I’m gonna quickly walk you through, you know, some of the stuff that’s in the workbook, but then I also want you to look at the different kind of emails, that you wanna send out for reengaging your list before a launch.
So without further ado, let’s get started. Good to see everyone’s faces. Like, okay. I can see Abby and Claire. Yay.
Awesome.
So sharing screen.
And okay. For some reason, it’s not sharing screen.
Alright.
Call bids.
Let’s oh, so how do we activate call subscribers for higher conversions? Y’all should be able to see my screen.
Alright. Abby, I can see you. Can you nod if you can see my screen?
Okay. Great.
Perfect. Here’s what we’ll be covering. What is reengagement? Why do you need it? The three key elements or basics of reengagement and the FOMO plus flow strategy for those reengagement emails that you wanna send out.
So first up, reengagement by definition is the process of reengaging or reconnecting with subscribers on your email list, with inactive subscribers on your email list.
Not so so much as a privilege of, like, okay. I wanna clean my email list. Yes. That’s a gold side benefit. I will get to that. But to reignite their interest and interaction with your brand, with your business, with your offers, with your content.
So you can also use a reengagement campaign with leads that are not entirely active but are low on engagement, you know, like, segment people who haven’t opened an email in a while, not just the, you know, like, the three months, six months, and ninety days that we recommend for reengagement campaigns, but, like, maybe people who’ve opened an email but not, you know, like, really clicked through anything and things like that. But, technically, you want to really, definitely reengage with all the subscribers who haven’t even opened a single email over the last minimum of nine ninety days, especially especially if you’ve been sending emails to them.
So this is key. If you’ve not emailed your list for six months, then using a reengagement campaign to clean out call subscribers isn’t gonna help you. What you would need would be a reengagement campaign to actually connect with those subscribers to begin with. So just keep this in mind.
For the purpose of this training, we’re gonna talk about cleaning up inactive subscribers and reconnecting with inactive subscribers, keeping in mind that you have been emailing them regularly.
Now why do you wanna do that? Because people may not be opening your emails for a variety of reasons, but they may still have purchase intent.
So they may still be interested in what you have to offer. They may still be, you know historically, data has shown us, and I’m sure all of you would see this if you would, like, look at your buyer data as well. You would always have buyers who buy after being on your email list for two years or sometimes, you know, two and a half years. So there would be periods of time in those two two and a half years where they may not have opened any of your emails.
Simply. I know a lot of people do this, and this is something I speak to clients about as well. It’s like where after ninety days, they have an automation that just goes ahead and, you know, starts sends them an email like, hey. We’re gonna unsubscribe you, from this.
So I know they call that a reengagement sequence, but that’s not a reengagement sequence. That’s like, okay. Heads up. We’re gonna bump you off our list.
So the idea here is for you to reengage with subscribers who may not have opened an email for whatever reason, but are still interested and may still have purchase intent.
Also, reengaging your subscribe you know, your inactive subscribers is more cost effective than acquiring new ones. So you wanna kinda keep that in mind too.
And then, of course, like I said, cool side benefit, you clean up your email list. It improves deliverability. You have more people connecting with your emails. Like, that’s of course, you don’t want people on your list who aren’t interested in what you have to offer at all.
So when you don’t have a reengagement sequence, you’ll find it does tend to impact deliverability.
You may get skewed data on email performance.
Also, lower conversions from non buyers because sometimes you may go straight from emailing your list to to prelaunch, and you have this whole like, a few thousand people in your call subscribers who may get open it one odd email but have no context, may have, you know, not kind of or have forgotten about you, may not have any idea about what your offer is. So it does skew data in so many different ways.
What are the three key things you wanna keep in mind when you’re planning out your engagement sequence? The first is segmentation.
So subscribers who have not engaged or opened your emails, like, that’s, like, the easiest. Like, ESPs, like, it make it so much easier easier for you to just, you know, find the segment of people who haven’t opened your emails for three months, six months, or twelve months.
There are a couple of caveats here.
If you have a lot of organizational subscribers on your email list So I’m talking about dot e d u, dot at at guest dot g o e, but I I’ve seen this a lot with dot e d u subscribers.
Most of them have these really strong, systems set in place where what happens is their software opens the email automatically and clicks through all the links to ensure that there’s not like this, no malware, and things like that. So that does so those subscribers, they would show as active, but they may not technically be opening your emails. I wouldn’t want you to overthink this state here, though, because manually shifting all of them out and all of that can be tiresome, but I just want you to keep in mind that sometimes, if you have a lot of organizational subscribers, your cold subscriber data may not be entirely accurate.
Having said that, for the sake of simplicity, let’s just look at subscribers who’ve not engaged with or opened your emails for the last ninety days, six months, or twelve months.
I found using a ninety day kind of a period works really well, keeps your list nice and fresh.
You also may wanna segment and send, wait list subscribers your engagement sequence, especially if you haven’t emailed them for ninety days or more. A lot of our clients, we found, would have a wait list for their courses, but would not be sending anything to that wait list segment, other than the occasional, here’s a new podcast episode that I published or here’s a new piece of content that I’ve shared and things like that.
So we would find that a wait list. While they would have a wait list, it was not terribly engaged. So also using the especially before a launch, you wanna look at the wait list segment as well. Then, of course, incentivization.
Why should they care about your you know, why would they bother?
And, again, note here, an incentive does not always mean a discount, does not always mean a free gift. It could just be great content that aligns with the goal of why they signed up in the first place. And I’ll share examples of this with you in a bit when we look at the example emails.
And then we’ve got cadence. So when will you send these emails out? Like, at what duration?
What’s what’s the cadence here?
Usually, recommend spraying them out over three to six days. So either one day after the other, if you’re sending out three emails. Yeah. That’s the beauty of the sequence is, like, you don’t need a ton of emails.
A reengagement sequence could actually just be, like, three emails and help you do your job. You could maybe have, like, more than three emails and, like, replicate one of the emails that I’ll share with you. You know, so you have, like, say, maybe four or five emails. But also remember, because you’re heading into a launch, you will have a prelaunch sequence as well.
You what you wanna do here is have your reengagement sequence kick in, say, you know, about two weeks before your prelaunch sequence kicks in because that would help you get clean up your list and then have your prelaunch sequence come in and continue that momentum.
Alright. The FOMO plus flow strategy.
So this strategy essentially taps into good old fashioned loss aversion, something that you oh, you don’t wanna lose, and curiosity.
We show them what we they already have access to, which is, like, your great content, that they may, you know, no longer get regularly in the email, and then use intrigue to pique their curiosity about what’s coming up next, AKA your launch.
It could be your webinar. It could be a challenge, whatever it is, your launch vehicle. Right?
And why it works is simple because most people don’t like losing access to something that they feel that they already own. Also, curiosity does trigger anticipation and a desire to know more. Both work really well to get people to stick around.
So here’s how we wanna implement it.
We wanna remind them of the value they already have access to. It’s something that they didn’t lose, you know, so tap into that loss aversion while teasing something exciting to come.
Curiosity. It’s a loss aversion, but curiosity use both of them together.
I generally go with a three mil sequence, but like I said, you can always have more. It’s you know, you wanna test out, say, five, go for it. Let me know how it does.
A six day sequence. So I spread it over six days, so there’s a day between the emails.
Day one, you kick off the sequence of FOMO. Day three, reinforce the message, create curiosity. And day six, like, final chance, letting you know if you don’t hear you know, if you don’t click through, we will be going ahead and unsubscribing you, or my ESP is gonna be going ahead and unsubscribing you, and you could always sign up later.
So what do these emails look like? The first email, you’re leading with loss aversion. So the purpose of the email is essentially to highlight the value that they may have forgotten that they get from your content, they get from your emails, and you jump in and nudge them to check it out.
Course tone, you wanna keep it warm, appreciate it, non judgmental. I am not a big fan of the okay. My I’m you know, my ESP charges me per per subscribers, so I’m gonna be removing you since you’ve not used this or guilt tripping them into it.
But, again, that’s, like, the tone I would recommend. It kinda all depends on what your brand tone and voice is like. Core message, you’ve got x waiting for you. Don’t miss out. Click to access now.
Example subject line, have you seen these yet? Instead of or it could be, okay. We’ve missed you. So just kind of reinforcing the fact that there’s something that they may be about to lose access to.
So this is a reengagement sequence that we sent out for the CB brand. So it’s very straightforward. It’s not too long. Afram, looks like it’s been a while since you’ve had a chance.
Just check out some of our emails. Business can be hectic. Inboxes can get crowd life can get busy. Inboxes can be crowded.
So you wanna take a quick minute to share a few juicy pieces of content you may have missed out on. As a reminder, what do our emails do? They serve up fresh new strategies to help you write conversions and grow yourselves, build a more profitable business. They also bring our newly published blog articles straight to your inbox.
And then we lead it to what they what’s been published in the past, what’s been some what’s been popular.
But at the same time, we give them an easy out, like, okay. As entrepreneurs who deal with chronic illness, our parents and value taking time off, we know that checking email isn’t often on our list of to dos, so we hope you don’t mind this friendly enough so you can enjoy the content you signed up for when you joined this community.
And then we also give them, like, a, you know so incentivization, more free content, more content here from the blog, something that they’ve been you know, they would regularly get access to, and then this is, like, another evergreen opt in that they would you know, they can sign up for.
Email number two is the look behind the scenes, which is you know, kind of gives them taps into curiosity by teasing something exciting and new coming up. This could be your live webinar. This could be if you are going evergreen and you have a new evergreen recorded webinar. It could be that.
Again, intriguing, playful. We’ve been working on something for you. Catch up. Sorry.
But here’s, you know, what you may also wanna catch. But then remember, this email is only going to go to people who did not open the previous email.
So that is something to kinda keep in mind when you’re setting up the automation for this is email limit two will only go to people who did not open or click through from the previous email. Anyone who opens or clicks through gets removed from the automation.
So this is the second email. I love a good behind the scenes first name. So since it’s been a while since you had a chance to check should be what we are up to. Here’s a peek behind the curtain.
When can I have a delicious rich pack with techniques training to help you get those first thousand and next one thousand subscribers without running ads? OneGen will serve all organic lead generation strategies coming right up, my friend, and you’ll get them delivered straight to your inbox, but only if you stick around for a bit. If even the teeniest teensiest, just curious, tap here, you’ll automatically go just to put. When you click here, we automatically tag them as interested.
The automation kicks in. No email address needed. They get removed from the call subscriber sequence. Everything’s great.
And then also, since you haven’t this is something that I added in, does not mean you have to. If you wanna remind them of what the brand is all about or who you are, you may wanna link to your about page, which is what we did. So since you haven’t had a chance to check out our content emails recently, you may have gotten who we are and wondering who is this right now person, this may help refresh memory. This link basically takes them to the about page.
And then the last email, use it or lose it.
So this one essentially just taps into urgency and combines both those factors like, hey. You know?
Last email, last chance, we’ll be removing you from our email service, but no pressure. Maybe it’s not the right time for you.
You could either stay with us or move on. So yeah.
Last chance to see what’s next. Again, this email will only go to people who did not open the previous two emails.
And this is what that would look like.
So hey there. This is a friendly last chance reminder. You’re about to lose access to our weekly emails that bring tactical strategies and fresh paper copywriting recipes to your inbox. Over the last few days, we’ve shared a few samples of these like this, like this, or this.
But if selling more courses, digital products, and memberships isn’t one of your goals this right now, we get it. Clarity has changed. Businesses evolve. That’s cool.
Should you not click on any of the links above, you’ll not hear from us again. Alternatively, you can unsubscribe here. This would link to the unsubscribe link. If you’re yawn, that’s it.
So all of these emails you’ll notice are really short. They offer value. They help them see what they have access to, and they pique curiosity.
So with that, you wanna keep your emails short, conversational, and, like, visually appealing, especially if you have a like, visually and I say visually appealing, it means, like, plenty of white space as well, or if you wanna include GIFs or branded images, if that’s part of your brand identity, go for it.
You wanna use personalized subject, lines and, you know, content as well. Conditional messaging is your frontier, especially if you have multiple opt ins. So you wanna remind them that, hey. You wanna you signed up for this.
So that tells us you’re interested in a, b, and c. Or if you’ve got like I said, if you’re sending reengagement email to your wait list, you may wanna remind them about that. So you don’t have to, like, write a whole different sequence. You can just use conditional messaging and include those in your email.
Test timing and frequency. So like I said earlier, I have this set up as a three email sequence for our subscribers.
You wanna test out five days. You wanna test out a longer time span. Go for it. But don’t just set them and forget them. Keep an eye on your engagement promotions or automations to see how they’re doing.
As a rule, you shouldn’t do that with pretty much all your automations, but I know how it can get, because you can have, like, a whole bunch of these, or, like, different automations running in the background, but reengagement automations are definitely one of those you wanna kinda keep an eye on as well to see how are they doing in the background.
Oops. Sorry.
Setting this before a launch is super awesome because you clean up your list to improve deliverability and can increase conversions.
I guess that helps.
And having the sequence set up as an automation to run every ninety days makes it one less thing for you to remember and do, but it also what it does is it ensures that your list is all clean and clean and fresh. So, yes, you wanna send it before launch, but better still, what you may wanna do is just set it up as an automation, have it run-in the background every ninety days for people who have not engaged with your emails, and so that your list is always clean and fresh.
Cool.
That was a quick training. You now know what reengagement emails are, where are they essential, what are the tricky elements, and how to use the strategy, the formal plus flow strategy.
So let’s look at questions.
Cool.
Questions about this or anything else copy or email related? Go for it.
Yes, Joseph.
Pera, out of curiosity, is this is a reengagement sequence something that you would spend time optimizing? And if so, how would you optimize it?
Yeah. That’s a good very good question. And the answer is yes. And I’ve done it in the past for clients as well who have had reengagement sequences running.
But we noticed not only was were the open rates low, there weren’t a lot of peep like, the automation was just cleaning out whole bunches of people because people weren’t really opening those emails. Right? So they were losing a lot of subscribers, which is why I said you wanna set these up, but you wanna keep an eye on this and then optimize it. No one wants to spend money acquiring subscribers only to lose them ninety days down the line, Especially if your business or your clients’ business are you know, they’re running ads, they’re spending money as well.
So why would they want people who are, a, not opening emails, and, b, just getting unsubscribed ninety days or six months down the line. So absolutely yes and yes. I’ve done it in the past. Highly recommended.
And something that I always ask as well when I’m starting to work with a client is whether they have a re engagement sequence. And if they have, then I definitely take a look at it. It’s like like a five minute take for me to see whether or not it’s performing. For me to optimize it, it’s a different thing.
That makes sense.
That makes Okay. Cool.
Yeah.
Awesome.
Do you have any, like, best practices around the optimizing part? Or does it So obviously, you wanna spend on that?
Yeah. It depends, of course. But you obviously wanna see whether those emails are are being opened to begin to begin with. Are people connecting with the content?
And then, of course, if the first step is where I would start is, like, seeing the open rates. If people are not opening those emails, that is where I would start. And then the email copy itself, sometimes what happens is the emails don’t align with the tone and the the voice of the brand because, at least in our case, what I found in the past is, like, clients have just used, like, standard templates for these. So there’s a big disconnect between how they usually would speak in an email versus the reengagement emails, which is one reason why those don’t do well.
That’s awesome. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Katie. Hey.
Hey, Berna.
I am wondering about so I think you and I are both on ConvertKit and both in the creator network, and I think I actually get a, like, trickle in of subscribers from your, recommendations.
But what I have noticed is that thank you.
What I have noticed is that, like, just from my not super thorough analytic review, but just clicking through the people who are coming in there, that lots of them never open a single email.
And so I was wondering what you are doing in terms of a welcome sequence for people who arrive via the Creator Network.
If you have any tips on that, just to actually have those subscribers, like, engage in any way.
Yeah. No.
Full disclosure, that is we did have a welcome sequence for people from Creator Network, but that is one thing that I wanna rework this year and kind of link it to the, we have an opt in, the five x email, like, five x zero email sales track five x zero course sales, email course. That often has been working really well. So I wanna kind of hook that up. So I’ve pulled it down, but what I’ve found that works best for subscribers who come via creator network is to, a, acknowledge that, you know, hey.
So we’re gonna see and I think now ConvertKit has that functionality where you can acknowledge like, you can kind of include that conditional messaging that they’ve come in from this particular creator’s network, and let them know, you know, how you’re similar and also, you know, what would you be doing different. Because the reason most people join is because of the there’s some sort of an alignment Mhmm. There. So you let them know.
Like, for instance, you would say, hey. Great to see that you’ve joined from the Content Bizro, you know, email community. So excited to have you here.
Like them. Here’s what you’ll find. But you’ll also get a, b, and c linked to some of your best content, maybe even include, you know, your, like, your best performing opt in, which is what I’m gonna be doing now with with ours.
So that would be conditional formatting based on the source referrer.
Exactly. Okay. Kit has a great I think they already have a built in automation for it as well. I can look at it and send it to you, or you could, like, find it in your automation library, but I’m pretty sure they have it. Yeah.
Yeah. Well, I reached out to them because I couldn’t figure out how to set up a welcome sequence for the creator network, and so they shared a template.
So I can I’ll I’ll start there.
Yeah. Yeah. But I also know there’s another way to go about it, and I’m not blanking on it. But I will look it up and send it to you.
I think Jason Bresnik shared it with me, a while ago about how to include it. So I’ll tag you if I find that. Yeah. Thank you so much.
Yeah. You’re welcome.
Any other questions?
No?
Just leave it. Nothing. Will I be sharing these slides? I could do that if that’s helpful.
Yeah. Okay. Cool. Will do. K. So how is it going with with your goals around visibility and what you wanted to kind of build?
It’s it’s going well, kind of. No. I’m working on it right now, so I had to come up with a business name since I’m switching to an agency.
Just I got my name. I’ve been gathering, like, ideas for content building, and figuring out, like, which days I’m gonna post. So that’s what I’ve been doing this week coming off of the Christmas break and all of our snow days that we’re having this week.
But I’m wanting to get at least the first draft of, like, a Substack article written this week. And then I’m playing with the idea of doing video, but I also have three content ideas based on that Substack for LinkedIn on top of it.
Awesome. Great. I was supposed to have those with the name. That would be cool.
Yeah. I’m excited too.
So I’ll keep you up to date.
Great. Cool. Claire. Hey. Yeah. Hi.
I have questions about cold email because I know that you started off with cold email and managed to somehow magically unlock this channel.
So I’ve, I’ve set up my very first campaign, and I’m feeling like, sort of, like, tense about it.
I was wondering if you have any, like, resources that I should be looking at, or maybe I could send you my my, like, first reach out message. I’ve written, like, a ton of things, and I chose the best one and decided to not do AB testing because it doesn’t allow you to track open rates anyways.
Or Yeah.
Yeah.
Awesome. Yeah. Pretty much. Oh, I am I’m also automating it. I’m not writing it. So I’m writing personal outreach on LinkedIn.
But on email, because I have this database that I’ve landed upon, I thought I might as well set up something automated and just hope I attract the right one. Is that is that an okay strategy to not personalize every single one?
Okay.
Alright. So there are two schools of thought there.
One, yes, you’re right. I am a huge fan of cold email. Like, I were you know, it’s, like, how we got our first few clients. I still would use it.
And yeah.
But when here’s the thing. To give you context, like, we started our business way back in two thousand eleven. Like, there were no tools and things like that. And even if they were, they were only for, like, really, you know, big companies and get yeah.
So it was a lot of manual work, a lot of personalizing and all of that.
These days, you do have the benefit of using different tools and, yeah, speeding things up. I would say give it a shot, test it out, see how it works.
That said, I have found cold emails to work the best when I have personalized them, but I also know that that’s not very scalable. So if you’re looking for scale, I would say use the tool, send out the bulk emails, see how it goes.
I mean, I’m not necessarily looking for scale. I’m just looking to find something that, like, works. I want something to get someone to say like, oh, that sounds interesting.
That’s all I want.
I’m happy to personalize, but I don’t know what to say. Like, what am I gonna say?
I read your latest LinkedIn post just like every other person, and it was interesting, but not that intelligent.
Okay. I’ll give you an example. Okay. Thank you. I co pitched a podcast, a a pretty big one, and how I co pitched them was by referencing a comment I left on their Instagram because I’d heard the podcast episode.
So Okay. This person had done a podcast episode talking about a particular book that that I found really helpful for our daughter. So what I did was after I listened to that podcast episode and here’s the thing. I’m, like, actually generally, you know, interested in that person’s work.
So after I heard that podcast episode, I went to their Instagram, on the latest post and let them know that, hey. Just finished listening to this episode of yours and loved that book recommendation. Have already gotten it for our team. Very excited to dig in.
And then a few days later when I had a great idea for a podcast episode for her, you know, I pitched her saying, okay. I know, you know, I’d like I just finished listening to this. I know you’ve done these these topics in the past, but I was wondering if this would be a good add on for you know, in continuation with what you’ve talked about. To give context, I’ve been listening to your podcast for a while.
In fact, I’ll, you know, I loved your episode you did on this. I had, you know, even commented letting you know how helpful it was and that we ordered this particular book, giving the name of the book as well, for our daughter. So that’s how I personal that that’s the level of personalization I would I would do.
I recently landed an a really cool international paid speaking gig that I will talk more about later once I’m allowed to, in a similar way where I was on the person’s email list, email them back, letting them know, you know, why I’m on their email list even though I don’t really fit their profile, etcetera, etcetera. Wing being, yeah, I would say personalized your cold emails if you’re not looking to scale.
We’ve given FedEx cold emails. Another person I would recommend, I’ve not used her courses or content, but I have collaborated with her a lot in the past, and she’s also taught a call session for one of our programs, Laura Loper.
She’s, you know, really great with cold emails as well. If nothing else, like, even if you don’t work with her, maybe you could hire her for a consult to, you know, look at your cold email strategy and help you kind of improve. In fact, cool story, someone who who consulted with Laura for their cold email pitched us, and it was such a good cold email because we did respond, get on a call with them, and may even be working with them. So well drafted cold emails do work, for sure. I’ve been on both sides of the equation.
Personally, I enjoy the personalized cold emails. They don’t have to be highly personalized, but but they should have some kind of context.
Yeah. So Yeah. Okay. Cool. Thank you so much. That was really helpful, and thanks for the for recommendations in the chat as well. Appreciate it.
You’re welcome. Katie, did you have a question?
I did. And then I thought of another question.
And now the more recent question is eluding me.
Cold emails.
No. Okay. Sorry. But the original question was around, just kind of on this topic of, like, engage keeping your email subscribers engaged, I I dramatically called my list, just before Black Friday, of about a thousand subscribers who had primarily entered through a bundle, like a summit Mhmm. Occasion.
It was the Lizzie’s Christmas party. I’m sure you like yeah. And, it really messed with my head because I had this really dramatic growth. And so I had this feeling that I I had kind of a really targeted audience on my email list. And then when I had this dramatic growth, I started to really question, like, what are these people here for? What do they wanna hear from me? That kind of thing.
And then, ultimately, they were so unengaged that I ended up like, so many of them ended up being deleted. So I was wondering because, like, with list building as a priority, summits and bundles and that kind of, you know, situation can seem like a really easy way to get a lot of subscribers in one go. What strategies do you recommend to, like, make sure that you’re in the right bundles, I guess, or, like, that you’re actually going to want the audience that you’re growing, from those opportunities, and how do you engage them once they sign up?
Yeah. That’s such a good point. And one of the reasons why we, like, actually, like, stopped participating in summits for the most part because it was just, like, you’re doing so much work for this with, like, getting people in. And, yeah, being, I like, mine kinda basically participate only in, like, I think, two, maybe three summits, like, that we’ve been in over the like, we would still say yes to behind the launch. Breadhouse is one. We get really high quality subscribers from there. And then, of course, CopyChat is another one.
But the strategy we found that works really well is, again, a, being very, very selective, about what you’re pursuing. When you find yourself in huge bundles, here’s what happens. And full disclosure, I do it all the time too. If there’s a bundle I wanna get, I would very rarely use my personal or business email address to sign up.
Most people have a dummy email address, and so do I, which I know it would mess with, you know, your numbers and things like that. But the thing is, like, it is so hard when you’re signing up for, like when you as a consumer are signing up for a big bundle because you are all of a sudden going to get emails from sixty, seventy, eighty business owners.
What I found works best is to be a part of a smaller, more select bundle. We did one last year for Crystal Church. They were, like, I think, six people in there.
Did it bring us a thousand subscribers? Absolutely not. It got us, I think, three hundred odd subscribers.
But those subscribers have since then gone on to sign up for consulting sessions or opening emails.
So I feel it’s so much better to be more intentional, like, as a business owner about the bundles you’re participating in. And if you are participating in a bigger bundle, I would say then, yeah, you would need your engagement sequence in place, and you would want a welcome sequence that really encourages new people to reply and let you know who they are or even, you know, hey.
Periodically, I get on calls with people. So, you know, like, letting them know that you could you know, you’d be reaching out to them to chat with them and things like that. But for the most part, based on and this is, again, my experience, again, not, like, I’m not I’m not speaking for people who had huge success, but I found, like, huge bundles.
You may get more subscribers, but eighty, ninety percent of them would be using dumb email addresses.
Mhmm. Okay. Yeah. That checks out with my with my experience and also the overwhelm that you feel as a subscriber when you get that many emails. So, just wondering, have you ever experimented with the strategy of sending, like, one email immediately after and then or, like, what would your thoughts be on strategy of saying, like, hey. I know your inbox is overwhelming right now.
Like, I’ll reach out in a month once things have quieted down, or do you think that that is just going to It’s not.
People are going to forget. They are simply gonna forget if you give them a month to kind of settle in on things quiet and down. So you definitely want to, you know, start engaging with them right away, and you definitely want to start, you know, getting them to engage with you more importantly right away, either over on social or anywhere else, or better still, get into another one of your opt ins. Like, I have found and which is why I’m doing this with the creative networks. I have found that, you know, when you move people from the source they’ve come in to, you know, another more more targeted, more segmented, you know, opt in, it works really, really well.
Okay. Thank you. That’s really helpful.
You’re welcome. Amazing. Great. Well, Jess, good to see you. Jessica, hey. You have a question?
Sorry. I interrupted you. Sorry. Is that okay if I have a question? Okay. I just Of course.
Okay. I just wanted to get kind of some just really quick feedback on my messaging for my new personal brand, which will be the Obsessed Writer, but really about what is different from my thing than others in the book launch, publish, all that kind of thing. And the thing that really seems to resonate with I did interviews with Joe and Talia and Rai and a bunch of other people, for the who are the ICPs. And it seemed that the thing that really appealed to them was this part about, yes, launching a book is like step one, but it’s the rest of it that seems to be more interesting to them.
So the ongoing leverage of the book for PR and, you know, all the things. So I’m trying to start my work with my messaging. And I’m just wondering how this idea of books as brands or books into a brand, into someone’s personal brand, is that I just feel like I need a not a tagline, but I need a phrase to start so I can start going off of that. I’m just I’m struggling a little bit around how to capture what I’m really about.
Does that make sense?
Yeah. Yeah. Of course. And, honestly, Jessica, like, I feel and everyone who’s in the room, feel free to weigh in.
But what I feel you do when it comes to book publishing is you help people see turn their book as a building block for their brand. So books that are building blocks for your personal brand. Books that are building blocks that get you that that speaking gig that get you those, you know, the clients that you’re looking for. So it’s not just publishing a book for the sake of publishing a book.
A lot of people help you do that, but what you’ll help them do is take that book and turn it into a a really well oiled, well leveraged vehicle for growing their personal brand.
Okay. Thank you.
How I see it.
Okay. No. It’s great. Thank you.
Can I add something, Jessica?
Please.
So when you’re talking and you’re saying, like, book as a brand, like, I don’t know that brand. I like the alliteration.
What is coming more to my mind is something like it’s like a catalyst or it’s like it’s like something that it’s like, yes, you have this book, but then all of a sudden you’re gonna have this, like, explosion of things that are gonna come from the book.
You know what I mean?
So it’s like speaking opportunities and, like, yeah, meeting appearances and podcasts and, it’s like like, that’s kinda what my brain was doing while you were talking about it. It’s like, yes. You like, the book, and that’s where we’re gonna start, but then it’s like, boom. There’s gonna be this, like, bigger thing, and I don’t think the word brand is, like, the right direction.
Mhmm.
Yeah. I I think you and I have minds that make pictures the way because that’s exactly what my brain does as well. And, yeah, I agree. It’s like, I’ve thrown around when you said catalyst, I was like, oh, yeah.
That was why I was thinking the word engine. But when you were describing it, it was more like an ecosystem Yep. In my brain. You know?
So, yeah, I have to figure that.
Okay. That’s great feedback, Jess. Thanks.
You’re welcome.
I was actually thinking the word blow up as well, and then I was like Book that blow yeah.
I love that. Yeah.
That’s great. Thank you. Blow up or something like that?
Or Yeah.
Thanks, Katie.
Yeah. That could be some fun, like, visuals.
Yeah. Absolutely. That’s great. Thank you so much.
Well, great. Perfect. Jess does not have any questions.
No. I’m good.
Thank you.
Does yeah. Okay. Cool. Well, we can wrap up a little early, and I will see y’all in the Slack channel.
Catch y’all soon. Bye.
Transcript
Alright. Happy New Year, everybody. Very excited.
Today’s call is a good one all about reengaging your list, keeping in with line with the team, and you all have your workbooks with you as well. But I’m gonna quickly walk you through, you know, some of the stuff that’s in the workbook, but then I also want you to look at the different kind of emails, that you wanna send out for reengaging your list before a launch.
So without further ado, let’s get started. Good to see everyone’s faces. Like, okay. I can see Abby and Claire. Yay.
Awesome.
So sharing screen.
And okay. For some reason, it’s not sharing screen.
Alright.
Call bids.
Let’s oh, so how do we activate call subscribers for higher conversions? Y’all should be able to see my screen.
Alright. Abby, I can see you. Can you nod if you can see my screen?
Okay. Great.
Perfect. Here’s what we’ll be covering. What is reengagement? Why do you need it? The three key elements or basics of reengagement and the FOMO plus flow strategy for those reengagement emails that you wanna send out.
So first up, reengagement by definition is the process of reengaging or reconnecting with subscribers on your email list, with inactive subscribers on your email list.
Not so so much as a privilege of, like, okay. I wanna clean my email list. Yes. That’s a gold side benefit. I will get to that. But to reignite their interest and interaction with your brand, with your business, with your offers, with your content.
So you can also use a reengagement campaign with leads that are not entirely active but are low on engagement, you know, like, segment people who haven’t opened an email in a while, not just the, you know, like, the three months, six months, and ninety days that we recommend for reengagement campaigns, but, like, maybe people who’ve opened an email but not, you know, like, really clicked through anything and things like that. But, technically, you want to really, definitely reengage with all the subscribers who haven’t even opened a single email over the last minimum of nine ninety days, especially especially if you’ve been sending emails to them.
So this is key. If you’ve not emailed your list for six months, then using a reengagement campaign to clean out call subscribers isn’t gonna help you. What you would need would be a reengagement campaign to actually connect with those subscribers to begin with. So just keep this in mind.
For the purpose of this training, we’re gonna talk about cleaning up inactive subscribers and reconnecting with inactive subscribers, keeping in mind that you have been emailing them regularly.
Now why do you wanna do that? Because people may not be opening your emails for a variety of reasons, but they may still have purchase intent.
So they may still be interested in what you have to offer. They may still be, you know historically, data has shown us, and I’m sure all of you would see this if you would, like, look at your buyer data as well. You would always have buyers who buy after being on your email list for two years or sometimes, you know, two and a half years. So there would be periods of time in those two two and a half years where they may not have opened any of your emails.
Simply. I know a lot of people do this, and this is something I speak to clients about as well. It’s like where after ninety days, they have an automation that just goes ahead and, you know, starts sends them an email like, hey. We’re gonna unsubscribe you, from this.
So I know they call that a reengagement sequence, but that’s not a reengagement sequence. That’s like, okay. Heads up. We’re gonna bump you off our list.
So the idea here is for you to reengage with subscribers who may not have opened an email for whatever reason, but are still interested and may still have purchase intent.
Also, reengaging your subscribe you know, your inactive subscribers is more cost effective than acquiring new ones. So you wanna kinda keep that in mind too.
And then, of course, like I said, cool side benefit, you clean up your email list. It improves deliverability. You have more people connecting with your emails. Like, that’s of course, you don’t want people on your list who aren’t interested in what you have to offer at all.
So when you don’t have a reengagement sequence, you’ll find it does tend to impact deliverability.
You may get skewed data on email performance.
Also, lower conversions from non buyers because sometimes you may go straight from emailing your list to to prelaunch, and you have this whole like, a few thousand people in your call subscribers who may get open it one odd email but have no context, may have, you know, not kind of or have forgotten about you, may not have any idea about what your offer is. So it does skew data in so many different ways.
What are the three key things you wanna keep in mind when you’re planning out your engagement sequence? The first is segmentation.
So subscribers who have not engaged or opened your emails, like, that’s, like, the easiest. Like, ESPs, like, it make it so much easier easier for you to just, you know, find the segment of people who haven’t opened your emails for three months, six months, or twelve months.
There are a couple of caveats here.
If you have a lot of organizational subscribers on your email list So I’m talking about dot e d u, dot at at guest dot g o e, but I I’ve seen this a lot with dot e d u subscribers.
Most of them have these really strong, systems set in place where what happens is their software opens the email automatically and clicks through all the links to ensure that there’s not like this, no malware, and things like that. So that does so those subscribers, they would show as active, but they may not technically be opening your emails. I wouldn’t want you to overthink this state here, though, because manually shifting all of them out and all of that can be tiresome, but I just want you to keep in mind that sometimes, if you have a lot of organizational subscribers, your cold subscriber data may not be entirely accurate.
Having said that, for the sake of simplicity, let’s just look at subscribers who’ve not engaged with or opened your emails for the last ninety days, six months, or twelve months.
I found using a ninety day kind of a period works really well, keeps your list nice and fresh.
You also may wanna segment and send, wait list subscribers your engagement sequence, especially if you haven’t emailed them for ninety days or more. A lot of our clients, we found, would have a wait list for their courses, but would not be sending anything to that wait list segment, other than the occasional, here’s a new podcast episode that I published or here’s a new piece of content that I’ve shared and things like that.
So we would find that a wait list. While they would have a wait list, it was not terribly engaged. So also using the especially before a launch, you wanna look at the wait list segment as well. Then, of course, incentivization.
Why should they care about your you know, why would they bother?
And, again, note here, an incentive does not always mean a discount, does not always mean a free gift. It could just be great content that aligns with the goal of why they signed up in the first place. And I’ll share examples of this with you in a bit when we look at the example emails.
And then we’ve got cadence. So when will you send these emails out? Like, at what duration?
What’s what’s the cadence here?
Usually, recommend spraying them out over three to six days. So either one day after the other, if you’re sending out three emails. Yeah. That’s the beauty of the sequence is, like, you don’t need a ton of emails.
A reengagement sequence could actually just be, like, three emails and help you do your job. You could maybe have, like, more than three emails and, like, replicate one of the emails that I’ll share with you. You know, so you have, like, say, maybe four or five emails. But also remember, because you’re heading into a launch, you will have a prelaunch sequence as well.
You what you wanna do here is have your reengagement sequence kick in, say, you know, about two weeks before your prelaunch sequence kicks in because that would help you get clean up your list and then have your prelaunch sequence come in and continue that momentum.
Alright. The FOMO plus flow strategy.
So this strategy essentially taps into good old fashioned loss aversion, something that you oh, you don’t wanna lose, and curiosity.
We show them what we they already have access to, which is, like, your great content, that they may, you know, no longer get regularly in the email, and then use intrigue to pique their curiosity about what’s coming up next, AKA your launch.
It could be your webinar. It could be a challenge, whatever it is, your launch vehicle. Right?
And why it works is simple because most people don’t like losing access to something that they feel that they already own. Also, curiosity does trigger anticipation and a desire to know more. Both work really well to get people to stick around.
So here’s how we wanna implement it.
We wanna remind them of the value they already have access to. It’s something that they didn’t lose, you know, so tap into that loss aversion while teasing something exciting to come.
Curiosity. It’s a loss aversion, but curiosity use both of them together.
I generally go with a three mil sequence, but like I said, you can always have more. It’s you know, you wanna test out, say, five, go for it. Let me know how it does.
A six day sequence. So I spread it over six days, so there’s a day between the emails.
Day one, you kick off the sequence of FOMO. Day three, reinforce the message, create curiosity. And day six, like, final chance, letting you know if you don’t hear you know, if you don’t click through, we will be going ahead and unsubscribing you, or my ESP is gonna be going ahead and unsubscribing you, and you could always sign up later.
So what do these emails look like? The first email, you’re leading with loss aversion. So the purpose of the email is essentially to highlight the value that they may have forgotten that they get from your content, they get from your emails, and you jump in and nudge them to check it out.
Course tone, you wanna keep it warm, appreciate it, non judgmental. I am not a big fan of the okay. My I’m you know, my ESP charges me per per subscribers, so I’m gonna be removing you since you’ve not used this or guilt tripping them into it.
But, again, that’s, like, the tone I would recommend. It kinda all depends on what your brand tone and voice is like. Core message, you’ve got x waiting for you. Don’t miss out. Click to access now.
Example subject line, have you seen these yet? Instead of or it could be, okay. We’ve missed you. So just kind of reinforcing the fact that there’s something that they may be about to lose access to.
So this is a reengagement sequence that we sent out for the CB brand. So it’s very straightforward. It’s not too long. Afram, looks like it’s been a while since you’ve had a chance.
Just check out some of our emails. Business can be hectic. Inboxes can get crowd life can get busy. Inboxes can be crowded.
So you wanna take a quick minute to share a few juicy pieces of content you may have missed out on. As a reminder, what do our emails do? They serve up fresh new strategies to help you write conversions and grow yourselves, build a more profitable business. They also bring our newly published blog articles straight to your inbox.
And then we lead it to what they what’s been published in the past, what’s been some what’s been popular.
But at the same time, we give them an easy out, like, okay. As entrepreneurs who deal with chronic illness, our parents and value taking time off, we know that checking email isn’t often on our list of to dos, so we hope you don’t mind this friendly enough so you can enjoy the content you signed up for when you joined this community.
And then we also give them, like, a, you know so incentivization, more free content, more content here from the blog, something that they’ve been you know, they would regularly get access to, and then this is, like, another evergreen opt in that they would you know, they can sign up for.
Email number two is the look behind the scenes, which is you know, kind of gives them taps into curiosity by teasing something exciting and new coming up. This could be your live webinar. This could be if you are going evergreen and you have a new evergreen recorded webinar. It could be that.
Again, intriguing, playful. We’ve been working on something for you. Catch up. Sorry.
But here’s, you know, what you may also wanna catch. But then remember, this email is only going to go to people who did not open the previous email.
So that is something to kinda keep in mind when you’re setting up the automation for this is email limit two will only go to people who did not open or click through from the previous email. Anyone who opens or clicks through gets removed from the automation.
So this is the second email. I love a good behind the scenes first name. So since it’s been a while since you had a chance to check should be what we are up to. Here’s a peek behind the curtain.
When can I have a delicious rich pack with techniques training to help you get those first thousand and next one thousand subscribers without running ads? OneGen will serve all organic lead generation strategies coming right up, my friend, and you’ll get them delivered straight to your inbox, but only if you stick around for a bit. If even the teeniest teensiest, just curious, tap here, you’ll automatically go just to put. When you click here, we automatically tag them as interested.
The automation kicks in. No email address needed. They get removed from the call subscriber sequence. Everything’s great.
And then also, since you haven’t this is something that I added in, does not mean you have to. If you wanna remind them of what the brand is all about or who you are, you may wanna link to your about page, which is what we did. So since you haven’t had a chance to check out our content emails recently, you may have gotten who we are and wondering who is this right now person, this may help refresh memory. This link basically takes them to the about page.
And then the last email, use it or lose it.
So this one essentially just taps into urgency and combines both those factors like, hey. You know?
Last email, last chance, we’ll be removing you from our email service, but no pressure. Maybe it’s not the right time for you.
You could either stay with us or move on. So yeah.
Last chance to see what’s next. Again, this email will only go to people who did not open the previous two emails.
And this is what that would look like.
So hey there. This is a friendly last chance reminder. You’re about to lose access to our weekly emails that bring tactical strategies and fresh paper copywriting recipes to your inbox. Over the last few days, we’ve shared a few samples of these like this, like this, or this.
But if selling more courses, digital products, and memberships isn’t one of your goals this right now, we get it. Clarity has changed. Businesses evolve. That’s cool.
Should you not click on any of the links above, you’ll not hear from us again. Alternatively, you can unsubscribe here. This would link to the unsubscribe link. If you’re yawn, that’s it.
So all of these emails you’ll notice are really short. They offer value. They help them see what they have access to, and they pique curiosity.
So with that, you wanna keep your emails short, conversational, and, like, visually appealing, especially if you have a like, visually and I say visually appealing, it means, like, plenty of white space as well, or if you wanna include GIFs or branded images, if that’s part of your brand identity, go for it.
You wanna use personalized subject, lines and, you know, content as well. Conditional messaging is your frontier, especially if you have multiple opt ins. So you wanna remind them that, hey. You wanna you signed up for this.
So that tells us you’re interested in a, b, and c. Or if you’ve got like I said, if you’re sending reengagement email to your wait list, you may wanna remind them about that. So you don’t have to, like, write a whole different sequence. You can just use conditional messaging and include those in your email.
Test timing and frequency. So like I said earlier, I have this set up as a three email sequence for our subscribers.
You wanna test out five days. You wanna test out a longer time span. Go for it. But don’t just set them and forget them. Keep an eye on your engagement promotions or automations to see how they’re doing.
As a rule, you shouldn’t do that with pretty much all your automations, but I know how it can get, because you can have, like, a whole bunch of these, or, like, different automations running in the background, but reengagement automations are definitely one of those you wanna kinda keep an eye on as well to see how are they doing in the background.
Oops. Sorry.
Setting this before a launch is super awesome because you clean up your list to improve deliverability and can increase conversions.
I guess that helps.
And having the sequence set up as an automation to run every ninety days makes it one less thing for you to remember and do, but it also what it does is it ensures that your list is all clean and clean and fresh. So, yes, you wanna send it before launch, but better still, what you may wanna do is just set it up as an automation, have it run-in the background every ninety days for people who have not engaged with your emails, and so that your list is always clean and fresh.
Cool.
That was a quick training. You now know what reengagement emails are, where are they essential, what are the tricky elements, and how to use the strategy, the formal plus flow strategy.
So let’s look at questions.
Cool.
Questions about this or anything else copy or email related? Go for it.
Yes, Joseph.
Pera, out of curiosity, is this is a reengagement sequence something that you would spend time optimizing? And if so, how would you optimize it?
Yeah. That’s a good very good question. And the answer is yes. And I’ve done it in the past for clients as well who have had reengagement sequences running.
But we noticed not only was were the open rates low, there weren’t a lot of peep like, the automation was just cleaning out whole bunches of people because people weren’t really opening those emails. Right? So they were losing a lot of subscribers, which is why I said you wanna set these up, but you wanna keep an eye on this and then optimize it. No one wants to spend money acquiring subscribers only to lose them ninety days down the line, Especially if your business or your clients’ business are you know, they’re running ads, they’re spending money as well.
So why would they want people who are, a, not opening emails, and, b, just getting unsubscribed ninety days or six months down the line. So absolutely yes and yes. I’ve done it in the past. Highly recommended.
And something that I always ask as well when I’m starting to work with a client is whether they have a re engagement sequence. And if they have, then I definitely take a look at it. It’s like like a five minute take for me to see whether or not it’s performing. For me to optimize it, it’s a different thing.
That makes sense.
That makes Okay. Cool.
Yeah.
Awesome.
Do you have any, like, best practices around the optimizing part? Or does it So obviously, you wanna spend on that?
Yeah. It depends, of course. But you obviously wanna see whether those emails are are being opened to begin to begin with. Are people connecting with the content?
And then, of course, if the first step is where I would start is, like, seeing the open rates. If people are not opening those emails, that is where I would start. And then the email copy itself, sometimes what happens is the emails don’t align with the tone and the the voice of the brand because, at least in our case, what I found in the past is, like, clients have just used, like, standard templates for these. So there’s a big disconnect between how they usually would speak in an email versus the reengagement emails, which is one reason why those don’t do well.
That’s awesome. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Katie. Hey.
Hey, Berna.
I am wondering about so I think you and I are both on ConvertKit and both in the creator network, and I think I actually get a, like, trickle in of subscribers from your, recommendations.
But what I have noticed is that thank you.
What I have noticed is that, like, just from my not super thorough analytic review, but just clicking through the people who are coming in there, that lots of them never open a single email.
And so I was wondering what you are doing in terms of a welcome sequence for people who arrive via the Creator Network.
If you have any tips on that, just to actually have those subscribers, like, engage in any way.
Yeah. No.
Full disclosure, that is we did have a welcome sequence for people from Creator Network, but that is one thing that I wanna rework this year and kind of link it to the, we have an opt in, the five x email, like, five x zero email sales track five x zero course sales, email course. That often has been working really well. So I wanna kind of hook that up. So I’ve pulled it down, but what I’ve found that works best for subscribers who come via creator network is to, a, acknowledge that, you know, hey.
So we’re gonna see and I think now ConvertKit has that functionality where you can acknowledge like, you can kind of include that conditional messaging that they’ve come in from this particular creator’s network, and let them know, you know, how you’re similar and also, you know, what would you be doing different. Because the reason most people join is because of the there’s some sort of an alignment Mhmm. There. So you let them know.
Like, for instance, you would say, hey. Great to see that you’ve joined from the Content Bizro, you know, email community. So excited to have you here.
Like them. Here’s what you’ll find. But you’ll also get a, b, and c linked to some of your best content, maybe even include, you know, your, like, your best performing opt in, which is what I’m gonna be doing now with with ours.
So that would be conditional formatting based on the source referrer.
Exactly. Okay. Kit has a great I think they already have a built in automation for it as well. I can look at it and send it to you, or you could, like, find it in your automation library, but I’m pretty sure they have it. Yeah.
Yeah. Well, I reached out to them because I couldn’t figure out how to set up a welcome sequence for the creator network, and so they shared a template.
So I can I’ll I’ll start there.
Yeah. Yeah. But I also know there’s another way to go about it, and I’m not blanking on it. But I will look it up and send it to you.
I think Jason Bresnik shared it with me, a while ago about how to include it. So I’ll tag you if I find that. Yeah. Thank you so much.
Yeah. You’re welcome.
Any other questions?
No?
Just leave it. Nothing. Will I be sharing these slides? I could do that if that’s helpful.
Yeah. Okay. Cool. Will do. K. So how is it going with with your goals around visibility and what you wanted to kind of build?
It’s it’s going well, kind of. No. I’m working on it right now, so I had to come up with a business name since I’m switching to an agency.
Just I got my name. I’ve been gathering, like, ideas for content building, and figuring out, like, which days I’m gonna post. So that’s what I’ve been doing this week coming off of the Christmas break and all of our snow days that we’re having this week.
But I’m wanting to get at least the first draft of, like, a Substack article written this week. And then I’m playing with the idea of doing video, but I also have three content ideas based on that Substack for LinkedIn on top of it.
Awesome. Great. I was supposed to have those with the name. That would be cool.
Yeah. I’m excited too.
So I’ll keep you up to date.
Great. Cool. Claire. Hey. Yeah. Hi.
I have questions about cold email because I know that you started off with cold email and managed to somehow magically unlock this channel.
So I’ve, I’ve set up my very first campaign, and I’m feeling like, sort of, like, tense about it.
I was wondering if you have any, like, resources that I should be looking at, or maybe I could send you my my, like, first reach out message. I’ve written, like, a ton of things, and I chose the best one and decided to not do AB testing because it doesn’t allow you to track open rates anyways.
Or Yeah.
Yeah.
Awesome. Yeah. Pretty much. Oh, I am I’m also automating it. I’m not writing it. So I’m writing personal outreach on LinkedIn.
But on email, because I have this database that I’ve landed upon, I thought I might as well set up something automated and just hope I attract the right one. Is that is that an okay strategy to not personalize every single one?
Okay.
Alright. So there are two schools of thought there.
One, yes, you’re right. I am a huge fan of cold email. Like, I were you know, it’s, like, how we got our first few clients. I still would use it.
And yeah.
But when here’s the thing. To give you context, like, we started our business way back in two thousand eleven. Like, there were no tools and things like that. And even if they were, they were only for, like, really, you know, big companies and get yeah.
So it was a lot of manual work, a lot of personalizing and all of that.
These days, you do have the benefit of using different tools and, yeah, speeding things up. I would say give it a shot, test it out, see how it works.
That said, I have found cold emails to work the best when I have personalized them, but I also know that that’s not very scalable. So if you’re looking for scale, I would say use the tool, send out the bulk emails, see how it goes.
I mean, I’m not necessarily looking for scale. I’m just looking to find something that, like, works. I want something to get someone to say like, oh, that sounds interesting.
That’s all I want.
I’m happy to personalize, but I don’t know what to say. Like, what am I gonna say?
I read your latest LinkedIn post just like every other person, and it was interesting, but not that intelligent.
Okay. I’ll give you an example. Okay. Thank you. I co pitched a podcast, a a pretty big one, and how I co pitched them was by referencing a comment I left on their Instagram because I’d heard the podcast episode.
So Okay. This person had done a podcast episode talking about a particular book that that I found really helpful for our daughter. So what I did was after I listened to that podcast episode and here’s the thing. I’m, like, actually generally, you know, interested in that person’s work.
So after I heard that podcast episode, I went to their Instagram, on the latest post and let them know that, hey. Just finished listening to this episode of yours and loved that book recommendation. Have already gotten it for our team. Very excited to dig in.
And then a few days later when I had a great idea for a podcast episode for her, you know, I pitched her saying, okay. I know, you know, I’d like I just finished listening to this. I know you’ve done these these topics in the past, but I was wondering if this would be a good add on for you know, in continuation with what you’ve talked about. To give context, I’ve been listening to your podcast for a while.
In fact, I’ll, you know, I loved your episode you did on this. I had, you know, even commented letting you know how helpful it was and that we ordered this particular book, giving the name of the book as well, for our daughter. So that’s how I personal that that’s the level of personalization I would I would do.
I recently landed an a really cool international paid speaking gig that I will talk more about later once I’m allowed to, in a similar way where I was on the person’s email list, email them back, letting them know, you know, why I’m on their email list even though I don’t really fit their profile, etcetera, etcetera. Wing being, yeah, I would say personalized your cold emails if you’re not looking to scale.
We’ve given FedEx cold emails. Another person I would recommend, I’ve not used her courses or content, but I have collaborated with her a lot in the past, and she’s also taught a call session for one of our programs, Laura Loper.
She’s, you know, really great with cold emails as well. If nothing else, like, even if you don’t work with her, maybe you could hire her for a consult to, you know, look at your cold email strategy and help you kind of improve. In fact, cool story, someone who who consulted with Laura for their cold email pitched us, and it was such a good cold email because we did respond, get on a call with them, and may even be working with them. So well drafted cold emails do work, for sure. I’ve been on both sides of the equation.
Personally, I enjoy the personalized cold emails. They don’t have to be highly personalized, but but they should have some kind of context.
Yeah. So Yeah. Okay. Cool. Thank you so much. That was really helpful, and thanks for the for recommendations in the chat as well. Appreciate it.
You’re welcome. Katie, did you have a question?
I did. And then I thought of another question.
And now the more recent question is eluding me.
Cold emails.
No. Okay. Sorry. But the original question was around, just kind of on this topic of, like, engage keeping your email subscribers engaged, I I dramatically called my list, just before Black Friday, of about a thousand subscribers who had primarily entered through a bundle, like a summit Mhmm. Occasion.
It was the Lizzie’s Christmas party. I’m sure you like yeah. And, it really messed with my head because I had this really dramatic growth. And so I had this feeling that I I had kind of a really targeted audience on my email list. And then when I had this dramatic growth, I started to really question, like, what are these people here for? What do they wanna hear from me? That kind of thing.
And then, ultimately, they were so unengaged that I ended up like, so many of them ended up being deleted. So I was wondering because, like, with list building as a priority, summits and bundles and that kind of, you know, situation can seem like a really easy way to get a lot of subscribers in one go. What strategies do you recommend to, like, make sure that you’re in the right bundles, I guess, or, like, that you’re actually going to want the audience that you’re growing, from those opportunities, and how do you engage them once they sign up?
Yeah. That’s such a good point. And one of the reasons why we, like, actually, like, stopped participating in summits for the most part because it was just, like, you’re doing so much work for this with, like, getting people in. And, yeah, being, I like, mine kinda basically participate only in, like, I think, two, maybe three summits, like, that we’ve been in over the like, we would still say yes to behind the launch. Breadhouse is one. We get really high quality subscribers from there. And then, of course, CopyChat is another one.
But the strategy we found that works really well is, again, a, being very, very selective, about what you’re pursuing. When you find yourself in huge bundles, here’s what happens. And full disclosure, I do it all the time too. If there’s a bundle I wanna get, I would very rarely use my personal or business email address to sign up.
Most people have a dummy email address, and so do I, which I know it would mess with, you know, your numbers and things like that. But the thing is, like, it is so hard when you’re signing up for, like when you as a consumer are signing up for a big bundle because you are all of a sudden going to get emails from sixty, seventy, eighty business owners.
What I found works best is to be a part of a smaller, more select bundle. We did one last year for Crystal Church. They were, like, I think, six people in there.
Did it bring us a thousand subscribers? Absolutely not. It got us, I think, three hundred odd subscribers.
But those subscribers have since then gone on to sign up for consulting sessions or opening emails.
So I feel it’s so much better to be more intentional, like, as a business owner about the bundles you’re participating in. And if you are participating in a bigger bundle, I would say then, yeah, you would need your engagement sequence in place, and you would want a welcome sequence that really encourages new people to reply and let you know who they are or even, you know, hey.
Periodically, I get on calls with people. So, you know, like, letting them know that you could you know, you’d be reaching out to them to chat with them and things like that. But for the most part, based on and this is, again, my experience, again, not, like, I’m not I’m not speaking for people who had huge success, but I found, like, huge bundles.
You may get more subscribers, but eighty, ninety percent of them would be using dumb email addresses.
Mhmm. Okay. Yeah. That checks out with my with my experience and also the overwhelm that you feel as a subscriber when you get that many emails. So, just wondering, have you ever experimented with the strategy of sending, like, one email immediately after and then or, like, what would your thoughts be on strategy of saying, like, hey. I know your inbox is overwhelming right now.
Like, I’ll reach out in a month once things have quieted down, or do you think that that is just going to It’s not.
People are going to forget. They are simply gonna forget if you give them a month to kind of settle in on things quiet and down. So you definitely want to, you know, start engaging with them right away, and you definitely want to start, you know, getting them to engage with you more importantly right away, either over on social or anywhere else, or better still, get into another one of your opt ins. Like, I have found and which is why I’m doing this with the creative networks. I have found that, you know, when you move people from the source they’ve come in to, you know, another more more targeted, more segmented, you know, opt in, it works really, really well.
Okay. Thank you. That’s really helpful.
You’re welcome. Amazing. Great. Well, Jess, good to see you. Jessica, hey. You have a question?
Sorry. I interrupted you. Sorry. Is that okay if I have a question? Okay. I just Of course.
Okay. I just wanted to get kind of some just really quick feedback on my messaging for my new personal brand, which will be the Obsessed Writer, but really about what is different from my thing than others in the book launch, publish, all that kind of thing. And the thing that really seems to resonate with I did interviews with Joe and Talia and Rai and a bunch of other people, for the who are the ICPs. And it seemed that the thing that really appealed to them was this part about, yes, launching a book is like step one, but it’s the rest of it that seems to be more interesting to them.
So the ongoing leverage of the book for PR and, you know, all the things. So I’m trying to start my work with my messaging. And I’m just wondering how this idea of books as brands or books into a brand, into someone’s personal brand, is that I just feel like I need a not a tagline, but I need a phrase to start so I can start going off of that. I’m just I’m struggling a little bit around how to capture what I’m really about.
Does that make sense?
Yeah. Yeah. Of course. And, honestly, Jessica, like, I feel and everyone who’s in the room, feel free to weigh in.
But what I feel you do when it comes to book publishing is you help people see turn their book as a building block for their brand. So books that are building blocks for your personal brand. Books that are building blocks that get you that that speaking gig that get you those, you know, the clients that you’re looking for. So it’s not just publishing a book for the sake of publishing a book.
A lot of people help you do that, but what you’ll help them do is take that book and turn it into a a really well oiled, well leveraged vehicle for growing their personal brand.
Okay. Thank you.
How I see it.
Okay. No. It’s great. Thank you.
Can I add something, Jessica?
Please.
So when you’re talking and you’re saying, like, book as a brand, like, I don’t know that brand. I like the alliteration.
What is coming more to my mind is something like it’s like a catalyst or it’s like it’s like something that it’s like, yes, you have this book, but then all of a sudden you’re gonna have this, like, explosion of things that are gonna come from the book.
You know what I mean?
So it’s like speaking opportunities and, like, yeah, meeting appearances and podcasts and, it’s like like, that’s kinda what my brain was doing while you were talking about it. It’s like, yes. You like, the book, and that’s where we’re gonna start, but then it’s like, boom. There’s gonna be this, like, bigger thing, and I don’t think the word brand is, like, the right direction.
Mhmm.
Yeah. I I think you and I have minds that make pictures the way because that’s exactly what my brain does as well. And, yeah, I agree. It’s like, I’ve thrown around when you said catalyst, I was like, oh, yeah.
That was why I was thinking the word engine. But when you were describing it, it was more like an ecosystem Yep. In my brain. You know?
So, yeah, I have to figure that.
Okay. That’s great feedback, Jess. Thanks.
You’re welcome.
I was actually thinking the word blow up as well, and then I was like Book that blow yeah.
I love that. Yeah.
That’s great. Thank you. Blow up or something like that?
Or Yeah.
Thanks, Katie.
Yeah. That could be some fun, like, visuals.
Yeah. Absolutely. That’s great. Thank you so much.
Well, great. Perfect. Jess does not have any questions.
No. I’m good.
Thank you.
Does yeah. Okay. Cool. Well, we can wrap up a little early, and I will see y’all in the Slack channel.
Catch y’all soon. Bye.
How I Plan My Week, My Quarter, My Year and My Next 5 Years
How I Plan My Week, My Quarter, My Year and My Next 5 Years
Transcript
I am so excited about today’s training because, hey, we are going to be continuing with the awesome twenty twenty five goal setting workbook, and I will be walking y’all through how we’d be approaching this and, you know, just putting your purpose statement together and putting your plan there because by now, all of you have your vision in place. I had lots of fun listening to all of those arranged ideas in the right section as well. So that was very cool.
But now we wanna kind of bring everything together.
Put a plan in place so you can start looking at what is it that you would be focusing on and also looking at twenty twenty four and how how that’s done. Right? So without further ado, I am going to share screen and walk you all through my version of the workbook.
Okay. Got it.
Mhmm.
Let’s see.
Y’all should be able to see the workbook, but I’m gonna blow it up.
Cool. So, okay, let me kind of give you a little bit of context here. So these numbers are, of course I don’t know. Like, the blocks are all kind of wonky.
But, basically, this December, we put it together together. Mike and I sat down, we did this together. Our financial year, however, is from April to March. Right?
But for the purpose of this training, we looked at our numbers from January to December so y’all will have, like, kind of more context and things like that. So, this is what I would love for you all to pull up, and we’re gonna take a few minutes. And after I walk you through, I would love for you to do it for yourself. You don’t have to share it.
If you don’t want it, that’s cool. But it will be great for you to do, like, a quick check-in on twenty twenty four and put your CEO purpose statement. Fill fill this in if you haven’t already done it. So I’m gonna start with revenue generated.
This year was a really good year for us. We’re at four hundred seventy five k.
This is the salary where we both, you know, both of us are in the business, and give ourselves a sweet little bonus. This is the profit we have in our bank.
These were our key expenses. We also have a section separately for taxes.
We don’t put them into expense. We have a separate section for taxes and legal fees, which is essentially getting our taxes done and all that. So you won’t see it in your worksheet. I added it in here, but I also wanted you to, like, you know, wanted you to keep in mind that you could go ahead and do that, you know, if you wanna keep both your expenses and your taxes separate total quote. We worked with thirty seven clients, which has been awesome.
We did lose two clients.
One was a retainer client, did not continue, and we, there’s a one long one long term copy client. We’ve done, like, multiple projects, but this year, you know, they’ve kind of decided to take more things. In house, we’ve also had a few payment defaults this year. So these are, like, our actual numbers here. So, this is how you wanna kinda look at your business and put together why because it gives you a lot of perspective because it’s very easy to kind of just look at either things that happened in the recent past or maybe, you know, just kind of take everything and plug it together and feel like the your wasn’t all that great or, you know, whatever. But looking at your numbers gives you a really good reality check and also shows you what’s possible.
We had sixty three projects, which I feel is wild.
So these clients are we they’ll all seem to know we have a program, which is the one we talked about here, and we also have a coaching container where where we work with service providers to the one. So this includes everything, but this is essentially, you know, a lot of copy projects.
Our goal for twenty one five is essentially just increasing it to about, what, five hundred and fifty k, especially since we’re expanding the potentially profitable brand, which is the the business coaching side of the, the business. We wanna kind of grow that more.
All of these numbers will kind of be filled in depending on that.
So this is, like, a very easy, very fun exercise. Highly recommend if you haven’t done it already, take a few minutes to do it. Jot down any thoughts that come to you. Jot down any questions you may have, like, things you may wanna revisit, things that you probably feel like, okay.
You know, especially things like clients lost, you wanna look at, okay, what could I have done differently?
Or did I do everything the way it was meant to be done? And maybe this the client was ready to move on because that will happen in certain cases, which is which is fine. So this exercise, if you’re tuning to a number, it should basically should basically take you, like, about ten minutes tops, five, seven minutes. Like, this is basically what Mike has put together.
He’s the CFO. I’m just the messenger here. So I would say five minutes and plug in those numbers. Let me know if you’ve got any questions in the chat.
I’m going to with myself, give you all some quiet time, and, yeah, check-in continue after five minutes.
Alright. We have about a minute to go, but let me know if y’all have been able to pull your numbers and populate the associate especially for twenty twenty four.
Drop down in the chat when you’re done, and we can move forward when most of you are done.
Cool.
How are we doing?
Are you all done?
Yeah. I can see Abby nodding. Awesome.
Oh, Claire. Caitlin.
Hazel.
That’s okay. You if you don’t have all the brochure, that’s okay.
But something to take from this is it will be great if you start twenty twenty five by keeping, a revenue and expense tracker.
And Sorry.
I have a quick question on that because, you’re also operating in two different countries. Right?
Yes.
The reason why mine is so complicated is because I’m operating in two current countries and two current so sometimes even three currencies.
Mhmm.
So so I can’t actually find software to work with all the different bank accounts. And the way that I’ve, like, pulled it all together because South Africa is not like for example, Stripe won’t support South African rand.
Yeah. Yeah.
So I have to do it in pounds, which is I have to use a different bank account, which means that I can’t pull it in using an automatic app.
I have to do it manually. So I built this thing, an Airtable, to resolve this for myself. It’s far from perfect, and I would love to not do it. But I haven’t found any other solution. Do you what do you guys do?
Okay.
So like I said, it’s really not my area of, you know, I just like to know.
Literally, Mike and I will have the money meetings where we will sit down, and I will say, okay. Where are we for this month? How are we doing? What’s our forecast for the quarter?
Like, just give me the numbers. Like, don’t however, that said, I do know that he has his system set up in good old fashioned Excel. Like, yeah. So, yeah, you you know, you’ve got a terrible he’s got Excel.
Like, he for all, you know, all the technology that we work with, he is still very, very like, this is like I keep telling him, like, you know, Google Sheets could do so much more with this. Or, you know, like, there’s there’s, like, really cool motion database. Like, our entire business is on some pretty much a mission. Right?
But no. When it comes to his numbers, he’s, like, got this job spreadsheet thing and, like, all the records. That’s what he does.
That said, Claire, we do operate in different countries, but it seems all our payments come indoors, and they just get converted into rupees when they get transferred into our bank account. So it’s not, you know, as complex probably as yours is, because we get everything pretty much. Sometimes, you know, there’ll be times we who are, like, in the UK, and we wanna kind of give them that like, give them a a non fluctuation price kind of a pain, in which case, it would be just in pounds or in Canada, Canadian dollars. But for the most part, it’s, like, all in dollars. So it makes sense.
Pay, like, like, subscriptions and stuff like that, do you pay them in groupings?
In dollars?
In dollars.
Yeah. Got it. And same with with contractors and things like that. All our payment because except for one contractor, all our contractors are in the in the US. They all get paid in dollars or in Canada. Yeah.
Is your business registered in the US? Or sorry.
If this is, like, personal, feel free to tell me.
No. Okay. Cool. No. No. No. No. Yeah. No. We are registered in India. Yeah.
In India. Okay. Cool. Yeah. I’m still, like, technically a a freelancer because that’s just we’re a sole proprietor to use the language here.
So Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah.
About opening a business, but then it creates more problems.
Cool. Thank you.
You are so welcome.
Okay. Good. I am glad that Aaron’s had numbers. Like, okay. First things first. And this is something coming from how I approach numbers. Like I said, Michael, give me all these numbers.
What I want you to do is I want you to look at them and think about, okay. How do I feel about these numbers?
That’s, like, really important for me to feel, like, I really need to kind of connect with how do I feel about these numbers for me to kind of then move forward with the next phase of planning.
So real quick.
Yeah. They showed me that I I relied on, like, one client this year. So even though, like, I did I’m pleased with my revenue, it’ll have one client, and that client then went and took their marketing team in house. So, yeah, there’s a less than that.
Yeah. Yeah. It’s it’s really, really interesting to look at numbers and just kind of see what they’re what they’re telling you. I I love that insight field, and it kind of said, now this insight guides the marketing you do, the time you sign, the products you bring on.
It yeah. It’s just lovely. Anyone else? Wanna share what how the number’s making you feel?
Okay. Cool.
Alright. Let’s move on to the next phase of planning, which is seeing what your target end goal is for twenty twenty five. Is my screen okay or should I, like, kind of blow it up and present it? Is it fine?
Yeah? Okay. Thanks, Abby.
So for instance, for us now here’s the other thing. You wanna kind of get laser focused on what your big target is. For us, the client side of our business, honestly, like, touchless is really good. We’re pretty much always at capacity.
We’re working with great clients. We are generally booked out a few months ahead of time. We do a like, we have an eighty nine percent with the project rate, which is awesome. I think that’s really great.
Our big target for our business and expand the business coaching side and increasing enrollments in our program in ready to sell.
So, again, I want you up to take five minutes. Go back up. Look at what your vision and your big ideas are for the year and think about what would you wanna do.
What would you want your big one key focus to be like the domino that’s gonna get all the dominoes moving? So I want you to think about that. Take a few minutes.
Revisit the sheets. You if you haven’t filled them out, like, this is a great time to start kind of thinking about it.
But top of mind, what would you say would your biggest target would be? Because only then would you be able to look at what you need to do to kind of get there by the end of the year.
And, again, take a few minutes. Like, I think five should be fine because if you have everything ready, you just need to kinda pull that one big domino.
As you have questions, ask a while.
So do the people who got your biggest target for the year, let me know.
Alright. Jessica, do you wanna share?
Sure. Can you hear me okay?
Yep. Okay.
I’ve so according to AI, the thing that would help me move all the other goals is building my personal brand authority.
So that Yep. Focus.
Does that sound right? Completely agree. Okay. Great. Yep.
Knowing that I know and AI do my thinking.
Yeah. But knowing what I know about you, that’s, yeah, pretty much on the money. Yeah. Wonderful.
Awesome.
Anyone else wanna share?
Yep. Go ahead, Don.
So I’m I’m in line too with building my authority, but also, obviously, expanding my client base and building system capacity. Because for my goals, it’s twelve clients per quarter. I had a million dollar goal for my first year.
Perfect.
Yeah.
Awesome. That sounds great. Okay. Cool. I love that you all have these clear targets because that’s, like, the next part where we’re gonna kinda put, like, a plan together on a page.
Great. Okay.
Liesel Liesel. Am I saying your name right?
Okay. Yes. You are.
So I can’t decide I don’t know if my big goal my big goal is to get to a million by the end of the annual recurring revenue by the end of this year. I don’t know if I should have, like, a deeper one, like, get the foundation of my business, hire the first, you know, five people, like, if that should be the goal and then the million comes as a result or if the million comes first.
Now so what would help you get to the million? Like Don said, you know, right before you, like, he’s realized, like, I need to get twelve clients per quarter if I wanna get to about a million by the end of the year.
What does a million look like for you?
Like, what that million happened.
Right. So I had AI break it down before, and it was, by the end of the second quarter, secure the first five retainer clients.
And then establish thought leadership content strategy in q three so that I can continue to pull them in, and get two big clients in every month, and then hopefully convert one of those to retainer each month.
Okay. So I’m gonna kind of go back a little. So get five clients was the first thing. You know, you wanna get five clients for okay. What’s gonna help you get those five clients?
Right now, it’s getting outreach on LinkedIn and setting myself up as an authority in the SaaS market.
Okay.
Okay.
So what I’m hearing is, again, outreach, yes, but people are only gonna respond to outreach if they’re, like, kind of know who you are. So, again, your big domino is what?
I’m not sure. I’m leveraging, network right now. I have two potential clients in the funnel.
So Mhmm.
That’s what I’m doing right now via LinkedIn. It’s just leveraging who I have.
Yeah.
But at the end twenty twenty five, for you to reach that million dollars, for you to get these consistent clients, like, five at, like, five clients and then have, like, two clients in your pipeline.
Yes. What would be the one big thing that would make that happen?
Probably establishing myself as an authority in the SaaS space and separating myself. Yeah.
There you go. Yeah. Exactly.
That is your big target then is that that is what you wanna work towards because that is the domino that would that fall, getting those clients, getting that visibility, getting everything else. How you do the top leadership is what we’ve kind of been working on that next. So that is what you wanna kind of focus on. That is what is gonna make the million dollars happen.
Yeah. Because what happens is we all, like, kinda look at the number and go, okay. I wanna make a million dollars, or I wanna make, you know, half a million dollars or whatever. But what’s gonna get us to that, that’s the goal here.
Okay. Perfect. Thank you for that clarification.
You’re welcome. Okay. Caitlin? Sorry. Yeah. Donna, I’ll come back to you. Caitlin, you said you have.
Right?
Yes. Okay. So and, also, what you just shared with Liesl is very helpful for me too. So my biggest targets for twenty twenty five, I’m gonna be rolling out my standard that is to offer for the first time. So just booking one per month in the beginning of Feb and then booking one to two retainer per month beginning in March and then increasing the number I have a course, so increasing the number of copywriter igniter students.
So I had, like, what needs to so it’s it’s I had it what needs to happen in, like, both of those buckets because they’re completely different things, and I do realize that I need to establish myself as two different authorities in two different places, but I have ideas for, like, what would those places would be.
So I’ve got a list about, like, pitching prospects, twenty podcasts, major media, like, one article, blah blah blah. But what you’re just said to Liesl, so should I just work on, like, for all of q one, not even worrying about a client and maybe just, like, get on twenty podcasts, get consistent on LinkedIn, try to land a media article, and have that be what I do.
Would that move the oh, like, in Liesl’s case or in Jessica’s case, right, and in Dom’s case, like, would would that move the needle for your goals? Do you see that happening?
You mean do I see doing those actions happening or getting the outcome?
The doing the actions Getting the outcome.
Oh. Yeah. Getting the outcome by doing those actions.
I feel like I’m, like, laying foundation to get that outcome because, initially, my thought was, like and I got this number from Cody. I’m, like, pitch three hundred prospects. Like, that was gonna be my first thing.
Yeah.
So what would your recommendation be? Like, maybe just, like, fifty like like, have a pitching, habit, but then also be really focusing, like, sixty percent of my effort into that leadership.
Yeah.
Just getting some clarity around that would be helpful.
Yeah. What’s your goal with top leadership?
So it’s looking like the topic of my standardized offer is gonna be about the mid cart slump. So being an authority on the mid cart slump.
Mhmm.
Okay. Particularly for, hopefully, course creators unless the audience changes.
Yeah. Yeah. Of course. So no. Absolutely. Yeah. So then thought leadership is what will help you kinda stand out, share that point of view, and then, of course, get people curious about your standard offer and get them in.
At the same time, the jink is what would get money in the bank right away. The stock leadership does have a tendency to take its sweet time, to kind of pay off. So that said, one of the things and, again, I, yeah, I’m speaking from experience here, but, you know, may not be for everybody. One of the things I feel all of you kinda need to get really, really comfortable with is marketing your business every day.
So to your point, pitching marketing, it’s definitely the habit. Like, you need to do it every day in some shape or form. Like, that’s what’s really, really helped us to kind of always have a full pipeline.
Mhmm. Okay.
So yeah. So to answer your question, Caitlin, I feel you would need to look at what’s the big outcome you’re going for, and then what are the what’s the one thing you can do to kind of get closer to the outcome as fast as possible. So the big outcome you’re going for is to establish yourself as the go to person for mid card slums, then most of your focus, of course, would need to be on the on getting in front of people who matter and speaking about that mid card slump. So, but then we at the same time, you will wanna kind of devote energy regardless to pitching those clients.
Cool. Thank you. Awesome. Yeah. Don.
So, I I know I mentioned three things, but I wanted to get into specifics with you just for a minute.
Mhmm.
One of the specifics is I wanna speak in health care organizations to position myself as an expert in communications both internally and externally. So internally, I could say I can enhance the morale and the productivity of internal teams.
Externally, it’s through email marketing, through patient engagement, or, you know, promotion of of that health care organization.
Mhmm. Years ago, they interviewed the number one girl scout salesperson in the world. She’s, like, twelve years old.
And they asked her what was the secret to your success, and she said, I talked to everybody.
Exactly.
Yeah. I can even show you my goal from this sheet, and I can share this sheet with you if you want. I want a hundred touches a day, whether it’s through phone or email or through LinkedIn.
I want Yeah. Conversations either through email or through voice with two things that move the needle forward, whether it’s a discovery call or a speaking engagement or whatever I do. You know, I’m measuring it every single day, and I’m holding my feet to the fire to this.
Every successful that’s really, really good.
Yeah.
Savvy successful person I’ve seen. And for me, for the million dollar goal, I need to get I gotta go out and take massive action. The The second thing is to expand my client base, I’m gonna have strategic contracts with at least five national health care organizations and then develop referral partnerships. And then finally, to build up my my team, I have a very good friend of mine who was involved in selection. That was his career.
And so he’s already said he’ll come on board and help me with the selection process so I don’t make a lot of mistakes. I already also have a great, article that I shared with Cody on how to select the best VA for your organization. I can share that out on the Slack as well. And, and upscaling the team.
You know? So I already hired a copywriter that I worked with a few years ago.
So I’m already setting the things in place so that once it scales very quickly, I’m already prepared.
I’m not Okay.
Once things once things are building.
So Yeah.
Yeah. No. I think that’s a really, really great way of approaching. That’s something that we do in our business is, like, we have, like, a marketing habit tracker that I have I because I like I said, I treat marketing as a habit.
So I would crack, like, podcast pitches, collab calls, you know, share even sharing a lead magnet, reaching out to some speaking gigs. So you need to get really, really intentional about it and measure it every month and come back to it and see, like, okay. What is happening? Because it’s always easy to think.
I post it on social media, so I’m marketing my business, but, no, that is not it. So yeah. So you’d wanna kind of get way more intentional and more granular about it.
Awesome. Great, Don. Thank you for sharing. Okay. Cool. Anyone else wanna share, or we can move on to the next part, which is putting your plan together on one page.
Cool. Okay. Let’s move on. So let me there’s my share gone.
So this one’s like so this is very similar to what Don was talking about. It’s your you you know, like, you wanna get really granular about what skills you wanna develop, what where do you wanna, you know, build on, any offers you wanna launch, what are you gonna leverage in terms of people, systems, etcetera.
Before that, though, you also wanna look at what needs to happen together by December thirty first. Now here’s the thing. This is how this is where we do this a little differently. You all can, you know, plan all quarters.
Something about Meinke and Me is that we always run our business in a way where we wanna work very few hours in the business. We, we’ve always worked not be not always, but for the last so many years, we’ve worked anywhere between four to five hours, not more than that.
And we wanna keep it that way. We travel a lot, and we people are.
So we very rarely would plan out our quarters in great detail. What we will plan out, we plan quarter by quarter. So the first quarter, we know exactly what we wanna be doing, and we let that guide what we wanna be doing in the second quarter. So you may not wanna do that.
That’s totally cool. You can go ahead and plug in the big stones you wanna move in, you know, all these different quarters, which is great. For us, I just like to know what am I going to be doing when focusing my energy on in q one besides client work, of course. So like I said, that’s our focus is to launch Intentionally Profitable in January, February, or our energy is gonna be dedicated towards that.
Once you’ve done this, you wanna come back and put your twenty twenty five plan on the page.
My question, I can see them comments come up in the chat for y’all is, do you know what you would be doing in q one to meet that big target?
I know Don does. I wanna know about the others. Do you know what you would be doing to get your get closer to that big target. So for thought leadership, for instance, Jessica, what would you be doing in q one? What would you be focusing your energy on? Same for lethal.
Yeah.
No. Did you have a question?
Like I said, another thing I’m doing too is I’m creating short videos, but I don’t wanna create too many videos out there where I’m just always I wanna make it about quality rather than quantity.
But I also, if I’m creating a intro video about who I am and what I do for, like, a minute or so, I’ve already created one so that if I’m prospecting and someone’s like, well, who is this guy? I can send that video, and it’s a big leap forward in terms of my presence. Right?
I just need Yeah.
Who I am or whatever. But if they see me present, they’ll say, well, okay. I mean, this guy would be worth having in our organization, and that would get that would get things going.
So I think that’s a good idea.
Yeah.
Alright. Do you all have what you would be doing in q one to get closer to that big target segment?
Do you wanna share?
Sure.
So q one, finalize my standardized offer and retainer offer for January.
Mhmm. Start pitching prospects, like, a hundred fifty per month in February, March. Is that a good number?
Okay. You would only know when you test it out. Yeah. Go for it. That’s how you set benchmarks. Right? Yeah.
Yeah.
Pitch fifty podcasts per month to talk about mid cart slump, and I’d go ahead and start that in January.
Mhmm. Start posting to LinkedIn consistently January, February, March, and then get in front of two groups of people per month and present something on mid cart.
Okay.
Do you think any of those numbers should be higher or, like do you think?
Podcast number is great. The picture is great.
Like, those can be you know, like, use those to set your benchmarks.
You you set your future baselines. Right? Let’s, like, kind of a, I, and c. And that’ll kinda also help you see the apply the whole ten x’s either than two x thing and see which ones kind of go for the big thing rather than just focusing on the busy work.
Just to know about the LinkedIn thing, is that, like, post on LinkedIn consistently? Yeah. That’s what I was gonna even ask you because I’ve never, like, even used LinkedIn to market my stuff.
So this was just gonna be a place that I go.
I mean, I usually, I say consistent is whatever I can keep up with as a habit and not fail, and therefore, I can do it consistently. So Mhmm. To begin, like, two times a week, which I know is probably low.
But, yeah, I think two times a week to begin.
Again, one time could possibly one of the be one of those things that could either be a a ten x or it could be a two x. So it’s so cute only, though. For some, I know it’s definitely one of those two ex activities that they should stop doing.
Right. But then there are others who I know who you know, for them, it’s definitely, a great multiplier. So, you would you know, when you test it out. But, yeah, go for two, and then you can always come back, reevaluate, look at how January went, and then that’s the whole idea, though. Right? You set these goals, but then you also wanna come back to me because it which is why tracking them is so important.
Cool. Anyone else wanna share? Welcome. What their q one is going to be focused on?
I have some some ideas. Sure.
So January is gonna be really quiet for me work wise, so it’s gonna be, like, my content month.
I Excellent.
Am struggling to find a medium or authority, like, section of social media that works with me, but I think I’m slowly, like, landing and settling on video, long form video, like YouTube. Mhmm.
So what I was thinking could be wise is to create lots of YouTube videos that form, like, a mini course.
Then that mini course can be repurposed into a playbook that I don’t have to write. Someone else can write it because they’ll have the course.
Mhmm.
And then that could also be filtered down hopefully into whatever needs to be for the rest of the quarter. If I get everything done in Jan, perhaps someone could help me repurpose it to platforms.
That would help you move closer to your big target in q one? Like, by end of it, would you feel like, okay. I’ve, like, knocked off one I’m, like, one fourth way through to meeting that big big goal.
I feel like that target is gonna help me move towards my, like, q three goals, but not necessarily, like, instantly. I also wanted to do cold outreach, so I’ve been trying to get my shit together, essentially, to call the outreach and emails and and such for the last six months. And somehow I still have been struggling. But now I think I have reached enough saturation and enough noise, and I’m just going to do it in January.
So I also wanted to get that down. And I I think that call cold email outreach might produce faster results than Mhmm.
What I’m currently doing because I’m getting some traction on LinkedIn. Like, I am slowly figuring it out. One of my greatest, realizations if I don’t know if this is the same for everyone else, but LinkedIn is not a text social media. It is an image and video of social media. Everything that does well online is either has an image or a video attached to it.
Sorry. That was my They’re all linked to it. Yeah. All my sales.
From yeah.
Yeah. So I somehow feel that, yes, the call outreach is what would help you get, like, faster results, especially if your big target is to sign more clients.
Like I shared earlier, thought leadership is great. Highly, highly recommend all of you should be doing it, like, not just the people who feel like it’s gonna be the big domino to move things, but everybody.
But it’s it can sometimes take time. I’m not saying it always take time, but sometimes it can. So yeah.
Could I should I a while ago. So one of I’ve had many tried and failed projects this year, but, one of the other ones was to set up, a live webinar and run ads to it. I have very little experience in doing those things.
I obviously hit, like, a million blockers in that, but I don’t think I can do both. So I I’m pretty sure I can do the call outreach stuff because I’m getting close there. But with authority, should I try run ads, or should I try do organic YouTube stuff?
Or should you get to the webinar that you’re planning to do in front of groups where your clients are already there?
By asking. By Oh, both touching.
Yeah. By just kind of, you know, like, also tapping your network, finding out who knows who usually. Like, I feel like before can you run ads to a webinar and get in front of more people? Sure.
But I would wanna validate that webinar first before pouring money into it and see whether it’s even converting. Like, what’s the purpose of that webinar? If it’s to find clients, why not actually test it out with a room for all of your ideal prospects first? So think about, like, where would your ideal people be hanging out?
Or what would they be using and use that? Like, I know I think Katie is doing one for Deadline Funnel, which is great because that’s like a, Katie, you’re doing one for Deadline Funnel. Right? Cool. Yeah. So that’s great because her audience, of course, creators would be using Deadline Funnel.
Great way to get in front of them. So, yeah, add me too. Awesome. So I would say think about that. Like, validate your ideas first. And like Abby said, organic YouTube with paid ads on videos at the phone bill. Exactly.
Test out your content to see what’s landing before putting money into it.
That makes sense. Okay. I’ve yeah. I’ve been trying to start small with the webinar thing, but I haven’t found many I haven’t found, like, network, I suppose, of people. Yeah.
For Okay.
So maybe just share why why don’t you do it in the group share who who are the kind of people you’re kind of, you know, in Slack, drop a note, let us know who are the people you’re trying to get in front of. Yeah. Let all of us do some brainstorming for where could you present.
Okay. Alright. Cool. You’re welcome. Thank you.
Awesome.
Great. Cool. So okay. We’ve got what you’ll be doing in q one If you feel excited, go ahead and do the other quarters as well. I mean, there’s no hard and fast rule there. Katie.
Hi, Berna.
So I feel like my reflection on this has been impacted by like, I feel like I was full throttle with my signature offer in the fall, but now the response has okay. And I am my my fee for twenty twenty five is, like, acting faster and, like, doing more of everything. So I know that, like, while I have been doing direct outreach, I it has been like a trickle where it needs to be more of a, like, fire hose.
But, I’m wondering, like, if I’m if I’m still not sure if I have, like, message market fits. Like, if I’m, you know, I just Mhmm. I know I’m not talking to the right people because my audience is not like, the people currently following me on social media are not the people my offer is for, same with my email list. Like so my step one goal for twenty twenty five is really, like, dialing in that messaging and getting in front of the people who can pay and desire this offer.
I’m wondering because it it doesn’t seem like thought leadership is the place to start if I’m still not sure about the message.
So direct outreach, I guess, will give me that feedback, like, which which emails get a response. But I was just wondering, like Yeah. What would you what deeper would you focus on pulling first if I’m really trying to make sure I’m talking to the right people with the right framing.
Good question. Okay. So what I would pull would definitely be like, I’m look I’m gonna reference the sheet that, you know, we have in the in the goal setting report.
When you look at the twenty twenty five plan on a page thing, I would definitely definitely pull on authority.
I know that sounds big on leadership, but it’s not really. What I would do is for message market set, essentially, to make sure that I’m, like, I’m saying the things that people wanna hear, a, and, b, I have an offer that people wanna buy.
Besides direct outreach, I would want to actually speak to prospects and not sell, but just kind of get, like, direct feedback on whether or not this is an offer that they would even consider buying.
A good way to do that, if you have past clients who are a great fit for this, like, that would be my first port of call. But if not, I would, like, reach out to past mentors. I would reach out to a podcast host, that I’ve been listening to. I will reach out to, like, you know, people who I know would have the budget and the courses and the offers to benefit from it and just get, like, brutally honest feedback, there. And then see whether or not, you know is it a is it a messaging thing? Is it an author positioning thing?
Or is it an audience thing?
Which is part of positioning essentially, but yeah.
Yeah.
Yeah. Well, I mean, I I’m getting feedback from my current audience that is very clear and they, like, that they understand what it is and all of that. But, yeah, I definitely think it needs to be, like, interviews with those real ideal clients.
Yeah. That is who I would speak with. Like, that’s what we did when we were working on our back end retailer offer.
It’s just kind of, like, so that we could fine tune it to fit our clients needs perfectly. Yeah. That was really helpful for us.
Okay. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Patty?
Hey. Yeah. So, part of my million dollar years is gonna be closing, like, a product to fifty a month and then stacking the retainers.
My question so, like, from where I’ve done quite a full cost this year, I am getting, like, a lot of leads, like, a couple a week and but they’re all, like, five to ten k leads. Like, I none of them could afford, like, fifty k. And I don’t know what to do with them because, like, where I’m supposed to the million dollar years, like, I know selling, like, a five k, like, sales page or audit isn’t gonna help me get to a million dollars.
But also yeah. I don’t wanna just turn away. So I’m just wondering if you have any ideas of where I could monetize those.
And the yeah. The other thing I consider is because my my partner, when he finishes his PhD, I want him to, like, write copy for me. So I’ve got I’ve got him, but I also don’t wanna cannibalize my kind of high ticket offer by offering, like, smaller offers for this audience. So, yeah, I’d love your your thoughts around that.
Mine are a little different in the sense that okay.
And why they’re different is mainly because we have, like, a really good repeat project rate.
I would take the ten k project and turn it into a hundred k project, which is pretty much what we’ve done. Like, even this year, our, like, fifty k project, we already booked in for another fifty k next year. So that’s gonna be, like, a hundred k client in any case. So I do understand that, yes, you wanna close a fifty k client, every month, but I won’t let that hold you back from closing the ten k clients and then turning them into hundred k or even two hundred k clients.
It just it feels like a gamble, like, working with kind of this they sit they’re six figure course creators who, like, they sold that offer, but it’s it’s kind of different than working with, like, someone like Joe who’s got a proven offer.
It’s can’t afford Yeah.
The Yeah. That, I comp I completely agree.
That is always a gamble. And that you could consider having the junior copywriter and subcontracting it with, like, a sixty forty kind of a split.
But I personally feel like then you’re doing more cheating work and more, you know, like, badger work. So a good option then is essentially to let them know that, hey. Then maybe they’re not the right fit for you. A lot of designers do that, Abby. Like, you just need to get comfortable with saying no.
You know? Yeah. But yeah. A lot I mean, I like, there are so many designers I know who will not take a website design project under fifty k or under thirty k, and I think that is so important.
And especially if this is your goal and if this is what you’re really drawn, that, okay, I wanna sign on, like, a fifty k client every year every month. What you wanna do is because the thing with yes. But the thing with the smaller clients is definitely, yes. They will you will be blocking capacity, and then you need to be prepared for that.
So that is something to keep in mind. I’m a big fan of turning the one off projects into the big project. That’s what that worked really well for us, but I can see what you’re saying as well. So I would say that they’re just kind of, like, really comfortable with saying no, and being very clear on your website with your project minimums.
So, you know, you’re not also you’re you’re, a, you’re owning the right positioning. You’re, like, getting that right message about and then also speaking to the clients will be perfect fit for you.
Mhmm. Alright. Thanks, Brenna.
You’re welcome.
Awesome. Great. Cool. Let’s look at the last page. We’ve got a couple minutes. This one is a really easy one.
What you wanna do is you wanna put what your twenty twenty five goal for this year here, and you wanna put, you know, what the goal is gonna be, like, the specific number goal for q one on this side, which is, like, easy. Like, once you’ve done this, this is really easy. What you want to focus on, which is where I would love to see if for those of you who are going to share in Slack later on, I would love to see this.
And just so that, you know, as someone who will be seeing you, implement this, I am in the loop of what are the skills you’re looking to build? What’s the authority that you’ll be working on?
How would you be bringing the money into your business? What would you be leveraging? And what’s your mindset going to be like? So for me, for the for the mindset part, this is something I have worked on a lot over the last few years. This is something I’m gonna keep focusing on is a focus on the gain, not the gap.
I think I’ve already recommended the gap in the gain book. You probably see it behind me in the bookshelf as well. I really recommend those of you who tend to kind of look, feel like you’re not doing enough.
Really recommend that. And, of course, ten x is easier than two x, both by the same author, coincidentally.
But, yeah, highly, highly recommend. But think about what your mindset’s gonna be, so that you can accomplish these. But this is what you should be focusing on. So what are the skills you’d be selling?
Like, for us, what we wanna really sell this this your essentially, profit engineering for service businesses, profit engineering process improvements for our period of time’s, authority.
I’ve enjoyed speaking at international events. I tried it two a year. I would wanna keep doing two a year because international travel feels like a lot to me. But I yeah. So, so just kinda get really, really clear on what that would look like, for you, quarterly launches, what would you be leveraging. For us, we have a great team already of contractors, so we don’t really need to you know, we’re not, like, kind of looking to bring in more people, but we do wanna, you know, add in more AI agents, integrate AI into our workflows, continue doing that.
Just kind of think about what are the skills, what’s the authority, especially for those of you looking at thought leadership. What does it even look like? Like, which events would you wanna speak at or which events would you want to do a workshop at? Do you wanna do an in person client workshop? Like, one of the things I did this year that worked out really well was a VIP half day workshop with the client in Chicago while I was speaking at an event there, and I definitely wanna do more of that. So think about all those things have worked out really well from an authority perspective.
So this section, I would print it out and keep it in for me. And, like, once I’ve obviously, like, filled it out properly.
But for all of you, I would like to see what this looks like for you so I could hold you accountable.
If you wanna take a few minutes and fill it in now, that’s great. But I know, like, you’re overtime. If you wanna do it on your own time and share it with me in Slack, that would be great too.
Okay. Lizzo, great question. When do I wanna see it Thursday night for me all? So, yeah, anytime next week would be great. Take the weekend, sit with it, think about it, and drop it, and tag me in Slack. I would love to take a look at it.
Cool.
Okay. Great.
This was fun. Thank you so much, everybody, for being here. I’m gonna wait to see your plans and your goals and work. Bye. Thank you, Lisa.
Bye.
Workbook
Transcript
I am so excited about today’s training because, hey, we are going to be continuing with the awesome twenty twenty five goal setting workbook, and I will be walking y’all through how we’d be approaching this and, you know, just putting your purpose statement together and putting your plan there because by now, all of you have your vision in place. I had lots of fun listening to all of those arranged ideas in the right section as well. So that was very cool.
But now we wanna kind of bring everything together.
Put a plan in place so you can start looking at what is it that you would be focusing on and also looking at twenty twenty four and how how that’s done. Right? So without further ado, I am going to share screen and walk you all through my version of the workbook.
Okay. Got it.
Mhmm.
Let’s see.
Y’all should be able to see the workbook, but I’m gonna blow it up.
Cool. So, okay, let me kind of give you a little bit of context here. So these numbers are, of course I don’t know. Like, the blocks are all kind of wonky.
But, basically, this December, we put it together together. Mike and I sat down, we did this together. Our financial year, however, is from April to March. Right?
But for the purpose of this training, we looked at our numbers from January to December so y’all will have, like, kind of more context and things like that. So, this is what I would love for you all to pull up, and we’re gonna take a few minutes. And after I walk you through, I would love for you to do it for yourself. You don’t have to share it.
If you don’t want it, that’s cool. But it will be great for you to do, like, a quick check-in on twenty twenty four and put your CEO purpose statement. Fill fill this in if you haven’t already done it. So I’m gonna start with revenue generated.
This year was a really good year for us. We’re at four hundred seventy five k.
This is the salary where we both, you know, both of us are in the business, and give ourselves a sweet little bonus. This is the profit we have in our bank.
These were our key expenses. We also have a section separately for taxes.
We don’t put them into expense. We have a separate section for taxes and legal fees, which is essentially getting our taxes done and all that. So you won’t see it in your worksheet. I added it in here, but I also wanted you to, like, you know, wanted you to keep in mind that you could go ahead and do that, you know, if you wanna keep both your expenses and your taxes separate total quote. We worked with thirty seven clients, which has been awesome.
We did lose two clients.
One was a retainer client, did not continue, and we, there’s a one long one long term copy client. We’ve done, like, multiple projects, but this year, you know, they’ve kind of decided to take more things. In house, we’ve also had a few payment defaults this year. So these are, like, our actual numbers here. So, this is how you wanna kinda look at your business and put together why because it gives you a lot of perspective because it’s very easy to kind of just look at either things that happened in the recent past or maybe, you know, just kind of take everything and plug it together and feel like the your wasn’t all that great or, you know, whatever. But looking at your numbers gives you a really good reality check and also shows you what’s possible.
We had sixty three projects, which I feel is wild.
So these clients are we they’ll all seem to know we have a program, which is the one we talked about here, and we also have a coaching container where where we work with service providers to the one. So this includes everything, but this is essentially, you know, a lot of copy projects.
Our goal for twenty one five is essentially just increasing it to about, what, five hundred and fifty k, especially since we’re expanding the potentially profitable brand, which is the the business coaching side of the, the business. We wanna kind of grow that more.
All of these numbers will kind of be filled in depending on that.
So this is, like, a very easy, very fun exercise. Highly recommend if you haven’t done it already, take a few minutes to do it. Jot down any thoughts that come to you. Jot down any questions you may have, like, things you may wanna revisit, things that you probably feel like, okay.
You know, especially things like clients lost, you wanna look at, okay, what could I have done differently?
Or did I do everything the way it was meant to be done? And maybe this the client was ready to move on because that will happen in certain cases, which is which is fine. So this exercise, if you’re tuning to a number, it should basically should basically take you, like, about ten minutes tops, five, seven minutes. Like, this is basically what Mike has put together.
He’s the CFO. I’m just the messenger here. So I would say five minutes and plug in those numbers. Let me know if you’ve got any questions in the chat.
I’m going to with myself, give you all some quiet time, and, yeah, check-in continue after five minutes.
Alright. We have about a minute to go, but let me know if y’all have been able to pull your numbers and populate the associate especially for twenty twenty four.
Drop down in the chat when you’re done, and we can move forward when most of you are done.
Cool.
How are we doing?
Are you all done?
Yeah. I can see Abby nodding. Awesome.
Oh, Claire. Caitlin.
Hazel.
That’s okay. You if you don’t have all the brochure, that’s okay.
But something to take from this is it will be great if you start twenty twenty five by keeping, a revenue and expense tracker.
And Sorry.
I have a quick question on that because, you’re also operating in two different countries. Right?
Yes.
The reason why mine is so complicated is because I’m operating in two current countries and two current so sometimes even three currencies.
Mhmm.
So so I can’t actually find software to work with all the different bank accounts. And the way that I’ve, like, pulled it all together because South Africa is not like for example, Stripe won’t support South African rand.
Yeah. Yeah.
So I have to do it in pounds, which is I have to use a different bank account, which means that I can’t pull it in using an automatic app.
I have to do it manually. So I built this thing, an Airtable, to resolve this for myself. It’s far from perfect, and I would love to not do it. But I haven’t found any other solution. Do you what do you guys do?
Okay.
So like I said, it’s really not my area of, you know, I just like to know.
Literally, Mike and I will have the money meetings where we will sit down, and I will say, okay. Where are we for this month? How are we doing? What’s our forecast for the quarter?
Like, just give me the numbers. Like, don’t however, that said, I do know that he has his system set up in good old fashioned Excel. Like, yeah. So, yeah, you you know, you’ve got a terrible he’s got Excel.
Like, he for all, you know, all the technology that we work with, he is still very, very like, this is like I keep telling him, like, you know, Google Sheets could do so much more with this. Or, you know, like, there’s there’s, like, really cool motion database. Like, our entire business is on some pretty much a mission. Right?
But no. When it comes to his numbers, he’s, like, got this job spreadsheet thing and, like, all the records. That’s what he does.
That said, Claire, we do operate in different countries, but it seems all our payments come indoors, and they just get converted into rupees when they get transferred into our bank account. So it’s not, you know, as complex probably as yours is, because we get everything pretty much. Sometimes, you know, there’ll be times we who are, like, in the UK, and we wanna kind of give them that like, give them a a non fluctuation price kind of a pain, in which case, it would be just in pounds or in Canada, Canadian dollars. But for the most part, it’s, like, all in dollars. So it makes sense.
Pay, like, like, subscriptions and stuff like that, do you pay them in groupings?
In dollars?
In dollars.
Yeah. Got it. And same with with contractors and things like that. All our payment because except for one contractor, all our contractors are in the in the US. They all get paid in dollars or in Canada. Yeah.
Is your business registered in the US? Or sorry.
If this is, like, personal, feel free to tell me.
No. Okay. Cool. No. No. No. No. Yeah. No. We are registered in India. Yeah.
In India. Okay. Cool. Yeah. I’m still, like, technically a a freelancer because that’s just we’re a sole proprietor to use the language here.
So Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah.
About opening a business, but then it creates more problems.
Cool. Thank you.
You are so welcome.
Okay. Good. I am glad that Aaron’s had numbers. Like, okay. First things first. And this is something coming from how I approach numbers. Like I said, Michael, give me all these numbers.
What I want you to do is I want you to look at them and think about, okay. How do I feel about these numbers?
That’s, like, really important for me to feel, like, I really need to kind of connect with how do I feel about these numbers for me to kind of then move forward with the next phase of planning.
So real quick.
Yeah. They showed me that I I relied on, like, one client this year. So even though, like, I did I’m pleased with my revenue, it’ll have one client, and that client then went and took their marketing team in house. So, yeah, there’s a less than that.
Yeah. Yeah. It’s it’s really, really interesting to look at numbers and just kind of see what they’re what they’re telling you. I I love that insight field, and it kind of said, now this insight guides the marketing you do, the time you sign, the products you bring on.
It yeah. It’s just lovely. Anyone else? Wanna share what how the number’s making you feel?
Okay. Cool.
Alright. Let’s move on to the next phase of planning, which is seeing what your target end goal is for twenty twenty five. Is my screen okay or should I, like, kind of blow it up and present it? Is it fine?
Yeah? Okay. Thanks, Abby.
So for instance, for us now here’s the other thing. You wanna kind of get laser focused on what your big target is. For us, the client side of our business, honestly, like, touchless is really good. We’re pretty much always at capacity.
We’re working with great clients. We are generally booked out a few months ahead of time. We do a like, we have an eighty nine percent with the project rate, which is awesome. I think that’s really great.
Our big target for our business and expand the business coaching side and increasing enrollments in our program in ready to sell.
So, again, I want you up to take five minutes. Go back up. Look at what your vision and your big ideas are for the year and think about what would you wanna do.
What would you want your big one key focus to be like the domino that’s gonna get all the dominoes moving? So I want you to think about that. Take a few minutes.
Revisit the sheets. You if you haven’t filled them out, like, this is a great time to start kind of thinking about it.
But top of mind, what would you say would your biggest target would be? Because only then would you be able to look at what you need to do to kind of get there by the end of the year.
And, again, take a few minutes. Like, I think five should be fine because if you have everything ready, you just need to kinda pull that one big domino.
As you have questions, ask a while.
So do the people who got your biggest target for the year, let me know.
Alright. Jessica, do you wanna share?
Sure. Can you hear me okay?
Yep. Okay.
I’ve so according to AI, the thing that would help me move all the other goals is building my personal brand authority.
So that Yep. Focus.
Does that sound right? Completely agree. Okay. Great. Yep.
Knowing that I know and AI do my thinking.
Yeah. But knowing what I know about you, that’s, yeah, pretty much on the money. Yeah. Wonderful.
Awesome.
Anyone else wanna share?
Yep. Go ahead, Don.
So I’m I’m in line too with building my authority, but also, obviously, expanding my client base and building system capacity. Because for my goals, it’s twelve clients per quarter. I had a million dollar goal for my first year.
Perfect.
Yeah.
Awesome. That sounds great. Okay. Cool. I love that you all have these clear targets because that’s, like, the next part where we’re gonna kinda put, like, a plan together on a page.
Great. Okay.
Liesel Liesel. Am I saying your name right?
Okay. Yes. You are.
So I can’t decide I don’t know if my big goal my big goal is to get to a million by the end of the annual recurring revenue by the end of this year. I don’t know if I should have, like, a deeper one, like, get the foundation of my business, hire the first, you know, five people, like, if that should be the goal and then the million comes as a result or if the million comes first.
Now so what would help you get to the million? Like Don said, you know, right before you, like, he’s realized, like, I need to get twelve clients per quarter if I wanna get to about a million by the end of the year.
What does a million look like for you?
Like, what that million happened.
Right. So I had AI break it down before, and it was, by the end of the second quarter, secure the first five retainer clients.
And then establish thought leadership content strategy in q three so that I can continue to pull them in, and get two big clients in every month, and then hopefully convert one of those to retainer each month.
Okay. So I’m gonna kind of go back a little. So get five clients was the first thing. You know, you wanna get five clients for okay. What’s gonna help you get those five clients?
Right now, it’s getting outreach on LinkedIn and setting myself up as an authority in the SaaS market.
Okay.
Okay.
So what I’m hearing is, again, outreach, yes, but people are only gonna respond to outreach if they’re, like, kind of know who you are. So, again, your big domino is what?
I’m not sure. I’m leveraging, network right now. I have two potential clients in the funnel.
So Mhmm.
That’s what I’m doing right now via LinkedIn. It’s just leveraging who I have.
Yeah.
But at the end twenty twenty five, for you to reach that million dollars, for you to get these consistent clients, like, five at, like, five clients and then have, like, two clients in your pipeline.
Yes. What would be the one big thing that would make that happen?
Probably establishing myself as an authority in the SaaS space and separating myself. Yeah.
There you go. Yeah. Exactly.
That is your big target then is that that is what you wanna work towards because that is the domino that would that fall, getting those clients, getting that visibility, getting everything else. How you do the top leadership is what we’ve kind of been working on that next. So that is what you wanna kind of focus on. That is what is gonna make the million dollars happen.
Yeah. Because what happens is we all, like, kinda look at the number and go, okay. I wanna make a million dollars, or I wanna make, you know, half a million dollars or whatever. But what’s gonna get us to that, that’s the goal here.
Okay. Perfect. Thank you for that clarification.
You’re welcome. Okay. Caitlin? Sorry. Yeah. Donna, I’ll come back to you. Caitlin, you said you have.
Right?
Yes. Okay. So and, also, what you just shared with Liesl is very helpful for me too. So my biggest targets for twenty twenty five, I’m gonna be rolling out my standard that is to offer for the first time. So just booking one per month in the beginning of Feb and then booking one to two retainer per month beginning in March and then increasing the number I have a course, so increasing the number of copywriter igniter students.
So I had, like, what needs to so it’s it’s I had it what needs to happen in, like, both of those buckets because they’re completely different things, and I do realize that I need to establish myself as two different authorities in two different places, but I have ideas for, like, what would those places would be.
So I’ve got a list about, like, pitching prospects, twenty podcasts, major media, like, one article, blah blah blah. But what you’re just said to Liesl, so should I just work on, like, for all of q one, not even worrying about a client and maybe just, like, get on twenty podcasts, get consistent on LinkedIn, try to land a media article, and have that be what I do.
Would that move the oh, like, in Liesl’s case or in Jessica’s case, right, and in Dom’s case, like, would would that move the needle for your goals? Do you see that happening?
You mean do I see doing those actions happening or getting the outcome?
The doing the actions Getting the outcome.
Oh. Yeah. Getting the outcome by doing those actions.
I feel like I’m, like, laying foundation to get that outcome because, initially, my thought was, like and I got this number from Cody. I’m, like, pitch three hundred prospects. Like, that was gonna be my first thing.
Yeah.
So what would your recommendation be? Like, maybe just, like, fifty like like, have a pitching, habit, but then also be really focusing, like, sixty percent of my effort into that leadership.
Yeah.
Just getting some clarity around that would be helpful.
Yeah. What’s your goal with top leadership?
So it’s looking like the topic of my standardized offer is gonna be about the mid cart slump. So being an authority on the mid cart slump.
Mhmm.
Okay. Particularly for, hopefully, course creators unless the audience changes.
Yeah. Yeah. Of course. So no. Absolutely. Yeah. So then thought leadership is what will help you kinda stand out, share that point of view, and then, of course, get people curious about your standard offer and get them in.
At the same time, the jink is what would get money in the bank right away. The stock leadership does have a tendency to take its sweet time, to kind of pay off. So that said, one of the things and, again, I, yeah, I’m speaking from experience here, but, you know, may not be for everybody. One of the things I feel all of you kinda need to get really, really comfortable with is marketing your business every day.
So to your point, pitching marketing, it’s definitely the habit. Like, you need to do it every day in some shape or form. Like, that’s what’s really, really helped us to kind of always have a full pipeline.
Mhmm. Okay.
So yeah. So to answer your question, Caitlin, I feel you would need to look at what’s the big outcome you’re going for, and then what are the what’s the one thing you can do to kind of get closer to the outcome as fast as possible. So the big outcome you’re going for is to establish yourself as the go to person for mid card slums, then most of your focus, of course, would need to be on the on getting in front of people who matter and speaking about that mid card slump. So, but then we at the same time, you will wanna kind of devote energy regardless to pitching those clients.
Cool. Thank you. Awesome. Yeah. Don.
So, I I know I mentioned three things, but I wanted to get into specifics with you just for a minute.
Mhmm.
One of the specifics is I wanna speak in health care organizations to position myself as an expert in communications both internally and externally. So internally, I could say I can enhance the morale and the productivity of internal teams.
Externally, it’s through email marketing, through patient engagement, or, you know, promotion of of that health care organization.
Mhmm. Years ago, they interviewed the number one girl scout salesperson in the world. She’s, like, twelve years old.
And they asked her what was the secret to your success, and she said, I talked to everybody.
Exactly.
Yeah. I can even show you my goal from this sheet, and I can share this sheet with you if you want. I want a hundred touches a day, whether it’s through phone or email or through LinkedIn.
I want Yeah. Conversations either through email or through voice with two things that move the needle forward, whether it’s a discovery call or a speaking engagement or whatever I do. You know, I’m measuring it every single day, and I’m holding my feet to the fire to this.
Every successful that’s really, really good.
Yeah.
Savvy successful person I’ve seen. And for me, for the million dollar goal, I need to get I gotta go out and take massive action. The The second thing is to expand my client base, I’m gonna have strategic contracts with at least five national health care organizations and then develop referral partnerships. And then finally, to build up my my team, I have a very good friend of mine who was involved in selection. That was his career.
And so he’s already said he’ll come on board and help me with the selection process so I don’t make a lot of mistakes. I already also have a great, article that I shared with Cody on how to select the best VA for your organization. I can share that out on the Slack as well. And, and upscaling the team.
You know? So I already hired a copywriter that I worked with a few years ago.
So I’m already setting the things in place so that once it scales very quickly, I’m already prepared.
I’m not Okay.
Once things once things are building.
So Yeah.
Yeah. No. I think that’s a really, really great way of approaching. That’s something that we do in our business is, like, we have, like, a marketing habit tracker that I have I because I like I said, I treat marketing as a habit.
So I would crack, like, podcast pitches, collab calls, you know, share even sharing a lead magnet, reaching out to some speaking gigs. So you need to get really, really intentional about it and measure it every month and come back to it and see, like, okay. What is happening? Because it’s always easy to think.
I post it on social media, so I’m marketing my business, but, no, that is not it. So yeah. So you’d wanna kind of get way more intentional and more granular about it.
Awesome. Great, Don. Thank you for sharing. Okay. Cool. Anyone else wanna share, or we can move on to the next part, which is putting your plan together on one page.
Cool. Okay. Let’s move on. So let me there’s my share gone.
So this one’s like so this is very similar to what Don was talking about. It’s your you you know, like, you wanna get really granular about what skills you wanna develop, what where do you wanna, you know, build on, any offers you wanna launch, what are you gonna leverage in terms of people, systems, etcetera.
Before that, though, you also wanna look at what needs to happen together by December thirty first. Now here’s the thing. This is how this is where we do this a little differently. You all can, you know, plan all quarters.
Something about Meinke and Me is that we always run our business in a way where we wanna work very few hours in the business. We, we’ve always worked not be not always, but for the last so many years, we’ve worked anywhere between four to five hours, not more than that.
And we wanna keep it that way. We travel a lot, and we people are.
So we very rarely would plan out our quarters in great detail. What we will plan out, we plan quarter by quarter. So the first quarter, we know exactly what we wanna be doing, and we let that guide what we wanna be doing in the second quarter. So you may not wanna do that.
That’s totally cool. You can go ahead and plug in the big stones you wanna move in, you know, all these different quarters, which is great. For us, I just like to know what am I going to be doing when focusing my energy on in q one besides client work, of course. So like I said, that’s our focus is to launch Intentionally Profitable in January, February, or our energy is gonna be dedicated towards that.
Once you’ve done this, you wanna come back and put your twenty twenty five plan on the page.
My question, I can see them comments come up in the chat for y’all is, do you know what you would be doing in q one to meet that big target?
I know Don does. I wanna know about the others. Do you know what you would be doing to get your get closer to that big target. So for thought leadership, for instance, Jessica, what would you be doing in q one? What would you be focusing your energy on? Same for lethal.
Yeah.
No. Did you have a question?
Like I said, another thing I’m doing too is I’m creating short videos, but I don’t wanna create too many videos out there where I’m just always I wanna make it about quality rather than quantity.
But I also, if I’m creating a intro video about who I am and what I do for, like, a minute or so, I’ve already created one so that if I’m prospecting and someone’s like, well, who is this guy? I can send that video, and it’s a big leap forward in terms of my presence. Right?
I just need Yeah.
Who I am or whatever. But if they see me present, they’ll say, well, okay. I mean, this guy would be worth having in our organization, and that would get that would get things going.
So I think that’s a good idea.
Yeah.
Alright. Do you all have what you would be doing in q one to get closer to that big target segment?
Do you wanna share?
Sure.
So q one, finalize my standardized offer and retainer offer for January.
Mhmm. Start pitching prospects, like, a hundred fifty per month in February, March. Is that a good number?
Okay. You would only know when you test it out. Yeah. Go for it. That’s how you set benchmarks. Right? Yeah.
Yeah.
Pitch fifty podcasts per month to talk about mid cart slump, and I’d go ahead and start that in January.
Mhmm. Start posting to LinkedIn consistently January, February, March, and then get in front of two groups of people per month and present something on mid cart.
Okay.
Do you think any of those numbers should be higher or, like do you think?
Podcast number is great. The picture is great.
Like, those can be you know, like, use those to set your benchmarks.
You you set your future baselines. Right? Let’s, like, kind of a, I, and c. And that’ll kinda also help you see the apply the whole ten x’s either than two x thing and see which ones kind of go for the big thing rather than just focusing on the busy work.
Just to know about the LinkedIn thing, is that, like, post on LinkedIn consistently? Yeah. That’s what I was gonna even ask you because I’ve never, like, even used LinkedIn to market my stuff.
So this was just gonna be a place that I go.
I mean, I usually, I say consistent is whatever I can keep up with as a habit and not fail, and therefore, I can do it consistently. So Mhmm. To begin, like, two times a week, which I know is probably low.
But, yeah, I think two times a week to begin.
Again, one time could possibly one of the be one of those things that could either be a a ten x or it could be a two x. So it’s so cute only, though. For some, I know it’s definitely one of those two ex activities that they should stop doing.
Right. But then there are others who I know who you know, for them, it’s definitely, a great multiplier. So, you would you know, when you test it out. But, yeah, go for two, and then you can always come back, reevaluate, look at how January went, and then that’s the whole idea, though. Right? You set these goals, but then you also wanna come back to me because it which is why tracking them is so important.
Cool. Anyone else wanna share? Welcome. What their q one is going to be focused on?
I have some some ideas. Sure.
So January is gonna be really quiet for me work wise, so it’s gonna be, like, my content month.
I Excellent.
Am struggling to find a medium or authority, like, section of social media that works with me, but I think I’m slowly, like, landing and settling on video, long form video, like YouTube. Mhmm.
So what I was thinking could be wise is to create lots of YouTube videos that form, like, a mini course.
Then that mini course can be repurposed into a playbook that I don’t have to write. Someone else can write it because they’ll have the course.
Mhmm.
And then that could also be filtered down hopefully into whatever needs to be for the rest of the quarter. If I get everything done in Jan, perhaps someone could help me repurpose it to platforms.
That would help you move closer to your big target in q one? Like, by end of it, would you feel like, okay. I’ve, like, knocked off one I’m, like, one fourth way through to meeting that big big goal.
I feel like that target is gonna help me move towards my, like, q three goals, but not necessarily, like, instantly. I also wanted to do cold outreach, so I’ve been trying to get my shit together, essentially, to call the outreach and emails and and such for the last six months. And somehow I still have been struggling. But now I think I have reached enough saturation and enough noise, and I’m just going to do it in January.
So I also wanted to get that down. And I I think that call cold email outreach might produce faster results than Mhmm.
What I’m currently doing because I’m getting some traction on LinkedIn. Like, I am slowly figuring it out. One of my greatest, realizations if I don’t know if this is the same for everyone else, but LinkedIn is not a text social media. It is an image and video of social media. Everything that does well online is either has an image or a video attached to it.
Sorry. That was my They’re all linked to it. Yeah. All my sales.
From yeah.
Yeah. So I somehow feel that, yes, the call outreach is what would help you get, like, faster results, especially if your big target is to sign more clients.
Like I shared earlier, thought leadership is great. Highly, highly recommend all of you should be doing it, like, not just the people who feel like it’s gonna be the big domino to move things, but everybody.
But it’s it can sometimes take time. I’m not saying it always take time, but sometimes it can. So yeah.
Could I should I a while ago. So one of I’ve had many tried and failed projects this year, but, one of the other ones was to set up, a live webinar and run ads to it. I have very little experience in doing those things.
I obviously hit, like, a million blockers in that, but I don’t think I can do both. So I I’m pretty sure I can do the call outreach stuff because I’m getting close there. But with authority, should I try run ads, or should I try do organic YouTube stuff?
Or should you get to the webinar that you’re planning to do in front of groups where your clients are already there?
By asking. By Oh, both touching.
Yeah. By just kind of, you know, like, also tapping your network, finding out who knows who usually. Like, I feel like before can you run ads to a webinar and get in front of more people? Sure.
But I would wanna validate that webinar first before pouring money into it and see whether it’s even converting. Like, what’s the purpose of that webinar? If it’s to find clients, why not actually test it out with a room for all of your ideal prospects first? So think about, like, where would your ideal people be hanging out?
Or what would they be using and use that? Like, I know I think Katie is doing one for Deadline Funnel, which is great because that’s like a, Katie, you’re doing one for Deadline Funnel. Right? Cool. Yeah. So that’s great because her audience, of course, creators would be using Deadline Funnel.
Great way to get in front of them. So, yeah, add me too. Awesome. So I would say think about that. Like, validate your ideas first. And like Abby said, organic YouTube with paid ads on videos at the phone bill. Exactly.
Test out your content to see what’s landing before putting money into it.
That makes sense. Okay. I’ve yeah. I’ve been trying to start small with the webinar thing, but I haven’t found many I haven’t found, like, network, I suppose, of people. Yeah.
For Okay.
So maybe just share why why don’t you do it in the group share who who are the kind of people you’re kind of, you know, in Slack, drop a note, let us know who are the people you’re trying to get in front of. Yeah. Let all of us do some brainstorming for where could you present.
Okay. Alright. Cool. You’re welcome. Thank you.
Awesome.
Great. Cool. So okay. We’ve got what you’ll be doing in q one If you feel excited, go ahead and do the other quarters as well. I mean, there’s no hard and fast rule there. Katie.
Hi, Berna.
So I feel like my reflection on this has been impacted by like, I feel like I was full throttle with my signature offer in the fall, but now the response has okay. And I am my my fee for twenty twenty five is, like, acting faster and, like, doing more of everything. So I know that, like, while I have been doing direct outreach, I it has been like a trickle where it needs to be more of a, like, fire hose.
But, I’m wondering, like, if I’m if I’m still not sure if I have, like, message market fits. Like, if I’m, you know, I just Mhmm. I know I’m not talking to the right people because my audience is not like, the people currently following me on social media are not the people my offer is for, same with my email list. Like so my step one goal for twenty twenty five is really, like, dialing in that messaging and getting in front of the people who can pay and desire this offer.
I’m wondering because it it doesn’t seem like thought leadership is the place to start if I’m still not sure about the message.
So direct outreach, I guess, will give me that feedback, like, which which emails get a response. But I was just wondering, like Yeah. What would you what deeper would you focus on pulling first if I’m really trying to make sure I’m talking to the right people with the right framing.
Good question. Okay. So what I would pull would definitely be like, I’m look I’m gonna reference the sheet that, you know, we have in the in the goal setting report.
When you look at the twenty twenty five plan on a page thing, I would definitely definitely pull on authority.
I know that sounds big on leadership, but it’s not really. What I would do is for message market set, essentially, to make sure that I’m, like, I’m saying the things that people wanna hear, a, and, b, I have an offer that people wanna buy.
Besides direct outreach, I would want to actually speak to prospects and not sell, but just kind of get, like, direct feedback on whether or not this is an offer that they would even consider buying.
A good way to do that, if you have past clients who are a great fit for this, like, that would be my first port of call. But if not, I would, like, reach out to past mentors. I would reach out to a podcast host, that I’ve been listening to. I will reach out to, like, you know, people who I know would have the budget and the courses and the offers to benefit from it and just get, like, brutally honest feedback, there. And then see whether or not, you know is it a is it a messaging thing? Is it an author positioning thing?
Or is it an audience thing?
Which is part of positioning essentially, but yeah.
Yeah.
Yeah. Well, I mean, I I’m getting feedback from my current audience that is very clear and they, like, that they understand what it is and all of that. But, yeah, I definitely think it needs to be, like, interviews with those real ideal clients.
Yeah. That is who I would speak with. Like, that’s what we did when we were working on our back end retailer offer.
It’s just kind of, like, so that we could fine tune it to fit our clients needs perfectly. Yeah. That was really helpful for us.
Okay. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Patty?
Hey. Yeah. So, part of my million dollar years is gonna be closing, like, a product to fifty a month and then stacking the retainers.
My question so, like, from where I’ve done quite a full cost this year, I am getting, like, a lot of leads, like, a couple a week and but they’re all, like, five to ten k leads. Like, I none of them could afford, like, fifty k. And I don’t know what to do with them because, like, where I’m supposed to the million dollar years, like, I know selling, like, a five k, like, sales page or audit isn’t gonna help me get to a million dollars.
But also yeah. I don’t wanna just turn away. So I’m just wondering if you have any ideas of where I could monetize those.
And the yeah. The other thing I consider is because my my partner, when he finishes his PhD, I want him to, like, write copy for me. So I’ve got I’ve got him, but I also don’t wanna cannibalize my kind of high ticket offer by offering, like, smaller offers for this audience. So, yeah, I’d love your your thoughts around that.
Mine are a little different in the sense that okay.
And why they’re different is mainly because we have, like, a really good repeat project rate.
I would take the ten k project and turn it into a hundred k project, which is pretty much what we’ve done. Like, even this year, our, like, fifty k project, we already booked in for another fifty k next year. So that’s gonna be, like, a hundred k client in any case. So I do understand that, yes, you wanna close a fifty k client, every month, but I won’t let that hold you back from closing the ten k clients and then turning them into hundred k or even two hundred k clients.
It just it feels like a gamble, like, working with kind of this they sit they’re six figure course creators who, like, they sold that offer, but it’s it’s kind of different than working with, like, someone like Joe who’s got a proven offer.
It’s can’t afford Yeah.
The Yeah. That, I comp I completely agree.
That is always a gamble. And that you could consider having the junior copywriter and subcontracting it with, like, a sixty forty kind of a split.
But I personally feel like then you’re doing more cheating work and more, you know, like, badger work. So a good option then is essentially to let them know that, hey. Then maybe they’re not the right fit for you. A lot of designers do that, Abby. Like, you just need to get comfortable with saying no.
You know? Yeah. But yeah. A lot I mean, I like, there are so many designers I know who will not take a website design project under fifty k or under thirty k, and I think that is so important.
And especially if this is your goal and if this is what you’re really drawn, that, okay, I wanna sign on, like, a fifty k client every year every month. What you wanna do is because the thing with yes. But the thing with the smaller clients is definitely, yes. They will you will be blocking capacity, and then you need to be prepared for that.
So that is something to keep in mind. I’m a big fan of turning the one off projects into the big project. That’s what that worked really well for us, but I can see what you’re saying as well. So I would say that they’re just kind of, like, really comfortable with saying no, and being very clear on your website with your project minimums.
So, you know, you’re not also you’re you’re, a, you’re owning the right positioning. You’re, like, getting that right message about and then also speaking to the clients will be perfect fit for you.
Mhmm. Alright. Thanks, Brenna.
You’re welcome.
Awesome. Great. Cool. Let’s look at the last page. We’ve got a couple minutes. This one is a really easy one.
What you wanna do is you wanna put what your twenty twenty five goal for this year here, and you wanna put, you know, what the goal is gonna be, like, the specific number goal for q one on this side, which is, like, easy. Like, once you’ve done this, this is really easy. What you want to focus on, which is where I would love to see if for those of you who are going to share in Slack later on, I would love to see this.
And just so that, you know, as someone who will be seeing you, implement this, I am in the loop of what are the skills you’re looking to build? What’s the authority that you’ll be working on?
How would you be bringing the money into your business? What would you be leveraging? And what’s your mindset going to be like? So for me, for the for the mindset part, this is something I have worked on a lot over the last few years. This is something I’m gonna keep focusing on is a focus on the gain, not the gap.
I think I’ve already recommended the gap in the gain book. You probably see it behind me in the bookshelf as well. I really recommend those of you who tend to kind of look, feel like you’re not doing enough.
Really recommend that. And, of course, ten x is easier than two x, both by the same author, coincidentally.
But, yeah, highly, highly recommend. But think about what your mindset’s gonna be, so that you can accomplish these. But this is what you should be focusing on. So what are the skills you’d be selling?
Like, for us, what we wanna really sell this this your essentially, profit engineering for service businesses, profit engineering process improvements for our period of time’s, authority.
I’ve enjoyed speaking at international events. I tried it two a year. I would wanna keep doing two a year because international travel feels like a lot to me. But I yeah. So, so just kinda get really, really clear on what that would look like, for you, quarterly launches, what would you be leveraging. For us, we have a great team already of contractors, so we don’t really need to you know, we’re not, like, kind of looking to bring in more people, but we do wanna, you know, add in more AI agents, integrate AI into our workflows, continue doing that.
Just kind of think about what are the skills, what’s the authority, especially for those of you looking at thought leadership. What does it even look like? Like, which events would you wanna speak at or which events would you want to do a workshop at? Do you wanna do an in person client workshop? Like, one of the things I did this year that worked out really well was a VIP half day workshop with the client in Chicago while I was speaking at an event there, and I definitely wanna do more of that. So think about all those things have worked out really well from an authority perspective.
So this section, I would print it out and keep it in for me. And, like, once I’ve obviously, like, filled it out properly.
But for all of you, I would like to see what this looks like for you so I could hold you accountable.
If you wanna take a few minutes and fill it in now, that’s great. But I know, like, you’re overtime. If you wanna do it on your own time and share it with me in Slack, that would be great too.
Okay. Lizzo, great question. When do I wanna see it Thursday night for me all? So, yeah, anytime next week would be great. Take the weekend, sit with it, think about it, and drop it, and tag me in Slack. I would love to take a look at it.
Cool.
Okay. Great.
This was fun. Thank you so much, everybody, for being here. I’m gonna wait to see your plans and your goals and work. Bye. Thank you, Lisa.
Bye.
How to Optimize When You Can’t Change the Offer
How to Optimize When You Can't Change the Offer
Transcript
Without further ado, I’m gonna kick it off. We’re, like, one minute past the time, so it started. I wanna keep more time for questions. And if you have an offer that you feel can be optimized without really changing the bones of the offer, well, we can look at that too after the call. Or if you’ve got, like, copy one critique, etcetera, we can do that too. Cool.
So alright.
You should be able to see offer optimization with a twist. How to optimize the offer when you can change it. Like I was saying, offer optimization has always, always been a huge part of my process right from the beginning. It is something that I believe very strongly in and would not touch a project without looking at the offer first.
So but what do you do when you can’t really change the offer? It’s very good to say, okay. You know what? This is not gonna work for this audience.
Let’s just switch it out.
But for the majority of our clients, like, at least, you know, the clients that we work with in the courses coaching niche, it’s not always possible to change an offer. Right? You can’t you need to work with the structure of the offer, but you still need to optimize it, and that’s what today’s training is all about.
So here’s what we’re gonna cover, why offer optimization is critical for any launch or relaunch. And, again, like I said, I’m speaking from my personal experience working with course creators, coaches, and consultants.
Mistakes most strategists make with offer optimization and then, of course, the three levers to pull and optimize an offer when you can’t really change it.
Cool. So why should you be optimizing an offer? Quite simply because it improves customer experience and increases conversion.
So customer experience is a huge part of the offer delivery. Right? And optimizing an offer is where you wanna look at it as well. So, and we’ll get into that in a bit. But when you improve customer experience, it just, you know, really, really helps increase conversions, not just in the short term, but in the long term.
And offer optimization is one process that is key to increasing perceived value, addressing objections, driving, you know, just kind of driving more sales at every stage, and it really helps for an offer to stand out, especially if you’re in competitive niches like most of our clients are, you know, say say online marketing or health health and wellness. Those are, like, extremely competitive niches, so how do you stand out?
That’s where offer optimization really shines. So what is not offer optimization?
Just slapping on a discount and saying that, okay. Let’s just, you know, slash the price. That is not offer optimization.
A discount can be an urgency mechanism. It doesn’t have to be. You don’t have to always decide something. But point is, it’s an urgency mechanism. It is not optimization.
Similarly, goes without saying, I’m sure no one in this room is gonna be doing this, but using click bait, beta, anything that feels icky is not offer optimization either. So, just keep in mind, it there’s more to optimizing an offer.
At the same time, I’ve seen this happen several times. You know? When strategists start with offer optimization, they will focus only on one element of an offer, so maybe course content.
Great. But that’s not just the off that’s not the offer in itself. Right? Like, you need to look at the offer holistically from positioning, pricing, people, platform. Like, you need to look at the offer completely before you start to optimize it. Similarly, the other mistake I see is overcomplicating the offer.
So either using a lot of fancy terms to describe it, overcomplicating the the overall positioning, the USP, the, you know, the value prop, or just kind of overcomplicating delivery mechanisms. You know, so just having, like, calls in the community and all of that. And then most importantly, the big mistake I see is when people make assumptions based on what’s happening in the industry.
Oh, the latest trend reports come up, or, oh, so and so is doing this with their offer. So we should test it out because they’re in the same niche or same industry as us. Please. Like, as a strategist, you wanna keep an eye on trends. You wanna keep an eye on what the competition is doing. You wanna keep an eye on what’s happening in that industry, but you don’t wanna make any assumptions.
You always wanna look at data. You wanna look at the details. I always talk about the three d’s, and you’ll you know, if you’re interested, I can send you the post. I wrote on using the three d’s for launches, but or for relaunches rather, but point is the three d’s that I look at is data, details, and depth.
So data is, of course, the numbers, what is and both qualitative and quantitative, so the numbers and the, you know, the survey responses and all of that information. The details is, you know, the details of the offer itself, like what’s changed, what’s not changed, and depth is what’s happening in in the world around us because we wanna add context. We wanna add nuance to our offers as well. So never ever ever like, if there was one mistake that I would tell you to avoid at all costs, like, you could get away with this.
You could get away with this as well, but making assumptions based on what you’re seeing, is can be one of the biggest mistakes ever because you could be seeing the industry do one thing, and it may just not work for your customer’s audience because of, like I said, data details and that. So you wanna look at those first.
Alright. So what are the three levers that you should pull when optimizing an offer when you can’t really change it?
First up, you can optimize for value perception. So you can pull the value lever by increasing perceived value of the offer by including either bonuses or content.
Another thing you’ll hear me say often is bonuses are not good or after rocks.
Every bonus I this is something I feel super, super strongly about. Like, every bonus has a job to do. I will go through a client’s bonus per suite, and I will remove anything that does is not serving a purpose there.
And, yeah, I I will make very, very strong arguments for it. Like, I believe that any bonus that’s a filler needs to go. You cannot be wasting your audience’s time and just slapping a random value auto bonus.
If there is an objection that can be addressed, make it a bonus.
If there is a next step that can be taken by someone, you could add a bonus. So example in ready to sell, which is my program, we have module specific bonuses where we, you know, which get next steps. So once you’ve done, say, the opt in page, if you wanna write, say, thank you pages, here’s how you could do it. Or if you wanna do webinar scripts, here’s how you can do it.
Speaking of bonuses, for those of you who are who may be interested in how to approach bonuses, because this is like a big part of when you’re looking at an offer when you can’t really change the offer, the core offer itself, I do have a detailed blog post on the content based blog. I’ll drop the link in the chat after the session. You could go ahead take a look at it. It’s very in-depth on all the different jobs a bonus can do. Would really help you, you know, keep in keep in mind some guidelines around how to approach bonuses.
You could always you know, again, for value perception, you agree with a guarantee.
So the purpose of the guarantee, again, it’s not a placeholder. The guarantee is not you don’t just always need to take money back guarantee just because, again, everybody else has it.
The purpose of your guarantee is to remove the, oh, well, this won’t work on me, or I’ve tried it in the past, but I’ve been burned.
Your again, like your bonuses, your guarantee has a job to do. So take a good look at that guarantee and see how can you optimize that to optimize the offer and, of course, then overcome an objection in the process as well. So you wanna be very you know, when you’re looking at the offer, you wanna look at any question and ask and get curious about the fact, like, why do we have thirty days, or why do we have seven days? Like, is this, like, an arbitrary number that we just picked out of thin air, or is there solid reasoning behind it?
So give a careful thought, before just, like, taking it off that, yes, we have a guarantee.
And the third way you can optimize for value perception is add accessibility in different forms.
You can increase the perceived value and the actual value. In fact, often offer by adding accessibility.
A lot of offers that our clients had created, you know, like, years ago have almost no accessibility. So we have you know, when you were looking at things like closed captions, transcripts, downloads, Google Docs for workbooks instead of PDFs that require you to kind of, you know, PDF workbooks were big at one point. Then everyone realized, like, okay. Not everyone’s gonna be printing them out. No one really wants to, you know, type in tiny text in those fillable fields. So all of a sudden, Google Docs workbook became more accessible.
So looking at those elements of an offer to, you know, improve accessibility is great. Of course, you wanna make sure, you you know, things like payment plans, especially if you’re viewing with an audience or speaking to an audience where, you know, budget’s going to be a concern.
One of my personal pet peeves and this is my personal pet peeve. I’ve, you know, had clients in the past who have done this. It’s not something I’m a hundred percent behind. I do make sure they know where I stand on this is where you pull an extended payment plan out, like, say, at the very last minute of a launch. I’ve had several clients do this. I know the psychology behind it. It’s just something that does not sit right with me personally, so I make sure I let them know and especially if I have data to back whatever, points I’m making, I back it up with data again because we don’t wanna make any assumptions based on what I personally feel.
So think about those things, you know, like when you’re making those recommendations to your clients, like, okay. I know we have a twelve per payment plan that we will be using at the last minute to encourage those last minute sales. But having spoken to our audience and having combed through survey responses, I know most of them are very, very concerned about this being a discretionary purchase.
So I have a recommendation based on all of this information that I have, and then you have, like, all of the, you know, the quotes, responses, the percentages to help them see where you’re coming from when you make the recommendation that, okay. I feel like we should present the twelve part payment plan right at the beginning instead of right at the end.
So things like these can add help add accessibility, access to the owner, the course creator, or the offer owner via calls, any apps that you have, private podcast of you know, anything that offers quick wins, those are great ways to increase and improve value perception of their offer.
Okay. The next thing you can optimize for when you can’t change the offer is optimize your experience.
Alright. Quick side note. We’ve been having a few power cuts. If I lose power, I will come back here.
So it may go just it may just go dark, but, yeah, I’ve not just walked out of the room. I will come back. Okay. Cool.
So optimize for student experience. So I’ll give you an example here.
Couple years ago, I was working on an, on, a membership site we launched for one of our clients who’s got an astrology program. And one of the things that came out in her surveys and her student interviews was that the platform, the membership platform that she was on was not very, you know, user friendly. And while everybody loved her content, they were not fans of the platform at all. We we took that information to her and her team and her you know, they worked to move that move from that membership platform to a whole other one for better student experience leading to not only great enrollment, rates, but also way better student feedback, that, again, has a ripple effect on, a, reducing churn, and, b, more enrollments because, you know, people are giving great feedback about it.
So this was such a simple thing to do to improve student experience. So how easy is the course platform to use? What are the communities engaged? Is it crickets?
Do they need to bring in a community manager? You know, if the course owner or course creator or the offer owner is, or is the content easy to find? All of those things. So what you wanna ask yourself is, what about the student experience can be optimized to, again, increase the value or change the prospects, you know, perception of this program?
So look at the student experience from all different angles. You kinda say, oh, they’re unteachable. I’m just gonna sell for that. Could they be on a different platform?
Similarly, the student onboarding and the post purchase experience. Super, super important. You will be shocked. Like, this is such a low hanging fruit for anyone who’s working in the post creator market to kind of tap into and reach out to past clients and ask them, like, hey.
What is your student onboarding and post purchase experience look like? Chances are a lot of them would have, like, the standard email that goes out saying, hey. You’re signed in. Watch out for an email from Kajabi or Teachable or whatever platform they’re on, and that’s pretty much it.
And then, you know, they get, like, the regular newsletters and all of that. So that’s like a it’s like such a low lift strategy to optimize an offer by saying, you know, I’ll be there to kind of guide you as you go through the course.
I’ll be there to show you what the next steps are. You will get, you know, periodic nudges from us asking you that. And a lot of platforms these days make it really easy for you to do that as well. Like, you know, circle makes it really easy to do that. You could also, of course, set up automated sequences. Point is the setup is one thing, but you need to start looking at these elements when you’re optimizing an offer in order to make it a much stronger and an easier sell as well.
And the third really where you can pull is, of course, optimize for reach. So every business owner when they’re launching a new product, again, regardless of whether they’re, you know, creative entrepreneurs, course creators, Any any business owner needs more reach. So you wanna look at can you start by looking at their messaging and their positioning and think about, okay. Can we optimize the offer by repositioning it?
Do we need to change the messaging slightly, entirely, make it complete three sixty? Like, start asking yourself those questions when you’re looking at, of course, the data, but also when you’re talking to the client, when you’re talking to their clients.
And then sometimes you’ll find that the USP, which was great in, say, twenty twenty one or twenty twenty two is now really dated and does not do the offer justice. So maybe you need to go back to the point board, come up with a whole all of these things could be part of your offer optimization.
And I know some of you may be thinking like, okay. This gets tricky because how do I kind of account for all of this work?
But that is something you need to start thinking about when you have those initial calls with the time when you start looking at the offer and before you, you know, send them your proposal. You would need to have some once of an idea. Like, okay. This USB especially if you’ve been in your industry for a while, you will know that, okay. This is not this messaging needs to, you know, change. How much? We’ll kind of come to that later.
Here are a bunch of other factors that you keep in mind when optimizing an offer that cannot be changed. First up, of course, like I said, positioning. I would always, always start with positioning. Sometimes just repositioning an offer, looking at a different audience segment, a subsegment of, the client’s overall audience, all of those things can make a huge difference. Like, those small shifts in how you speak to an audience would, you know, yeah, lead to some really great results.
Lean on cognitive biases. Like, all of us know that that’s how the human things without, again, without being without, like, kind of being icky about it, you can start using things like anchoring and scarcity and authority and any other cognitive bias. Like, for those of you who wanna get, like, a quick story in how to do this, I would highly recommend signing up to Caitlin Bergeron’s newsletter, why we buy excellent case studies in how different brands use different biases across different industries. So I would strongly recommend signing up for that if you aren’t already on her list.
And like I said, optimize for accessibility. Again, it’s really easy, like, to do that and make the offer really robust and increase value.
Look for the three p’s, the price, people, and platform.
Interestingly enough about price, like I said, simply giving a discount is not optimization. Similarly, just increasing the price is not optimization either. Having said that, you may always wanna look at the price to see, does it fit right with the audience, especially if you’re repositioning an offer.
Does it align with that new positioning, or is there a mismatch there?
In every every single element, what I found works really well is to, yes, have an idea, have an understanding of the industry and the market, but also look at what the data tells you. Like, that always always makes sense.
And then social proof, another big one. So, you can always optimize an offer by leveraging elements of social proof. So and if you don’t have social proof, then is there a way of sourcing social proof? Like, are clients open to that? Are they open for you to get on calls and get social proof? Are they open to you sending surveys out to their clients in getting social proof? If it’s a brand new offer, are they willing to run a beat around in order to get social proof, or do you need to get social proof through things like studies and stats?
Because that’s a different kind of social proof, but it’s social proof in any case. Point is you can use social proof again as part of offer optimization to both improve value perception, optimize for reach, and, of course, you know, just make the offer stand out more in an industry that may in a niche that may be outed.
Cool.
Like I said, huge panel of our organization.
The you could write the best copy, but a poor offer yeah.
The best copy would not save a poor offer. So spend more time on offer optimization because this, like, this whole process that I walked you through, this is, like, just what I would do if I can’t change the offer. And there’s obviously way more, that goes into it. So, yes, it is time consuming, but it saves you so much more time when you sit down to write the copy because you know you have a solid offer with legs that you can stand behind and that will stand out in the market or the industry that you’re looking to kind of, you know, make it stand out in.
So skipping optimization is something no strategist with this all should ever even think about doing. Like, it is part of my VIP experience as well. Like, that’s the reason why, like, my VIP package is, like, two weeks because I will not skip offer optimization at any cost. So I know this may not be the popular thing, but, again, you’re in copy school professional.
You’re not here to do what’s, you know, the easier, the popular thing. You’re supposed to do the thing that’s gonna make you and your clients the most money. And when you start optimizing offers with an eye on increasing conversions, it becomes that much easier for your clients to make more money and, of course, for you to charge, a really good, some too. So, yeah, do not skip it at any any cost.
Cool. Now you know all of this. Why is it critical? What are the mistakes it would? And most importantly, what are the three levers to pull when you’re optimizing an offer without changing its core elements?
That was a fast presentation.
Let’s look at questions.
Transcript
Today is ah, a work day. We’re gonna make videos.
You’re gonna love it.
I know.
So I that’s what, today’s whole training is about. If you didn’t look at the workbook and you showed up anyway, that’ll, teach you to look at the workbook going forward.
Okay. But it’s actually really, really fun. So this is, of course, the month of straight line copywriting. And among that, we wanna make sure that you are, driving to get more of your own clients as well using straight line copywriting slash straight line selling techniques. One of those is increasing certainty in you as someone that people should hire. Now one of the big things that copywriters overlook, oh, record on this computer, one of the big things that copywriters overlook is, that a lot of your prospects, people that you wish would hire you, they don’t like hiring freelancers because they’ve been burned by other freelancers, like a lot a lot. So it’s important that we address all of those objections and not just not introduce them of course, but where those objections exist, we wanna make sure that we have done what it takes to get rid of them so that we have good qualified leads coming in.
That’s why today, we’re going to focus on using tools in order to get to a place where we can, overcome those objections and get straight into the straight line. So this is what you should have handy. We’re gonna write a pinned post video sales letter to increase certainty in you. Pinned posts are basically these things. So you’ve got three on Instagram you can throw there.
You can do featured ones. They’re just called featured on, LinkedIn, and they, like, default to being featured. So certain posts that you have will, like the newest ones will get pinned unless you manage them. You can remove pins.
You can see which ones, you’ve what you’ve posted that has gone over well. You’ll have multiple ways to or multiple posts that you can pin or feature on LinkedIn. This is just gonna be one of them. So that means that you have to be able you have to be willing to post this video first as, like, a post, and then you get to pin it.
Unless someone knows a different way, but that’s what my team told me. So that’s what we do.
So this is the idea here is we wanna lean heavily on AI to help us with the stuff, that keeps us from doing this hard work because I know that not a lot of people want to do a video, but we’re going to. And so what can we do to remove the friction?
We can get ChatGPT and other tools to do a lot of the heavy lifting for us. So what I want you to do, this is a working session, I want you to go ahead and open ChatGPT or your preferred writing tool, writing, like, AI platform, whatever it is. And, we’re going to get we’re gonna start here. You’re going to use CapGPT or whatever to generate a list of reasons that the target personas at your particular ICP hesitate to hire new freelance copywriters.
You’re new to their world. There’s a lot of friction you have to overcome there especially if they just don’t know that much about you yet. So I asked Chat GPT this. I’m using the book Way of the Wolf, by Jordan Belfort to better understand selling, breaks about straight line selling. I’m trying to apply that, to hiring copywriters.
Give me the five critical uncertainties that CDMOs that businesses have. And this is just general, so yours can get more specific, but CMOs businesses have when it comes to hiring a new freelance copywriter for their copywriting needs. Be sure to make this list relevant now in late twenty twenty four, and the five key things that, ChatGPT came up with probably won’t surprise any of us, but it’s good to know. So proof of impact. Let me increase this. I’m seeing people doing this to try to see it on your little monitors.
Proof of impact on conversions revenue. Now a lot of people think that. Right? A lot of us are sitting there going, oh, no.
I don’t have enough proof. But there are other things. Adaptability to AI tools. Are you do you know how to use a right, or are you going to come in and only use AI or refuse to use AI?
Will my team be worried that all you’re going to do is use AI or you’ll use it improperly or or or? So there’s a lot of anxiety there. Current market trends, do you understand what’s going on with what your prospect is trying to do?
Their culture, their brand? Are you able to integrate into the way that they get stuff done, not just tone of voice, but that’s part of it. Right? Can you fully grasp those things? And then consistency.
Are you reliable?
Will you deliver work consistently on time? All of those things. And if you’re not addressing this stuff, it could be okay. Maybe you don’t need to.
Maybe it’s like people are not worried about this. I would doubt it, though. I would absolutely doubt that that’s the case. Everybody, like, this is the kind of stuff that comes up at the very end and then they say, oh, we just don’t have budget for it.
You do have budget for it. There’s just some uncertainty here and that’s what straight line selling is, of course, all about. So then we want to move on. Oh, wait.
We’re not gonna do that yet. You’re gonna start by prompting AI to come up with the list of reasons that target personas. So think about it. Is it a CTO?
Is it a CPO, CRO, CMO, whoever it is, or someone lower, whatever, whoever that persona is at your ICP, why they would hesitate to hire new freelance copywriters. Okay? So prompt, ChatGPT or whatever to come up with, let’s say, five reasons, maybe ten reasons.
Five reasons makes it more manageable for you to create one piece of content around that. If it’s ten reasons, it’s gonna be a very long video. That just sounds like it could be a little too much. So I would say come up with three, five reasons. Okay? Do you understand your assignment?
Alright. Let’s talk to you have three minutes to get your AI tool to come up with this stuff.
Alright. That is time. Did anybody come up with anything interesting or unexpected that you would like to share? If so, come off mute and share. Otherwise, we move on.
Oh, everyone’s still muted. Okay. Alright. Cool. Then our next step today is to generate a VSL.
The VSL is purely to address what we’re talking what you just found. So this isn’t a BSL for everything to do with everything that you do. It really just you can imagine it won’t be maybe the first pinned post on Instagram. It might be the third one, or it might be just one of many featured posts on, you’ll you’ll figure that out, but the point is it has to be for somebody who’s at a place where they have already kind of been exposed to what you do, and they’re not wondering what do you focus on.
They can see that. Your page, your Instagram, or whatever, if I ended to say, like, here’s what I do, here’s who I serve, they can go to various places to find out more about that. This is really just like a working with me, why people love working with me. So it goes beyond I just deliver good work.
We’re not gonna talk about the great work that you deliver unless it’s part of the objections that AI came up with or those uncertainties that your prospect has. So we want to use ChatGPT or I don’t remember who it was. I feel like it was McGee over in our, the intensive freelancing who mentioned BigVue.
BigVue is a teleprompter. You’re going to want to use that today on your phone. We can talk about that. Don’t worry about that yet.
But it can also help you script, like, use AI to generate a script for your video sales letter or whatever where you can give it the prompts that AI just told you and pop it over there, or just continue using, ChatGPT to go forward with scripting your two minute VSL now. Now it doesn’t have to be two minutes. That’s not a magical number. There’s no absolute room for that.
We just don’t want it to be longer than two minutes, and we want to give people enough time, that they’re spending time with you is the idea. So if it’s thirty seconds, they haven’t really committed to spending time with you. You can keep them watching for two minutes. That is good for building up trust in you and all the other things that we’re trying to do when they’re not on the sales call with you.
So you want to have a hook.
So that is always the trick. That’s where you as a copywriter come in and make, make sure the DSL is better. A hook, a brief intro of who you are, and then get into why it’s so great to work with me, why brands love working with me. And you can mention, of course, your ICP here, so it doesn’t have to say why big brands.
It could be why coaches who are making five million dollars a year and wanna get ten million a year, why they love working with me. And then you hop into it. So you’re gonna use AI to generate that script for you. You can teach it whatever you want to about problem that’s taking solution or any frameworks you might want to use.
You’re going to make it your sidekick right now for your BSL, and I will give you five minutes to do that. Do you have any questions before you dive in?
No? Just come on up with a script that you will eventually be comfortable reading on your phone. Okay?
Cool.
Five minutes.
Alright. We lost a person.
Someone bailed, and I took a screenshot, so I’m gonna look at who bailed.
Okay. Awesome. So that was it for scripting. Did anybody get to a place where they feel they have a script that they could read?
Andrew is not sure.
Cody, Jess, Katie.
Okay. Have you tried reading it out?
Does it just suck?
Yeah. You wanna go again? Because we’re gonna record today.
Let’s do three more minutes to make it good.
Okay. Good. Yeah. Make some tweaks.
Yeah. Three minutes. Cool.
K. It looks like most of y’all are not in you can’t see your eyes moving across the page reading.
So I think that we’re okay. Okay. It doesn’t have to be perfect. We just wanna get this thing done and then you can add something to your calendar to go back in a week and do it differently, do it better, whatever whatever.
You’re gonna be really hard on yourself right now and probably on AI.
Don’t worry too much about it. Don’t overthink it. People don’t think about things nearly as much as we think they do. So, the next step is to take that leap.
Upload, add oh, sorry. Add BigVue to your phone if you haven’t already or whatever teleprompter you might have. There are other teleprompter tools all over the place. We just want to be ready to hit record and, start reading through your script.
So, that’s what I recommend that you do right now is have a teleprompter tool or just throw your Google Doc or whatever right on your phone, and then just be ready to read it. But you wanna look like you’re not reading it, and that’s where a teleprompter goes a long way. Your first take might be your best take, but it might also suck. So you’re gonna want to do this three times.
Read through it three times. Hit record on all of them.
Don’t wait for the perfect one. Like, this is the one, and then you hit record and you’re like, damn it. I should’ve have done the last one. Just record the whole way through. You’ve got a phone that can hold, like, tons. Like, I’m sure most of us have, like, storage that’s bananas, so don’t worry about it. Does anybody have one of these sorts of things?
This little tool is for this is what I use when I’m recording.
The phone, the light.
Whatever you have that’s like that, go ahead and get your phone set up to be lighting you, and you’re going to be recording right on it. Who’s got that? People are getting organized. I like it. Jess has hers.
Amber’s like, I’m in a co working space, so I can’t no. Yeah. Okay. It’s cool. If you can’t if you can, please do.
Try not to do it on Zoom because it can be really wonky even when you use, like, Opus or something to to cut it down to, like, lands not landscape, vertical portrait.
It can be a little wonky. That’s what my social media person says. So they don’t like us to use, Zoom for it. So just use your phone.
Doesn’t have to be crazy, fancy. This is on Amazon for twenty bucks or something like that. Is not fancy. I think it’s from I think it’s made in China.
This wasn’t one of my socially conscious purchases.
Twenty bucks. Got the job done. So my so get those if you don’t already have one.
What you’re going to do now is a couple of things. I’ll give you ten minutes, and then when you’re done, that will come back on and we’ll flip over to the q and a part of today.
If you what I want to caution against is going off camera ten minutes and pretending to do this. I know most of you won’t, but there’ll be part of you that’s like, do I have to Joe doesn’t own my business. I can do whatever I want to. I’m paying to be here.
It’s true. All of those things are true, but I do strongly recommend that you do the hard things that you don’t like doing. And if this is one then that’s all the more reason to do it, then you’ll say I did a hard thing today. I put that video together, and now it’s pinned on my site and now or my Instagram, my social, whatever, and now I have a better chance of closing more business.
This is all a step toward closing more business more easily with people who don’t have that price objection. Okay?
And then they won’t. Yeah. So that’s good, Kate. That’s awesome. Thank you for saying that.
You have ten minutes. Take several takes of it. It should only be a two minute deal. Roll through it.
If you don’t have a place to mount this, find somewhere around your house. Make sure that you’re not looking down. Always be looking a little bit up on it. All those things that you already know are true for social media.
Do your best to make yourself look pro. Okay?
Ten minutes, then we’ll come back. Good luck. Have fun.
Okay. I hope I am not cutting anything short here.
If you are ready, come back on camera.
If not, keep filming.
Good.
K.
Alright.
Good. Okay. Well, we got something done this morning. Your job is then to post it. Schedule it. Go for it.
Do the thing.
And then of course, book time in your calendar to go back, revisit it, see what you can see if, various analytics tools can help you see how far people are watching into a video, so go look into that. I can’t say if LinkedIn does. I haven’t we haven’t finished posting our featured post videos to Instagram. They’re in production.
So, yeah, I don’t know if you can see analytics on that. But does anybody know if you can see how far into a video you posted to LinkedIn people are watching?
I don’t think so.
But, yeah, go back and optimize it unless you’re happy with it and then leave it. You have other work to do.
How to Go from Zero to Full Certainty When Launching a New Product
How to Go from Zero to Full Certainty
When Launching a New Product
Transcript
So, yeah, so you wanna create that you know, you wanna start pulling those emotional triggers by connecting with their pain points, letting them know that, hey. You know what? If you are overwhelmed with how disorganized your home is, because of whatever, you know, like or, you know, let’s say you got the the quiz result that shows that you’re currently feeling extremely overwhelmed because your home’s full of clutter, I have something for you. Right?
This is what I have, and this is something that I’ve created based on twelve years of experience as a home organizer dealing with exceptionally cluttered homes. And if I can help x number of families do that, I can help you too. So you’re connecting with their pain points. You’re introducing the offer early on in the conversation, and you’re creating certainty by establishing yourself.
When I say yourself, if you’re working for a client, establishing your client as the expert by helping by doing all of this really early on in the funnel, whether it’s a webinar, a quiz, whatever it is.
So here’s what what you need to know. And I’m sure all of you know this already, but we kind of need sometimes step away from it is people buy when they’re both excited about the outcome and when they’re convinced that it’s the right investment for them. So it’s both a right brain, left brain kind of a thing. We we want both of these things to happen, and that will happen when you are going ahead and building certainty in the product, in the seller, and then, of course, the brand.
So here’s an insight into my process. When I’m working on a launch of least resistance, I lean very heavily on, of course, the offer. And something that I do as part of my process is and I do that for all kinds of launches, not just this one, is I go through the course or the membership or whatever is from a first person, from a student point of view so I can see exactly what they’ll be seeing.
And then I also lean really, really heavily on brand affinity.
So if you’re not collecting information about why your clients’ clients are loyal to them or, you know, are connected with the brand, not just the client. Right? We’re talking about the brand. How do they run their business?
That’s something you wanna start doing, especially if you wanna use launches of least resistance. I firmly believe you should be doing it in any case, but these three factors really come into play because these would help you, a, remove objections, b, create that logical certainty, and, see have that direct conversation with confidence and without it feeling, pushy or salesy because that’s why straight line selling generally gets a bad respond you know, get gets a bad rap is because it’s considered very pushy, very, you know, like, oh, I’ve got but you wanna come at it from a place of confidence, and you can still use the principles to help your prospects make a decision that they’re excited about.
So, yeah, definitely collect start collecting. If you’re not doing it, start collecting data. And next time you’re working with a client on yes. What makes the product great? What makes the client an expert? But what is it about the brand that brings people back to them or even attracts them initially?
Next up, you wanna start building emotional and logical certainty with offer presentation.
So, again, something to remember, you wanna connect features to pain points. You wanna connect features to benefits.
Really, really important. Start using stories and examples that speak directly to the struggles that your audience is experiencing. I’ll give you a great example of this. So, where I was writing copy for, my client who’s an astrologer.
Right? So one of the things that her audience really struggled with was with two things that kept coming up. One was called armchair astrology. Now armchair astrology is where people are reading we call it armchair astrology.
Why? Because or they would call it armchair astrology because they would be sitting in a chair reading a book and then, you know, you would be expected to kind of know about astrology by reading a book. So it just doesn’t work that way, especially for serious astrologers, and I was amazed at how many serious astrologers there are.
So they really struggled with this on chair astrology approach where, you know, you just read and then you are expected to kind of just go ahead and give readings.
That was something that came up. And the second was that it’s very confusing.
It can be extremely confusing. Why? Because there’s so much of free information, and there are all of these bits and pieces that you’re, like, just kind of supposed to put together, but no one really shows you the full picture.
Or the courses that are out there are extremely long and overwhelming and confusing. Like, you’re just kinda watching, like, hours of videos.
We used the fact that her course had a shorter videos. So instead of saying shorter videos, you know, we connected it with the pinpoint of not them not having to sit through and watch hours of videos.
But, also, we told them that it’s an approach that goes again. That’s not armchair astrology because not only will they be learning, but they’ll also be implementing as they learn. So and then we backed it up with social proof. So we had stories of, you know, people who’d gone through the course.
Every single feature from the workbooks to the videos to the teaching assistants to the community, all of those are features, but every feature was linked to a struggle that our audience is experiencing. Feeling lost while practicing astrology? You don’t have to be. We have trained teaching assistants, and we have a community.
Feeling judged by others? Well, this is gonna be your judgment free space. Feeling overwhelmed, it’s literally, every objection, every pain was tackled and addressed while being honest with, with them. So you wanna use especially, again, in this case, every feature has to be linked to a pinpoint. Every feature, I very rarely say has, but if you’re using this launch model, you definitely wanna do this because it would work otherwise.
And you’d say you wanna use data, you wanna use testimonials, you wanna use case studies, but your features should be connected to a pinpoint or a benefit.
And like I said, you could do this with with any product. You’re selling email software, whether you’re selling a membership, whether you’re selling coaching, whether you’re selling your copywriting services.
Right? If you wanna start having a straight line conversation with your prospect, your features need to speak to the pain or a benefit. So you’re selling copywriting services.
If you’re sending them a questionnaire, why should they care? I mean, like, really, who wants to sit through sixty minutes of trying to fill out a questionnaire?
Is there a way you can repack reposition, repackage that to address either an objection or highlight a benefit?
Now this is specific to courses, but, again, or software and things like that. But you wanna demo the course. Like, one of the things that we do is we get we do an open house or we do an ask me anything or we do a behind the scenes, or we do a day in the life of one of our students, kind of an email that goes out, which includes a demo of the course.
Again, you can do it with your with SAS as well. You can even do it with copy, and I’ll tell you how in just a minute with your services because I’ve done this in the past.
Let me describe it.
So but what you wanna do is you wanna do it too as the final stage because by then, you’ve removed all of their objections, and now you wanna help them visualize themselves in the course using the service, using the product.
So things like, like I said, video tours, BDS, modules, or day in the life of a student, actually take them with you inside. So, again, going back to the astrology clients example, what we did was we gave them, we gave them access to, like, a course preview almost. That was that was amazing as a conversion mechanism. We gave them access to, I think, the first module, few lessons in there so they could, you know, actually go and see how all of the lessons flowed, that we weren’t just kidding when we were saying the lessons aren’t long or assert or aren’t longer than x minutes.
The worksheets, they had, like, the complete student experience.
I did the same thing, last year, with my program launch, for a ESL is I did a board I call it sales kitchen. It was a complete experience. We had, like, the we had a pop up group to give them the community feel. We had the a lesson that was taken directly from ready to sell and, you know, even the process and everything worked really, really well.
We had, like, almost a fifty percent conversion. Like, every fifty percent people who signed up for sales kitchen converted, which was great. And it’s a high ticket investment. Right?
It was it’s a three thousand dollar course. So claim being but keep it for keep the demo towards the final stage of the funnel. Copywriting services. One of the ways I do this is when I’m on a call, I walk my prospect through this exact same process by actually showing them the examples of the deliverables they’ll get.
So it helps them see what they’ll be getting. So I’m not just gonna say, oh, yeah. Yeah. I can do your sales page or I’ll do your email file or map out your ecosystem.
I actually show what an ecosystem would look like. I show what my messaging recommendations guide looks like. It’s like for most clients, it’s like almost forty, fifty pages of data and, you know, implementable suggestions and recommendations for content and things like that. It just blows people’s minds.
It might yeah. I rarely get pushback. Rarely.
I don’t even remember. Last time I got pushed back on price. Right? So, why? Because I walk I showed them that’s like the final stage.
I showed them exactly what they’re getting.
Next up, objection handling. This is gonna be one of the most important parts of this kind of a launch. So you wanna be really, really good at this. You wanna start writing your copy, whether for a sales pitch or for emails, with your list of objections in front of you.
I don’t want this. I don’t want this because. I don’t want this because. This will not work because.
This will not work because. You want that whole list of of objections right in front of you, and then you wanna just start going through them one by one by one and making sure that you’ve addressed all of them. So anticipating those concerns, whether it’s to do with themselves, because you’ll always have those inner you know, oh, I’m not ready, or I don’t have the right experience. I don’t have the right credentials.
Whatever. So you’ll always have this inner objections, but then you’ll also have the external ones. Don’t have the money. Don’t have the time.
And we’re you tried this before and it didn’t work. All those things. So you wanna just dismantle all of those through the funnel, through your sales page.
The goal here is for you to just on really digging into the objection beneath the objection.
Is it time? Is it overwhelm? Is it past experience? And instead of just addressing a few, address them all. Right? So you wanna say and before you your prospects even come back to you or, you know, like, oh, I don’t think this is gonna work for me because I don’t have time. Well, it’s only gonna take you ten minutes to watch a video and just another nine to eleven minutes to implement it.
Can you take out ten minutes of your day to make this happen? You could, like, watch it on your way to work.
You would literally address objections like that, whether it’s an email, whether it’s on a sales page.
You wanna start getting them to think and look at those and go, okay. Yeah. Of course, I can do that. I can watch ten a ten minute video.
Tell them you gotta you’ll you’ll have, like, seven modules.
Yep. That’s not gonna work. You tell them yes. I I know you’re thinking this is gonna be time consuming, but do you have ten minutes or nine minutes? Whatever.
Okay. This is, this is a technique taken from straight line selling, the straight line selling school call looping, where you revisit points of certainty, like the creator’s expertise, the course’s effectiveness, the brand’s track record as you address new objection set rise. So for example, someone comes in and says, yeah. I did a similar course or you, you know, in your funnel, you wanna address the you’ve seen this objection come up in the past that people have done this done similar courses, have not seen results.
You wanna remind them that this is not the way it was because this pre this course creator is different, because this brand is invested in ensuring that we, you know, we get you results because we have a guarantee that would work, that would kick in if you don’t see results.
So keep coming back to those points of certainty, which is why I said here. It’s really important for you to, yes, know how the course or the offer works. You wanna know have complete knowledge of your clients or your own expertise, and then, of course, the brand affinity as well because you would be wanting to use that and keep coming back to that to address objections and to increase and strengthen your prospect’s belief in your offer.
Okay. So things to consider when you’re strategizing this launch. Like, put this on a worksheet for the next launch. You wanna know pinpoints.
So okay. What specific challenges will you be talking about? How can you map those to the features? Right?
Consistent mess messaging. How will you keep the narrative unified and in a straight line across all stages of the funnel? You do not want to be going in five different directions here. One message is more important in this kind of a launch than in any other kind of launch.
So you wanna get really clear on that one message, that one theme, that one story line that you’ll be drawing from start to finish. Certainty building. How will you be building certainty and the main messaging angle across the sequence? How will you be creating certainty in your client, in the brand, all of that?
Objection handling, I’ve already kind of, yeah, beat the drum on this one, but preempting and addressing objections, all of them. You wanna know you wanna know all of the m. And you wanna know, okay, which features, which benefits will I be mapping here? Which how will I be using emotional and logical hooks so that I’m balancing the storytelling part but with data and proof?
So you wanna have these five, six elements in place in a document when you’re working on a launch of user assistance.
When you have these in place, it becomes so much easier for you to write the copy that would just go in a straight line in a straight line. Yeah. It’s really, it’s now here’s the thing. It sounds very simple, but it’s not.
It’s I found over the years with the hundreds and hundreds of launches that I’ve written for, it’s way easier to do a traditional launch because you have that you have the runway. You can build that, you know, the know, like, trust factor. But when you’re going in cold and you need to sell and you also need to do it without being pushy or, you know, like a typical salesperson.
You wanna be thoughtful and mindful and demure.
You would wanna keep keep these things in mind because that kind of helps you keep the conversation on track, but it is a little bit harder than a traditional launch because you’ve you’ve gotta keep it really tight across the funnel, your sales pitch and your emails.
That messaging is so, so important.
Okay. Yeah. Your job as a copywriter is to obviously keep the process moving forward by addressing their concerns. That is the one thing I want you to take away from this one is that your objection handling is gonna play a huge role.
The more control you have, the easier your close will be. And, again, this this will work, but, like I gave you example, this will work on a sales call. This will work with a webinar. This would work with a quiz.
A launch of least resistance is great where high ticket offers are involved and where an audience needs that extra persuasion.
Alright.
Cool.
Questions? I can see Katie’s hat is up.
Hi, Berna.
As always, I love your workshops.
They’re so meaty and, give us so much to go on.
So I have a couple of questions about implementing this.
One, you mentioned how this is different from, like, the traditional launch runway where you would do, you know, your your prelaunch runway. I’m curious, like, the objection handling, are you doing most of that? Like, is the difference the fact that here you’ve introduced the offer and then you’re handling objective objections, or are you handling those objections?
But, like, I I guess just what’s the sequence of handling the objections versus introducing the offer and kind of more, like, selling?
Yeah. So, yeah, in this case, you introduce the offer first.
So since you you’re in this pretty much same niche as I am with online course creators and coaches and consultants, with a traditional launch. You know how you do it. Right? You have, like, your prelaunch runway, and then you have, like, your launch mechanism kick in, then you have your cart open. You’ve got, like, a lot of room to kind of play with.
And you wanna address those objections before you like, typically, I’d wanna do that before I introduce the offer. Right?
Yeah. Yeah. Here, what’s happening is you’re going in cold. You’re just going in straight for the sale, and you’re addressing your the objections, preempt preempting them and addressing them or, you know, like, your Okay.
In fact, for one of the launches, what I did was the sale the pitch email, like, generally, my pitch email is more of I call it the path for value pitch email. That’s why I call it, but because it has a lot of value in it, and then we are introducing the offer. But in launches of least resistance, what I do is it’s the offer and then the big objection that I know they would have, whether it’s cost or time or money. I’m just it’s like a whole series of objection demolition emails, and the sales page is structured the same way as well.
So there’s like yeah. Will work for me. You know? Don’t have the money. Don’t have the time.
Or, you know, like, tried this before or not ready.
Just yeah. So that’s how it’s structured.
And then so do you if you because I’m assuming that all of these principles that you were sharing, you’re using those both on the sales page and in the emails. Yes.
Does the sales page in this type of funnel also spend much time on, like, desires, dream state, or is it more like, here’s what we do and then boom boom boom?
So what does how the sales page differs from, say, a regular, maybe even a PS or a pays off or the, you know, the different frameworks that I I, kind of have developed over the years is there’s we talk about the pain.
That’s why the emotional certainty kind of comes in. So we, we tap into their pain and their struggle. Do we show them their desires? Yes.
But we tie it to a, a feature of the course. We tied we that’s where the logical certainty starts to build. It’s like, okay. You know, if you want more time freedom, this is how you’re gonna get it using a b c from the course.
So we are tapping into it, but it’s not the structure of the sales page is different. The structure of the sales page starts with the pain that they’re experiencing and how this particular offer is gonna solve that pain for them, with whatever framework, method, etcetera.
And then we go into their you know, maybe what they want, but also, again, that’s why it’s benefit first. So every feature is linked to a benefit, which is, in other words, a desire or an outcome, and then, of course, objection handling, all through the page.
Okay. Thank you. And if I may, could you just elaborate a bit on the looping technique? I didn’t quite understand.
I, you know, I know you said revisit points of certainty as you introduce new objections.
So could you just give an example of what that might look like?
Sure. So I’ll give you an example from okay. I’ll give you an example from sales calls. Right? So I whenever I’m on a sales call with clients, they’ve already you know?
The thing is, most of them are not cold because they’ve either found us through the our website or they’ve, at the very least, have sent us a contact form from the website. So it’s not that, like, they’re entirely cold, but I like using straight line sign for that because it’s a high ticket service. Like, they’re all five figure services. Right?
So how I use Looping is I they already know, my expertise. They know my experience. But what I always always do is I would have I would bring up case studies of clients who are from similar niches, or I would let them know if, if recently recorded a podcast somewhere or if I’ve spoken on stage somewhere. So I’m just building certainty because the big objection most people would have in hiring a strategist or a copywriter is either they’ve been booked before and which is, you know, usually when they come to us or maybe their launch hasn’t worked before or it’s their first time hiring, which is rare, but maybe. You know? So you wanna kind of loop back to, the fact that you’re the best person for this, and here’s why.
Okay. Does that help, Katie?
Yeah. That makes a lot of sense. So just kind of, like, as you know or as we’ve seen or, you know, as I mentioned on this like, just reinforcing those points of certainty so that that’s an ongoing theme.
Yeah. Because you need again, like I said, you need to know what objections, like and after you’d you know, when you do a ton of sales calls, you know exactly what objections your prospect has. And similarly, with a program or a product or service, you know, what objections, you know, your clients would have. So you want to loop back to this.
So it’s not just, oh, let me just put my bio here on the sales page and think we’ve established trust and credibility, but you wanna loop back to it maybe, you know, in the social proof section. Maybe you wanna loop back to it in the FAQ section. Maybe you wanna loop back to it in the in the closing section of the sales page. So you wanna kind of keep coming back to so it’s not just a, let’s just put the bio here and call it a day, but how can we come back and establish certainty?
I’m just giving an example from, say, the credibility of the creator, but you could do that with pretty much any of the other elements as well.
Cool.
Any other questions?
Not even if not related to the training or if anyone’s got, like, copy or a review or things like that, we could dig into it.
I guess I have not necessarily, like, a question. So you mentioned that the course preview or some kind of showing them behind the scenes, that should go out in one of the last emails or at the end of the funnel.
And I usually do that in, like, email four or five.
And How how many emails? Like, how long does the emailed. So it’s in the in the middle. Okay.
Yeah. And then I have an FAQ email that’s emailed six out of eight.
Mhmm. Mhmm.
So I’m wondering if you’ve tested different placements in the promo structure to see which one works best.
Yeah. The reason I so, yeah, I actually have, and I have found I have, in fact, even tested not including FAQ emails. Yeah. Okay, Michelle. Bye.
Even not including FAQ emails in in a sequence because if you, a, addressed and answered most of the questions, you don’t really need an FAQ email. You could easily use that email for for something else.
Mhmm. And the reason why I feel and this is again, I’ve, Blanca, I’ve tested it only with audiences, like, in the online course world. And, That’s my niche as well. So Oh, amazing.
Okay. Great. So yeah. So then we’re in Concord. Okay.
So yeah.
The reason I find that it works really well by placing it towards the end is because by then, you’ve handled most of their objections. You’ve established trust. And now what you’re doing as the final step is helping them visualize themselves as a student in the course. It works beautifully. So for me, I’ve I’ve found you know, placing it towards the end of the funnel is that final little push that they need to kind of go, oh, wow. That’s good. That’s what my experience is gonna be like.
And do you just send them to the sales page where you have a section with that kind of behind the scenes video?
So we’ve done this different ways. We’ve done this with, by recording a like, just like an over the shoulder Loom walk through Mhmm. Of what the post dashboard looks like. We’ve also done this, like I shared, with with my course launch, you know, example where it was a complete experience where we invited them to a pop up group.
We had a full lesson that they needed to log in to Teachableforce. They had to be at a login and everything. So it was a complete student experience where, and we also did this with our astrologer client is that, you know, it was a complete student experience. You created an account.
Why? Because these are micro conversions. Right? Yeah. So it helps them get into that whole student mindset.
And then because, so with the astrologer client, in fact, what we did was really cool was because we had the whole course laid out, and they had unlocked access to this. So they could actually see what happens next. Right? And they all they had to do was upgrade.
So they just had to click the upgrade button. So that really helped as well. So we took this, like, in a few different ways. We’ve done this as an open house where literally, like, as a school or a college would do an open house, we would have, like, some students.
It it is a room Zoom room like this. There would be some students joining in, and then, you know, the the course creator would share screen, walk them through the course portal, show them the community, everything, and then they would have a q and a. They would have the chance to ask questions of the students as well. So it kind of depends on the audience you offer and, you know, of course, what your client’s willing to do, that kind of thing.
That’s cool. Thanks. I I now have a bunch of ideas to test for upcoming promotions.
Yeah. Absolutely.
Absolutely. Yeah. Awesome awesome training, by the way. And I liked your previous one too.
How much Thank you. Thank you. Marina, question.
I’m not a Yes. Yeah. Course creator for this purpose, although I have done other stuff.
So this offer is going to cold traffic.
So you could use this as a starting point for, offering copy services to SaaS potential SaaS clients.
So they know they so they’re starting at problem aware already, and then you have to show them that this is the solution for your and you’re starting, like, right there Mhmm. Jumping in Mhmm. Hard selling. Essentially, you’re hard selling.
Like, this is hard selling.
Exactly. Yes.
You’re just hard selling it.
Hard selling.
This is this is what you need. And then going into the and this is why you need me to do that for you.
Absolutely. Okay. Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. This is hard sales. It’s just that I like to just be mindful of the fact that, you know, we wanna respect people’s reasons for not buying, but at the same time, we wanna make a strong argument for why they should buy.
So which is why you wanna handle those objections. You don’t wanna overlook them. You don’t wanna kind of, you know, brush them aside or anything. You wanna handle them and move on.
But then the objection handling is not like you’re like, it’s integrated, not like you’re saying this. I’m saying this. It’s more subtle.
Yes. Yes.
Oh, I had another question related to that. Oh, have you tried this for productized services?
Oh, good question.
No.
But I do have an opportunity to test it out. We’ve recently overhauled one of our product based services. So, yeah, I could test it out, but, no, I haven’t.
Okay. Right. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Cool. I would love it if you would go ahead and test it out. Like, if you would test out I plan to. A launch of least resistance.
I would love to know how it goes or if you get find yourself coming up against, like, a roadblock.
Find me in Slack and, yeah, just chat with me about it.
I love these launches. They’re just yeah. Them, you know, they’re a challenge, but they’re they’re so exciting to to write for. So yeah.
I’ve done emails sorry, Katie. I’ve done emails, like, email promotions where each email was answering a specific objection, but it was usually for brands that had such a bad reputation or such a bad perception with their audience that it just felt like I can’t really afford to sell anything. Like, I have to afford to sell the product. I first need to repair the trust.
So each email was, okay.
We asked you, and we got some, like, really crazy feedback from you. So let’s settle things straight. So over the next few days, that’s exactly what we’re going to do.
And, yeah, that did work well. Whereas with other audiences, you just don’t need to do all that much.
You don’t need to exactly.
Exactly. Which is why this works really well, like I said, for skeptical audiences. Right?
Like, where like, in your case, the crust has been you know, it needs repairing, but then you also need to do selling.
So works. Yeah. Yeah. Amazing.
Katie.
So I would love to I’m still building out my, like, post workshop funnel. So I have, you know, my diagnostic workshop online.
I have, you know, I know you haven’t watched the workshop yet, so go watch his sequence that Yes. But I don’t have a lot that goes out after that.
Like, you know, essentially, my post webinar Yeah.
Yeah.
Yeah. For my, for my standardized offer. So I think that this would work well. Yes.
But I’d love your tips on, like so if the offer is, you know, a productized service around behavior based back end automations Mhmm.
What because to me, I’m like, oh, I don’t see what objections you could have. It’s a great idea. But I know, you know, it’s like okay. So the founder’s time, the team’s time, like, adding something else to their plate, not wanting to annoy or bother their clients, like, not wanting to have feel salesy.
Yeah. Yeah.
I mean, it’s my first time. Like, I haven’t sold it yet, so I need proof, like, proof that it will work and that I can do it.
The idea that they can’t imagine what it looks like or how it would Yes.
Go. Exactly. Which is where a demo would come in. So you wanna kind of show them what it would look like. I would like actually, if you’ve not done this, then I would actually build that build something out so you can kinda walk them through what it looks like so they can see that it’s not as either as confusing because with something like this and because I sell a lot of these, you know, behavior based sequences, I find the biggest objection is they just can’t visualize what it looks like. So Mhmm. Yeah.
And you would just build that out in whimsical or something?
Like, Yeah. Or whimsical, fun analytics, whatever you wanna kind of use. Whimsical works just fine. Just, you know, kind of visually helping them to see, hey.
This is what’s gonna happen. This is what happens when this happens. And if this happens, and then you kinda see light bulbs go up. Oh, yeah.
Okay.
Mhmm. And is there anything else that comes to mind that I didn’t mention that you think it would be a big one?
Yeah.
Tried it in the past, did not work.
Mhmm. Okay.
Yeah. That come up, you know, with a few established creators.
They have sequences in place, but didn’t work, which is where your credibility comes in as I actually heard from an OBM that I’m friends with.
She she was like, oh, yeah. We already have something like that. I was like, I don’t think you I don’t think you have what I’m talking about.
Like Yeah.
Yeah. Exactly. So it’s which is why the looping technique kicks in. You know? So you wanna kinda remind them. Yeah.
Okay. Okay. I’ll let you know how it goes. Thank you.
Cool. You’re welcome. Rayna?
Okay. So two things, commenting to Katie, about the OBM that said we already have something like that.
Herna, I’m just wondering, is it too cheeky just to ask them, so are you getting the results that you wanted from them?
Yeah. No.
That’s not you know, like, if they say that, hey.
We’ve got this.
Like, even thinking about Yeah.
Yeah.
If we’re saying, okay. So here’s an onboarding flow.
Well, we already have one.
Okay. So are you happy with your conversions?
Exactly. You that is preempting.
Like, I mean, you could say it so it’s not snarky, but, is that where that kind of comes down to your tone.
Right? Yes. Exactly. Yeah.
You know, it kinda comes down to your timeline.
Curiosity.
Like Yeah.
Exactly. More like I would do that. Okay. One hundred percent. One hundred percent. Yeah. Address it.
That’s exactly what straight line is. You wanna address those objections. Like I said, you don’t you wanna be mindful, of course. You wanna be, you know, you don’t wanna be disrespectful.
But at the same time, you don’t wanna tiptoe around it and not address not address it. I yeah. I would definitely do that one hundred percent.
And then secondly, because it’s cold, can you run ads can you run ads directly to your straight line funnel?
Yes. Yes. Cold. Cold traffic.
Right?
Like, it’s meant to convert cold traffic, and it’s just a numbers game.
Right?
Exactly. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. One hundred percent. I would want to, however, ensure that the offer is validated.
So you could run it the because the last thing you wanna do is Yes.
Spend money on an invalidated offer.
Exactly. Yeah. It’s not So It is for cold audiences. It’s not for untested, invalidated offers. That’s an important distinction.
Okay. So then here’s my question because I’m kind of in the same boat as Katie right now. Like, I’ve done the work for other people, yes, and gotten results, but I haven’t done this particular set of activities to accomplish this particular outcome in this in my signature way.
Mhmm.
So is the offer proved by the fact that, yes, I have written onboarding flows that have increased conversions, or is the offer proof that I’ve done it my way in this current system and gotten results with that signature?
I mean, yeah, it’s it’s not either or. It’s both. You’ve written onboarding sequences that have bought gotten conversions.
Right. And, you know, you know, I would do both. Like, I would lean on both of those. I would call this a validated offer. I would so to I would not what would an invalid offer be? Where you’ve never done something, for either your own brand or a client, and you’re, like, absolutely near the market.
Okay. So yeah. So if you’ve done it either for your own brand or for even, like, another brand, and it’s not, like, the full scope of things, but it’s been, like, you know, I’ve done one for one client. I’ve done one for another client.
That’s about it all for me. Like, you’ve you’ve tested those out. People need it. They work. Mhmm. Yeah.
Okay. Okay. Thank you.
Can I add something here?
Yes.
So if you don’t have, like, case studies right now to demonstrate how effective the solution is, like onboarding sequences, you can use industry data to back that up.
So something that I’m doing is my framework is customer centricity applied to sales emails in a way that allows me to sell a course each month without making it aggressive, salesy, or burning the list. That’s because I’m implementing the customer centric concepts. And, obviously, I’m not, like, an authority right now. I haven’t done any research in this specific area, but there are professors. And there are big, economic studies that demonstrate that companies that use customer centric frameworks are actually gaining better results than product based companies. So for me, when I go to a client and say, well, obviously, yes, you can run a flash sale that’s product based. But can you do that every month in a way that actually lets you convey your unique brand messaging whatever?
Although, actually so if you turn to customer centricity and here are all these sources that back it up, then that’s a lot better than me saying, well, I’ve been doing this for a long a long time.
And I do have the results, but if you don’t believe me Exactly.
Data. So that is why you know? And that’s where both the emotional and logical certainty factors kick in with this one. So you wanna lean on the data.
You may have you may have or may not have testimonials and case studies or the the stories to back it up. But if you have data, that will work too. And then your expertise is what would help create and, you know, the the other side of the certainty equation. So, I think that’s what the yeah.
Katie says she uses this data too. So amazing. Great.
So do this, Marina.
Do the quality of your questions to your clients also validate your authority?
One hundred percent. I’m a big fan of sales calls because of that.
It really helps me close way bigger projects and packages, and which is why I yeah. I have, like, I would say, a list of questions, but I don’t have a quote, unquote, a templated sales call flow, because, yeah. It just helps me to kind of, you know, assess what I need to do. And, sales calls are, like, the perfect example of straight line selling, like, you know, but you wanna do it your way.
So yeah. But one hundred fancy your question? Yes. One hundred percent.
Thank you.
You’re welcome.
Awesome. Anything else?
All good. Perfect. Marina, apparently, for some reason, like yes. Sarah’s saying, Zoom is recording, so, hopefully, yes, we record it.
But I’ve told her that yours is recording too. Mine got kicked out. It’s a weird Zoom world. I may need to reach out to you for the recording.
I’ll wait for Sarah to come back to me on that.
Yeah. I can also send you the or the fathom.
Okay. Awesome. That would be that would be great. Yeah. Yeah. That’s fine. Perfect. Perfect. Thanks so much, everybody.
Lovely seeing y’all.
Bye now. Bye. Bye.
Worksheet
Transcript
So, yeah, so you wanna create that you know, you wanna start pulling those emotional triggers by connecting with their pain points, letting them know that, hey. You know what? If you are overwhelmed with how disorganized your home is, because of whatever, you know, like or, you know, let’s say you got the the quiz result that shows that you’re currently feeling extremely overwhelmed because your home’s full of clutter, I have something for you. Right?
This is what I have, and this is something that I’ve created based on twelve years of experience as a home organizer dealing with exceptionally cluttered homes. And if I can help x number of families do that, I can help you too. So you’re connecting with their pain points. You’re introducing the offer early on in the conversation, and you’re creating certainty by establishing yourself.
When I say yourself, if you’re working for a client, establishing your client as the expert by helping by doing all of this really early on in the funnel, whether it’s a webinar, a quiz, whatever it is.
So here’s what what you need to know. And I’m sure all of you know this already, but we kind of need sometimes step away from it is people buy when they’re both excited about the outcome and when they’re convinced that it’s the right investment for them. So it’s both a right brain, left brain kind of a thing. We we want both of these things to happen, and that will happen when you are going ahead and building certainty in the product, in the seller, and then, of course, the brand.
So here’s an insight into my process. When I’m working on a launch of least resistance, I lean very heavily on, of course, the offer. And something that I do as part of my process is and I do that for all kinds of launches, not just this one, is I go through the course or the membership or whatever is from a first person, from a student point of view so I can see exactly what they’ll be seeing.
And then I also lean really, really heavily on brand affinity.
So if you’re not collecting information about why your clients’ clients are loyal to them or, you know, are connected with the brand, not just the client. Right? We’re talking about the brand. How do they run their business?
That’s something you wanna start doing, especially if you wanna use launches of least resistance. I firmly believe you should be doing it in any case, but these three factors really come into play because these would help you, a, remove objections, b, create that logical certainty, and, see have that direct conversation with confidence and without it feeling, pushy or salesy because that’s why straight line selling generally gets a bad respond you know, get gets a bad rap is because it’s considered very pushy, very, you know, like, oh, I’ve got but you wanna come at it from a place of confidence, and you can still use the principles to help your prospects make a decision that they’re excited about.
So, yeah, definitely collect start collecting. If you’re not doing it, start collecting data. And next time you’re working with a client on yes. What makes the product great? What makes the client an expert? But what is it about the brand that brings people back to them or even attracts them initially?
Next up, you wanna start building emotional and logical certainty with offer presentation.
So, again, something to remember, you wanna connect features to pain points. You wanna connect features to benefits.
Really, really important. Start using stories and examples that speak directly to the struggles that your audience is experiencing. I’ll give you a great example of this. So, where I was writing copy for, my client who’s an astrologer.
Right? So one of the things that her audience really struggled with was with two things that kept coming up. One was called armchair astrology. Now armchair astrology is where people are reading we call it armchair astrology.
Why? Because or they would call it armchair astrology because they would be sitting in a chair reading a book and then, you know, you would be expected to kind of know about astrology by reading a book. So it just doesn’t work that way, especially for serious astrologers, and I was amazed at how many serious astrologers there are.
So they really struggled with this on chair astrology approach where, you know, you just read and then you are expected to kind of just go ahead and give readings.
That was something that came up. And the second was that it’s very confusing.
It can be extremely confusing. Why? Because there’s so much of free information, and there are all of these bits and pieces that you’re, like, just kind of supposed to put together, but no one really shows you the full picture.
Or the courses that are out there are extremely long and overwhelming and confusing. Like, you’re just kinda watching, like, hours of videos.
We used the fact that her course had a shorter videos. So instead of saying shorter videos, you know, we connected it with the pinpoint of not them not having to sit through and watch hours of videos.
But, also, we told them that it’s an approach that goes again. That’s not armchair astrology because not only will they be learning, but they’ll also be implementing as they learn. So and then we backed it up with social proof. So we had stories of, you know, people who’d gone through the course.
Every single feature from the workbooks to the videos to the teaching assistants to the community, all of those are features, but every feature was linked to a struggle that our audience is experiencing. Feeling lost while practicing astrology? You don’t have to be. We have trained teaching assistants, and we have a community.
Feeling judged by others? Well, this is gonna be your judgment free space. Feeling overwhelmed, it’s literally, every objection, every pain was tackled and addressed while being honest with, with them. So you wanna use especially, again, in this case, every feature has to be linked to a pinpoint. Every feature, I very rarely say has, but if you’re using this launch model, you definitely wanna do this because it would work otherwise.
And you’d say you wanna use data, you wanna use testimonials, you wanna use case studies, but your features should be connected to a pinpoint or a benefit.
And like I said, you could do this with with any product. You’re selling email software, whether you’re selling a membership, whether you’re selling coaching, whether you’re selling your copywriting services.
Right? If you wanna start having a straight line conversation with your prospect, your features need to speak to the pain or a benefit. So you’re selling copywriting services.
If you’re sending them a questionnaire, why should they care? I mean, like, really, who wants to sit through sixty minutes of trying to fill out a questionnaire?
Is there a way you can repack reposition, repackage that to address either an objection or highlight a benefit?
Now this is specific to courses, but, again, or software and things like that. But you wanna demo the course. Like, one of the things that we do is we get we do an open house or we do an ask me anything or we do a behind the scenes, or we do a day in the life of one of our students, kind of an email that goes out, which includes a demo of the course.
Again, you can do it with your with SAS as well. You can even do it with copy, and I’ll tell you how in just a minute with your services because I’ve done this in the past.
Let me describe it.
So but what you wanna do is you wanna do it too as the final stage because by then, you’ve removed all of their objections, and now you wanna help them visualize themselves in the course using the service, using the product.
So things like, like I said, video tours, BDS, modules, or day in the life of a student, actually take them with you inside. So, again, going back to the astrology clients example, what we did was we gave them, we gave them access to, like, a course preview almost. That was that was amazing as a conversion mechanism. We gave them access to, I think, the first module, few lessons in there so they could, you know, actually go and see how all of the lessons flowed, that we weren’t just kidding when we were saying the lessons aren’t long or assert or aren’t longer than x minutes.
The worksheets, they had, like, the complete student experience.
I did the same thing, last year, with my program launch, for a ESL is I did a board I call it sales kitchen. It was a complete experience. We had, like, the we had a pop up group to give them the community feel. We had the a lesson that was taken directly from ready to sell and, you know, even the process and everything worked really, really well.
We had, like, almost a fifty percent conversion. Like, every fifty percent people who signed up for sales kitchen converted, which was great. And it’s a high ticket investment. Right?
It was it’s a three thousand dollar course. So claim being but keep it for keep the demo towards the final stage of the funnel. Copywriting services. One of the ways I do this is when I’m on a call, I walk my prospect through this exact same process by actually showing them the examples of the deliverables they’ll get.
So it helps them see what they’ll be getting. So I’m not just gonna say, oh, yeah. Yeah. I can do your sales page or I’ll do your email file or map out your ecosystem.
I actually show what an ecosystem would look like. I show what my messaging recommendations guide looks like. It’s like for most clients, it’s like almost forty, fifty pages of data and, you know, implementable suggestions and recommendations for content and things like that. It just blows people’s minds.
It might yeah. I rarely get pushback. Rarely.
I don’t even remember. Last time I got pushed back on price. Right? So, why? Because I walk I showed them that’s like the final stage.
I showed them exactly what they’re getting.
Next up, objection handling. This is gonna be one of the most important parts of this kind of a launch. So you wanna be really, really good at this. You wanna start writing your copy, whether for a sales pitch or for emails, with your list of objections in front of you.
I don’t want this. I don’t want this because. I don’t want this because. This will not work because.
This will not work because. You want that whole list of of objections right in front of you, and then you wanna just start going through them one by one by one and making sure that you’ve addressed all of them. So anticipating those concerns, whether it’s to do with themselves, because you’ll always have those inner you know, oh, I’m not ready, or I don’t have the right experience. I don’t have the right credentials.
Whatever. So you’ll always have this inner objections, but then you’ll also have the external ones. Don’t have the money. Don’t have the time.
And we’re you tried this before and it didn’t work. All those things. So you wanna just dismantle all of those through the funnel, through your sales page.
The goal here is for you to just on really digging into the objection beneath the objection.
Is it time? Is it overwhelm? Is it past experience? And instead of just addressing a few, address them all. Right? So you wanna say and before you your prospects even come back to you or, you know, like, oh, I don’t think this is gonna work for me because I don’t have time. Well, it’s only gonna take you ten minutes to watch a video and just another nine to eleven minutes to implement it.
Can you take out ten minutes of your day to make this happen? You could, like, watch it on your way to work.
You would literally address objections like that, whether it’s an email, whether it’s on a sales page.
You wanna start getting them to think and look at those and go, okay. Yeah. Of course, I can do that. I can watch ten a ten minute video.
Tell them you gotta you’ll you’ll have, like, seven modules.
Yep. That’s not gonna work. You tell them yes. I I know you’re thinking this is gonna be time consuming, but do you have ten minutes or nine minutes? Whatever.
Okay. This is, this is a technique taken from straight line selling, the straight line selling school call looping, where you revisit points of certainty, like the creator’s expertise, the course’s effectiveness, the brand’s track record as you address new objection set rise. So for example, someone comes in and says, yeah. I did a similar course or you, you know, in your funnel, you wanna address the you’ve seen this objection come up in the past that people have done this done similar courses, have not seen results.
You wanna remind them that this is not the way it was because this pre this course creator is different, because this brand is invested in ensuring that we, you know, we get you results because we have a guarantee that would work, that would kick in if you don’t see results.
So keep coming back to those points of certainty, which is why I said here. It’s really important for you to, yes, know how the course or the offer works. You wanna know have complete knowledge of your clients or your own expertise, and then, of course, the brand affinity as well because you would be wanting to use that and keep coming back to that to address objections and to increase and strengthen your prospect’s belief in your offer.
Okay. So things to consider when you’re strategizing this launch. Like, put this on a worksheet for the next launch. You wanna know pinpoints.
So okay. What specific challenges will you be talking about? How can you map those to the features? Right?
Consistent mess messaging. How will you keep the narrative unified and in a straight line across all stages of the funnel? You do not want to be going in five different directions here. One message is more important in this kind of a launch than in any other kind of launch.
So you wanna get really clear on that one message, that one theme, that one story line that you’ll be drawing from start to finish. Certainty building. How will you be building certainty and the main messaging angle across the sequence? How will you be creating certainty in your client, in the brand, all of that?
Objection handling, I’ve already kind of, yeah, beat the drum on this one, but preempting and addressing objections, all of them. You wanna know you wanna know all of them. And you wanna know, okay, which features, which benefits will I be mapping here? Which how will I be using emotional and logical hooks so that I’m balancing the storytelling part but with data and proof?
So you wanna have these five, six elements in place in a document when you’re working on a launch of user assistance.
When you have these in place, it becomes so much easier for you to write the copy that would just go in a straight line in a straight line. Yeah. It’s really, it’s now here’s the thing. It sounds very simple, but it’s not.
It’s I found over the years with the hundreds and hundreds of launches that I’ve written for, it’s way easier to do a traditional launch because you have that you have the runway. You can build that, you know, the know, like, trust factor. But when you’re going in cold and you need to sell and you also need to do it without being pushy or, you know, like a typical salesperson.
You wanna be thoughtful and mindful and demure.
You would wanna keep keep these things in mind because that kind of helps you keep the conversation on track, but it is a little bit harder than a traditional launch because you’ve you’ve gotta keep it really tight across the funnel, your sales pitch and your emails.
That messaging is so, so important.
Okay. Yeah. Your job as a copywriter is to obviously keep the process moving forward by addressing their concerns. That is the one thing I want you to take away from this one is that your objection handling is gonna play a huge role.
The more control you have, the easier your close will be. And, again, this this will work, but, like I gave you example, this will work on a sales call. This will work with a webinar. This would work with a quiz.
A launch of least resistance is great where high ticket offers are involved and where an audience needs that extra persuasion.
Alright.
Cool.
Questions? I can see Katie’s hat is up.
Hi, Berna.
As always, I love your workshops.
They’re so meaty and, give us so much to go on.
So I have a couple of questions about implementing this.
One, you mentioned how this is different from, like, the traditional launch runway where you would do, you know, your your prelaunch runway. I’m curious, like, the objection handling, are you doing most of that? Like, is the difference the fact that here you’ve introduced the offer and then you’re handling objective objections, or are you handling those objections?
But, like, I I guess just what’s the sequence of handling the objections versus introducing the offer and kind of more, like, selling?
Yeah. So, yeah, in this case, you introduce the offer first.
So since you you’re in this pretty much same niche as I am with online course creators and coaches and consultants, with a traditional launch. You know how you do it. Right? You have, like, your prelaunch runway, and then you have, like, your launch mechanism kick in, then you have your cart open. You’ve got, like, a lot of room to kind of play with.
And you wanna address those objections before you like, typically, I’d wanna do that before I introduce the offer. Right?
Yeah. Yeah. Here, what’s happening is you’re going in cold. You’re just going in straight for the sale, and you’re addressing your the objections, preempt preempting them and addressing them or, you know, like, your Okay.
In fact, for one of the launches, what I did was the sale the pitch email, like, generally, my pitch email is more of I call it the path for value pitch email. That’s why I call it, but because it has a lot of value in it, and then we are introducing the offer. But in launches of least resistance, what I do is it’s the offer and then the big objection that I know they would have, whether it’s cost or time or money. I’m just it’s like a whole series of objection demolition emails, and the sales page is structured the same way as well.
So there’s like yeah. Will work for me. You know? Don’t have the money. Don’t have the time.
Or, you know, like, tried this before or not ready.
Just yeah. So that’s how it’s structured.
And then so do you if you because I’m assuming that all of these principles that you were sharing, you’re using those both on the sales page and in the emails. Yes.
Does the sales page in this type of funnel also spend much time on, like, desires, dream state, or is it more like, here’s what we do and then boom boom boom?
So what does how the sales page differs from, say, a regular, maybe even a PS or a pays off or the, you know, the different frameworks that I I, kind of have developed over the years is there’s we talk about the pain.
That’s why the emotional certainty kind of comes in. So we, we tap into their pain and their struggle. Do we show them their desires? Yes.
But we tie it to a, a feature of the course. We tied we that’s where the logical certainty starts to build. It’s like, okay. You know, if you want more time freedom, this is how you’re gonna get it using a b c from the course.
So we are tapping into it, but it’s not the structure of the sales page is different. The structure of the sales page starts with the pain that they’re experiencing and how this particular offer is gonna solve that pain for them, with whatever framework, method, etcetera.
And then we go into their you know, maybe what they want, but also, again, that’s why it’s benefit first. So every feature is linked to a benefit, which is, in other words, a desire or an outcome, and then, of course, objection handling, all through the page.
Okay. Thank you. And if I may, could you just elaborate a bit on the looping technique? I didn’t quite understand.
I, you know, I know you said revisit points of certainty as you introduce new objections.
So could you just give an example of what that might look like?
Sure. So I’ll give you an example from okay. I’ll give you an example from sales calls. Right? So I whenever I’m on a sales call with clients, they’ve already you know?
The thing is, most of them are not cold because they’ve either found us through the our website or they’ve, at the very least, have sent us a contact form from the website. So it’s not that, like, they’re entirely cold, but I like using straight line sign for that because it’s a high ticket service. Like, they’re all five figure services. Right?
So how I use Looping is I they already know, my expertise. They know my experience. But what I always always do is I would have I would bring up case studies of clients who are from similar niches, or I would let them know if, if recently recorded a podcast somewhere or if I’ve spoken on stage somewhere. So I’m just building certainty because the big objection most people would have in hiring a strategist or a copywriter is either they’ve been booked before and which is, you know, usually when they come to us or maybe their launch hasn’t worked before or it’s their first time hiring, which is rare, but maybe. You know? So you wanna kind of loop back to, the fact that you’re the best person for this, and here’s why.
Okay. Does that help, Katie?
Yeah. That makes a lot of sense. So just kind of, like, as you know or as we’ve seen or, you know, as I mentioned on this like, just reinforcing those points of certainty so that that’s an ongoing theme.
Yeah. Because you need again, like I said, you need to know what objections, like and after you’d you know, when you do a ton of sales calls, you know exactly what objections your prospect has. And similarly, with a program or a product or service, you know, what objections, you know, your clients would have. So you want to loop back to this.
So it’s not just, oh, let me just put my bio here on the sales page and think we’ve established trust and credibility, but you wanna loop back to it maybe, you know, in the social proof section. Maybe you wanna loop back to it in the FAQ section. Maybe you wanna loop back to it in the in the closing section of the sales page. So you wanna kind of keep coming back to so it’s not just a, let’s just put the bio here and call it a day, but how can we come back and establish certainty?
I’m just giving an example from, say, the credibility of the creator, but you could do that with pretty much any of the other elements as well.
Cool.
Any other questions?
Not even if not related to the training or if anyone’s got, like, copy or a review or things like that, we could dig into it.
I guess I have not necessarily, like, a question. So you mentioned that the course preview or some kind of showing them behind the scenes, that should go out in one of the last emails or at the end of the funnel.
And I usually do that in, like, email four or five.
And How how many emails? Like, how long does the emailed. So it’s in the in the middle. Okay.
Yeah. And then I have an FAQ email that’s emailed six out of eight.
Mhmm. Mhmm.
So I’m wondering if you’ve tested different placements in the promo structure to see which one works best.
Yeah. The reason I so, yeah, I actually have, and I have found I have, in fact, even tested not including FAQ emails. Yeah. Okay, Michelle. Bye.
Even not including FAQ emails in in a sequence because if you, a, addressed and answered most of the questions, you don’t really need an FAQ email. You could easily use that email for for something else.
Mhmm. And the reason why I feel and this is again, I’ve, Blanca, I’ve tested it only with audiences, like, in the online course world. And, That’s my niche as well. So Oh, amazing.
Okay. Great. So yeah. So then we’re in Concord. Okay.
So yeah.
The reason I find that it works really well by placing it towards the end is because by then, you’ve handled most of their objections. You’ve established trust. And now what you’re doing as the final step is helping them visualize themselves as a student in the course. It works beautifully. So for me, I’ve I’ve found you know, placing it towards the end of the funnel is that final little push that they need to kind of go, oh, wow. That’s good. That’s what my experience is gonna be like.
And do you just send them to the sales page where you have a section with that kind of behind the scenes video?
So we’ve done this different ways. We’ve done this with, by recording a like, just like an over the shoulder Loom walk through Mhmm. Of what the post dashboard looks like. We’ve also done this, like I shared, with with my course launch, you know, example where it was a complete experience where we invited them to a pop up group.
We had a full lesson that they needed to log in to Teachableforce. They had to be at a login and everything. So it was a complete student experience where, and we also did this with our astrologer client is that, you know, it was a complete student experience. You created an account.
Why? Because these are micro conversions. Right? Yeah. So it helps them get into that whole student mindset.
And then because, so with the astrologer client, in fact, what we did was really cool was because we had the whole course laid out, and they had unlocked access to this. So they could actually see what happens next. Right? And they all they had to do was upgrade.
So they just had to click the upgrade button. So that really helped as well. So we took this, like, in a few different ways. We’ve done this as an open house where literally, like, as a school or a college would do an open house, we would have, like, some students.
It it is a room Zoom room like this. There would be some students joining in, and then, you know, the the course creator would share screen, walk them through the course portal, show them the community, everything, and then they would have a q and a. They would have the chance to ask questions of the students as well. So it kind of depends on the audience you offer and, you know, of course, what your client’s willing to do, that kind of thing.
That’s cool. Thanks. I I now have a bunch of ideas to test for upcoming promotions.
Yeah. Absolutely.
Absolutely. Yeah. Awesome awesome training, by the way. And I liked your previous one too.
How much Thank you. Thank you. Marina, question.
I’m not a Yes. Yeah. Course creator for this purpose, although I have done other stuff.
So this offer is going to cold traffic.
So you could use this as a starting point for, offering copy services to SaaS potential SaaS clients.
So they know they so they’re starting at problem aware already, and then you have to show them that this is the solution for your and you’re starting, like, right there Mhmm. Jumping in Mhmm. Hard selling. Essentially, you’re hard selling.
Like, this is hard selling.
Exactly. Yes.
You’re just hard selling it.
Hard selling.
This is this is what you need. And then going into the and this is why you need me to do that for you.
Absolutely. Okay. Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. This is hard sales. It’s just that I like to just be mindful of the fact that, you know, we wanna respect people’s reasons for not buying, but at the same time, we wanna make a strong argument for why they should buy.
So which is why you wanna handle those objections. You don’t wanna overlook them. You don’t wanna kind of, you know, brush them aside or anything. You wanna handle them and move on.
But then the objection handling is not like you’re like, it’s integrated, not like you’re saying this. I’m saying this. It’s more subtle.
Yes. Yes.
Oh, I had another question related to that. Oh, have you tried this for productized services?
Oh, good question.
No.
But I do have an opportunity to test it out. We’ve recently overhauled one of our product based services. So, yeah, I could test it out, but, no, I haven’t.
Okay. Right. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Cool. I would love it if you would go ahead and test it out. Like, if you would test out I plan to. A launch of least resistance.
I would love to know how it goes or if you get find yourself coming up against, like, a roadblock.
Find me in Slack and, yeah, just chat with me about it.
I love these launches. They’re just yeah. Them, you know, they’re a challenge, but they’re they’re so exciting to to write for. So yeah.
I’ve done emails sorry, Katie. I’ve done emails, like, email promotions where each email was answering a specific objection, but it was usually for brands that had such a bad reputation or such a bad perception with their audience that it just felt like I can’t really afford to sell anything. Like, I have to afford to sell the product. I first need to repair the trust.
So each email was, okay.
We asked you, and we got some, like, really crazy feedback from you. So let’s settle things straight. So over the next few days, that’s exactly what we’re going to do.
And, yeah, that did work well. Whereas with other audiences, you just don’t need to do all that much.
You don’t need to exactly.
Exactly. Which is why this works really well, like I said, for skeptical audiences. Right?
Like, where like, in your case, the crust has been you know, it needs repairing, but then you also need to do selling.
So works. Yeah. Yeah. Amazing.
Katie.
So I would love to I’m still building out my, like, post workshop funnel. So I have, you know, my diagnostic workshop online.
I have, you know, I know you haven’t watched the workshop yet, so go watch his sequence that Yes. But I don’t have a lot that goes out after that.
Like, you know, essentially, my post webinar Yeah.
Yeah.
Yeah. For my, for my standardized offer. So I think that this would work well. Yes.
But I’d love your tips on, like so if the offer is, you know, a productized service around behavior based back end automations Mhmm.
What because to me, I’m like, oh, I don’t see what objections you could have. It’s a great idea. But I know, you know, it’s like okay. So the founder’s time, the team’s time, like, adding something else to their plate, not wanting to annoy or bother their clients, like, not wanting to have feel salesy.
Yeah. Yeah.
I mean, it’s my first time. Like, I haven’t sold it yet, so I need proof, like, proof that it will work and that I can do it.
The idea that they can’t imagine what it looks like or how it would Yes.
Go. Exactly. Which is where a demo would come in. So you wanna kind of show them what it would look like. I would like actually, if you’ve not done this, then I would actually build that build something out so you can kinda walk them through what it looks like so they can see that it’s not as either as confusing because with something like this and because I sell a lot of these, you know, behavior based sequences, I find the biggest objection is they just can’t visualize what it looks like. So Mhmm. Yeah.
And you would just build that out in whimsical or something?
Like, Yeah. Or whimsical, fun analytics, whatever you wanna kind of use. Whimsical works just fine. Just, you know, kind of visually helping them to see, hey.
This is what’s gonna happen. This is what happens when this happens. And if this happens, and then you kinda see light bulbs go up. Oh, yeah.
Okay.
Mhmm. And is there anything else that comes to mind that I didn’t mention that you think it would be a big one?
Yeah.
Tried it in the past, did not work.
Mhmm. Okay.
Yeah. That come up, you know, with a few established creators.
They have sequences in place, but didn’t work, which is where your credibility comes in as I actually heard from an OBM that I’m friends with.
She she was like, oh, yeah. We already have something like that. I was like, I don’t think you I don’t think you have what I’m talking about.
Like Yeah.
Yeah. Exactly. So it’s which is why the looping technique kicks in. You know? So you wanna kinda remind them. Yeah.
Okay. Okay. I’ll let you know how it goes. Thank you.
Cool. You’re welcome. Rayna?
Okay. So two things, commenting to Katie, about the OBM that said we already have something like that.
Herna, I’m just wondering, is it too cheeky just to ask them, so are you getting the results that you wanted from them?
Yeah. No.
That’s not you know, like, if they say that, hey.
We’ve got this.
Like, even thinking about Yeah.
Yeah.
If we’re saying, okay. So here’s an onboarding flow.
Well, we already have one.
Okay. So are you happy with your conversions?
Exactly. You that is preempting.
Like, I mean, you could say it so it’s not snarky, but, is that where that kind of comes down to your tone.
Right? Yes. Exactly. Yeah.
You know, it kinda comes down to your timeline.
Curiosity.
Like Yeah.
Exactly. More like I would do that. Okay. One hundred percent. One hundred percent. Yeah. Address it.
That’s exactly what straight line is. You wanna address those objections. Like I said, you don’t you wanna be mindful, of course. You wanna be, you know, you don’t wanna be disrespectful.
But at the same time, you don’t wanna tiptoe around it and not address not address it. I yeah. I would definitely do that one hundred percent.
And then secondly, because it’s cold, can you run ads can you run ads directly to your straight line funnel?
Yes. Yes. Cold. Cold traffic.
Right?
Like, it’s meant to convert cold traffic, and it’s just a numbers game.
Right?
Exactly. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. One hundred percent. I would want to, however, ensure that the offer is validated.
So you could run it the because the last thing you wanna do is Yes.
Spend money on an invalidated offer.
Exactly. Yeah. It’s not So It is for cold audiences. It’s not for untested, invalidated offers. That’s an important distinction.
Okay. So then here’s my question because I’m kind of in the same boat as Katie right now. Like, I’ve done the work for other people, yes, and gotten results, but I haven’t done this particular set of activities to accomplish this particular outcome in this in my signature way.
Mhmm.
So is the offer proved by the fact that, yes, I have written onboarding flows that have increased conversions, or is the offer proof that I’ve done it my way in this current system and gotten results with that signature?
I mean, yeah, it’s it’s not either or. It’s both. You’ve written onboarding sequences that have bought gotten conversions.
Right. And, you know, you know, I would do both. Like, I would lean on both of those. I would call this a validated offer. I would so to I would not what would an invalid offer be? Where you’ve never done something, for either your own brand or a client, and you’re, like, absolutely near the market.
Okay. So yeah. So if you’ve done it either for your own brand or for even, like, another brand, and it’s not, like, the full scope of things, but it’s been, like, you know, I’ve done one for one client. I’ve done one for another client.
That’s about it all for me. Like, you’ve you’ve tested those out. People need it. They work. Mhmm. Yeah.
Okay. Okay. Thank you.
Can I add something here?
Yes.
So if you don’t have, like, case studies right now to demonstrate how effective the solution is, like onboarding sequences, you can use industry data to back that up.
So something that I’m doing is my framework is customer centricity applied to sales emails in a way that allows me to sell a course each month without making it aggressive, salesy, or burning the list. That’s because I’m implementing the customer centric concepts. And, obviously, I’m not, like, an authority right now. I haven’t done any research in this specific area, but there are professors. And there are big, economic studies that demonstrate that companies that use customer centric frameworks are actually gaining better results than product based companies. So for me, when I go to a client and say, well, obviously, yes, you can run a flash sale that’s product based. But can you do that every month in a way that actually lets you convey your unique brand messaging whatever?
Although, actually so if you turn to customer centricity and here are all these sources that back it up, then that’s a lot better than me saying, well, I’ve been doing this for a long a long time.
And I do have the results, but if you don’t believe me Exactly.
Data. So that is why you know? And that’s where both the emotional and logical certainty factors kick in with this one. So you wanna lean on the data.
You may have you may have or may not have testimonials and case studies or the the stories to back it up. But if you have data, that will work too. And then your expertise is what would help create and, you know, the the other side of the certainty equation. So, I think that’s what the yeah.
Katie says she uses this data too. So amazing. Great.
So do this, Marina.
Do the quality of your questions to your clients also validate your authority?
One hundred percent. I’m a big fan of sales calls because of that.
It really helps me close way bigger projects and packages, and which is why I yeah. I have, like, I would say, a list of questions, but I don’t have a quote, unquote, a templated sales call flow, because, yeah. It just helps me to kind of, you know, assess what I need to do. And, sales calls are, like, the perfect example of straight line selling, like, you know, but you wanna do it your way.
So yeah. But one hundred fancy your question? Yes. One hundred percent.
Thank you.
You’re welcome.
Awesome. Anything else?
All good. Perfect. Marina, apparently, for some reason, like yes. Sarah’s saying, Zoom is recording, so, hopefully, yes, we record it.
But I’ve told her that yours is recording too. Mine got kicked out. It’s a weird Zoom world. I may need to reach out to you for the recording.
I’ll wait for Sarah to come back to me on that.
Yeah. I can also send you the or the fathom.
Okay. Awesome. That would be that would be great. Yeah. Yeah. That’s fine. Perfect. Perfect. Thanks so much, everybody.
Lovely seeing y’all.
Bye now. Bye. Bye.
Scaling with Subcontractors
Scaling with Subcontractors
Transcript
Cool. Okay. Good.
Well, it’s, you know, I don’t wanna say the time because it’s a different time for you, but, yeah, we’re, like, I think one minute past starting time according to my clock. I we can let everyone join in.
Folks trickle in. But today, I’m very excited because we talked about one of my favorite things, which is scaling with subcontractors.
It’s something that we’ve had a lot of success with. So I’m gonna get started, and, we can have others join in as they go. Hey. Andrew’s here. Okay. Andrew, we’re just kicking things off.
So welcome. Welcome. I was telling Abby this is, like, one of my favorite things to talk about is working with subcontractors.
So alright. Let’s get out. Make sure.
Alright.
Cool. So very quickly, what are we gonna cover is how to quickly identify when to hire a subcontractor.
And we can what we’ll talk about after the session is a a few of the nitty gritties because subcontracting is something that will you know, it takes time, but it frees up time. And I talk about that in the training as well. So we’ll talk about how to quickly identify when to power a subcontractor, when to fully transition, you know, to a team member, how to narrow down on the needle moving roles to hire for, and what metrics will you measure to gauge ROI and all of that. So it is one of the simplest ways to speed up your growth and reduce over which is what you need when you’re looking to scale, which is what we realized when we were looking to scale is this only that much capacity, especially if you, like us, have a lot going on on the life front.
So and at the same time, you’re very ambitious and which all of you in this room are and, you know, anyone who’s watching the recording, all of you are. So so you you want that balance, but you also know that you want you wanna do more, and subcontracting is a fabulous way to do that.
The reason I’m a huge, huge fan of subcontracting rather than bringing someone on full time as a team member is because subcontracting gives you the flexibility that sometimes you need.
You know?
It helps you to see hang on. Okay.
Got others messages for ambitious and constrained, that’s me. Yeah. Andrew. Yeah. Absolutely. So so subcontracting helps you to see whether or not your business would benefit from bringing someone in full time.
I know there are a lot of people who would say, okay. Yeah. You could, you know, hire someone full time on all of that. It that’s never been the case for us.
The one of the other reasons for that is because we are, I would say, we’ve always worked with and this is more mine’s department, but I’m gonna say and we’ve I think we’ve talked about this on our blog as well. One of the things that we’ve always focused on is keeping our expenses to a certain percentage of our revenue.
I’m gonna go out and say about twenty percent is what we look at depending and, you know, as your revenue grows, which it will because you are, you know, going to be subcontracting, and that’s the whole idea here. Right? You will be able to, you know, hire more, and you will be able to have a better idea of how the year is gonna flow and, you know, whether you need someone to, you know, come in full time or whether you can increase their scope and speak to them about it. Point being, it is a simple way to speed up your growth and reduce overwhelm, which is huge.
So what subcontracting is not? It is not about finding the cheapest option. It’s very tempting to do that. Very.
Trust me. I am I’m a big frugalist at heart. It’s very hard for me to look at, oh, you know, let’s find out. But I like it when people pay me well.
When it comes to spending, I can be really hard and to kind of convince. And Bank has a very tough job trying to help me see that this is the this is the ROI. So it’s yeah. Point is, it’s not find about finding the cheapest option.
That does not mean, however, that someone who may be starting out or is an intern or is willing to work for less would do a shoddy job. Point is you don’t go into the market saying, oh, I wanna hire someone, but I don’t want to pay you know, I wouldn’t say you you don’t wanna say, oh, I wanna look for the cheapest option. That’s what you don’t wanna say. You wanna say, I wanna and this is what’s what mine’s taught me actually over the years is you wanna say, I wanna look for the person who would do the best job possible in the budget I have.
So sometimes it takes you time.
But for us, me, you will always find people because sometimes you are working with a budget. Right? And it’s got nothing to do with you wanting to be a cheapskate. It’s just that your business cannot handle bringing on more help.
It’s not about underpaying contractors. That goes without saying. So we do not, quote unquote, haggle. We don’t like it when clients do it with us or try to lower laws. We don’t wanna do it when we’re the client.
Again, I’m pretty sure none of you would do that. It’s just putting it out there. But these other things are more important.
Subcontracting is not expecting to do it all. You need to be really, really clear about role and responsibilities.
A subcontractor would be your greatest asset and would be responsible for a lot of your success if you’re very clear on what is what is that you’re hiring them for. So even if you’re looking at hiring a VA or a digital business manager or an OBM or a salesperson or a research specialist, whatever it is, you need those roles and responsibilities really well outlined.
It’s not about expecting magic. This is a process that will take time, and sometimes you may have to kiss a few frogs before you find your subcontracting prince or princess.
Be prepared for that. It’s very easy to get discouraged and think that, oh, no one would be able to do this as well as I do or no one will be able to help me with this. You know, I’m guilty of falling into the trap of thinking, oh, you know, I’m I’m I’m faster and better.
I’m I’ve got this. So because I sometimes can get frustrated with the time that it takes to onboard someone. So you just wanna kind of keep an eye out for that. And then, also, subcontracting is not about towing the trend. So when we were looking to scale, it was very everyone everyone that I knew, every single freelancer or small business owner, at least, that I knew of was, like, you gotta hire a VA.
Right? I mean, it seems like the logical decision.
The thing is, for our business, that wasn’t a logical decision. For us, it made more sense to hire an editor because I hated editing.
I’m really good at writing. But if you ask me to go in and then read it out loud and do all the sweeps and spot so that was our first hire.
So you need to, like, look at your business. You need to understand what are what are your goals and not just go for whatever’s trending in the hiring world.
Okay. So here’s easy three step process.
You’ve got worksheets with you. If you printed it up, great. I don’t know if they’re fillable or yeah. Maybe they are because I think they’re in Canvas.
You could, you know, go ahead and pull them out. Point is I would love for you to pull them up because we’re gonna be working through them as we go further into this workshop. I’d love to kind of take some time to do that. So first up, you wanna identify those bottlenecks for, you know, for hiring and subcontracting.
We wanna see where in your business, which is what like, whenever we’ve hired anyone, this is how we look at it. Where in your business are you losing cash flow? You losing out on client experience? You losing out on your, you know, the whole peace of mind thing.
So rules that will prioritize profit, productivity, peace of mind, or project delivery.
Those four areas. You wanna look at where are you losing out or tripping yourself up or taking way more time than is needed because those are the roles you wanna prioritize.
Because it may be you may think and the only way you can do that, and if you’re not doing this already, I would highly recommend all of you do it, is you need to start tracking your time. You need to know exactly where your time is going in your business, because only then would you know for sure whether you really do you need someone to manage your inbox or do you need probably someone to do your outreach?
Those are two very different roles.
And then you wanna set curveballs, outcomes, and metrics so you can measure effectiveness because there is no point hiring someone, and as awesome as they may be at their job if it’s not bringing in what you want it to bring in in terms of time, money, or growth, or peace of mind and, you know, just that mental freedom which is, you know, you can’t really measure it, but you experience it.
Yeah. You need to have those noted down, not in your head.
And that is when you’ll be able to take decisions very clearly, like a business owner, and not go not let emotions rule your decision making.
So subcontracting, like I said, takes time in order to free up time. It will take time.
If you are lucky to find the best person for your business on the first, you know, route, amazing. That’s excellent. Hold on to them. But in all likelihood, sometimes you may be more disappointed than all excited, and you just need to kinda be prepared for that. The way to avoid this would be whenever you’re looking to subcontract, start with a test period or start with a test project.
This is something that has saved us so much grief because I’ll be very honest with you. Sometimes, subcontractors are you know, they’re like freelancers like us. They look great on paper.
But when you start working with them, sometimes you find that there’s a lot that just doesn’t align.
And having a test period or a test project is the perfect way of not feeling like, now I’m, like, stuck.
It gives both of you. And on the other hand, for the subcontract as well, it you know, it’s a win win because we may think they are really great to work with, but they may not like working with us. So it gives them an easy out as well. So always start with this. Like I said, it will take time, but once you get, like, the right people to help you with, you can just keep working with them over and over again like our clients do for us. Right?
So how do I identify what to subcontract and who to hire? Let’s get deeper into this.
First step, you wanna identify the what and the why. Before you look at the who, you wanna start with what is it that you’re wanting to hire out. Like, it we talked about, you know, the the bottlenecks and the areas that impact your profit, peace of mind, productivity, and project delivery.
So get really clear about that, and then think about why do you wanna hire it up.
Because, remember, we are not towing trends here. We are looking at helping you scale with these subcontractors.
So when you know the what and the why, it will help you set a budget for your hire as well, which is super important because you would know what’s the impact it’s gonna have on your business if that team member is gonna do a fabulous job. Right?
It would help you understand the impact that hiring this person would bring to you. It would help you outline responsibilities.
It would help you clarify outcomes and metrics. It would just make it so much clearer for you as to how is this person who’s gonna come in be a part of your growth.
So always, always before you go into, oh, I need a social media manager or I need a sales rep or I need a research specialist or I need a a VA or I need whatever, you wanna know why do I need this person?
What are they going to do for me? So worksheets open up the worksheet, our Google Doc. I want you to think about this should be easy. Think about three areas in your business that are currently holding you back because they aren’t your superpower. You’re spending way much time doing them and they impact client experience.
Example for me, fire framing.
Not my strength at all, takes me way too much time, and was impacting client experience.
Right? Or you could look at areas that are slowing down your growth because while you can do them, right, they take too much time.
Again, another self example, editing. That was editing for me. I can do it.
But because I hate it, it would just take me double the time. It would take someone who’s who would enjoy it like Jillian Hill who was who’s, you know, fabulous at editing. So anyways or it’s impacting cash flow because you don’t have the capacity to do stuff.
So you’re great at it. It’s your superpower. You just don’t have the bandwidth to do it.
For instance, sometimes it’s like blog posts or when it was a really large project, like, I remember the hundred k project. I had so many emails. Like, I I had to bring in someone to help me with the emails.
So because it would make no sense for me to say, oh, no. I’m gonna try doing it all on my own.
Not realistic. Right? So I want you to take, like, five minutes. Think about it.
Put it down. Write it down right now. I’m gonna pause. I’m gonna mute myself, drink some water.
Alright.
Keep this with you because we’re gonna come back to it at the end of the session. This one, I I wanted this to be, like, kind of interactive, and I wanted to for you to walk away with knowing who your next hire is gonna be.
So now that you have these five areas, what you wanna start doing is narrow down on the needle movers. So out of those watts, you know, you wanna narrow down on and this is something that we use internally is we use a three c approach to the client experience, cash flow capacity.
Those are your needle movers.
If your client experience is great, it’s such a huge win because that kind of, you know, improves your cash flow.
Anytime client experience suffers, you can be sure, you know, repeat projects are not gonna happen, referrals are not gonna happen. It has a ripple effect on pretty much everything. Right?
And you wanna enjoy the experience as well. And then, of course, capacity. For us, because of chronic health issues, capacity is something that we value a lot. So yeah.
This is what we use.
So I’d want you to kind of, like, start thinking about it. Because when you know what your needle movers are based on your cash flow capacity client experience, you get really clear on why you’re hiring and what’s the impact you’re looking at. Because you’re hiring to either increase cash flow or revenue, capacity, or client experience, all of which has a direct impact on your growth.
All of which has a direct impact on sustainable growth, most importantly.
Because the last thing you wanna do is just focus on cash flow, ignore capacity, and then end up feeling burned out.
Or create great client experience, but overload cash flow, which means you won’t have a good profit margin.
So when you’re looking to scale, you wanna scale in a way that doesn’t burn you out. And that it’s so much easier to do that when you do that looking at, okay, out of these five areas, which ones have a direct impact on either of these three c’s. Ideally, if you’re looking if you find a task that has an impact on all three, that is exactly where you wanna store. So you wanna narrow down again. In the same workshop, you wanna narrow down on one to three areas that impact your cash flow and or client experience.
So here’s the thing. Capacity is a great first level filter. That is obviously your first level filter. Right?
But when you focus on cash flow and client experience, it can create capacity because you’re giving say, example. Let’s say you don’t have the capacity to take on block content for a client who may need it for their launch. Right? Now you wanna give them a great client experience, so you subcontract blog post writing, which means that you’ve now created capacity for yourself while improving cash flow and client experience too.
So look at go through the areas that you’ve identified and look at which ones have a direct impact on cash flow and or client experience. Remember, capacity is a great first level filter. So if you don’t have capacity for something, see whether hiring it out would give you capacity too.
Cool. Was that quick and easy? Are we done?
Yeah.
Okay. I can see nodding heads.
Alright.
Next up. Now based on these areas, those you know, the things that you don’t like or you wanna hire out or you wanna, you know, free up time for or you wanna hire a subcontractor for you wanna look at what are the roles you’re gonna hire. This is where you get really specific about who your subcontractor is gonna be Because sometimes people who we we may think we’re hiring like I said, like, the example. Sometimes you may think you’re hiring the social media manager, and you may think that they’ll do, you know, your your all reels for you.
That may not be the case. They may need you to do the filming. They’ll give you the guidelines, but they may need you to do that. Or you may be hiring, say, a researcher who may not be coming through surveys or may only be coming through a certain number of survey responses.
So you wanna be very, very clear on exactly who would you be hiring and what will they do.
This is where you wanna write a job description, and you wanna write a really good job description.
So this is not no longer about, oh, I just need a b c. This is about not only what the role will involve, but also things like what tech are they comfortable with, what kind of communication you expect, what’s the cadence of meetings, are you more an asynchronous meeting person, do you prefer, communication only via Slack, or is email okay with you? Do you wanna be reached on WhatsApp, or do you not wanna be reached on WhatsApp? You wanna be really, really clear.
And I learned this through lots and lots of hiring, lots and lots of job description writing. So what kind of support, you know, will you you, your team, you know, anyone else you’ve got on your team be offering them? What kind of support do you expect from them, especially if you are if you’ve got your own products that you’re selling, like Abby, you know, you have a program. If you’re in launch season, will your let’s say you hire you’re hiring a social media manager.
What kind of extra support will your social media manager need to pitch in during that time? Because that would be very different from, say, when you’re not in launch mode or when you’re you know?
So point being, you wanna be very clear on everything and, of course, the pay.
And that is why it’s important to set a budget.
So, you can put up these job descriptions. We’ve had success with different VA groups. We’ve had success with different job builds. But point is, even if you don’t put it anywhere, just share it with your email list. Point you need to give people a clearer guideline of what you are looking for.
Then finally, how do you measure, monitor, and manage? You wanna set a cadence and a workflow for measuring effectiveness. What would that look like for you? Remember, you will find a lot of guidelines or in, you know, in various books and, on what kind of meetings to have, what kind of interviews to do, etcetera, etcetera. At the end of the day, this is your business. You decide how you wanna, you know, measure, monitor, and manage. So I’ll give you an example.
Peers of ours have weekly startup meetings.
They work with a whole bunch of contractors.
They’re they’re also a couple in their business, and they, they do book publishing. So, they they have a stand up meeting because they work with a lot of contractors. So every week, I think they do it on Mondays or whatever, when is they meet on Zoom, but they do, like, quick check ins with everybody to see how’s it going, what would it you know, what’s everybody working on, does anyone need any extra support? Etcetera, etcetera.
Mike and I do asynchronous meetings because that works well for us.
So we check-in with any of our subcontractors on Slack. Let them know what’s coming up.
They fill in lesson, end of the week updates and let us know, you know, what they’ve worked on, what’s coming up for them, if they need any extra support from us, and that works well for us. So you’ve gotta figure out what kind of cadence will work for you for managing, working with your subcontractors.
And what you need to remember while a subcontractor is not an employee, they don’t have those full time benefits, a good subcontractor shows up as a team member. We’ve been very lucky, though. So one of our, subcontractors is is Natasha Blinky. We work with her on our research projects, and she’s also been course coordinator for for a really long time and optimization course optimization as well.
The reason we’ve worked with her for as long as we have, and she’s our first point of contact for any, you know, project that we know she would have the capacity for and the capability for is because she’s always shown up as a team member. She makes suggestions for the business that sometimes both Mike and I haven’t even seen. You know? And we’re like, oh, wow. That’s, like, such a great idea, which is what we try and do for our clients as well and, you know, why our clients love working with us. So we love working with people who show a lot of initiative.
This is something that’s really important for us.
Does every subcontractor do that? No. As long as they’re doing the core job you’ve hired them to do really well, I think that is great. If you find a subcontractor who, like, say, Natasha, goes the extra mile, I would say hold on to them. Really, you know, that’s that’s rare, but it’s really great. And as a business owner, on the other hand, for you, you need to remember that you aren’t gonna show up as quote unquote boss.
You’re gonna show up as a leader. It requires a lot of work and to for, you know, for us to kind of start showing up as not as contractors for clients, but as leaders for our own subcontractors. So this is, like, something that you would wanna start working on, start reading about, start, you know, just kind of observing, okay, where are my gaps?
What can I do better when it comes to communication? Because sometimes and I’ll be honest with you. So early days, really early days, I think this is I would expect someone I would hire, like, say, a social media person to basically just know what I’m thinking when it comes to strategy. Right?
And this is a dangerous position to be in because here’s the thing. Because I’ve been doing social media management before we pivoted into the copyright, I knew how social media works. So I would be like, but this is so obvious. Like, you know but and I would say, okay.
But have you told her this? That this is what you’re looking for? No. But she should know it quicker.
No. So it requires a lot of, you know, reflection and looking at, okay, what can I do better?
So something to keep in mind.
How do you do all of this is you create detailed SOPs. And here’s the deal. So with your subcontractors, if you’re hiring someone for a role for the first time, one of the things you wanna keep in the job description is that they need to document and create the SOPs as they go. This is something that we did when we started working with Natasha initially for our blog content.
Like, so she when she would publish a blog post, she created, like, a detailed SOP, complete with the video tutorial. So when she moved on and she started specializing in research instead, I already had all those SOPs to hand over to whoever replaced her. Right? So you wanna be very, very clear.
You wanna create and if you if you feel that you would need to explain to someone how to do something, then I would say create those SOPs yourself right now and detailed workflows as well. What happens when? Who who sends what? What needs to you know, who needs to talk to each other.
All of those things need to be documented.
Have a communication cadence. Cannot emphasize that in our whether you do weekly check ins, end of week check ins, start of week updates, doesn’t matter. But radio silence from either side is never is never good. Legal compliance, contracts, ideas, you wanna have those in place.
We always buy our contracts from, like, like, lots of great legal template shops, legal pages. One, we bought our contracts from. The particular is another one we bought our contract from. So, would recommend those.
I’m sure there are others as well. You want, again, remember how it works you need and not what a book or a coach or anyone else says. And know that it may not always work out, and that’s okay.
Alright.
That was longer, a little longer than our usual twenty minute trainings, but yeah.
Questions?
No questions? Okay. Then I have a few. I wanna know who’s got some like, a clear idea of who they need to hire in order to scale.
Yeah. Andrew.
Can you hear me okay?
Yep.
Sorry. I’m in a public co working space. I’m trying not to speak to you.
I think my next, hire, I think I really want someone to basically help organize all of the research for me when I have a new client, and basically package it together so that I could just take, like, two days and just go through it without worrying about, like, oh, I have to, like, go through these, like, pick up these sales call recordings and go through these. And then I have to, go through, like, analyze this and, like, that whole lot just have it packaged for me. And I think I would I would need someone who understands the industry a little bit because, you know, with technical concepts, there are certain things where you have to kind of understand like, oh, okay. Like, I would Basically this as, you know, helpful. I don’t know.
But, yeah, just someone would have to have a certain amount of, like, research knowledge for for it to make sense.
But, like, I would love to just have someone basically do the research for me, but I still need to understand all the everything that they have. So I’m thinking of of it largely. It’s basically them doing the organizing parking cycle. I’m terrible at it, and I it takes me way too long.
And I’m always always changing the format. Like, always, like, oh, no. This is the right way to organize it. Or no.
This is a better way. So I think just having someone go just deliver me this, like, here’s everything you need to know to get up to speed up this event and just go through an order. Got it. But, like, just just thinking about that is, like, a huge lift off our shoulders.
Oh, cool.
Right. And, so, basically and what I’m hearing is, like, why you wanna hire this person is because it would free up your capacity.
Right? But would it also improve the client experience? Like, do you think it would improve the eventual results that you create for your clients?
It could. If the first I would say that I would say that the main thing is to get that, like, is to is a capacity thing, because I’m losing a lot of time to sort of just, like, indecision. I do part of the research here, part of the research there.
So I think it’s largely a capacity thing. But I think with the right person, it could potentially help get a better result too because then I’m, like, a little bit more fresh when I start writing.
So, you know, I think that rather than if you do after doing all that research, it could be like, oh, I’m already, like, half burnt out on this.
Right. Right.
Right. Right. It so I think it could it could have a better client experience as well, but it would be a different capacity and easier, like, freeing my mind up. I I actually the more I talk about it, the more I think it would be better for the client experience because I think that the way that I’m approaching it now is probably I’m probably causing some, there are probably some gaps that pop in the cracks.
Yeah. That could be the case. Like, when we don’t enjoy a particular task, then we tend to either rush through it or, you know, like, feel like it’s not. And what, at least, I found was that a hiring researcher really improved client experience because then I can, like, present that research in a much better way to the client, you know, and they would have Yeah. Way more understanding of what went into the project and where am I coming from so I can, like, pick depending my copy code and code is something that I very rarely have to do because they know it’s, like, you know, all of this data has gone into into the research. So I think that’s a really good place to start. What I would love to see from you is a job description.
Okay. So it doesn’t matter okay. Here’s the thing. You may not hire this person this month or even next month or maybe not even this quarter.
Maybe this would be, like, a q four thing that you’re looking to do, which is very important because you wanna look at your budget. Right? So you’re gonna look at, okay, where is this gonna come up for? Where is this higher?
And what kind of a budget am I working with for and, again, remember, something like what Adam was talking about, you can easily do a test project. So that’s, like, you know, a single project to see how it goes with that particular person before you start working with them over and over again. So but I would love to see a job description, mainly because I’m curious to see, the role that you flesh out for this person. So because this is a role that we’ve, like, hired for multiple times.
So, yeah, I’m interested in seeing the the role you flesh out. Cool?
Cool. That was good.
Okay. Good.
So Thank you.
When would I see that? I’m not gonna let you off that.
Gonna do, not like the repurposing one that I saw you Yeah. And just ignoring. Yeah.
Ignoring and feeling guilty about.
So this one, I’m gonna have this done by the end of tomorrow to give myself a good deadline for this week.
Alright. Yeah. We’ll check-in with you then. I will. You know I will. So cool. Okay.
This was great. Who else wants to share what’s the next role they wanna hire for? Yeah, Maria.
I need somebody for social media. I do not like social media. I have tried liking social media. I have tried a lot in not just with this business with other businesses, and it’s just like a recurring theme, but I don’t like it.
Like, I’ve made, like, so much content that never gets posted because then I don’t get it into the right form or the right template or the right this or the right that. It’s not like a lack of ideas.
It’s a lack of, getting it formatted right because I hate all that fiddly formatting stuff. Mhmm. Mhmm. And then, and then remembering to actually post it, and it it’s that whole thing. So I don’t mind, like, recording things. I don’t mind the writing of the thing.
I just don’t wanna do the actual like, I just wanna say here’s, like, the raw stuff.
Mhmm.
Put it into the make the carousel or make the reel or make the whatever. I’ll send you the pictures and the video clips and the they can pick the music for it, whatever. It doesn’t really matter to me. And then I just don’t wanna Mhmm. It. So I just wanna be like, there’s the thing. Go make it happen and post it.
Not totally, like, taking my hands off, but kind of. Because it just I know that because I’ve I’ve tried. Like, I’m in this Instagram class, like, learning how to do the things, and I’m like, okay. You can do this. You can do this. And then I love doing strategy and business y things and whatever and the social media stuff.
Mhmm. Like, is this boulder on my back? And so yeah.
Okay. But why why social media? What do you think the impact’s gonna be on your business? How will it help you scale?
Oh, how will it help me? Because nobody knows who I am. I mean, like, I I need to get visibility. So, I am writing a book.
And so, and so, like, I have this plan.
Like, I would like to, go to three conferences next year. So and have a book, and I need to test the ideas in the book. And I’m gonna do that through social media, which will get my ideas out there, and sort of, like, validate and get known so that when I go to these conferences in real life and I’m connecting with people, then I’m not it’s not like, what rock did you crawl under or out from?
Like, who are you?
Right? Yeah. Yeah. So Yeah. Yeah.
Like, I need to build some authority. And so, it’s not working me just trying to have the willpower to do it because Mhmm. Then it would be done already because I’m pretty Yeah. Disciplined.
But this Yeah. I don’t know. I just Yeah. Think it’s a it’s a barrier.
Okay. That’s, like, a really good yeah. So okay.
What I want you to start thinking about is when you’re thinking about social media because this is, like, such a broad umbrella. You know? Like, oh, I need someone to manage social media, and I’ve heard this often.
I’ve been that person.
What you wanna think about is do you need someone to create strategy, create content, create do all of the uploading, do the networking, or are they parts of social media that you enjoy, like the con creating the content but not the format, like you said? And if someone were to take let’s say, you do a you record a video or you do a podcast interview and someone were to take that and turn that into or you, you know, into a blog post and things like that. Because then you’re looking for for different people. A social media manager would map out your would ideally map out your strategy, help you look at it, help you see what goals are you gonna accomplish, and then go ahead, go through your content, create content based off your content, and then, obviously, send it to you for approval and things like that.
But they would create the graphics. They would give you ideas for what reels to film. That’s what, like, our social media manager used to do, which was really helpful. And then they would they would do the job of finding the music and and all of that.
Some of them also do a bit of networking on your behalf.
So you wanted to or you can work with someone who’s a repurposing specialist who can take one piece of content for you Yeah. And repurpose it. And sometimes, they also all have add ons, like, where they’ll even post it for you.
So you wanna think about you wanna give that some thought. And, like, that’s why I say, you know, it’s really important to get here on what is it that you would want this person to do and not just say, oh, I need a social media person?
Because that could mean so many different things.
So it definitely is like, I’m fine with figuring out strategy.
I can plan things That’s what I call.
Yeah.
All night. Yeah. Yeah.
I have so many strategies that it’s not even it’s the and, content.
Like, I’m building content for the thing that the offer that I’m currently having.
So I don’t have heaps of it yet. But I’m fine with creating content and generating ideas and, like, all of that.
Mhmm. Mhmm. But then it is I need somebody to take that primary piece of content, repurpose it into all the different formats.
I’m gonna start doing, like, a live stream. I’m fine with live stream. I hate video editing. I do not want a video edit, which is why I like livestream. But I also do wanna do some longer form stuff for YouTube, like some pillar content around my, diagnostic stuff. But, yeah, I just need somebody to, like, make it look like it should so people actually watch it.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Absolutely. So that’s, you know, so that’s something that you wanna kinda give some thought to because, because I I know people who do both.
You know? Who I know people who who are great at social media management, and I also know, I would know like I say, I know a a handful of people who do social, you know, content repurposing.
So Mhmm.
So I know that there are two different things. And the thing with copywriters is we’re really good. Like I said, we’re really good with strategy. We’re really good with content.
We want our words to sound a certain way, especially because that’s what we do. Right? So, yeah, so I would want you to give some thought to that and get really clear on what is it that you would want this person to do. You could call them whatever you want.
You call them, you know, a social media repurposing strap, you know, assistant, or you would call them a you know, depending on what you want them to do. But social media manager, social media strategist, social media copywriter, You’ll hear all of these job descriptions all you know, but at the end of the day, you gotta get really clear on what will this person do because you’re really clear on why you need them.
Mhmm.
So that’s great. But I want you know, I think if you have more clarity on exactly what yeah. That would be great. So, yeah, job description.
So I did email put it out or not?
Yeah.
Go ahead. I I did email Shane because I went to a session last weekend. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah.
Talking about outsourcing, and I was like, okay. That is something that that might be a good fit for outsourcing.
But I can’t I don’t have budget to hire somebody full time, which working with somebody from the Philippines, he was like, full time is best. And I said, well, this is my budget.
This is it’s obviously not full time. So did he have any recommendations? So I’m waiting to hear back from him. But I see Andrew was saying, yeah, finding one person. So maybe if there’s more than one person, you know, collectively, we could full time hire somebody.
That would be kinda cool.
I mean, like, if everybody Or you could do some sort of project basis.
You know?
You could say, I’m gonna send you four videos.
I need you to create x number of pieces of content out of it.
Yeah.
So I have worked with people on Fiverr.
Like, before different business did a podcast, I had somebody that did all that podcast editing. I just found them on Fiverr.
So I could do that, but I’m I’m really I like the idea of having somebody on the part of the team, like, so that we’re, like, collectively building the business and everybody benefits.
Yeah. So Yeah. That is true. Yeah.
But I do need to do it sooner rather than later because I’m like, okay.
This needs to happen because I need I want clients, and then clients start looking for, like, well, where are you? What what authority do you have? Blah blah blah.
Yep. Yep. Yep.
Yeah. So That’s true. I like it or not, I need to do it. So this is this is the way that I can do it, and so I just need to own that and move forward with it so I can think about other things.
Cool. Great.
Okay. Good. So spend some time thinking about it. And then yeah. But even with you, Marina, I would love to see, you know, an outline of what you would want this person to do.
It may not be like a formal job description, but a really clear outline of what would this person be doing, how often would they be meeting you, what would they need from you, what would you expect from them? Because, also think about your budget. What kind of a budget are you working with? You know, think about the impact it’ll have on your business when you’re using it.
But, of course, you wanna also look at what you’re bringing in and then kind of work with that. So but, yeah, having a detailed description would be really, really helpful.
And I did do I do have a repurposing plan. I just need to, like, actually execute on it. Yeah.
So I mean, I You should have a repurposing plan.
Yes. Yeah. After our session, I was like, okay. Yeah. So I have the diagram, and I’m like, okay. This all makes sense.
And then Yeah.
It just yep, then I think, oh, I don’t know.
Yeah.
Oh, I just I like to make a note.
About how to I don’t do it.
Yeah. Yeah. No. I understand that. Cool.
Yeah. But I could give it to somebody else and say, here’s the primary piece of content.
Exactly.
Here’s the reporting strategy.
Here’s all the images. Make it happen.
Exactly. Exactly. Yeah. Oh, alright, Jessica.
K. So I’m kind of in this place where I have some clear jobs for sure that I’ll need to subcontract or something. So for example, cover designer, I’ll need to offload doing, book formatting, like, that kind of stuff.
So that’s easy.
That kind of thing to me is like, no problem.
Got that. That’s very clear. But then I have this kind of some of what Marino was saying, I was like, well, okay. So Joe is letting us put a team member through CSP or the intensive or something like that. Right? Okay. So couldn’t I, hypothetically, hire someone too to kind of, like I so I I think you follow her too, Prana.
Rachel Miller, you know, for the social Yeah. Yep. I have her programs, and I often have thought, you know, I should just pay someone to take this course for me, and then they can I’ll do the same thing, Marina. Like, record videos, you do the rest. I don’t care.
Can figure out the strategy. I don’t even care about that. You just make it so that when someone goes to look up Jessica, Noelle, books, publishing, I’m in all the places. Great.
Okay? That’s all I really care about. So I was, like, thinking about it, but then I have these other tasks that I want taken off my plate. So for example, I had I customized the, templated proposal.
Now, admittedly, it was a little more in the future, it won’t take this long, but it still took me with breaks, I think, about half the day. I was like, this is a waste of my time.
So I it it’s like that kinda task. The invoicing part, the onboarding, the, you know, like, that kind of stuff. I also want someone to just just do this for me. Like, I don’t care. Just do this. So I was kinda sitting there going, okay. So I have someone in mind that would like to be the VA.
Would be you work with great. But how far off of the scope of a typical VA? Like, can I slide in there and say, you know what? Would you be willing to take this social media course and help me repurp like or am I is that too I don’t know. Yeah.
So that’s that gets really muddy really fast. I know. Because then they feel that they’ve been paid to be a VA, but they’re doing the social media manager’s job, and it will lead to a lot. So you either bring this person in as a, you know, as a fractional content marketing officer or a fractional CMO or something like that.
You know? Or bring them in as so then they’re doing a lot, but then they wouldn’t be doing a lot of the admin side of things. So you wanna kind of start thinking about that because that’s two different roles that we’re talking about. Like, oh, take my social media and repurpose it, but then also manage my contracts and my proposals and my invoicing and all of that.
The the proposals and customizing the proposals and yeah. You know? All I would say that would be more a really good VA’s job.
But the social media side of things, what you can do here is either bring in someone who’s early in the game, eager to learn, willing to, you know, work with testing different things out, open to feedback, and all of that. Also appreciate is the fact that you’ll be giving them access to Rachel’s courses, etcetera, to go through it. That’s, like, education.
So that would that would possibly work. But, yeah, I would say off the right off the bat, this would be, like, two different roles. And that is what you and what you wanna decide is which one would have more of an impact on your scaling journey, which one would have more of an impact on your cash flow plan of snooze and capacity.
Use that to decide. You don’t always have to hire for both. Sometimes you may realize that, oh, I could have, like, a tool do this for me, or I could have, you know, AI do this for me. But, because we do have that option too. You know? So, so you may wanna look at that.
Okay. Okay. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Abby, who are you gonna hire next?
I want to hire someone to, like, implement my customer feedback loop and then report back to me on the data, like, every month for the optimization. So that’s like, I need to very clearly define what that’s gonna look like.
And then so, yeah, that will free up capacity, and it will improve the client experience because I haven’t Yeah.
I haven’t done, like, all of it for a client before because it’s just, like, too much.
And then it will should improve cash flow as well because I’ll be able to, like, charge more because I’m offering a more kind of end to end service. And then the other thing I I really need in my business, like, the bottleneck is, like, eyeballs. Like, I just need more people kind of going into my funnel, for my course because that’s I really wanna make my course, work. So for that, I’m thinking about potentially hiring someone to to help me do YouTube or social media. I haven’t quite decided yet, but I definitely need someone to just, like, solve that problem of how do I get, like, five hundred people into my funnel a month.
So the five the lead gen part of things is obviously one one role, and you you could you could do that in so many ways, which is why it would be great for you to kind of do this exercise and say, what what are the different lead generation strategies that you wanna test out?
You know? So YouTube is great, but YouTube will bring you those five hundred eyeballs.
It’s a long game. Right? It would start bring But if you need more adults now, what are the things that you could do? And then see if you need to really hire that out, or can you test out some strategies right now? Maybe it’s ads. You’re you’re running ads. Right?
So I did run ads, and I ran it for two months, and I break even.
And I had, like, some clear kind of optimization steps, but then I’d I think I was just, like, overwhelmed with client work, so I didn’t do it. So I I should really revisit.
Exactly.
Yeah. Maybe revisit and optimize that. Mhmm. But the other the other rule is the client feedback thing that you said. Like, what was that?
Like, so for my evergreen process, like, I have, like, kind of different feedback points, like surveys Oh, yeah.
Yeah.
AB testing, that kind of thing. So, like, so I need someone to kind of set it up and then, organize, like, all of the data at the end of the month so I can, like, review it and see what where to optimize.
This is actually something you do you know Angela Tan?
No.
Okay. Can she help?
That yeah. She could help you with setting up all these automations and then also collating the data into Airtable or something like that so you can then kind of go through it. I think she may be able to help, but you yeah. You should speak to her.
But this would be like a systems and automations thing. You know? It’s this is like a quick one time project. So what I would actually love for you to think more is more long term, Abby.
These are like smaller projects. If you’re looking to scale, who’s gonna help you scale?
So and then or what is gonna help you scale? Actually, I would wanna start with what is gonna help you scale? Where are you kind of where could you create more cash flow for yourself? Where could you create more capacity to take on? So I would want you to just kind of start thinking a little bigger because these are smaller single one off projects, one and done. But what we’re looking at is some to bring someone on, you can either like I said, capacity is a first level filter. We have a capacity so you can take on more projects or help you generate more money, charge more from clients.
So things that you could possibly start adding on to packages and and projects.
Yeah. I mean, it would be for, like, the optimization retainer because it was so I would need them every month to, like, organize the research.
But then, yeah, like, same as what Andrew said, like, I would like someone to just, like, analyze it and put it in, like, a messaging guide for me.
Oh, in that case then, if you’re looking for, like, a retail team, then I think you should speak to Natasha. I don’t know whether she knows how to set things up.
But if you know how to set those up, then you can kind of record it and show it to her, but Natasha would be great for this. Yeah.
Natasha Harisari?
Oh, Natasha is, I can make an introduction. Natasha Blinky. Do you know her?
Mm-mm.
No? Okay. Cool.
I can make an introduction to her, but, she could be really great with distilling feedback data and to tell you exactly what needs to be done.
I mean, she’s brilliant at it. Yeah.
Thank you.
Yeah. And I didn’t mention her for you because you need someone with, with SaaS experience. Right? So yeah.
But she knows the online course industry. She’s like, yep. We’ve worked with her on multiple projects. We love her.
So, but, yeah, that could be a good, good way to improve both capacity and client streams. That would be a good hire. Yeah.
But go ahead. Like, create your impact. Do do this what everybody else is doing. Create your job description for this person, and I will make the connection. Yeah.
Thank you. Yeah. I will be able to do it by tomorrow like Andrew, but let’s see next Friday.
Okay. Cool. Alright. Cool. Any other questions?
Nope?
All good. All ready to hire.
Okay.
Cool. Great. I shall see you all in Slack, and we’ll check-in with you tomorrow then.
Okay. Cool.
Thanks, Brenna. It’s really helpful.
Thank you. Bye. Thank you, Brenna. Bye.
Worksheet
Worksheet
Transcript
Cool. Okay. Good.
Well, it’s, you know, I don’t wanna say the time because it’s a different time for you, but, yeah, we’re, like, I think one minute past starting time according to my clock. I we can let everyone join in.
Folks trickle in. But today, I’m very excited because we talked about one of my favorite things, which is scaling with subcontractors.
It’s something that we’ve had a lot of success with. So I’m gonna get started, and, we can have others join in as they go. Hey. Andrew’s here. Okay. Andrew, we’re just kicking things off.
So welcome. Welcome. I was telling Abby this is, like, one of my favorite things to talk about is working with subcontractors.
So alright. Let’s get out. Make sure.
Alright.
Cool. So very quickly, what are we gonna cover is how to quickly identify when to hire a subcontractor.
And we can what we’ll talk about after the session is a a few of the nitty gritties because subcontracting is something that will you know, it takes time, but it frees up time. And I talk about that in the training as well. So we’ll talk about how to quickly identify when to power a subcontractor, when to fully transition, you know, to a team member, how to narrow down on the needle moving roles to hire for, and what metrics will you measure to gauge ROI and all of that. So it is one of the simplest ways to speed up your growth and reduce over which is what you need when you’re looking to scale, which is what we realized when we were looking to scale is this only that much capacity, especially if you, like us, have a lot going on on the life front.
So and at the same time, you’re very ambitious and which all of you in this room are and, you know, anyone who’s watching the recording, all of you are. So so you you want that balance, but you also know that you want you wanna do more, and subcontracting is a fabulous way to do that.
The reason I’m a huge, huge fan of subcontracting rather than bringing someone on full time as a team member is because subcontracting gives you the flexibility that sometimes you need.
You know?
It helps you to see hang on. Okay.
Got others messages for ambitious and constrained, that’s me. Yeah. Andrew. Yeah. Absolutely. So so subcontracting helps you to see whether or not your business would benefit from bringing someone in full time.
I know there are a lot of people who would say, okay. Yeah. You could, you know, hire someone full time on all of that. It that’s never been the case for us.
The one of the other reasons for that is because we are, I would say, we’ve always worked with and this is more mine’s department, but I’m gonna say and we’ve I think we’ve talked about this on our blog as well. One of the things that we’ve always focused on is keeping our expenses to a certain percentage of our revenue.
I’m gonna go out and say about twenty percent is what we look at depending and, you know, as your revenue grows, which it will because you are, you know, going to be subcontracting, and that’s the whole idea here. Right? You will be able to, you know, hire more, and you will be able to have a better idea of how the year is gonna flow and, you know, whether you need someone to, you know, come in full time or whether you can increase their scope and speak to them about it. Point being, it is a simple way to speed up your growth and reduce overwhelm, which is huge.
So what subcontracting is not? It is not about finding the cheapest option. It’s very tempting to do that. Very.
Trust me. I am I’m a big frugalist at heart. It’s very hard for me to look at, oh, you know, let’s find out. But I like it when people pay me well.
When it comes to spending, I can be really hard and to kind of convince. And Bank has a very tough job trying to help me see that this is the this is the ROI. So it’s yeah. Point is, it’s not find about finding the cheapest option.
That does not mean, however, that someone who may be starting out or is an intern or is willing to work for less would do a shoddy job. Point is you don’t go into the market saying, oh, I wanna hire someone, but I don’t want to pay you know, I wouldn’t say you you don’t wanna say, oh, I wanna look for the cheapest option. That’s what you don’t wanna say. You wanna say, I wanna and this is what’s what mine’s taught me actually over the years is you wanna say, I wanna look for the person who would do the best job possible in the budget I have.
So sometimes it takes you time.
But for us, me, you will always find people because sometimes you are working with a budget. Right? And it’s got nothing to do with you wanting to be a cheapskate. It’s just that your business cannot handle bringing on more help.
It’s not about underpaying contractors. That goes without saying. So we do not, quote unquote, haggle. We don’t like it when clients do it with us or try to lower laws. We don’t wanna do it when we’re the client.
Again, I’m pretty sure none of you would do that. It’s just putting it out there. But these other things are more important.
Subcontracting is not expecting to do it all. You need to be really, really clear about role and responsibilities.
A subcontractor would be your greatest asset and would be responsible for a lot of your success if you’re very clear on what is what is that you’re hiring them for. So even if you’re looking at hiring a VA or a digital business manager or an OBM or a salesperson or a research specialist, whatever it is, you need those roles and responsibilities really well outlined.
It’s not about expecting magic. This is a process that will take time, and sometimes you may have to kiss a few frogs before you find your subcontracting prince or princess.
Be prepared for that. It’s very easy to get discouraged and think that, oh, no one would be able to do this as well as I do or no one will be able to help me with this. You know, I’m guilty of falling into the trap of thinking, oh, you know, I’m I’m I’m faster and better.
I’m I’ve got this. So because I sometimes can get frustrated with the time that it takes to onboard someone. So you just wanna kind of keep an eye out for that. And then, also, subcontracting is not about towing the trend. So when we were looking to scale, it was very everyone everyone that I knew, every single freelancer or small business owner, at least, that I knew of was, like, you gotta hire a VA.
Right? I mean, it seems like the logical decision.
The thing is, for our business, that wasn’t a logical decision. For us, it made more sense to hire an editor because I hated editing.
I’m really good at writing. But if you ask me to go in and then read it out loud and do all the sweeps and spot so that was our first hire.
So you need to, like, look at your business. You need to understand what are what are your goals and not just go for whatever’s trending in the hiring world.
Okay. So here’s easy three step process.
You’ve got worksheets with you. If you printed it up, great. I don’t know if they’re fillable or yeah. Maybe they are because I think they’re in Canvas.
You could, you know, go ahead and pull them out. Point is I would love for you to pull them up because we’re gonna be working through them as we go further into this workshop. I’d love to kind of take some time to do that. So first up, you wanna identify those bottlenecks for, you know, for hiring and subcontracting.
We wanna see where in your business, which is what like, whenever we’ve hired anyone, this is how we look at it. Where in your business are you losing cash flow? You losing out on client experience? You losing out on your, you know, the whole peace of mind thing.
So rules that will prioritize profit, productivity, peace of mind, or project delivery.
Those four areas. You wanna look at where are you losing out or tripping yourself up or taking way more time than is needed because those are the roles you wanna prioritize.
Because it may be you may think and the only way you can do that, and if you’re not doing this already, I would highly recommend all of you do it, is you need to start tracking your time. You need to know exactly where your time is going in your business, because only then would you know for sure whether you really do you need someone to manage your inbox or do you need probably someone to do your outreach?
Those are two very different roles.
And then you wanna set curveballs, outcomes, and metrics so you can measure effectiveness because there is no point hiring someone, and as awesome as they may be at their job if it’s not bringing in what you want it to bring in in terms of time, money, or growth, or peace of mind and, you know, just that mental freedom which is, you know, you can’t really measure it, but you experience it.
Yeah. You need to have those noted down, not in your head.
And that is when you’ll be able to take decisions very clearly, like a business owner, and not go not let emotions rule your decision making.
So subcontracting, like I said, takes time in order to free up time. It will take time.
If you are lucky to find the best person for your business on the first, you know, route, amazing. That’s excellent. Hold on to them. But in all likelihood, sometimes you may be more disappointed than all excited, and you just need to kinda be prepared for that. The way to avoid this would be whenever you’re looking to subcontract, start with a test period or start with a test project.
This is something that has saved us so much grief because I’ll be very honest with you. Sometimes, subcontractors are you know, they’re like freelancers like us. They look great on paper.
But when you start working with them, sometimes you find that there’s a lot that just doesn’t align.
And having a test period or a test project is the perfect way of not feeling like, now I’m, like, stuck.
It gives both of you. And on the other hand, for the subcontract as well, it you know, it’s a win win because we may think they are really great to work with, but they may not like working with us. So it gives them an easy out as well. So always start with this. Like I said, it will take time, but once you get, like, the right people to help you with, you can just keep working with them over and over again like our clients do for us. Right?
So how do I identify what to subcontract and who to hire? Let’s get deeper into this.
First step, you wanna identify the what and the why. Before you look at the who, you wanna start with what is it that you’re wanting to hire out. Like, it we talked about, you know, the the bottlenecks and the areas that impact your profit, peace of mind, productivity, and project delivery.
So get really clear about that, and then think about why do you wanna hire it up.
Because, remember, we are not towing trends here. We are looking at helping you scale with these subcontractors.
So when you know the what and the why, it will help you set a budget for your hire as well, which is super important because you would know what’s the impact it’s gonna have on your business if that team member is gonna do a fabulous job. Right?
It would help you understand the impact that hiring this person would bring to you. It would help you outline responsibilities.
It would help you clarify outcomes and metrics. It would just make it so much clearer for you as to how is this person who’s gonna come in be a part of your growth.
So always, always before you go into, oh, I need a social media manager or I need a sales rep or I need a research specialist or I need a a VA or I need whatever, you wanna know why do I need this person?
What are they going to do for me? So worksheets open up the worksheet, our Google Doc. I want you to think about this should be easy. Think about three areas in your business that are currently holding you back because they aren’t your superpower. You’re spending way much time doing them and they impact client experience.
Example for me, fire framing.
Not my strength at all, takes me way too much time, and was impacting client experience.
Right? Or you could look at areas that are slowing down your growth because while you can do them, right, they take too much time.
Again, another self example, editing. That was editing for me. I can do it.
But because I hate it, it would just take me double the time. It would take someone who’s who would enjoy it like Jillian Hill who was who’s, you know, fabulous at editing. So anyways or it’s impacting cash flow because you don’t have the capacity to do stuff.
So you’re great at it. It’s your superpower. You just don’t have the bandwidth to do it.
For instance, sometimes it’s like blog posts or when it was a really large project, like, I remember the hundred k project. I had so many emails. Like, I I had to bring in someone to help me with the emails.
So because it would make no sense for me to say, oh, no. I’m gonna try doing it all on my own.
Not realistic. Right? So I want you to take, like, five minutes. Think about it.
Put it down. Write it down right now. I’m gonna pause. I’m gonna mute myself, drink some water.
Alright.
Keep this with you because we’re gonna come back to it at the end of the session. This one, I I wanted this to be, like, kind of interactive, and I wanted to for you to walk away with knowing who your next hire is gonna be.
So now that you have these five areas, what you wanna start doing is narrow down on the needle movers. So out of those watts, you know, you wanna narrow down on and this is something that we use internally is we use a three c approach to the client experience, cash flow capacity.
Those are your needle movers.
If your client experience is great, it’s such a huge win because that kind of, you know, improves your cash flow.
Anytime client experience suffers, you can be sure, you know, repeat projects are not gonna happen, referrals are not gonna happen. It has a ripple effect on pretty much everything. Right?
And you wanna enjoy the experience as well. And then, of course, capacity. For us, because of chronic health issues, capacity is something that we value a lot. So yeah.
This is what we use.
So I’d want you to kind of, like, start thinking about it. Because when you know what your needle movers are based on your cash flow capacity client experience, you get really clear on why you’re hiring and what’s the impact you’re looking at. Because you’re hiring to either increase cash flow or revenue, capacity, or client experience, all of which has a direct impact on your growth.
All of which has a direct impact on sustainable growth, most importantly.
Because the last thing you wanna do is just focus on cash flow, ignore capacity, and then end up feeling burned out.
Or create great client experience, but overload cash flow, which means you won’t have a good profit margin.
So when you’re looking to scale, you wanna scale in a way that doesn’t burn you out. And that it’s so much easier to do that when you do that looking at, okay, out of these five areas, which ones have a direct impact on either of these three c’s. Ideally, if you’re looking if you find a task that has an impact on all three, that is exactly where you wanna store. So you wanna narrow down again. In the same workshop, you wanna narrow down on one to three areas that impact your cash flow and or client experience.
So here’s the thing. Capacity is a great first level filter. That is obviously your first level filter. Right?
But when you focus on cash flow and client experience, it can create capacity because you’re giving say, example. Let’s say you don’t have the capacity to take on block content for a client who may need it for their launch. Right? Now you wanna give them a great client experience, so you subcontract blog post writing, which means that you’ve now created capacity for yourself while improving cash flow and client experience too.
So look at go through the areas that you’ve identified and look at which ones have a direct impact on cash flow and or client experience. Remember, capacity is a great first level filter. So if you don’t have capacity for something, see whether hiring it out would give you capacity too.
Cool. Was that quick and easy? Are we done?
Yeah.
Okay. I can see nodding heads.
Alright.
Next up. Now based on these areas, those you know, the things that you don’t like or you wanna hire out or you wanna, you know, free up time for or you wanna hire a subcontractor for you wanna look at what are the roles you’re gonna hire. This is where you get really specific about who your subcontractor is gonna be Because sometimes people who we we may think we’re hiring like I said, like, the example. Sometimes you may think you’re hiring the social media manager, and you may think that they’ll do, you know, your your all reels for you.
That may not be the case. They may need you to do the filming. They’ll give you the guidelines, but they may need you to do that. Or you may be hiring, say, a researcher who may not be coming through surveys or may only be coming through a certain number of survey responses.
So you wanna be very, very clear on exactly who would you be hiring and what will they do.
This is where you wanna write a job description, and you wanna write a really good job description.
So this is not no longer about, oh, I just need a b c. This is about not only what the role will involve, but also things like what tech are they comfortable with, what kind of communication you expect, what’s the cadence of meetings, are you more an asynchronous meeting person, do you prefer, communication only via Slack, or is email okay with you? Do you wanna be reached on WhatsApp, or do you not wanna be reached on WhatsApp? You wanna be really, really clear.
And I learned this through lots and lots of hiring, lots and lots of job description writing. So what kind of support, you know, will you you, your team, you know, anyone else you’ve got on your team be offering them? What kind of support do you expect from them, especially if you are if you’ve got your own products that you’re selling, like Abby, you know, you have a program. If you’re in launch season, will your let’s say you hire you’re hiring a social media manager.
What kind of extra support will your social media manager need to pitch in during that time? Because that would be very different from, say, when you’re not in launch mode or when you’re you know?
So point being, you wanna be very clear on everything and, of course, the pay.
And that is why it’s important to set a budget.
So, you can put up these job descriptions. We’ve had success with different VA groups. We’ve had success with different job builds. But point is, even if you don’t put it anywhere, just share it with your email list. Point you need to give people a clearer guideline of what you are looking for.
Then finally, how do you measure, monitor, and manage? You wanna set a cadence and a workflow for measuring effectiveness. What would that look like for you? Remember, you will find a lot of guidelines or in, you know, in various books and, on what kind of meetings to have, what kind of interviews to do, etcetera, etcetera. At the end of the day, this is your business. You decide how you wanna, you know, measure, monitor, and manage. So I’ll give you an example.
Peers of ours have weekly startup meetings.
They work with a whole bunch of contractors.
They’re they’re also a couple in their business, and they, they do book publishing. So, they they have a stand up meeting because they work with a lot of contractors. So every week, I think they do it on Mondays or whatever, when is they meet on Zoom, but they do, like, quick check ins with everybody to see how’s it going, what would it you know, what’s everybody working on, does anyone need any extra support? Etcetera, etcetera.
Mike and I do asynchronous meetings because that works well for us.
So we check-in with any of our subcontractors on Slack. Let them know what’s coming up.
They fill in lesson, end of the week updates and let us know, you know, what they’ve worked on, what’s coming up for them, if they need any extra support from us, and that works well for us. So you’ve gotta figure out what kind of cadence will work for you for managing, working with your subcontractors.
And what you need to remember while a subcontractor is not an employee, they don’t have those full time benefits, a good subcontractor shows up as a team member. We’ve been very lucky, though. So one of our, subcontractors is is Natasha Blinky. We work with her on our research projects, and she’s also been course coordinator for for a really long time and optimization course optimization as well.
The reason we’ve worked with her for as long as we have, and she’s our first point of contact for any, you know, project that we know she would have the capacity for and the capability for is because she’s always shown up as a team member. She makes suggestions for the business that sometimes both Mike and I haven’t even seen. You know? And we’re like, oh, wow. That’s, like, such a great idea, which is what we try and do for our clients as well and, you know, why our clients love working with us. So we love working with people who show a lot of initiative.
This is something that’s really important for us.
Does every subcontractor do that? No. As long as they’re doing the core job you’ve hired them to do really well, I think that is great. If you find a subcontractor who, like, say, Natasha, goes the extra mile, I would say hold on to them. Really, you know, that’s that’s rare, but it’s really great. And as a business owner, on the other hand, for you, you need to remember that you aren’t gonna show up as quote unquote boss.
You’re gonna show up as a leader. It requires a lot of work and to for, you know, for us to kind of start showing up as not as contractors for clients, but as leaders for our own subcontractors. So this is, like, something that you would wanna start working on, start reading about, start, you know, just kind of observing, okay, where are my gaps?
What can I do better when it comes to communication? Because sometimes and I’ll be honest with you. So early days, really early days, I think this is I would expect someone I would hire, like, say, a social media person to basically just know what I’m thinking when it comes to strategy. Right?
And this is a dangerous position to be in because here’s the thing. Because I’ve been doing social media management before we pivoted into the copyright, I knew how social media works. So I would be like, but this is so obvious. Like, you know but and I would say, okay.
But have you told her this? That this is what you’re looking for? No. But she should know it quicker.
No. So it requires a lot of, you know, reflection and looking at, okay, what can I do better?
So something to keep in mind.
How do you do all of this is you create detailed SOPs. And here’s the deal. So with your subcontractors, if you’re hiring someone for a role for the first time, one of the things you wanna keep in the job description is that they need to document and create the SOPs as they go. This is something that we did when we started working with Natasha initially for our blog content.
Like, so she when she would publish a blog post, she created, like, a detailed SOP, complete with the video tutorial. So when she moved on and she started specializing in research instead, I already had all those SOPs to hand over to whoever replaced her. Right? So you wanna be very, very clear.
You wanna create and if you if you feel that you would need to explain to someone how to do something, then I would say create those SOPs yourself right now and detailed workflows as well. What happens when? Who who sends what? What needs to you know, who needs to talk to each other.
All of those things need to be documented.
Have a communication cadence. Cannot emphasize that in our whether you do weekly check ins, end of week check ins, start of week updates, doesn’t matter. But radio silence from either side is never is never good. Legal compliance, contracts, ideas, you wanna have those in place.
We always buy our contracts from, like, like, lots of great legal template shops, legal pages. One, we bought our contracts from. The particular is another one we bought our contract from. So, would recommend those.
I’m sure there are others as well. You want, again, remember how it works you need and not what a book or a coach or anyone else says. And know that it may not always work out, and that’s okay.
Alright.
That was longer, a little longer than our usual twenty minute trainings, but yeah.
Questions?
No questions? Okay. Then I have a few. I wanna know who’s got some like, a clear idea of who they need to hire in order to scale.
Yeah. Andrew.
Can you hear me okay?
Yep.
Sorry. I’m in a public co working space. I’m trying not to speak to you.
I think my next, hire, I think I really want someone to basically help organize all of the research for me when I have a new client, and basically package it together so that I could just take, like, two days and just go through it without worrying about, like, oh, I have to, like, go through these, like, pick up these sales call recordings and go through these. And then I have to, go through, like, analyze this and, like, that whole lot just have it packaged for me. And I think I would I would need someone who understands the industry a little bit because, you know, with technical concepts, there are certain things where you have to kind of understand like, oh, okay. Like, I would Basically this as, you know, helpful. I don’t know.
But, yeah, just someone would have to have a certain amount of, like, research knowledge for for it to make sense.
But, like, I would love to just have someone basically do the research for me, but I still need to understand all the everything that they have. So I’m thinking of of it largely. It’s basically them doing the organizing parking cycle. I’m terrible at it, and I it takes me way too long.
And I’m always always changing the format. Like, always, like, oh, no. This is the right way to organize it. Or no.
This is a better way. So I think just having someone go just deliver me this, like, here’s everything you need to know to get up to speed up this event and just go through an order. Got it. But, like, just just thinking about that is, like, a huge lift off our shoulders.
Oh, cool.
Right. And, so, basically and what I’m hearing is, like, why you wanna hire this person is because it would free up your capacity.
Right? But would it also improve the client experience? Like, do you think it would improve the eventual results that you create for your clients?
It could. If the first I would say that I would say that the main thing is to get that, like, is to is a capacity thing, because I’m losing a lot of time to sort of just, like, indecision. I do part of the research here, part of the research there.
So I think it’s largely a capacity thing. But I think with the right person, it could potentially help get a better result too because then I’m, like, a little bit more fresh when I start writing.
So, you know, I think that rather than if you do after doing all that research, it could be like, oh, I’m already, like, half burnt out on this.
Right. Right.
Right. Right. It so I think it could it could have a better client experience as well, but it would be a different capacity and easier, like, freeing my mind up. I I actually the more I talk about it, the more I think it would be better for the client experience because I think that the way that I’m approaching it now is probably I’m probably causing some, there are probably some gaps that pop in the cracks.
Yeah. That could be the case. Like, when we don’t enjoy a particular task, then we tend to either rush through it or, you know, like, feel like it’s not. And what, at least, I found was that a hiring researcher really improved client experience because then I can, like, present that research in a much better way to the client, you know, and they would have Yeah. Way more understanding of what went into the project and where am I coming from so I can, like, pick depending my copy code and code is something that I very rarely have to do because they know it’s, like, you know, all of this data has gone into into the research. So I think that’s a really good place to start. What I would love to see from you is a job description.
Okay. So it doesn’t matter okay. Here’s the thing. You may not hire this person this month or even next month or maybe not even this quarter.
Maybe this would be, like, a q four thing that you’re looking to do, which is very important because you wanna look at your budget. Right? So you’re gonna look at, okay, where is this gonna come up for? Where is this higher?
And what kind of a budget am I working with for and, again, remember, something like what Adam was talking about, you can easily do a test project. So that’s, like, you know, a single project to see how it goes with that particular person before you start working with them over and over again. So but I would love to see a job description, mainly because I’m curious to see, the role that you flesh out for this person. So because this is a role that we’ve, like, hired for multiple times.
So, yeah, I’m interested in seeing the the role you flesh out. Cool?
Cool. That was good.
Okay. Good.
So Thank you.
When would I see that? I’m not gonna let you off that.
Gonna do, not like the repurposing one that I saw you Yeah. And just ignoring. Yeah.
Ignoring and feeling guilty about.
So this one, I’m gonna have this done by the end of tomorrow to give myself a good deadline for this week.
Alright. Yeah. We’ll check-in with you then. I will. You know I will. So cool. Okay.
This was great. Who else wants to share what’s the next role they wanna hire for? Yeah, Maria.
I need somebody for social media. I do not like social media. I have tried liking social media. I have tried a lot in not just with this business with other businesses, and it’s just like a recurring theme, but I don’t like it.
Like, I’ve made, like, so much content that never gets posted because then I don’t get it into the right form or the right template or the right this or the right that. It’s not like a lack of ideas.
It’s a lack of, getting it formatted right because I hate all that fiddly formatting stuff. Mhmm. Mhmm. And then, and then remembering to actually post it, and it it’s that whole thing. So I don’t mind, like, recording things. I don’t mind the writing of the thing.
I just don’t wanna do the actual like, I just wanna say here’s, like, the raw stuff.
Mhmm.
Put it into the make the carousel or make the reel or make the whatever. I’ll send you the pictures and the video clips and the they can pick the music for it, whatever. It doesn’t really matter to me. And then I just don’t wanna Mhmm. It. So I just wanna be like, there’s the thing. Go make it happen and post it.
Not totally, like, taking my hands off, but kind of. Because it just I know that because I’ve I’ve tried. Like, I’m in this Instagram class, like, learning how to do the things, and I’m like, okay. You can do this. You can do this. And then I love doing strategy and business y things and whatever and the social media stuff.
Mhmm. Like, is this boulder on my back? And so yeah.
Okay. But why why social media? What do you think the impact’s gonna be on your business? How will it help you scale?
Oh, how will it help me? Because nobody knows who I am. I mean, like, I I need to get visibility. So, I am writing a book.
And so, and so, like, I have this plan.
Like, I would like to, go to three conferences next year. So and have a book, and I need to test the ideas in the book. And I’m gonna do that through social media, which will get my ideas out there, and sort of, like, validate and get known so that when I go to these conferences in real life and I’m connecting with people, then I’m not it’s not like, what rock did you crawl under or out from?
Like, who are you?
Right? Yeah. Yeah. So Yeah. Yeah.
Like, I need to build some authority. And so, it’s not working me just trying to have the willpower to do it because Mhmm. Then it would be done already because I’m pretty Yeah. Disciplined.
But this Yeah. I don’t know. I just Yeah. Think it’s a it’s a barrier.
Okay. That’s, like, a really good yeah. So okay.
What I want you to start thinking about is when you’re thinking about social media because this is, like, such a broad umbrella. You know? Like, oh, I need someone to manage social media, and I’ve heard this often.
I’ve been that person.
What you wanna think about is do you need someone to create strategy, create content, create do all of the uploading, do the networking, or are they parts of social media that you enjoy, like the con creating the content but not the format, like you said? And if someone were to take let’s say, you do a you record a video or you do a podcast interview and someone were to take that and turn that into or you, you know, into a blog post and things like that. Because then you’re looking for for different people. A social media manager would map out your would ideally map out your strategy, help you look at it, help you see what goals are you gonna accomplish, and then go ahead, go through your content, create content based off your content, and then, obviously, send it to you for approval and things like that.
But they would create the graphics. They would give you ideas for what reels to film. That’s what, like, our social media manager used to do, which was really helpful. And then they would they would do the job of finding the music and and all of that.
Some of them also do a bit of networking on your behalf.
So you wanted to or you can work with someone who’s a repurposing specialist who can take one piece of content for you Yeah. And repurpose it. And sometimes, they also all have add ons, like, where they’ll even post it for you.
So you wanna think about you wanna give that some thought. And, like, that’s why I say, you know, it’s really important to get here on what is it that you would want this person to do and not just say, oh, I need a social media person?
Because that could mean so many different things.
So it definitely is like, I’m fine with figuring out strategy.
I can plan things That’s what I call.
Yeah.
All night. Yeah. Yeah.
I have so many strategies that it’s not even it’s the and, content.
Like, I’m building content for the thing that the offer that I’m currently having.
So I don’t have heaps of it yet. But I’m fine with creating content and generating ideas and, like, all of that.
Mhmm. Mhmm. But then it is I need somebody to take that primary piece of content, repurpose it into all the different formats.
I’m gonna start doing, like, a live stream. I’m fine with live stream. I hate video editing. I do not want a video edit, which is why I like livestream. But I also do wanna do some longer form stuff for YouTube, like some pillar content around my, diagnostic stuff. But, yeah, I just need somebody to, like, make it look like it should so people actually watch it.
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Absolutely. So that’s, you know, so that’s something that you wanna kinda give some thought to because, because I I know people who do both.
You know? Who I know people who who are great at social media management, and I also know, I would know like I say, I know a a handful of people who do social, you know, content repurposing.
So Mhmm.
So I know that there are two different things. And the thing with copywriters is we’re really good. Like I said, we’re really good with strategy. We’re really good with content.
We want our words to sound a certain way, especially because that’s what we do. Right? So, yeah, so I would want you to give some thought to that and get really clear on what is it that you would want this person to do. You could call them whatever you want.
You call them, you know, a social media repurposing strap, you know, assistant, or you would call them a you know, depending on what you want them to do. But social media manager, social media strategist, social media copywriter, You’ll hear all of these job descriptions all you know, but at the end of the day, you gotta get really clear on what will this person do because you’re really clear on why you need them.
Mhmm.
So that’s great. But I want you know, I think if you have more clarity on exactly what yeah. That would be great. So, yeah, job description.
So I did email put it out or not?
Yeah.
Go ahead. I I did email Shane because I went to a session last weekend. Yeah.
Yeah. Yeah.
Talking about outsourcing, and I was like, okay. That is something that that might be a good fit for outsourcing.
But I can’t I don’t have budget to hire somebody full time, which working with somebody from the Philippines, he was like, full time is best. And I said, well, this is my budget.
This is it’s obviously not full time. So did he have any recommendations? So I’m waiting to hear back from him. But I see Andrew was saying, yeah, finding one person. So maybe if there’s more than one person, you know, collectively, we could full time hire somebody.
That would be kinda cool.
I mean, like, if everybody Or you could do some sort of project basis.
You know?
You could say, I’m gonna send you four videos.
I need you to create x number of pieces of content out of it.
Yeah.
So I have worked with people on Fiverr.
Like, before different business did a podcast, I had somebody that did all that podcast editing. I just found them on Fiverr.
So I could do that, but I’m I’m really I like the idea of having somebody on the part of the team, like, so that we’re, like, collectively building the business and everybody benefits.
Yeah. So Yeah. That is true. Yeah.
But I do need to do it sooner rather than later because I’m like, okay.
This needs to happen because I need I want clients, and then clients start looking for, like, well, where are you? What what authority do you have? Blah blah blah.
Yep. Yep. Yep.
Yeah. So That’s true. I like it or not, I need to do it. So this is this is the way that I can do it, and so I just need to own that and move forward with it so I can think about other things.
Cool. Great.
Okay. Good. So spend some time thinking about it. And then yeah. But even with you, Marina, I would love to see, you know, an outline of what you would want this person to do.
It may not be like a formal job description, but a really clear outline of what would this person be doing, how often would they be meeting you, what would they need from you, what would you expect from them? Because, also think about your budget. What kind of a budget are you working with? You know, think about the impact it’ll have on your business when you’re using it.
But, of course, you wanna also look at what you’re bringing in and then kind of work with that. So but, yeah, having a detailed description would be really, really helpful.
And I did do I do have a repurposing plan. I just need to, like, actually execute on it. Yeah.
So I mean, I You should have a repurposing plan.
Yes. Yeah. After our session, I was like, okay. Yeah. So I have the diagram, and I’m like, okay. This all makes sense.
And then Yeah.
It just yep, then I think, oh, I don’t know.
Yeah.
Oh, I just I like to make a note.
About how to I don’t do it.
Yeah. Yeah. No. I understand that. Cool.
Yeah. But I could give it to somebody else and say, here’s the primary piece of content.
Exactly.
Here’s the reporting strategy.
Here’s all the images. Make it happen.
Exactly. Exactly. Yeah. Oh, alright, Jessica.
K. So I’m kind of in this place where I have some clear jobs for sure that I’ll need to subcontract or something. So for example, cover designer, I’ll need to offload doing, book formatting, like, that kind of stuff.
So that’s easy.
That kind of thing to me is like, no problem.
Got that. That’s very clear. But then I have this kind of some of what Marino was saying, I was like, well, okay. So Joe is letting us put a team member through CSP or the intensive or something like that. Right? Okay. So couldn’t I, hypothetically, hire someone too to kind of, like I so I I think you follow her too, Prana.
Rachel Miller, you know, for the social Yeah. Yep. I have her programs, and I often have thought, you know, I should just pay someone to take this course for me, and then they can I’ll do the same thing, Marina. Like, record videos, you do the rest. I don’t care.
Can figure out the strategy. I don’t even care about that. You just make it so that when someone goes to look up Jessica, Noelle, books, publishing, I’m in all the places. Great.
Okay? That’s all I really care about. So I was, like, thinking about it, but then I have these other tasks that I want taken off my plate. So for example, I had I customized the, templated proposal.
Now, admittedly, it was a little more in the future, it won’t take this long, but it still took me with breaks, I think, about half the day. I was like, this is a waste of my time.
So I it it’s like that kinda task. The invoicing part, the onboarding, the, you know, like, that kind of stuff. I also want someone to just just do this for me. Like, I don’t care. Just do this. So I was kinda sitting there going, okay. So I have someone in mind that would like to be the VA.
Would be you work with great. But how far off of the scope of a typical VA? Like, can I slide in there and say, you know what? Would you be willing to take this social media course and help me repurp like or am I is that too I don’t know. Yeah.
So that’s that gets really muddy really fast. I know. Because then they feel that they’ve been paid to be a VA, but they’re doing the social media manager’s job, and it will lead to a lot. So you either bring this person in as a, you know, as a fractional content marketing officer or a fractional CMO or something like that.
You know? Or bring them in as so then they’re doing a lot, but then they wouldn’t be doing a lot of the admin side of things. So you wanna kind of start thinking about that because that’s two different roles that we’re talking about. Like, oh, take my social media and repurpose it, but then also manage my contracts and my proposals and my invoicing and all of that.
The the proposals and customizing the proposals and yeah. You know? All I would say that would be more a really good VA’s job.
But the social media side of things, what you can do here is either bring in someone who’s early in the game, eager to learn, willing to, you know, work with testing different things out, open to feedback, and all of that. Also appreciate is the fact that you’ll be giving them access to Rachel’s courses, etcetera, to go through it. That’s, like, education.
So that would that would possibly work. But, yeah, I would say off the right off the bat, this would be, like, two different roles. And that is what you and what you wanna decide is which one would have more of an impact on your scaling journey, which one would have more of an impact on your cash flow plan of snooze and capacity.
Use that to decide. You don’t always have to hire for both. Sometimes you may realize that, oh, I could have, like, a tool do this for me, or I could have, you know, AI do this for me. But, because we do have that option too. You know? So, so you may wanna look at that.
Okay. Okay. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Abby, who are you gonna hire next?
I want to hire someone to, like, implement my customer feedback loop and then report back to me on the data, like, every month for the optimization. So that’s like, I need to very clearly define what that’s gonna look like.
And then so, yeah, that will free up capacity, and it will improve the client experience because I haven’t Yeah.
I haven’t done, like, all of it for a client before because it’s just, like, too much.
And then it will should improve cash flow as well because I’ll be able to, like, charge more because I’m offering a more kind of end to end service. And then the other thing I I really need in my business, like, the bottleneck is, like, eyeballs. Like, I just need more people kind of going into my funnel, for my course because that’s I really wanna make my course, work. So for that, I’m thinking about potentially hiring someone to to help me do YouTube or social media. I haven’t quite decided yet, but I definitely need someone to just, like, solve that problem of how do I get, like, five hundred people into my funnel a month.
So the five the lead gen part of things is obviously one one role, and you you could you could do that in so many ways, which is why it would be great for you to kind of do this exercise and say, what what are the different lead generation strategies that you wanna test out?
You know? So YouTube is great, but YouTube will bring you those five hundred eyeballs.
It’s a long game. Right? It would start bring But if you need more adults now, what are the things that you could do? And then see if you need to really hire that out, or can you test out some strategies right now? Maybe it’s ads. You’re you’re running ads. Right?
So I did run ads, and I ran it for two months, and I break even.
And I had, like, some clear kind of optimization steps, but then I’d I think I was just, like, overwhelmed with client work, so I didn’t do it. So I I should really revisit.
Exactly.
Yeah. Maybe revisit and optimize that. Mhmm. But the other the other rule is the client feedback thing that you said. Like, what was that?
Like, so for my evergreen process, like, I have, like, kind of different feedback points, like surveys Oh, yeah.
Yeah.
AB testing, that kind of thing. So, like, so I need someone to kind of set it up and then, organize, like, all of the data at the end of the month so I can, like, review it and see what where to optimize.
This is actually something you do you know Angela Tan?
No.
Okay. Can she help?
That yeah. She could help you with setting up all these automations and then also collating the data into Airtable or something like that so you can then kind of go through it. I think she may be able to help, but you yeah. You should speak to her.
But this would be like a systems and automations thing. You know? It’s this is like a quick one time project. So what I would actually love for you to think more is more long term, Abby.
These are like smaller projects. If you’re looking to scale, who’s gonna help you scale?
So and then or what is gonna help you scale? Actually, I would wanna start with what is gonna help you scale? Where are you kind of where could you create more cash flow for yourself? Where could you create more capacity to take on? So I would want you to just kind of start thinking a little bigger because these are smaller single one off projects, one and done. But what we’re looking at is some to bring someone on, you can either like I said, capacity is a first level filter. We have a capacity so you can take on more projects or help you generate more money, charge more from clients.
So things that you could possibly start adding on to packages and and projects.
Yeah. I mean, it would be for, like, the optimization retainer because it was so I would need them every month to, like, organize the research.
But then, yeah, like, same as what Andrew said, like, I would like someone to just, like, analyze it and put it in, like, a messaging guide for me.
Oh, in that case then, if you’re looking for, like, a retail team, then I think you should speak to Natasha. I don’t know whether she knows how to set things up.
But if you know how to set those up, then you can kind of record it and show it to her, but Natasha would be great for this. Yeah.
Natasha Harisari?
Oh, Natasha is, I can make an introduction. Natasha Blinky. Do you know her?
Mm-mm.
No? Okay. Cool.
I can make an introduction to her, but, she could be really great with distilling feedback data and to tell you exactly what needs to be done.
I mean, she’s brilliant at it. Yeah.
Thank you.
Yeah. And I didn’t mention her for you because you need someone with, with SaaS experience. Right? So yeah.
But she knows the online course industry. She’s like, yep. We’ve worked with her on multiple projects. We love her.
So, but, yeah, that could be a good, good way to improve both capacity and client streams. That would be a good hire. Yeah.
But go ahead. Like, create your impact. Do do this what everybody else is doing. Create your job description for this person, and I will make the connection. Yeah.
Thank you. Yeah. I will be able to do it by tomorrow like Andrew, but let’s see next Friday.
Okay. Cool. Alright. Cool. Any other questions?
Nope?
All good. All ready to hire.
Okay.
Cool. Great. I shall see you all in Slack, and we’ll check-in with you tomorrow then.
Okay. Cool.
Thanks, Brenna. It’s really helpful.
Thank you. Bye. Thank you, Brenna. Bye.
Your Buyer Handbook: Closing High-Ticket Offers
The Buyer Handbook: Closing High-Ticket Offers
Transcript
So Jo on Monday shared, you know, the buyer handbook and how to go high ticket, and my training kind of builds on that where we talk about selling high ticket packages and just being going beyond the usual, oh, let’s just, you know, put more things into it or let’s so what I would wanna focus on is how do you actually, instead of just creating a package, actually sell a package. And I’m pulling on loads of experience here. I’ve I’ve sold a hundred thousand dollar package.
And just this year, like, I’ve sold multiples of packages upwards of fifty thousand dollars.
So it’s something I’m very familiar with and and good at.
So we’re gonna kinda dig into how do we do things, and I’d love to get your questions as well after that.
And, of course, yeah, if anyone’s got copy they like, critiqued, we can look at that too.
So cool. Abby’s here as well. Hey, Abby. Welcome. We’re just getting started.
Cool. Okay. I’m gonna share screen.
And let me pull this up first. Present.
Alright.
Cool.
So high ticket offers, offers. Like I was saying, this is something that I am deeply familiar with, love doing, and, yeah, have sold several projects upwards of fifty thousand dollars, and these are, like, single projects. So, yes, we’ve also done a lot of, you know, multiple projects with the same client where the client lifetime value exceeds a hundred thousand dollars or more.
But right now, we’re talking about a single a single project that you can, you know, sell for fifty k, twenty five k. Whatever is, say, you know, I’m saying fifty k because that used to be my aspiration. You know? Like, that was where I was a few years ago.
But then we sold a hundred k project. And I was like, okay. So maybe my, you know, new baseline could be fifty k, and then we go upwards from there. So, but that said, you can define what high ticket means to you right now. Like, if you feel like, oh, I’m selling packages, I’d say, or projects for fifteen k, twenty k, maybe your high ticket could be forty five k. You know? This is just don’t use this as like, oh, that’s what it needs to be.
Alright. So like I said, we’re not gonna be looking at the basics. I’ve done a couple of other trainings on selling packages and all in the past, which you’ll find in your CopyScore professional dashboard. You can revisit those.
But this one, essentially, we wanna look at, specifically, the tactical elements of closing and convincing clients that you’re worth it.
So the one thing most freelancers forget when going high ticket, the three key elements in a high ticket offer, and you’ll be surprised that they don’t include, oh, you need to do this and you need to do that. And then the five tactical strategies you can use when you wanna close high ticket.
So core principle that you need to remember is when you’re selling high ticket, you’re not selling a ton of deliverables. You’re selling high impact transformation for your client. That needs to be at the core of the package or the, you know, proposal that you create for that client. So it’s not about, like, just shoving a ton of items in there to, you know, make it look like a very robust package. The idea here is what’s going to create the maximum transformation for your client.
So it could you know, you could have, like, a few deliverables, but the impact and the transformation for your client would be huge. So this is something that we all need to remember when creating these high ticket packages. The idea here is not to just throw in a bunch of stuff at them. The idea is to think deeply about what is going to create the biggest transformation for them.
So one thing I find that most freelancers forget is that some of your existing offers can be high ticket too, which is something that this is I’m speak sharing this from personal experience.
So, one of the projects that we sold for this was twenty twenty three maybe. Yeah.
Was around seventy five thousand dollars, and it was an existing offer. So you don’t always have to create from scratch. You know? You don’t have to sit down and think of a new offer.
You may full disclosure. You may have to, but sometimes you may have an existing offer that you can optimize for this client and turn that into a high ticket offer.
So what are the key elements?
And we’ll kind of dig into how to kind of deliver on these key elements in the sales process as well. So the first thing is you wanna start thinking of your discovery calls or whatever you call your, you know, your, the I call them copy chat. Like, essentially, your initial consult with a client, you need to start thinking of them as a consult call and not just, oh, tell me more about the project. What are you looking for?
Yes. All of that information is great, but you also wanna look at what’s a quick win that you could deliver on that call and really wow them without having to kind of give away the entire strategy. Because I know that is a struggle that a lot of us have where we start asking these questions and then our brains are spinning ideas out and we think that, oh, let me just share all of these with the client only to then end up either overwhelming the client or just kind of giving them way too much for that initial consult call where they start to feel, do we really need this? Should we look at a different direction?
You don’t wanna start doing that. You wanna give them a quick win, but at the same time, you don’t wanna give away the form. The second element is you wanna make your offer a no brainer. I’m gonna dig into this in a bit, as well.
I When I say a no brainer, you wanna start thinking about when you put that proposal together when you put a high ticket proposal together, you need to have all the information you need from the client to be able to give them the results that they’re looking to get.
So sometimes that may mean meeting for two calls before you set out a proposal instead of just the one call. And when someone is paying you a hundred grand for a single project, it’s in your interest to do that second call and get as much clarity as you can before you put a proposal together. Because, again, remember, it’s not about, like, oh, I’m gonna just toss in a bunch of line items at them. The idea is for you to be able to create the maximum amount of transformation for them. So you wanna have every possible objection in mind.
And how do you overcome that? And we’ll look at that in a bit, but you wanna have a plan to overcome that objection.
Oh, but we don’t have our brand voice. Okay? But we you know, you you’ve had that objection handled. Oh, but I don’t have a designer.
Alright? I have that objection handle. Oh, but, I wouldn’t know what to do with a Google Doc, which honestly, like, not a high ticket fan would say, but maybe. You know?
They’re like, would you work with a designer? You know? So you need to have an answer for every objection, preempt those objections in that proposal.
Sometimes I’ve not had that experience, but I’m just kind of preparing you. Sometimes, a client may come back to you and say, but we don’t have this. They may come back with an objection that you may not have thought of, in which case it’s totally good to say, alright. Let me look at the proposal again.
Let me see what we can do. So you would need to kind of then think about, okay. How can we handle this objection? Can we handle it or not?
Nine times out of ten for your high ticket offers, you will be able to handle objections. You will be able to make it happen.
I’ll tell you how.
And then the final thing is you wanna make it ridiculously easy for them to pay you and work with you. Now most of us may think that, yes. Oh, yeah. I have Stripe or I have PayPal or I have, you know, Wise or whatever payment mechanism, but you need to be sure that it runs seamlessly.
With a lot of these high ticket plans, they would have, and here’s the the fun part. I don’t know if this is true for all niches, but in the niche that I am, which is online course creators, coaches, and consultants, Even with high ticket projects like these, like anything upwards of fifty k, you do get paid in advance. Like, it not the entire amount, but we have milestone based payment plans, which is what I say make it ridiculously easy for them to pay you. So, I know with a lot of enterprise level clients, you may have, like, net thirty, net sixty as payment terms.
That is not the case with us. We get paid a certain amount for them to you know, when they book us. We get paid a certain amount before kickoff. We get paid a certain amount during the project.
We get paid a certain amount towards the completion of the project. So by the time, the project’s completed, like, we’ve been paid completely.
So we do divide it up into milestone based payment plans, but we do get paid well before the project is completed. Now, again, this may not be true for all industries, for all issues. I’m just I can speak for the industry that I’m in. So if you, like me, are in a coaching, cost creator industry, I know Abby is in that, Claire. I don’t know about your industry right now. But or, and I know Andrew is in in, you know, SaaS as well. Todd, I don’t know what your industry to pointing.
You would need to look at your industry and see what’s the practice there. But if you’re in this particular industry, I can tell you you will get paid before the project so well.
But you need to make it really easy for them to pay you. So you need to think about how are you gonna split the payments. How does it make sense for you, and how does it make sense for the clients as well? Right?
It needs to be a win win at all points of time, and you wanna make it very easy for them to work with you. So it’s shocking, but one of the you know, I would say I’m gonna call it feedback. Like, one of the things that comes out in our testimonials from clients who’ve worked with copywriters in the past is that they find it they’ve worked with copywriters earlier, but they’ve not had a great experience. They didn’t know what was going on at different stages.
They didn’t know, you know, when things would happen. They didn’t know, where to find what. So you need to have those processes in place if you’re looking to go ahead hit it. You it’s a nonnegotiable.
You need to have your onboarding in place. You need to have your client portal in place. You need to know exactly what when client communication is gonna happen. The good thing is, yes, you can automate a lot of this.
Speaking for myself and our business, we don’t have it automated.
Shocking.
But we do have a project manager. We do have our an assistant. We you know, who maps out all of the dates in the Notion in the client portal that we have, so clients can see exactly when what happens, when they get what, when when would when they need to give us feedback so they can plan accordingly when to schedule calls. Everything is there.
And also communication channels. With Hiretteq clients, you will end up joining their communication channels. Sometimes you may even end up joining their project man management systems and setting the whole thing up there for them. So you need to be kind of prepared to do that.
I I usually join their Slack channels or, their, you know, whatever communication medium they’re using.
But for the most part, they’re pretty cool. Like and, again, I’m speaking from our clients. They’re pretty cool with using our client portals, except probably in one case last year where we had to use appliance Asana. But yeah. Point is make it really, really easy for them to work with you.
So how do you do this? How do you do all of this so that you can go ahead from, like, just kind of putting packages together to actually selling them. First up, show initiative. Like I said, your consult calls, you need to show initiative.
You need to go prepared. You need to have your research done on that client on what you can help them with. You need to have all of that information before you get on the call. You need to have the relevant case studies to share on the call.
You need to have relevant pro product, you know, service assets that you may wanna show them on the call. For instance, in some cases, I need to show a client what the final wireframe sales page is gonna look like. In other cases, I may walk them through what my, you know, messaging document could look like. So you need to have those relevant everything lined up so you’re not wasting time on the call looking for things.
You’re not wasting time thinking about, oh, who was a similar client that I worked with? What relevant case studies do I have? And you’re not wasting time thinking about how can I best help this client? You do go in with enough background about the client.
You do with about the prospect. You do do some digging, some, you know, due diligence and some work on all of that, but then you spend most of the time trying to understand how can you best help them and then show initiative. So like I said, initiative means sharing an idea that can help increase profit margins. You don’t go ahead and implement it for them.
You don’t go ahead and start mapping a funnel out for them on the call. It’s about making moves that help your client and you win. And you can you can, and, ideally, you should be doing this even when you’re working with the client. I’m sure most of you already have that done, but remember this even for your discovery calls.
Okay. Better have a drink of water, and I’m just gonna check.
Chat.
Okay. Oh, Claire’s in SAS. Cool.
Cool.
So I don’t know why this poll is not showing up, but, anyways, you wanna use the who not how method.
So this is Benjamin Hardy’s book.
Point is you need to know who you can bring in to handle an objection that a client may have. So I’ll give you an example. I’m working on a fairly high ticket project right now. It’s, it’s a huge project where I’m doing, like, multiple launch funnels and all of that. So but when the client came in, one of the big challenges was that their brand voice was muddied, and they did not have a brand voice guide.
Right? And that could have caused them to either wait. And they have a very, very, very distinct brand voice, a one that, you know, I just can’t immerse myself in the brand and then write for it. I needed a brand voice guide. So we brought in a brand voice expert. In fact, I had my call, where we presented the guide to them this morning.
It’s for those of you who don’t know, it’s late evening for me right now. I’m in India. So, yeah, I’m towards the end of my day.
But point is, you need to start thinking about who can you partner with for projects. And you wanna start doing that right now before you get a high ticket client. So I’ll give you an example. For the hundred k project, we partnered with a brand voice expert again because that was a it was a brand new brand, basically.
Like, they it was a membership site. They were they were launching their membership. They had, like, a summit, and they’ve not it was, like, absolutely new. So we needed we were starting from scratch, which is exciting, but that also meant that they didn’t know what their brand sounds like.
They literally had no idea. So we needed to bring a brand voice expert in. We needed to, you know I always hire out research. That that’s a given.
But before we had, like, a regular research contractor, it would be something someone we would bring in for, you know, these bigger project. But now it’s, like, almost it’s a given. So you need to start thinking about what are possible objections that a client may have when wanting to hire you, a. And, b, if not you, then who can help solve that objection?
And you wanna start doing that now. You don’t wanna be scrambling and settling for whatever option you get should a client prospect comes in. So you wanna prepare for the kind of clients you wanna have right now.
Bring those partners in, bake in the cost and a percentage because, well, you would also be doing communication, coordination, all of that stuff, right, into the quote that you prepare and the proposal that you give them.
So and that is how you help your clients overcome objections really easily.
High ticket positioning. And I think our last call was about positioning, for those of you who did not you know, weren’t able to attend it. And if you get a chance, please watch it because your positioning matters, especially when you’re, you know, quoting high ticket. The moment you’re seen as an expert, price kind of becomes irrelevant.
The moment your clients know that you you’re you’re speaking on stages, you’ve, you know, got case studies under your belt, you can offer the same package for five k, twenty five k, or a hundred k when your positioning shifts, which, you know, is to my point that sometimes you don’t need to create anything new. The more expertise you bring to the table, the easier it is for you to command highlighted prices.
Ease equals easy yachts.
Like I said, make it really, really easy to work with you. So you wanna be really communicative with the appliance. You wanna show them the deliverables that they’ll be getting, when would they be getting them, walk them through their client portal.
Every time we onboard a client and this goes for, you know, this goes for all our clients, by the way. But the you know, everything that we’re discussing goes for all our clients, but even this one, for instance, every single client we onboard, but it’s only for a sales page or it’s for, like, a, you know, high ticket offer. I will record a Loom video walking them through the Notion portal explaining how everything works. Can I just record a video once and send it out to everybody? Because, well, the Notion portal is pretty standard.
Yeah. Sure.
But for us, client experience, and I’ll come to that in a bit as well, is paramount. It is what helps us stand apart and create a really great experience for people for clients working with us. So I will record that for every single client.
I will show them exactly what they would be getting, when would they be getting. We have a communication cadence with you know, if depending on the number of deliverables. It could be middle of week updates and end of week updates. Otherwise, it’s end of week updates always to fill them in on what’s going on with their project. Who have we interviewed or who have we or where are we on the research phase? Every single thing. Where am I on the writing phase?
They’re in the loop. My experience can be such a differentiating factor. I mean, I’ve been in business, like, for years. Like, Mank and I, we started our business in two thousand and eleven. So yeah.
It’s been over a decade, and I cannot tell you how many times I have heard from from peers, from prospects, from clients about poor experiences with with copywriters, with contractors, you know, which is why your client experience counts. Now this does not in any way mean that you need to have no boundaries and you should be available all the time. Absolutely not.
But you do need to give your clients the experience that, you you know, you’re charging for.
So it’s easy when you create a client experience your clients talk about. Because when they talk about it, it creates word-of-mouth, word-of-mouth creates credibility, credibility creates high ticket conversions. It becomes so much easier because when clients talk about you in rooms that you’re not present, it becomes, you know, at least referrals. People who come in are already sold on you. They have zero resistance when it comes to pricing.
They know what it is like to work with you. It just makes it so much easier.
So your high ticket offer should be a solution, a high impact one. You need to start thinking about that right away. Like I said, if you wanna look at what to put into a package, we’ve already done that, or it would be in the CSP portal. I would highly recommend visiting that.
But when you’re putting your proposal together, when you’re going on those sales calls, you need to start thinking about the solution you’re offering.
And closing your high ticket offer will be so much easier if you show initiative, solidify your positioning, have a delivery team in place, make it easy to work with you, and create a client experience that has clients talking about you in rooms you aren’t present. And you can actually do pretty much all of this, including client experience even before you sign on a high ticket client. Even start, you know, testing it out with your current clients so that when you do have that high ticket client coming, everything’s running like a breeze. In fact, I would highly recommend upgrading any of these systems and processes for your business right now.
Alright.
That’s it, folks.
Q and a copy critique time.
Okay.
Alright. Andrew, are you subcontracting the brand voice expert and folding them into your project, or are you just getting the client to hire that Yeah. No. So the client is not hiring the expert.
We let the client know that we will be bringing in. So in this case, for example, this current client that I’m working with, we work with Justin Blackman.
Right? And we let the client know that we will be bringing Justin in to create the brand voice guide. So we had Justin, the client, the client’s team, me. We were on the brand voice discovery call where, like, he has his whole process, where he works for the client to kind of uncover their voice.
Then today, we did the brand. Then in between, we met Justin and I met to go over the voice guide so that, you know, I could bring in my insights and he could share his and all of that. So it’s a very it’s very much a collaborative effort. It’s not it’s not one where I would say, oh, we will create it for you, and then Justin has no contact with the client.
He he has contact with the client. He meets the client because I want him to follow his process. Right? He’s the expert there for brand voice. And neither is it, where I’ll we tell the client that, oh, here’s who you should work with for this so you can you know, so they run that separately.
It’s very much an it’s integrated into our project. Like, their the time like, when we present the timelines to our client, the timeline has these, you know, outsourced deliverables as well.
Question? Yes.
Absolutely.
Do you have, a certain, like, gross margin that you aim for when you bring someone like that in? So if you bring those margin that you aim for when you bring someone like that in?
So if you bring let’s say you bring in Justin, you, yeah, like, what percent are you looking for a margin in terms of, yeah, difference between what what they’re paying you to bring to bid and then what you think?
Excellent question. I would need to bring Mayank in for that. So because he’s the one who does all of our, SEO, he handles all of that side of the business. So let me ask him and come back to you on that.
That’s a great who not how answer.
Exactly. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So I have, like yeah. He does all all of that, so I’m gonna ask him and come back to you on that.
K. Yeah. No problem. I’ve heard I’ve, I asked Shane in the in the group similarly, and he said that he aims for I think he said sixty five percent gross margin, but, yeah, I’m just asking the developers to get the general feel. So Sure. Starting starting to hire a little bit more, and I’m still having trouble wrapping the head around the path of how this ultimately benefits me.
Appreciate it. Thanks.
Yeah. No. Absolutely. You’re most welcome. And I will I will ask him and come back to you in Slack and answer your question there. Cool.
Any other questions about selling high ticket?
Yeah. I have I’ve gone on delivering, so I’ve got a lot of experience doing, but delivering has always been historically weak for me because two reasons. One, like, it all works up to this big frenzy and you’re like, here, implement it.
Mhmm.
And then either it takes them forever to implement, some people never implement.
Mhmm. So I decided that it would make sense to start implementing.
But I was wondering if you have experience on how to how to make that streamlined.
So where exactly in the delivery process do you find yourself struggling the most?
Well, I’m sort of changing what I what I usually do. So I used to it used to be all about web copy, and now I’m sort of shifting over to emails.
So that would be actually getting access to their email platform. I’m a little uncertain as to how a high ticket client would react to me going, give me all of your passwords kinda thing. Add me as a user, and give me all all the edit access. Oh, and my team as well. Like, how do I streamline that part?
So you would do that when you walk them through your process on your discovery call.
You would walk them through your process. You would tell them like, for instance, I’ll give you an example with with our clients. Right? And I do emails as well, and sometimes I need to look at how are their past email sequences performing or how because how would I otherwise, you know, come up with strategy if I don’t know what’s working?
Or sometimes I and not sometimes. All of the times I need access to their courses. So when I’m discussing my process, I walk them through that. And I say, so what I walk them through the re and research.
We’ll, you know, interview students. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. All of that. But then I also let them know that for me to really understand your student experience, I will need access to the course, the community.
You will need to add me as a user on your email service provider so I can see how your emails are doing.
You don’t need to give me most of them don’t even need to get passwords. Sometimes they do. They use either they use LastPass or they resend it late one time or whatever. That is that is on that.
You can give them options. You can say, you know, I’m I can work with anything you’ve got, but I will need access to this because without it, I would not be able to do a, b, and c. So when clients know that, it’s they’re prepared for it. And then when you press you walk them again, you remind them about all of this when they sign on and when you’re walking them through your client portal.
They need to know that so we have two sections in our client portal. We have deliverables, and then we have, you know, research and materials needed from the client. And in that, we, again, have these as line items.
Add to the student community. Add to email account. Send us heat maps record and recordings. Add us on this whatever is needed, everything is laid out for them, and, yeah, they know exactly what’s expected of them.
Got it. So it’s all it’s all up front.
That makes sense. And then just sorry. Just to follow-up on that. In terms of do you guys actually do, like, the designing of emails as well?
No. No. No. But we Yeah. So, for emails, again, this is audience specific. Right? Like, your audience may need those emails designed.
What my audience needs essentially is the emails written. They’re semi wireframe. There’s, like, a rough wireframe so they know exactly where, if I’m using a GIF that goes if I’m using an image where that goes, everything is there. They have their subject line options, their preview text.
Everything is, like, laid out very neatly, but there’s no designing involved there. For sales pages and opt in pages, on the other hand, however, I present my initial copy in a Google Doc. But then once it’s final, we have a designer wireframe it. It’s a black and white wireframe.
It’s it’s not it’s very low key, but it it’s super helpful for clients to see how the copy should be laid out. They may go ahead and do something different, which is fine, but at least, you know, we know it makes it faster and easier for them to implement again.
Right. Makes sense. Cool. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Todd, you had a question.
No. It was just gonna be in reply to what Claire was saying. Just something that, she could look to do. So I just I’ll hit her up on Slack after and go over it with her if she wants. It just goes back to what you’re saying with automating.
Your onboarding email, your kickoff email, your onboarding email right away should have a doc where it says we need such and such and such and such with a link to such and such and such. And, I mean, it it’s again, if I can say it clear, the thing is is that the more you let the client control the engagement, the more they’ll put you at arm’s length and control an engagement. So the the goal is to start controlling it right away and professionally, of course. And the more you control it right away, there’s less hiccups because then your timelines will go from, say, if it’s a two month project, for example, to a three month project because you’re waiting for Google Google Tag Manager or you’re waiting for their goo GA or your, like, your email and everything.
So you’re onboarding right away, control it, and then your kickoff. When you go over, you have a visitor checkbox. We’re still waiting for such and such. So, like, you know, what you’re saying is the more you automate it, the more you control it, the other the easier it becomes.
So there you go. Blair ends. Thank you. Yeah. Exactly what it is. It’s Blair ends.
Exactly. Pricing creativity. Right? Exactly. That’s exactly what it is. So, yeah, I just didn’t wanna jump in with that, Claire.
I can hit you up after, but, yeah, it’s absolutely. Andrew, I think, will be best friends. But, yeah, it’s Blair Ends for sure. So yeah.
Thank you so much. That’s for being helpful. Is that a book by Blair? Yes. Blair?
I yeah.
So It’s in a book. Yeah.
Yeah. I I would share it with you. It’s a five hundred dollar book. My, my business my manic max business partner has it now. It’s called Pricing Creativity.
You can also I would start with, winning without pitching And I know that’s a brand manifesto.
Thinking. Yeah.
So but, yeah, we can talk after. Also, I’ve really upgraded that clearance. I’ve got stuff I can share with you. I’ve got some docs, but I’m doing what’s called blueprint training right now with, Ryan Stewart.
And he really kicks stuff off really nicely, like questions that he asks. And, yeah, it it you have to. I I don’t wanna control the conversation story. It’s just that it just makes life so much easier. This is not my workshop.
So Thank you.
Yeah. Yeah. No. Absolutely. You need to start like like I said, you wanna show you’re sharing if you wanna create a great client experience, but at the same time, you don’t wanna let you know, you don’t wanna have any boundaries. You wanna have those guardrails set right from the start so your client knows exactly what happens. And it you know, you’re in control of the project right from the start.
Cool. Any other questions?
Nope. Okay.
Copy that needs critique.
All good. Yeah.
Hi. Sorry. I have a question about the copy needing critiquing part. Like, how does that work?
Oh, fairly straightforward. If you have copy that you need critique, you show up with a Google Doc that I can, you know, review and make edits in. And, obviously, we’d need some context and yeah.
Okay. Cool. So, like, if I put together a sales pitch, for example, would you be able to critique that? Okay. Great.
Yes.
Good to know. Thank you.
You’re welcome.
Awesome.
Any other questions? Any thoughts about high ticket selling? What does high ticket mean to you?
Yep, Todd.
With high ticket prices and depending on what the project is, what are your normal deliverables that you’re looking at? Like, how long, for example?
So as far as length of project goes, I’ll give you an example. Right now, I’m working on a fairly high ticket project. It’s upwards of fifty thousand dollars.
We it’s so, basically, what I’m working on is two sales pages, two opt in pages, a whole bunch of emails about, say, I would say, twenty six maybe twenty six, thirty odd emails.
That’s those are the deliverables. Of course, my research process is baked in.
The brand voice is baked in, all of that.
That’s that’s the project.
So how long, though, like, how long are those twenty six emails? Is it over, like, a week, four weeks, two months?
Oh, gosh. No. No. No. No. So, essentially, most of our projects are spread out, which is what a lot.
So here’s the thing that you should and this is, again, this is true for our business because it may not be true for every other business. So I need to caveat that by saying, I’m the only copywriter in the business.
Mhmm.
So I write all the copy. That’s how we built it. I we have tried subcontracting copy in the past. It doesn’t really work out the way we want it.
We much rather subcontract. I’m much faster, and dare I say better. So it just makes more sense. So with that and plus the other thing is I like working on multiple projects at a time.
So I’m working on this massive project, but I’m working on two other massive projects as well. I’m writing website copy for a school, and I’m working on website copy for a food blogger at the same time. So which means we structure the projects in a way that they take a few weeks. So for instance, this particular project, we’ve we’re we’re wrapping up with the research phase towards the end of June when we enter the offer optimization phase, but and then the client needed to go on a break for a while.
She’s on a book tour. So this one’s gonna finish oh, and then we are moving house, so we needed to factor that in as well. We’re moving house in August. So, this one’s gonna finish in September.
Cool. Alright. So September. Okay. Yeah. That’s one of the things for me.
I mean, we have, you know, twenty minutes here. I don’t know if I’m I don’t wanna hijack your day, but but you’re asking for questions and feedback. For me, that’s one of the things I’m really liking about the intensive is in the past, when you’re saying, like I think you said here, You just talked about the different, tactics and everything. I’ve sold projects.
It was, like, ninety k over six months. We’ve sold, like, eighty k over four months. We’ve sold, like, fifty k over four months, and some of them were, like, you know, full. Like, the ninety k was full email.
It’s like it ended up being newsletter and social and all these things. You’re just throwing the kitchen sink at people, And they’re like, yeah. Great. I get all this for that.
And then, you know, lately, it was, like, website. We’re doing, like, full ICP work, full, SEO work, full work. We weren’t doing the SEO work. We were doing, like, full, site planning, full wireframing, and full dev.
And those would take three to four depending on the page size and everything like that. And then we would just chuck so much more into it. And that’s what I’m liking about this. Is that really what this is teaching me is just the refinement of what we do.
Because like you said, most of us when when you are the person who understands things like, when you say brand voice, to be honest, the first thing I do when I come into it is what’s your brand voice? Because, like, you’re gonna walk into a room. I I love I love Jasmine Blackman because soon as you walk into a room, people are like, well, you know, we think we’re we’re playful. And it’s like, well, that’s not a great that’s a personality.
Right? And then they’re like, like, I’ve I’ve had people I’ve gone into meetings who are like, yeah. Her voice is like think of, like, buttery potatoes with a side of horseradish that’s just kinda splintered into it, and you’re not expecting that. And I’m sitting there going, that’s not a voice?
And they’re like, well, yeah. It is. It’s it’s it’s a surprise voice. I’m like, no.
There’s nine types of voice.
Yeah. Yeah.
I’m like, yeah. There’s, like, three types of outlook, three of accessibility, three of authority, and you’re like, what? And it’s just you just you just stop edits.
It’s weird. You squash edits right away. Yep. So that’s what it is for me. But the idea of the copywriting, yeah, that’s what I’m thinking is, like, yeah, I just I did all the copywriting. When we sold a package, I was eighty to ninety percent of the work. So that’s why I’m wondering about the projects and the deliverables.
And I’m just also like, I like where this is going because what you’re saying, I wanna go CRO. And this is a conversation I’ve I’m really bringing it up, but I know there’s time with CRO, and I know I’ve got things really refined. But, you know, when you were saying you you didn’t say really CRO. You said some you said web copy and everything there. But I’m just curious about, yes, what you’re selling, what the deliverable is, and what that is. Because it’s I just find what this is happening is really kinda fascinating. So that’s just me.
Yeah. Yeah. No. You need to, like again, our our packages are fairly straightforward.
Most of them are on our side. They I have made the mistake of throwing the kitchen sink at a client and then just, yeah, feeling overwhelmed and not being able to see the transformation that we wanted them to see, which means, like, yeah, it doesn’t make any sense.
The other thing that I need to you know, like, let everyone know is, like, I focus only on the copy and the strategy side of things. Everything else that is not my core skill is outsourced, baked in. So like I said, editing, outsourced, baked in. I don’t spend any time on edits, before the copy goes to the client.
I don’t spend any time on wireframing. I don’t spend any time on research. I don’t spend any time on things like if a client needs brand voice or if a client needs design or whatever or implementation.
Nope.
So I just focus on what my zone of genius is, and, yeah, that’s it. Every it’s it’s who not how for me, basically. Yeah.
Yeah. And that’s what I think I for me, it’s it’s the who has always been this guy. It’s always been the design, the Well, that’s been the way this guy. Brand, everything from logo, illustration to everything.
The only thing I handed over in the last last little bit was dev work because we were using Thrive, and I use Elementor. And I just didn’t wanna be in like, really just start a new thing from scratch in that. So I hear all of that. Absolutely.
But I find when I have done that, standards drop. So that was the only thing for me, and and you’re absolutely right. And getting people in the but, yeah, standards drop. And when standards drop, you’re running behind then, like, you’re you’re you’re off on projects.
Right?
So Yeah.
Yep.
Yep. So which is exactly why what we realized is, like, for us, for and this is what we realized with with copy is, like, I wanna own the copy start to finish. Everything else, I wanna work with you know, mine kinda very clearly work with, like, whoever’s the best when it comes to, say, you know, research or whatever or editing. So we and we start we what we what we found was we needed to work with a few people to kinda see what the experience was like before we knew that we were going to bring them into a bigger project, which is why I said, you wanna start looking for the who’s now before you, you know, have like, you’re starting a huge project, but you wanna finish in a certain amount of time and you wanna be working on other projects. Like I said, like, from in our case, could I finish the project sooner? Absolutely.
But the way I’m wired is, like, I like to work in different projects so that it just kinda keeps me creative. If you wanna pull off one project in a shorter piece I mean, like, the amount of copy I’m writing, like, we could easily condense it.
But, yeah, I wanted to also work on the school website project. I also wanted to work on the blog at Baker.
Hundred percent.
You know? Yeah. So but most importantly, what I want everyone to remember is, like, you need to start looking for the people who you can bring in right now.
Use them for smaller projects. Use them for a project for your own business if you have to. That’s exactly what we did when we have a brand voice. We hired someone to work on our brand voice guide.
Great great work. But we also knew that we wanted when it came to client work, we wanted to work with someone who was the next level.
So Yeah.
For me, you know, one of my moments is this last couple of days. And I, again, I don’t wanna hijack this, but I, you know, I just think it’s important for us to share. One of the biggest things for me is, principles that we learn in copy school are not really easily replicated, and you need people need to know certain terms that you’re sharing, like sophistication levels, awareness levels, emotional journeys. And, you know, when I’ve talked to people, like, I when we were when we were hiring and I was looking at an intern, I’m like, how do you, you know, how do you define brand voice? And they were just like, crickets.
And I’m like, oh, it’s three measures. And I, like, walked them through it and walked them through master of headlines. For example, I had SOPs. What my moment was was that takes a lot of time, but I could be wrong in saying this.
But, you know, I think it was last week. Claire, I think you were on the call with that. And Jo was like, you know, we kinda turn a blog a blind eye to when someone logs in with your credentials. And for me, that was kind of a game changer.
You can bring someone on and go, okay. Take this course, and then we can get that going. But it I I really, yeah, hundred percent, it’s a who not how. I had a site planner, and that’s what they were doing was just site planning.
And then I was reviewing it because I, you know, I think to build what we’re building, and I could be wrong, is you need to be more of a reviewer and not a doer. Right? You need to get to that level. So and I still like to do.
I you know, the, idle hands or the devil’s play things, you can insert two weeksdays everywhere you want, but I like getting my hands dirty a lot. And I think what this is teaching me is that all I have to do is just make sure your fingernails are clean. You know what I mean? You can still keep them dirty, right, kind of idea.
So yeah. And I like that on the coffee side. Again, I don’t wanna hijack this, but what I’m learning, like, this workshop, everything we’re looking at is just that the refining process is the most difficult. But I think once you clear that that that hurdle, you’re like you just have no one in front of you, and that’s gonna be the coolest thing.
So Yep.
Absolutely.
Talking too much.
But Yep.
All good. Awesome. Great. So if you have no other questions, we can wrap up.
I’m sorry. I have one more.
Sure. Go ahead.
First, thanks, Todd. That was really helpful to to listen to and understand about your process. But, you mentioned celebrity I can’t remember the exact way of phrasing it, but, celebrity equals, like, easy conversions or something.
The moment you start talking on stages Amplify your positioning.
Yes. Yes. That’s the one.
So I’m kind of in this phase where I’m like, I do wanna talk on stages. I’m sort of too terrified to even ask someone if I can, because I tried once and failed. And I’m like, that’s it. That’s the rule, which it’s it’s obviously not, and I’m learning to accept that. But I I wondered if you had any advice on how to stop, like, at the very, very beginning involving your celebrity authority?
Yeah. I would say start by, again, looking at who you know. So you wanna look you wanna start by seeing, okay, have you spoken to smaller groups before? If not in person, have you spoken virtually before? If not virtually, can you start there? Can you warm up those speaking muscles by presenting to smaller groups? You know?
Or in if you have been speaking to smaller groups virtually, can you start speaking to smaller groups in person? Is there a coworking space close to where you live where you could, you know, possibly go and do a session for SaaS founders?
Do you know a friend who’s spoken at an event? Could you ask for an introduction? So just start by who do you know and what you know right now and how can you use it. I would start there.
None of us started off speaking on big stages.
We all started with the smaller ones. I’m pretty sure maybe some people have. None of none of us is too wide a generalization.
So but I would say most of us started with the smaller stages, built up our, you know, courage and confidence to speak on bigger stages. So that is where I would start. Yeah.
Awesome. Thank you so much. That’s really helpful. You’re welcome.
Also, we would be, I think I’m pretty sure, we would be talking about, you know, speaking on stages and on A list podcasts, in the near future, for sure. I know it’s it’s the theme for one of the months. So yeah.
Great. Thank you. I look forward to it.
You’re welcome. Thanks, everybody. Have a great rest of your day. Bye. Bye.
Thanks, Berta.
You’re welcome.
Transcript
So Jo on Monday shared, you know, the buyer handbook and how to go high ticket, and my training kind of builds on that where we talk about selling high ticket packages and just being going beyond the usual, oh, let’s just, you know, put more things into it or let’s so what I would wanna focus on is how do you actually, instead of just creating a package, actually sell a package. And I’m pulling on loads of experience here. I’ve I’ve sold a hundred thousand dollar package.
And just this year, like, I’ve sold multiples of packages upwards of fifty thousand dollars.
So it’s something I’m very familiar with and and good at.
So we’re gonna kinda dig into how do we do things, and I’d love to get your questions as well after that.
And, of course, yeah, if anyone’s got copy they like, critiqued, we can look at that too.
So cool. Abby’s here as well. Hey, Abby. Welcome. We’re just getting started.
Cool. Okay. I’m gonna share screen.
And let me pull this up first. Present.
Alright.
Cool.
So high ticket offers, offers. Like I was saying, this is something that I am deeply familiar with, love doing, and, yeah, have sold several projects upwards of fifty thousand dollars, and these are, like, single projects. So, yes, we’ve also done a lot of, you know, multiple projects with the same client where the client lifetime value exceeds a hundred thousand dollars or more.
But right now, we’re talking about a single a single project that you can, you know, sell for fifty k, twenty five k. Whatever is, say, you know, I’m saying fifty k because that used to be my aspiration. You know? Like, that was where I was a few years ago.
But then we sold a hundred k project. And I was like, okay. So maybe my, you know, new baseline could be fifty k, and then we go upwards from there. So, but that said, you can define what high ticket means to you right now. Like, if you feel like, oh, I’m selling packages, I’d say, or projects for fifteen k, twenty k, maybe your high ticket could be forty five k. You know? This is just don’t use this as like, oh, that’s what it needs to be.
Alright. So like I said, we’re not gonna be looking at the basics. I’ve done a couple of other trainings on selling packages and all in the past, which you’ll find in your CopyScore professional dashboard. You can revisit those.
But this one, essentially, we wanna look at, specifically, the tactical elements of closing and convincing clients that you’re worth it.
So the one thing most freelancers forget when going high ticket, the three key elements in a high ticket offer, and you’ll be surprised that they don’t include, oh, you need to do this and you need to do that. And then the five tactical strategies you can use when you wanna close high ticket.
So core principle that you need to remember is when you’re selling high ticket, you’re not selling a ton of deliverables. You’re selling high impact transformation for your client. That needs to be at the core of the package or the, you know, proposal that you create for that client. So it’s not about, like, just shoving a ton of items in there to, you know, make it look like a very robust package. The idea here is what’s going to create the maximum transformation for your client.
So it could you know, you could have, like, a few deliverables, but the impact and the transformation for your client would be huge. So this is something that we all need to remember when creating these high ticket packages. The idea here is not to just throw in a bunch of stuff at them. The idea is to think deeply about what is going to create the biggest transformation for them.
So one thing I find that most freelancers forget is that some of your existing offers can be high ticket too, which is something that this is I’m speak sharing this from personal experience.
So, one of the projects that we sold for this was twenty twenty three maybe. Yeah.
Was around seventy five thousand dollars, and it was an existing offer. So you don’t always have to create from scratch. You know? You don’t have to sit down and think of a new offer.
You may full disclosure. You may have to, but sometimes you may have an existing offer that you can optimize for this client and turn that into a high ticket offer.
So what are the key elements?
And we’ll kind of dig into how to kind of deliver on these key elements in the sales process as well. So the first thing is you wanna start thinking of your discovery calls or whatever you call your, you know, your, the I call them copy chat. Like, essentially, your initial consult with a client, you need to start thinking of them as a consult call and not just, oh, tell me more about the project. What are you looking for?
Yes. All of that information is great, but you also wanna look at what’s a quick win that you could deliver on that call and really wow them without having to kind of give away the entire strategy. Because I know that is a struggle that a lot of us have where we start asking these questions and then our brains are spinning ideas out and we think that, oh, let me just share all of these with the client only to then end up either overwhelming the client or just kind of giving them way too much for that initial consult call where they start to feel, do we really need this? Should we look at a different direction?
You don’t wanna start doing that. You wanna give them a quick win, but at the same time, you don’t wanna give away the form. The second element is you wanna make your offer a no brainer. I’m gonna dig into this in a bit, as well.
I When I say a no brainer, you wanna start thinking about when you put that proposal together when you put a high ticket proposal together, you need to have all the information you need from the client to be able to give them the results that they’re looking to get.
So sometimes that may mean meeting for two calls before you set out a proposal instead of just the one call. And when someone is paying you a hundred grand for a single project, it’s in your interest to do that second call and get as much clarity as you can before you put a proposal together. Because, again, remember, it’s not about, like, oh, I’m gonna just toss in a bunch of line items at them. The idea is for you to be able to create the maximum amount of transformation for them. So you wanna have every possible objection in mind.
And how do you overcome that? And we’ll look at that in a bit, but you wanna have a plan to overcome that objection.
Oh, but we don’t have our brand voice. Okay? But we you know, you you’ve had that objection handled. Oh, but I don’t have a designer.
Alright? I have that objection handle. Oh, but, I wouldn’t know what to do with a Google Doc, which honestly, like, not a high ticket fan would say, but maybe. You know?
They’re like, would you work with a designer? You know? So you need to have an answer for every objection, preempt those objections in that proposal.
Sometimes I’ve not had that experience, but I’m just kind of preparing you. Sometimes, a client may come back to you and say, but we don’t have this. They may come back with an objection that you may not have thought of, in which case it’s totally good to say, alright. Let me look at the proposal again.
Let me see what we can do. So you would need to kind of then think about, okay. How can we handle this objection? Can we handle it or not?
Nine times out of ten for your high ticket offers, you will be able to handle objections. You will be able to make it happen.
I’ll tell you how.
And then the final thing is you wanna make it ridiculously easy for them to pay you and work with you. Now most of us may think that, yes. Oh, yeah. I have Stripe or I have PayPal or I have, you know, Wise or whatever payment mechanism, but you need to be sure that it runs seamlessly.
With a lot of these high ticket plans, they would have, and here’s the the fun part. I don’t know if this is true for all niches, but in the niche that I am, which is online course creators, coaches, and consultants, Even with high ticket projects like these, like anything upwards of fifty k, you do get paid in advance. Like, it not the entire amount, but we have milestone based payment plans, which is what I say make it ridiculously easy for them to pay you. So, I know with a lot of enterprise level clients, you may have, like, net thirty, net sixty as payment terms.
That is not the case with us. We get paid a certain amount for them to you know, when they book us. We get paid a certain amount before kickoff. We get paid a certain amount during the project.
We get paid a certain amount towards the completion of the project. So by the time, the project’s completed, like, we’ve been paid completely.
So we do divide it up into milestone based payment plans, but we do get paid well before the project is completed. Now, again, this may not be true for all industries, for all issues. I’m just I can speak for the industry that I’m in. So if you, like me, are in a coaching, cost creator industry, I know Abby is in that, Claire. I don’t know about your industry right now. But or, and I know Andrew is in in, you know, SaaS as well. Todd, I don’t know what your industry to pointing.
You would need to look at your industry and see what’s the practice there. But if you’re in this particular industry, I can tell you you will get paid before the project so well.
But you need to make it really easy for them to pay you. So you need to think about how are you gonna split the payments. How does it make sense for you, and how does it make sense for the clients as well? Right?
It needs to be a win win at all points of time, and you wanna make it very easy for them to work with you. So it’s shocking, but one of the you know, I would say I’m gonna call it feedback. Like, one of the things that comes out in our testimonials from clients who’ve worked with copywriters in the past is that they find it they’ve worked with copywriters earlier, but they’ve not had a great experience. They didn’t know what was going on at different stages.
They didn’t know, you know, when things would happen. They didn’t know, where to find what. So you need to have those processes in place if you’re looking to go ahead hit it. You it’s a nonnegotiable.
You need to have your onboarding in place. You need to have your client portal in place. You need to know exactly what when client communication is gonna happen. The good thing is, yes, you can automate a lot of this.
Speaking for myself and our business, we don’t have it automated.
Shocking.
But we do have a project manager. We do have our an assistant. We you know, who maps out all of the dates in the Notion in the client portal that we have, so clients can see exactly when what happens, when they get what, when when would when they need to give us feedback so they can plan accordingly when to schedule calls. Everything is there.
And also communication channels. With Hiretteq clients, you will end up joining their communication channels. Sometimes you may even end up joining their project man management systems and setting the whole thing up there for them. So you need to be kind of prepared to do that.
I I usually join their Slack channels or, their, you know, whatever communication medium they’re using.
But for the most part, they’re pretty cool. Like and, again, I’m speaking from our clients. They’re pretty cool with using our client portals, except probably in one case last year where we had to use appliance Asana. But yeah. Point is make it really, really easy for them to work with you.
So how do you do this? How do you do all of this so that you can go ahead from, like, just kind of putting packages together to actually selling them. First up, show initiative. Like I said, your consult calls, you need to show initiative.
You need to go prepared. You need to have your research done on that client on what you can help them with. You need to have all of that information before you get on the call. You need to have the relevant case studies to share on the call.
You need to have relevant pro product, you know, service assets that you may wanna show them on the call. For instance, in some cases, I need to show a client what the final wireframe sales page is gonna look like. In other cases, I may walk them through what my, you know, messaging document could look like. So you need to have those relevant everything lined up so you’re not wasting time on the call looking for things.
You’re not wasting time thinking about, oh, who was a similar client that I worked with? What relevant case studies do I have? And you’re not wasting time thinking about how can I best help this client? You do go in with enough background about the client.
You do with about the prospect. You do do some digging, some, you know, due diligence and some work on all of that, but then you spend most of the time trying to understand how can you best help them and then show initiative. So like I said, initiative means sharing an idea that can help increase profit margins. You don’t go ahead and implement it for them.
You don’t go ahead and start mapping a funnel out for them on the call. It’s about making moves that help your client and you win. And you can you can, and, ideally, you should be doing this even when you’re working with the client. I’m sure most of you already have that done, but remember this even for your discovery calls.
Okay. Better have a drink of water, and I’m just gonna check.
Chat.
Okay. Oh, Claire’s in SAS. Cool.
Cool.
So I don’t know why this poll is not showing up, but, anyways, you wanna use the who not how method.
So this is Benjamin Hardy’s book.
Point is you need to know who you can bring in to handle an objection that a client may have. So I’ll give you an example. I’m working on a fairly high ticket project right now. It’s, it’s a huge project where I’m doing, like, multiple launch funnels and all of that. So but when the client came in, one of the big challenges was that their brand voice was muddied, and they did not have a brand voice guide.
Right? And that could have caused them to either wait. And they have a very, very, very distinct brand voice, a one that, you know, I just can’t immerse myself in the brand and then write for it. I needed a brand voice guide. So we brought in a brand voice expert. In fact, I had my call, where we presented the guide to them this morning.
It’s for those of you who don’t know, it’s late evening for me right now. I’m in India. So, yeah, I’m towards the end of my day.
But point is, you need to start thinking about who can you partner with for projects. And you wanna start doing that right now before you get a high ticket client. So I’ll give you an example. For the hundred k project, we partnered with a brand voice expert again because that was a it was a brand new brand, basically.
Like, they it was a membership site. They were they were launching their membership. They had, like, a summit, and they’ve not it was, like, absolutely new. So we needed we were starting from scratch, which is exciting, but that also meant that they didn’t know what their brand sounds like.
They literally had no idea. So we needed to bring a brand voice expert in. We needed to, you know I always hire out research. That that’s a given.
But before we had, like, a regular research contractor, it would be something someone we would bring in for, you know, these bigger project. But now it’s, like, almost it’s a given. So you need to start thinking about what are possible objections that a client may have when wanting to hire you, a. And, b, if not you, then who can help solve that objection?
And you wanna start doing that now. You don’t wanna be scrambling and settling for whatever option you get should a client prospect comes in. So you wanna prepare for the kind of clients you wanna have right now.
Bring those partners in, bake in the cost and a percentage because, well, you would also be doing communication, coordination, all of that stuff, right, into the quote that you prepare and the proposal that you give them.
So and that is how you help your clients overcome objections really easily.
High ticket positioning. And I think our last call was about positioning, for those of you who did not you know, weren’t able to attend it. And if you get a chance, please watch it because your positioning matters, especially when you’re, you know, quoting high ticket. The moment you’re seen as an expert, price kind of becomes irrelevant.
The moment your clients know that you you’re you’re speaking on stages, you’ve, you know, got case studies under your belt, you can offer the same package for five k, twenty five k, or a hundred k when your positioning shifts, which, you know, is to my point that sometimes you don’t need to create anything new. The more expertise you bring to the table, the easier it is for you to command highlighted prices.
Ease equals easy yachts.
Like I said, make it really, really easy to work with you. So you wanna be really communicative with the appliance. You wanna show them the deliverables that they’ll be getting, when would they be getting them, walk them through their client portal.
Every time we onboard a client and this goes for, you know, this goes for all our clients, by the way. But the you know, everything that we’re discussing goes for all our clients, but even this one, for instance, every single client we onboard, but it’s only for a sales page or it’s for, like, a, you know, high ticket offer. I will record a Loom video walking them through the Notion portal explaining how everything works. Can I just record a video once and send it out to everybody? Because, well, the Notion portal is pretty standard.
Yeah. Sure.
But for us, client experience, and I’ll come to that in a bit as well, is paramount. It is what helps us stand apart and create a really great experience for people for clients working with us. So I will record that for every single client.
I will show them exactly what they would be getting, when would they be getting. We have a communication cadence with you know, if depending on the number of deliverables. It could be middle of week updates and end of week updates. Otherwise, it’s end of week updates always to fill them in on what’s going on with their project. Who have we interviewed or who have we or where are we on the research phase? Every single thing. Where am I on the writing phase?
They’re in the loop. My experience can be such a differentiating factor. I mean, I’ve been in business, like, for years. Like, Mank and I, we started our business in two thousand and eleven. So yeah.
It’s been over a decade, and I cannot tell you how many times I have heard from from peers, from prospects, from clients about poor experiences with with copywriters, with contractors, you know, which is why your client experience counts. Now this does not in any way mean that you need to have no boundaries and you should be available all the time. Absolutely not.
But you do need to give your clients the experience that, you you know, you’re charging for.
So it’s easy when you create a client experience your clients talk about. Because when they talk about it, it creates word-of-mouth, word-of-mouth creates credibility, credibility creates high ticket conversions. It becomes so much easier because when clients talk about you in rooms that you’re not present, it becomes, you know, at least referrals. People who come in are already sold on you. They have zero resistance when it comes to pricing.
They know what it is like to work with you. It just makes it so much easier.
So your high ticket offer should be a solution, a high impact one. You need to start thinking about that right away. Like I said, if you wanna look at what to put into a package, we’ve already done that, or it would be in the CSP portal. I would highly recommend visiting that.
But when you’re putting your proposal together, when you’re going on those sales calls, you need to start thinking about the solution you’re offering.
And closing your high ticket offer will be so much easier if you show initiative, solidify your positioning, have a delivery team in place, make it easy to work with you, and create a client experience that has clients talking about you in rooms you aren’t present. And you can actually do pretty much all of this, including client experience even before you sign on a high ticket client. Even start, you know, testing it out with your current clients so that when you do have that high ticket client coming, everything’s running like a breeze. In fact, I would highly recommend upgrading any of these systems and processes for your business right now.
Alright.
That’s it, folks.
Q and a copy critique time.
Okay.
Alright. Andrew, are you subcontracting the brand voice expert and folding them into your project, or are you just getting the client to hire that Yeah. No. So the client is not hiring the expert.
We let the client know that we will be bringing in. So in this case, for example, this current client that I’m working with, we work with Justin Blackman.
Right? And we let the client know that we will be bringing Justin in to create the brand voice guide. So we had Justin, the client, the client’s team, me. We were on the brand voice discovery call where, like, he has his whole process, where he works for the client to kind of uncover their voice.
Then today, we did the brand. Then in between, we met Justin and I met to go over the voice guide so that, you know, I could bring in my insights and he could share his and all of that. So it’s a very it’s very much a collaborative effort. It’s not it’s not one where I would say, oh, we will create it for you, and then Justin has no contact with the client.
He he has contact with the client. He meets the client because I want him to follow his process. Right? He’s the expert there for brand voice. And neither is it, where I’ll we tell the client that, oh, here’s who you should work with for this so you can you know, so they run that separately.
It’s very much an it’s integrated into our project. Like, their the time like, when we present the timelines to our client, the timeline has these, you know, outsourced deliverables as well.
Question? Yes.
Absolutely.
Do you have, a certain, like, gross margin that you aim for when you bring someone like that in? So if you bring those margin that you aim for when you bring someone like that in?
So if you bring let’s say you bring in Justin, you, yeah, like, what percent are you looking for a margin in terms of, yeah, difference between what what they’re paying you to bring to bid and then what you think?
Excellent question. I would need to bring Mayank in for that. So because he’s the one who does all of our, SEO, he handles all of that side of the business. So let me ask him and come back to you on that.
That’s a great who not how answer.
Exactly. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So I have, like yeah. He does all all of that, so I’m gonna ask him and come back to you on that.
K. Yeah. No problem. I’ve heard I’ve, I asked Shane in the in the group similarly, and he said that he aims for I think he said sixty five percent gross margin, but, yeah, I’m just asking the developers to get the general feel. So Sure. Starting starting to hire a little bit more, and I’m still having trouble wrapping the head around the path of how this ultimately benefits me.
Appreciate it. Thanks.
Yeah. No. Absolutely. You’re most welcome. And I will I will ask him and come back to you in Slack and answer your question there. Cool.
Any other questions about selling high ticket?
Yeah. I have I’ve gone on delivering, so I’ve got a lot of experience doing, but delivering has always been historically weak for me because two reasons. One, like, it all works up to this big frenzy and you’re like, here, implement it.
Mhmm.
And then either it takes them forever to implement, some people never implement.
Mhmm. So I decided that it would make sense to start implementing.
But I was wondering if you have experience on how to how to make that streamlined.
So where exactly in the delivery process do you find yourself struggling the most?
Well, I’m sort of changing what I what I usually do. So I used to it used to be all about web copy, and now I’m sort of shifting over to emails.
So that would be actually getting access to their email platform. I’m a little uncertain as to how a high ticket client would react to me going, give me all of your passwords kinda thing. Add me as a user, and give me all all the edit access. Oh, and my team as well. Like, how do I streamline that part?
So you would do that when you walk them through your process on your discovery call.
You would walk them through your process. You would tell them like, for instance, I’ll give you an example with with our clients. Right? And I do emails as well, and sometimes I need to look at how are their past email sequences performing or how because how would I otherwise, you know, come up with strategy if I don’t know what’s working?
Or sometimes I and not sometimes. All of the times I need access to their courses. So when I’m discussing my process, I walk them through that. And I say, so what I walk them through the re and research.
We’ll, you know, interview students. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. All of that. But then I also let them know that for me to really understand your student experience, I will need access to the course, the community.
You will need to add me as a user on your email service provider so I can see how your emails are doing.
You don’t need to give me most of them don’t even need to get passwords. Sometimes they do. They use either they use LastPass or they resend it late one time or whatever. That is that is on that.
You can give them options. You can say, you know, I’m I can work with anything you’ve got, but I will need access to this because without it, I would not be able to do a, b, and c. So when clients know that, it’s they’re prepared for it. And then when you press you walk them again, you remind them about all of this when they sign on and when you’re walking them through your client portal.
They need to know that so we have two sections in our client portal. We have deliverables, and then we have, you know, research and materials needed from the client. And in that, we, again, have these as line items.
Add to the student community. Add to email account. Send us heat maps record and recordings. Add us on this whatever is needed, everything is laid out for them, and, yeah, they know exactly what’s expected of them.
Got it. So it’s all it’s all up front.
That makes sense. And then just sorry. Just to follow-up on that. In terms of do you guys actually do, like, the designing of emails as well?
No. No. No. But we Yeah. So, for emails, again, this is audience specific. Right? Like, your audience may need those emails designed.
What my audience needs essentially is the emails written. They’re semi wireframe. There’s, like, a rough wireframe so they know exactly where, if I’m using a GIF that goes if I’m using an image where that goes, everything is there. They have their subject line options, their preview text.
Everything is, like, laid out very neatly, but there’s no designing involved there. For sales pages and opt in pages, on the other hand, however, I present my initial copy in a Google Doc. But then once it’s final, we have a designer wireframe it. It’s a black and white wireframe.
It’s it’s not it’s very low key, but it it’s super helpful for clients to see how the copy should be laid out. They may go ahead and do something different, which is fine, but at least, you know, we know it makes it faster and easier for them to implement again.
Right. Makes sense. Cool. Thank you.
You’re welcome. Todd, you had a question.
No. It was just gonna be in reply to what Claire was saying. Just something that, she could look to do. So I just I’ll hit her up on Slack after and go over it with her if she wants. It just goes back to what you’re saying with automating.
Your onboarding email, your kickoff email, your onboarding email right away should have a doc where it says we need such and such and such and such with a link to such and such and such. And, I mean, it it’s again, if I can say it clear, the thing is is that the more you let the client control the engagement, the more they’ll put you at arm’s length and control an engagement. So the the goal is to start controlling it right away and professionally, of course. And the more you control it right away, there’s less hiccups because then your timelines will go from, say, if it’s a two month project, for example, to a three month project because you’re waiting for Google Google Tag Manager or you’re waiting for their goo GA or your, like, your email and everything.
So you’re onboarding right away, control it, and then your kickoff. When you go over, you have a visitor checkbox. We’re still waiting for such and such. So, like, you know, what you’re saying is the more you automate it, the more you control it, the other the easier it becomes.
So there you go. Blair ends. Thank you. Yeah. Exactly what it is. It’s Blair ends.
Exactly. Pricing creativity. Right? Exactly. That’s exactly what it is. So, yeah, I just didn’t wanna jump in with that, Claire.
I can hit you up after, but, yeah, it’s absolutely. Andrew, I think, will be best friends. But, yeah, it’s Blair Ends for sure. So yeah.
Thank you so much. That’s for being helpful. Is that a book by Blair? Yes. Blair?
I yeah.
So It’s in a book. Yeah.
Yeah. I I would share it with you. It’s a five hundred dollar book. My, my business my manic max business partner has it now. It’s called Pricing Creativity.
You can also I would start with, winning without pitching And I know that’s a brand manifesto.
Thinking. Yeah.
So but, yeah, we can talk after. Also, I’ve really upgraded that clearance. I’ve got stuff I can share with you. I’ve got some docs, but I’m doing what’s called blueprint training right now with, Ryan Stewart.
And he really kicks stuff off really nicely, like questions that he asks. And, yeah, it it you have to. I I don’t wanna control the conversation story. It’s just that it just makes life so much easier. This is not my workshop.
So Thank you.
Yeah. Yeah. No. Absolutely. You need to start like like I said, you wanna show you’re sharing if you wanna create a great client experience, but at the same time, you don’t wanna let you know, you don’t wanna have any boundaries. You wanna have those guardrails set right from the start so your client knows exactly what happens. And it you know, you’re in control of the project right from the start.
Cool. Any other questions?
Nope. Okay.
Copy that needs critique.
All good. Yeah.
Hi. Sorry. I have a question about the copy needing critiquing part. Like, how does that work?
Oh, fairly straightforward. If you have copy that you need critique, you show up with a Google Doc that I can, you know, review and make edits in. And, obviously, we’d need some context and yeah.
Okay. Cool. So, like, if I put together a sales pitch, for example, would you be able to critique that? Okay. Great.
Yes.
Good to know. Thank you.
You’re welcome.
Awesome.
Any other questions? Any thoughts about high ticket selling? What does high ticket mean to you?
Yep, Todd.
With high ticket prices and depending on what the project is, what are your normal deliverables that you’re looking at? Like, how long, for example?
So as far as length of project goes, I’ll give you an example. Right now, I’m working on a fairly high ticket project. It’s upwards of fifty thousand dollars.
We it’s so, basically, what I’m working on is two sales pages, two opt in pages, a whole bunch of emails about, say, I would say, twenty six maybe twenty six, thirty odd emails.
That’s those are the deliverables. Of course, my research process is baked in.
The brand voice is baked in, all of that.
That’s that’s the project.
So how long, though, like, how long are those twenty six emails? Is it over, like, a week, four weeks, two months?
Oh, gosh. No. No. No. No. So, essentially, most of our projects are spread out, which is what a lot.
So here’s the thing that you should and this is, again, this is true for our business because it may not be true for every other business. So I need to caveat that by saying, I’m the only copywriter in the business.
Mhmm.
So I write all the copy. That’s how we built it. I we have tried subcontracting copy in the past. It doesn’t really work out the way we want it.
We much rather subcontract. I’m much faster, and dare I say better. So it just makes more sense. So with that and plus the other thing is I like working on multiple projects at a time.
So I’m working on this massive project, but I’m working on two other massive projects as well. I’m writing website copy for a school, and I’m working on website copy for a food blogger at the same time. So which means we structure the projects in a way that they take a few weeks. So for instance, this particular project, we’ve we’re we’re wrapping up with the research phase towards the end of June when we enter the offer optimization phase, but and then the client needed to go on a break for a while.
She’s on a book tour. So this one’s gonna finish oh, and then we are moving house, so we needed to factor that in as well. We’re moving house in August. So, this one’s gonna finish in September.
Cool. Alright. So September. Okay. Yeah. That’s one of the things for me.
I mean, we have, you know, twenty minutes here. I don’t know if I’m I don’t wanna hijack your day, but but you’re asking for questions and feedback. For me, that’s one of the things I’m really liking about the intensive is in the past, when you’re saying, like I think you said here, You just talked about the different, tactics and everything. I’ve sold projects.
It was, like, ninety k over six months. We’ve sold, like, eighty k over four months. We’ve sold, like, fifty k over four months, and some of them were, like, you know, full. Like, the ninety k was full email.
It’s like it ended up being newsletter and social and all these things. You’re just throwing the kitchen sink at people, And they’re like, yeah. Great. I get all this for that.
And then, you know, lately, it was, like, website. We’re doing, like, full ICP work, full, SEO work, full work. We weren’t doing the SEO work. We were doing, like, full, site planning, full wireframing, and full dev.
And those would take three to four depending on the page size and everything like that. And then we would just chuck so much more into it. And that’s what I’m liking about this. Is that really what this is teaching me is just the refinement of what we do.
Because like you said, most of us when when you are the person who understands things like, when you say brand voice, to be honest, the first thing I do when I come into it is what’s your brand voice? Because, like, you’re gonna walk into a room. I I love I love Jasmine Blackman because soon as you walk into a room, people are like, well, you know, we think we’re we’re playful. And it’s like, well, that’s not a great that’s a personality.
Right? And then they’re like, like, I’ve I’ve had people I’ve gone into meetings who are like, yeah. Her voice is like think of, like, buttery potatoes with a side of horseradish that’s just kinda splintered into it, and you’re not expecting that. And I’m sitting there going, that’s not a voice?
And they’re like, well, yeah. It is. It’s it’s it’s a surprise voice. I’m like, no.
There’s nine types of voice.
Yeah. Yeah.
I’m like, yeah. There’s, like, three types of outlook, three of accessibility, three of authority, and you’re like, what? And it’s just you just you just stop edits.
It’s weird. You squash edits right away. Yep. So that’s what it is for me. But the idea of the copywriting, yeah, that’s what I’m thinking is, like, yeah, I just I did all the copywriting. When we sold a package, I was eighty to ninety percent of the work. So that’s why I’m wondering about the projects and the deliverables.
And I’m just also like, I like where this is going because what you’re saying, I wanna go CRO. And this is a conversation I’ve I’m really bringing it up, but I know there’s time with CRO, and I know I’ve got things really refined. But, you know, when you were saying you you didn’t say really CRO. You said some you said web copy and everything there. But I’m just curious about, yes, what you’re selling, what the deliverable is, and what that is. Because it’s I just find what this is happening is really kinda fascinating. So that’s just me.
Yeah. Yeah. No. You need to, like again, our our packages are fairly straightforward.
Most of them are on our side. They I have made the mistake of throwing the kitchen sink at a client and then just, yeah, feeling overwhelmed and not being able to see the transformation that we wanted them to see, which means, like, yeah, it doesn’t make any sense.
The other thing that I need to you know, like, let everyone know is, like, I focus only on the copy and the strategy side of things. Everything else that is not my core skill is outsourced, baked in. So like I said, editing, outsourced, baked in. I don’t spend any time on edits, before the copy goes to the client.
I don’t spend any time on wireframing. I don’t spend any time on research. I don’t spend any time on things like if a client needs brand voice or if a client needs design or whatever or implementation.
Nope.
So I just focus on what my zone of genius is, and, yeah, that’s it. Every it’s it’s who not how for me, basically. Yeah.
Yeah. And that’s what I think I for me, it’s it’s the who has always been this guy. It’s always been the design, the Well, that’s been the way this guy. Brand, everything from logo, illustration to everything.
The only thing I handed over in the last last little bit was dev work because we were using Thrive, and I use Elementor. And I just didn’t wanna be in like, really just start a new thing from scratch in that. So I hear all of that. Absolutely.
But I find when I have done that, standards drop. So that was the only thing for me, and and you’re absolutely right. And getting people in the but, yeah, standards drop. And when standards drop, you’re running behind then, like, you’re you’re you’re off on projects.
Right?
So Yeah.
Yep.
Yep. So which is exactly why what we realized is, like, for us, for and this is what we realized with with copy is, like, I wanna own the copy start to finish. Everything else, I wanna work with you know, mine kinda very clearly work with, like, whoever’s the best when it comes to, say, you know, research or whatever or editing. So we and we start we what we what we found was we needed to work with a few people to kinda see what the experience was like before we knew that we were going to bring them into a bigger project, which is why I said, you wanna start looking for the who’s now before you, you know, have like, you’re starting a huge project, but you wanna finish in a certain amount of time and you wanna be working on other projects. Like I said, like, from in our case, could I finish the project sooner? Absolutely.
But the way I’m wired is, like, I like to work in different projects so that it just kinda keeps me creative. If you wanna pull off one project in a shorter piece I mean, like, the amount of copy I’m writing, like, we could easily condense it.
But, yeah, I wanted to also work on the school website project. I also wanted to work on the blog at Baker.
Hundred percent.
You know? Yeah. So but most importantly, what I want everyone to remember is, like, you need to start looking for the people who you can bring in right now.
Use them for smaller projects. Use them for a project for your own business if you have to. That’s exactly what we did when we have a brand voice. We hired someone to work on our brand voice guide.
Great great work. But we also knew that we wanted when it came to client work, we wanted to work with someone who was the next level.
So Yeah.
For me, you know, one of my moments is this last couple of days. And I, again, I don’t wanna hijack this, but I, you know, I just think it’s important for us to share. One of the biggest things for me is, principles that we learn in copy school are not really easily replicated, and you need people need to know certain terms that you’re sharing, like sophistication levels, awareness levels, emotional journeys. And, you know, when I’ve talked to people, like, I when we were when we were hiring and I was looking at an intern, I’m like, how do you, you know, how do you define brand voice? And they were just like, crickets.
And I’m like, oh, it’s three measures. And I, like, walked them through it and walked them through master of headlines. For example, I had SOPs. What my moment was was that takes a lot of time, but I could be wrong in saying this.
But, you know, I think it was last week. Claire, I think you were on the call with that. And Jo was like, you know, we kinda turn a blog a blind eye to when someone logs in with your credentials. And for me, that was kind of a game changer.
You can bring someone on and go, okay. Take this course, and then we can get that going. But it I I really, yeah, hundred percent, it’s a who not how. I had a site planner, and that’s what they were doing was just site planning.
And then I was reviewing it because I, you know, I think to build what we’re building, and I could be wrong, is you need to be more of a reviewer and not a doer. Right? You need to get to that level. So and I still like to do.
I you know, the, idle hands or the devil’s play things, you can insert two weeksdays everywhere you want, but I like getting my hands dirty a lot. And I think what this is teaching me is that all I have to do is just make sure your fingernails are clean. You know what I mean? You can still keep them dirty, right, kind of idea.
So yeah. And I like that on the coffee side. Again, I don’t wanna hijack this, but what I’m learning, like, this workshop, everything we’re looking at is just that the refining process is the most difficult. But I think once you clear that that that hurdle, you’re like you just have no one in front of you, and that’s gonna be the coolest thing.
So Yep.
Absolutely.
Talking too much.
But Yep.
All good. Awesome. Great. So if you have no other questions, we can wrap up.
I’m sorry. I have one more.
Sure. Go ahead.
First, thanks, Todd. That was really helpful to to listen to and understand about your process. But, you mentioned celebrity I can’t remember the exact way of phrasing it, but, celebrity equals, like, easy conversions or something.
The moment you start talking on stages Amplify your positioning.
Yes. Yes. That’s the one.
So I’m kind of in this phase where I’m like, I do wanna talk on stages. I’m sort of too terrified to even ask someone if I can, because I tried once and failed. And I’m like, that’s it. That’s the rule, which it’s it’s obviously not, and I’m learning to accept that. But I I wondered if you had any advice on how to stop, like, at the very, very beginning involving your celebrity authority?
Yeah. I would say start by, again, looking at who you know. So you wanna look you wanna start by seeing, okay, have you spoken to smaller groups before? If not in person, have you spoken virtually before? If not virtually, can you start there? Can you warm up those speaking muscles by presenting to smaller groups? You know?
Or in if you have been speaking to smaller groups virtually, can you start speaking to smaller groups in person? Is there a coworking space close to where you live where you could, you know, possibly go and do a session for SaaS founders?
Do you know a friend who’s spoken at an event? Could you ask for an introduction? So just start by who do you know and what you know right now and how can you use it. I would start there.
None of us started off speaking on big stages.
We all started with the smaller ones. I’m pretty sure maybe some people have. None of none of us is too wide a generalization.
So but I would say most of us started with the smaller stages, built up our, you know, courage and confidence to speak on bigger stages. So that is where I would start. Yeah.
Awesome. Thank you so much. That’s really helpful. You’re welcome.
Also, we would be, I think I’m pretty sure, we would be talking about, you know, speaking on stages and on A list podcasts, in the near future, for sure. I know it’s it’s the theme for one of the months. So yeah.
Great. Thank you. I look forward to it.
You’re welcome. Thanks, everybody. Have a great rest of your day. Bye. Bye.
Thanks, Berta.
You’re welcome.